2023年度

グローバル・オープン科目
講義概要（シラバス）

科目一覧［発行日：2023/5/1］最新版のシラバスは、法政大学 Web シラバス（https://syllabus.hosei.ac.jp/）で確認してください。
凡例

その他属性

〈他〉
：他学部公開科目〈グ〉：グローバル・オープン科目〈優〉：成績優秀者の他学部科目履修制度対象科目〈実〉：実務経験のある教員による授業科目〈Ｓ〉：サーティフィケートプログラム_SDGs〈ア〉：サーティフィケートプログラム_アーバンデザイン〈ダ〉：サーティフィケートプログラム_ダイバーシティ〈未〉：サーティフィケートプログラム_未来教室——————————————————————————————————————————————————————【A0627】International Politics ［Emily Szu-hua Chen］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A0676】アフリカの政治と社会Ⅰ ［LABAN K KINYUA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A0677】アフリカの政治と社会Ⅱ ［LABAN K KINYUA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A2988】Comparative Culture(2) ［小島【A2991】Public Speaking ［椎名尚人］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

美智］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1
3
4
5
6

専 門 教 育 科 目 ／ Business Administration Courses_専 門 基 礎 科 目 ／ Introductory Courses of Business

Administration【A5501】Introduction to Organizational Management［Azusa Ebisuya］春学期授業/Spring
専 門 教 育 科 目 ／ Business Administration Courses_専 門 基 礎 科 目 ／ Introductory Courses of Business
Administration【A5502】Introduction to Strategic Management ［Naoki ANDO］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . .
専 門 教 育 科 目 ／ Business Administration Courses_専 門 基 礎 科 目 ／ Introductory Courses of Business
Administration【A5503】Introduction to Accounting ［Kenji KAWASHIMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . .
専 門 教 育 科 目 ／ Business Administration Courses_専 門 基 礎 科 目 ／ Introductory Courses of Business
Administration【A5504】Introduction to Finance ［Naoki KISHIMOTO］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専 門 教 育 科 目 ／ Business Administration Courses_専 門 基 礎 科 目 ／ Introductory Courses of Business
Administration【A5505】Introduction to Marketing ［Shohei HASEGAWA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . .
専 門 教 育 科 目 ／ Business Administration Courses_専 門 基 礎 科 目 ／ Introductory Courses of Business
Administration【A5506】Introduction to Operations Management ［Kiyoko YOSHIMURA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専 門 教 育 科 目 ／ Business Administration Courses_専 門 基 礎 科 目 ／ Introductory Courses of Business
Administration【A5507】Introduction to Japanese Economy ［Hideaki HIRATA］春学期授業/Spring . . .
専 門 教 育 科 目 ／ Business Administration Courses_専 門 基 礎 科 目 ／ Introductory Courses of Business
Administration【A5508】Introduction to Statistics ［Makoto TAKAHASHI］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . .
専 門 教 育 科 目 ／ Business Administration Courses_専 門 基 礎 科 目 ／ Introductory Courses of Business
Administration【A5509】Introduction to Informatics ［Yasushi KODAMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Courses of Business
Administration【A5521】Global Business Strategy Ⅱ ［Naoki ANDO］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Courses of Business
Administration【A5522】Business Management in Japan ［Yongdo KIM］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Courses of Business
Administration【A5526】Financial Statement Analysis ［Hiroshi FUKUDA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Courses of Business
Administration【A5529】Investments B ［Yongjin KIM］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Courses of Business
Administration【A5532】Distribution in Japan ［Nobukazu AZUMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Courses of Business
Administration【A5533】Operations Management Ⅰ ［Kiyoko YOSHIMURA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Courses of Business
Administration【A5534】Operations Management Ⅱ ［Kiyoko YOSHIMURA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Courses of Business
Administration【A5535】Principles of Macroeconomics ［Mitsuru Katagiri］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_専門科目／ Intermediate/Advanced Courses of Business
Administration【A5536】Principles of Microeconomics ［Rika TAKAHASHI］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_特殊講義／ Special Topics in Management【A5539】Special
Topics in Management A ［Akira KAMOSHIDA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7
8
9
10
11

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

グローバル・オープン科目

専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_特殊講義／ Special Topics in Management【A5540】Special

Topics in Management B ［Akira KAMOSHIDA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_GBP 科目／ Global Business Courses【A5542】Workshop Ⅰ［Akira KAMOSHIDA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_GBP 科目／ Global Business Courses【A5543】Workshop Ⅱ［Azusa Ebisuya］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_GBP 科目／ Global Business Courses【A5544】Special Topics
in Global Business A ［Azusa Ebisuya］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目／ Business Administration Courses_GBP 科目／ Global Business Courses【A5546】Special Topics
in Global Business C ［Kazuhiro AKITOMO］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6116】UK: Society and People ［Brian Sayers］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6117】UK: Society and People ［Brian Sayers］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6130】TESOL I: Introduction ［Machiko Kobori］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6202】Comparative Literature ［Gregory Khezrnejat］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6204】Topics in Japanese Literature: History of Japanese Literature in Translation［Gregory Khezrnejat］
秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6216】Race, Class and Gender I: Concepts & Issues ［Daiki Hiramori］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6236】Social Psychology I ［Yu Niiya］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6237】Social Psychology II ［Yu Niiya］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6240】Quantitative Research Methods ［Yu Niiya］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6245】Foundations of Finance ［Karen Lai Kai Lin］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6256】Sociolinguistics ［Yutai Watanabe］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6258】English as a Lingua Franca ［Yutai Watanabe］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6266】Brand Management ［Takamasa Fukuoka］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6268】Principles of Marketing ［Shiaw Jia Eyo］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6277】TESOL II: Teaching Methodology ［Machiko Kobori］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6278】TESOL III: Syllabus and Teaching Materials ［Machiko Kobori］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6279】English Teaching in Primary School ［Machiko Kobori］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6289】World Politics ［Takeshi Yuzawa］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6291】International Security ［Takeshi Yuzawa］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6295】Foreign Policy Analysis ［Takeshi Yuzawa］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6301】Advanced Topics in American Literature: US Southern Literature ［Gregory Khezrnejat］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6302】Modern Japanese Fiction in Translation ［Gregory Khezrnejat］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6319】Race, Class and Gender II: Global Inequalities ［Daiki Hiramori］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6332】Cultural Psychology ［Takafumi Sawaumi］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6346】International Business ［Shiaw Jia Eyo］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6360】TESOL IV: Testing and Evaluation ［Machiko Kobori］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6363】International Relations of the Asia-Pacific ［Takeshi Yuzawa］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6537】Race, Class and Gender I: Concepts & Issues ［Daiki Hiramori］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6539】Sociolinguistics 秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6540】International Security ［Takeshi Yuzawa］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Global Open Program ／グローバルオープン科目【A6541】Race,
Class and Gender II: Global Inequalities ［Daiki Hiramori］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【A6542】International Relations of the Asia-Pacific ［Takeshi Yuzawa］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Core Courses ／基礎教育科目【A9601】First Year Seminar［YONGUEJULIA SALLE］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Natural Sciences ／自然分野【A9616】Elementary Mathematics
A ［板井 昌典］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Natural Sciences ／自然分野【A9617】Elementary Mathematics
B ［板井 昌典］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Information Technology ／情報学分野【A9618】Basic Computer
Skills A ［神林 靖］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Education Courses ／総合教育科目_Information Technology ／情報学分野【A9619】Basic Computer
Skills B ［神林 靖］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅰ. Introduction to Economics【A9620】
Introduction to Economics A ［KALENGA N JOHN］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
— II —

26
27
28
29
30
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

グローバル・オープン科目

Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅰ. Introduction to Economics【A9621】
Introduction to Economics B ［KALENGA N JOHN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【A9628】Special
Studies (Introduction to Econometrics) ［恩田 正行］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71【A9821】課題解決型フィールドワーク［YONGUEJULIA SALLE］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72
システムデザイン学科_専門科目_特別科目【B2414】Design Basics in English ［ディン ボリバン］秋学期授業/Fall 74
建築学科_専門科目_特別科目【B2414】Design Basics in English ［ディン ボリバン］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . .
75
都市環境デザイン工学科_専門科目_特別科目【B2414】Design Basics in English ［ディン ボリバン］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76【C0237】Philosophy of the Public Sphere ［石田 安実］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77【C0245】Religion and Society ［立田 由紀恵］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
79【C0530】英語アプリケーションⅠ ［ジョナサン・エイブル］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80【C0538】英語アプリケーションⅨ ［MARK E FIELD］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81【C0550】The History of Tourism ［MARK E FIELD］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
82【C0551】Art, Rebellion and Advertising ［ジョナサン・エイブル］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83【C0884】Gender and Japanese Culture ［LETIZIA GUARINI］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84【C0961】英語圏の文化Ⅱ（思想史）［MARK E FIELD］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
85【C0969】History of Western Thought ［MARK E FIELD］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
86【C0970】Structure of English ［輿石 哲哉］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
87【C1053】Approaches to Transnational History ［北田 依利］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
89
展 開 科 目 ／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3502】Japanese Society andSustainability 1 ［Eiko SAEKI］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
展 開 科 目 ／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3503】Japanese Society andSustainability 2 ［Eiko SAEKI］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
展 開 科 目 ／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3504】Japanese Society andSustainability 3 ［Chuanfei WANG］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
92
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3505】Business and Sustainability inJapan 1 ［Masaatsu TAKEHARA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3506】Business and Sustainability inJapan 2 ［Masaatsu TAKEHARA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3508】Social Development andSustainability 1 ［Chuanfei WANG］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3509】Social Development andSustainability 2 ［Chuanfei WANG］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
96
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3510】Practice of Environmental
Economics and Japan ［Makoto SUGINO］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
展 開 科 目 ／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3511】Japan’s International
Development Cooperation and Sustainable Society ［Yukio ONO］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3512】Asian Societies and Japan［Kohtaro ITO］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3513】Japanese Rural Society［Shamik
Chakraborty］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3514】Subsistence, Resource Use andSustainability ［Shamik Chakraborty］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3515】Civil Society and NGOs ［Yukio
ONO］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Japan & Sustainability【C3516】Japanese Environmental Policy［Mikio ISHIWATARI］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Humanities【C3552】Business Communication ［Asako NAGAI］
春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Humanities【C3553】Arts and Society ［Miya ITABASHI］秋学
期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Humanities【C3554】Human and Environment ［Satsuki
Takahashi］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Humanities【C3555】Area Studies ［Chuanfei WANG］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109— III —

グローバル・オープン科目

展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Environment & Society【C3600】Studies for Environment andSociety ［Shamik Chakraborty］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Environment & Society【C3601】Business and Society［Masaatsu
TAKEHARA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Environment & Society【C3604】International Society andEnvironmental Issues ［Yumiko KANETO］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Environment & Society【C3605】Global Society １［Kohtaro ITO］
秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Environment & Society【C3606】Global Society ２［Kohtaro ITO］
春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Environment & Society【C3607】Environmental Science ［RyoFUJIKURA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Field Based & Interactive Learning【C3650】Research Methods
１［Kohtaro ITO］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
展開科目／ Disciplinary & Elective Courses_Field Based & Interactive Learning【C3651】Research Methods
2 ［Shamik Chakraborty］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117【C7992】Foreign Language Exercise（English Ⅲ）【GO 科目】［KreggJohnston］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . 118【C7993】Foreign Language Exercise（English Ⅳ）【GO 科目】［KreggJohnston］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . 119【C7994】Foreign Language Exercise (English V）【GO 科目】［Kregg
Johnston］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . 120
2017 年 度 以 降 入 学 者_ILAC 科 目_200 番 台 リ ベ ラ ル ア ー ツ 科 目_4 群（ 英 語 分 野 ）【E1806】Intercultural
Communication Ｂ［石原 紀子］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2017 年 度 以 降 入 学 者_ILAC 科 目_200 番 台 リ ベ ラ ル ア ー ツ 科 目_4 群（ 英 語 分 野 ）【E1807】Intercultural
Communication Ａ［BARRIGA MARIA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2017 年 度 以 降 入 学 者_ILAC 科 目_200 番 台 リ ベ ラ ル ア ー ツ 科 目_4 群（ 英 語 分 野 ）【E1809】Intercultural
Communication D ［石原 紀子］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_4 群（諸外国語分野）【E3602】Intercultural
Communication E ［コリンヌ ヴァリエンヌ］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【E3603】Intercultural
Communication F ［STEVE CORBEIL］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_4 群（諸外国語分野）【E8062】Intercultural
Communication G ［尾形 太郎］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【E8063】Intercultural
Communication H ［山本 そのこ］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130【F1981】教養ゼミⅠ ［LASSEGARD JAMES］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131【F1982】教養ゼミⅡ ［LASSEGARD JAMES］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_300 番台 総合科目_総合科目【F9102】Natural Science A ［宇野 真介］秋学期
授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 基盤科目_5 群（保健体育分野）【F9104】Elementary Health and Physical
Education ［武井 敦彦］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
機械工学科機械工学専修_学科専門科目【H9700】Introduction to Intelligent Robotics ［チャピ ゲンツィ］春学
期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
応用情報工学科_学科専門科目【H9701】Introduction to Computer Science and Information Technology ［周金佳、彌冨 仁、内田 薫、鳥飼 弘幸、藤井 章博、黄 潤和、栗田 太郎、余 恪平］秋学期授業/Fall . . . 138
経営システム工学科_学科専門科目【H9705】Probability Models and Applications ［安田 和弘］秋学期授業/Fall 139
学部共通科目【H9800】Introduction to Biology and Chemistry for Sustainability Ⅰ ［常重 アントニオ、山下
明泰、杉山 賢次、越智 英輔、廣岡 裕吏］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
専門教育科目_専門科目【J0547】ユビキタスコンピューティング［馬 建華］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142【K6212】時事英語セミナーＡ［中谷 安男］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144【K6213】時事英語セミナーＢ［中谷 安男］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145【K6306】ビジネス英語初級Ａ［JOHN THOMAS LACEY］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146【K6307】ビジネス英語初級Ｂ［JOHN THOMAS LACEY］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147【K6316】ビジネス英語初級Ａ［GLENN
FERN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148【K6317】ビジネス英語初級Ｂ［GLENN
FERN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150【K6318】ビジネス英語初級Ａ［GLENN
FERN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152【K6319】ビジネス英語初級Ｂ［GLENN
FERN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154【K6328】ビジネス英語中級Ａ［YONGUEJULIA SALLE］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156【K6329】ビジネス英語中級Ｂ［YONGUEJULIA SALLE］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157— IV —

グローバル・オープン科目【K6330】ビジネス英語中級Ａ［JAY M TANAKA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6331】ビジネス英語中級Ｂ［JAY M TANAKA］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6679】Japan and the Global Economy A ［倪彬］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6679】Japan and
the Global Economy A ［倪 彬］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6680】Japan and the Global Economy B ［倪 彬］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6680】Japan and
the Global Economy B ［倪 彬］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6681】Practical Economics A ［REYNALDO SENRA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6681】Practical
Economics A ［REYNALDO SENRA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6682】Practical Economics B ［REYNALDO SENRA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅱ. Global Economy【K6682】Practical
Economics B ［REYNALDO SENRA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6695】Business Communication Ⅰ A ［GLENN
FERN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6696】Business Communication Ⅰ B ［GLENN
FERN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6697】Business Communication Ⅰ A ［GLENN
FERN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6698】Business Communication Ⅰ B ［GLENN
FERN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6699】BusinessCommunication Ⅱ A ［YONGUE JULIA SALLE］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6699】Business Communication Ⅱ A ［YONGUEJULIA SALLE］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6700】BusinessCommunication Ⅱ B ［YONGUE JULIA SALLE］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6700】Business Communication Ⅱ B ［YONGUEJULIA SALLE］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6701】Business Communication Ⅱ A ［JAY M TANAKA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6702】Business Communication Ⅱ B ［JAY M TANAKA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6721】Principles of Economics A ［REYNALDO SENRA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6721】Principles of
Economics A ［REYNALDO SENRA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6722】Principles of
Economics B ［REYNALDO SENRA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6722】Principles of Economics B ［REYNALDO SENRA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6723】International Economics A ［倪 彬］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6723】International
Economics A ［倪 彬］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6724】International Economics B ［倪 彬］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6724】International
Economics B ［倪 彬］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6725】Area Studies
A ［馬 欣欣］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6725】Area Studies A ［馬 欣欣］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6726】Area Studies B ［馬 欣欣］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6726】Area Studies
B ［馬 欣欣］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6727】BusinessResearch Seminar A ［中谷 安男］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6727】Business Research Seminar A ［中谷 安男］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6728】Business Research Seminar B ［中谷 安男］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6728】BusinessResearch Seminar B ［中谷 安男］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6747】Demography
A ［菅 幹雄］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6747】DemographyA ［菅 幹雄］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6748】Demography
B ［菅 幹雄］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6748】DemographyB ［菅 幹雄］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6764】Business Communication IA ［JOHN THOMAS LACEY］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—V—

158
160
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
172
174
176
178
179
180
181
182
184
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
196
198
200
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210

グローバル・オープン科目

Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6764】BusinessCommunication I A ［JOHN THOMAS LACEY］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6765】BusinessCommunication I B ［JOHN THOMAS LACEY］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6765】Business Communication IB ［JOHN THOMAS LACEY］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6766】Macro Economics A ［REYNALDO SENRA］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6766】Macro Economics
A ［REYNALDO SENRA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6767】Macro Economics B ［REYNALDO SENRA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6767】Macro Economics
B ［REYNALDO SENRA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6768】Micro Economics A ［河﨑 亮］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6768】Micro Economics
A ［河﨑 亮］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6769】Micro Economics
B ［河﨑 亮］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6769】Micro Economics B ［河﨑 亮］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6770】Japan and
ASEAN Economy A ［MANISH SHARMA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6770】Japan and ASEAN Economy A ［MANISH SHARMA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6771】Japan and
ASEAN Economy B ［MANISH SHARMA］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6771】Japan and ASEAN Economy B ［MANISH SHARMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6772】Japanese Business and Economy A ［MANISH SHARMA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6772】JapaneseBusiness and Economy A ［MANISH SHARMA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【K6773】Japanese Business and Economy B ［MANISH SHARMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【K6773】JapaneseBusiness and Economy B ［MANISH SHARMA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【LE219-a】Content-Based English A Ⅰ（Drama）［GEORGEHANN］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【LE220-a】Content-Based English A Ⅱ（Drama）［GEORGEHANN］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【LE227】Content-Based English E（Topics in Comparative Culture）［GEORGE HANN］春学期授業/Spring
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【LZ003】Multicultural
Translation through English I ［金子 真奈美］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Courses ／専門科目_Disciplinary Courses ／ IGESS 科目_Ⅳ. Global Issues【LZ009】International
Institutions ［二村 まどか］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目_ヘルスデザインコース専門科目【M2330】Health and Exercise Sciences ［笹井 浩行］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
専門教育科目_ヘルスデザインコース専門科目【M2340】Strength training ［伊藤 良彦］春学期授業/Spring . . .
専門教育科目_スポーツビジネスコース専門科目【M3200】Sport Consumer Behavior ［佐藤 晋太郎］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
総合教育科目_視野形成科目（必修選択）【M4540】KENDO ［小田 佳子］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【N1117】Community Based Inclusive Development ［佐野 竜平］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
【N1172】Disability and Development in Asia ［佐野 竜平］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 選択基盤科目_0 群（自校教育、基礎ゼミ、情報、キャリア教育関連科目
等）【P0162】Elementary Information Technology ［斎藤 明］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 選択基盤科目_0 群（自校教育、基礎ゼミ、情報、キャリア教育関連科目
等）【P0163】Information Technology ［斎藤 明］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 選択基盤科目_0 群（自校教育、基礎ゼミ、情報、キャリア教育関連科目
等）【P0632】Elementary Career Development ［竹原 正篤］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_0 群（自校教育、基礎ゼミ、情報、キャリア教育関連科目等）【P0633】Career Development Skills ［竹原 正篤］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 基盤科目_1 群（人文分野）【P1302】Elementary Humanities A［URBANOVAJANA］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_2 群（社会分野）【P1303】Humanities A［URBANOVAJANA］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— VI —

211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
228
230
232
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
250
252

グローバル・オープン科目

2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 基盤科目_1 群（人文分野）【P1304】Elementary Humanities B［Richard.J.Burrows］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_1 群（人文分野）【P1305】Humanities B［Richard.J.Burrows］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_100 番台 基盤科目_2 群（社会分野）【P2301】Elementary Social Science A ［ガェル ベッソン］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_2 群（社会分野）【P2305】Social Science B ［ガェル ベッソン］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_3 群（自然分野）【P3605】Natural Science B ［西村 直美］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 リベラルアーツ科目_5 群（保健体育分野）【P5801】Health and Physical
Education ［武井 敦彦］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_300 番台 総合科目_教養ゼミ【Q6401】教養ゼミⅠ ［LASSEGARD JAMES］春
学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_300 番台 総合科目_教養ゼミ【Q6402】教養ゼミⅡ ［LASSEGARD JAMES］秋
学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2381】English
Reading and Vocabulary Ⅰ ［ウォルター・カズマー］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2382】English
Reading and Vocabulary Ⅱ ［ウォルター・カズマー］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2383】English
Reading and Vocabulary Ⅰ ［ERIC J RITTER］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2384】English
Reading and Vocabulary Ⅱ ［ERIC J RITTER］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2391】English
Academic Writing Ⅰ ［PAUL K KALLENDER］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2392】English
Academic Writing Ⅱ ［PAUL K KALLENDER］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2393】English
Academic Writing Ⅰ ［MARK D BURNS］春学期授業/Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2394】English
Academic Writing Ⅱ ［MARK D BURNS］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2395】English
Academic Writing Ⅰ ［ALAN M NICHOLLS］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2396】English
Academic Writing Ⅱ ［ALAN M NICHOLLS］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2441】English
Presentation Ⅰ ［NADER Jamelea］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2442】English
Presentation Ⅱ ［NADER Jamelea］秋学期授業/Fall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2443】English
Presentation Ⅰ ［JOHN REILLY］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2444】English
Presentation Ⅱ ［JOHN REILLY］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2445】English
Presentation Ⅰ ［コートランド・デイビッド・スミス］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2446】English
Presentation Ⅱ ［コートランド・デイビッド・スミス］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2447】English
Presentation Ⅰ ［MARK D BURNS］春学期授業/Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 年度以降入学者_ILAC 科目_200 番台 外国語科目_4 群［選択］外国語（英語・諸外国語）【R2448】English
Presentation Ⅱ ［MARK D BURNS］秋学期授業/Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— VII —

254
256
257
258
259
260
262
263
265
266
267
268
269
271
273
274
275
277
279
281
283
284
285
287
289
290

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

POL200AD

International Politics
Emily Szu-hua Chen
授業形式：講義 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
単位数：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
In our era of globalization, what happens on the other side of theworld affects our lives. The COVID-19 outbreak in a Chinese city in2019 evolved into a worldwide pandemic that still lingers. Russia’smonths-long war in Ukraine has accelerated a global energy andcost-of-living crisis and caused an economic slowdown in many
countries. Understanding the problems that seem far away fromhome has become ever more important in this global era as wecannot afford to ignore them. But how can we interpret andtackle the key issues and challenges facing our world today? This
introductory course in international politics and global affairs isdesigned to provide students with the analytical skills to explore
and explain solutions to real-world issues.
The course consists of three segments. To start, we will look at thehistorical background of today’s international system, focusing on
the evolution from the end of the bipolarity of the Cold War to theemerging global order increasingly led by rising powers. The second
segment will cover the main concepts and major strands of theory
in the discipline of international relations (IR). These conceptual
tools help us analyze global problems and are necessary knowledge
for students who wish to continue their studies of international
politics after the conclusion of this course. In the final segment,
we will investigate contemporary issues that are likely to affect ourworld for years to come.
Students of all disciplines who are interested in international
relations or political science are welcome to enroll. No prerequisites
or previous knowledge of international relations is required, but itwould be an advantage.
【到達目標】At the end of this course, students should be able to:• Describe the historical development of the international systemfrom the end of the Cold War to the present• Demonstrate a foundational understanding of the major IR
theories and concepts and apply them to historical cases andcurrent events• Analyze and consider solutions to global challenges in thecontemporary world• Develop research, communication, and writing skills useful for
future career paths in the field【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will meet once a week. The structure of the course will
be a mix of lectures, student presentations, and group discussions.
Lectures, which give background information on each week’s topic,
will be followed by students’ presentations on the weekly required
reading of selected seminal texts, case studies, or other materials
designed to expand the student’s knowledge of the theme. Students
will have a chance to interact with each other in small groups toreview what has been introduced in class and respond to discussion
questions before participating in a whole-class discussion. During
the last few sessions of the class, students will share a proposal of
their intended research with the class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction I
Introduction to the course
2
Introduction I
What are international politics?
Why study international politics?
3
The HistoricalContending paradigms of theContext I: Post-Coldpost-Cold War order
War International
Relations
4
The Historical
China’s rise: U.S.-China
Context II
competition and the emerging
global order
5
The Historical
The liberal world order
Context III
challenged? Democracy vs.
authoritarianism
6
Theoretical
An analytical tool: Levels of
Approaches I: How
analysis
Can We Explain
State Behavior?
7
Theoretical
Theories of state behavior I:
Approaches II
Realism
8
Theoretical
Theories of state behavior II:
Approaches III
Liberalism
9
Theoretical
Theories of state behavior III:
Approaches IV
Constructivism
10
Contemporary Issues The contested war memory andin Contemporary
the “history problem” in East
International Politics Asia
I
(Case study: Should theJapanese prime minister visit
the Yasukuni Shrine?)
11
Contemporary Issues Global health (Case study: Is
in Contemporary
COVID-19 reshaping the world
International Politics order?)II
12
Contemporary Issues Human rights (Case study:in Contemporary
Whether, and to what extent
International Politics should a country take actions toIIIrespond to others’ human rights
violations?)
13
Conclusion I
Research proposal presentations
14
Conclusion II
Research proposal
presentations/Course Wrap-up【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Outside of formal classes, students are expected to:• Read the weekly required materials and submit relevant
questions to clarify and confirm their understanding or questions
they wish to discuss in class• Summarize and critically assess one or two required readings
and prepare their analysis to share with the class• Conduct an individual research project on a current eventor issue of interest in global affairs and produce results via
presentations and writing
Students are encouraged to do the following to contributemeaningfully to the class discussion:• Explore recommended readings or materials provided on the list
• Keep abreast of current events by reading major news stories
relating to international politics【テキスト（教科書）】All required course materials will be made available via hyperlinks
in the syllabus or through the Learning Management System(LMS). No purchases are necessary.
【参考書】
The optional reference readings below are on reserve in the library.
They provide helpful background information, particularly for the
IR theoretical foundations.
• Baylis, John, Steve Smith, and Patricia Owens. 2020. The
Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International
Relations. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
• Brown, Chris. 2019. Understanding International Relations.
London: Bloomsbury Academic.
• Pevehouse, Jon C., and Joshua S. Goldstein. 2019. International
Relations. London: Pearson.

—1—

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1• Drezner, Daniel W. 2015. Theories of International Politics andZombies. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
【成績評価の方法と基準】• Class Participation (30%): This requirement includes classattendance and active participation in class discussions (15%) anda weekly submission of one to two discussion/clarification questions
to the LMS before class (15%).
• Presentation on Required Reading (30%): Students will present
on one to two articles from the entire required reading list during
the semester.
• Individual Research Project (40%): Students will select a current
event or policy issue of interest in global affairs as a research
project. The requirement includes a proposal presentation of theirintended research (20%) and a submission of a 1000 ‒ 1500-word
final research paper (20%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
本年度授業担当者変更によりフィードバックできません。
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
The instructor will use the Learning Management System tomanage the course.
【その他の重要事項】
Because this is an introductory course in international politics, theclass can only cover a broad range of material in a limited time. If
students wish to discuss certain topics in detail on an individual
basis, they should feel free to reach out after class or make an
appointment with the instructor via email. Students are also
welcome to discuss their performance in class with the instructor
at any time during the semester.
【Outline (in English)】Same as above.

—2—

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
6

POL100AD

アフリカの政治と社会Ⅰ
7

LABAN K KINYUA
授業形式：講義 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期授業/Spring
単位数：2 単位8

その他属性：〈グ〉

9【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is a general introduction for students who wish to
expand their comprehension of global issues with reference toAfrica as informed participants. It is also for students whoare interested in studying Africa’s society, culture, and politics.
Students will learn to identify, analyze, interpret, and evaluate
African issues and relate them to global issues.

10【到達目標】
This course aims to expose students to how Africa has been
subjected to profound stereotypes and misconceptions that havelargely informed the continent’s global perspectives. The course
will seek to humanise our understanding of Africa by emphasising
forms and means of daily life experiences and understandingssuch as family life, love and joy, the life cycle, faith and belief,
livelihoods, aspirations, hopes for the future, development aims
and achievements, and a sense of global belonging. The overall
goal is that students will gain experience researching, discussing,and presenting Africa in the discussion of global issues using a goodcommand of the English language with both clarity and confidence.

11

12【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」、「DP2」、「DP3」、「DP4」に強く関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
This course prioritises reflection, understanding of context and content, and critical thinking through class discussions, presentations,and writing assignments. The course employs multidisciplinary
lenses within Global Studies, focusing on political science, history,sociology, and anthropological insights.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction I
Information about the courseand how to get started, getting toknow the other students and theteacher, forming study groups,
and Africa is not a country, part
1.
2
Introduction II
Africa is not a country, part 2.
Countries, capitals, people
groups, languages, historical andcontemporary politicaldevelopment.
3
Introduction III
Perspectives and representationsof Africa: framings and images
for understanding Africa asimagined landscapes and Africa
is not a country, part 3.
4
Legacies ofLanguage of colonialists:colonialism in Africa Reading Ngûgî wa Thion’go’s
decolonising the mind.
5
Post-colonial state
Compulsory villagisation inand development
Tanzania (Ujamaa), and thestrategies
capital state in Kenya.

13
14

Social organisation I

Definitions of kinship, tribes,
and ethnicity: problematizationof ethnicity and tribe ̶ the caseof Rwanda’s genocide.
Social organisation II Problematization of ethnicity
and tribe in Africa: the case of
Kenya’s troubled elections.
Philosophies andReligious beliefs and politicalreligions in Africa
participation and discourses inAfrica.
Aesthetics and arts I Cultural creativity, politicalcreativity, and protests in arts,
drama, and music incontemporary Africa (HughMasekela, Fela Kuti, Miriam
Makeba, and Bobi Wine).
Aesthetics and arts II Cultural creativity, politicalcreativity, and protests in arts,
drama, and music incontemporary Africa (HughMasekela, Fela Kuti, Miriam
Makeba, and Bobi Wine).
Select cultures in
Burial rites in Western Kenya:
contemporary Africa. the burial site as a marker ofbelonging and property
ownership (Reading Wambui
Otieno); and rites of passage.
Development,
Why doesn’t development seemmarkets, andto work in most of Africa?
governance(reading James Ferguson in
Lesotho).
Regionalization and
AU, COMESA, EAC, ECCAS,
globalization in Africa ECOWAS, IGAD, and SADC.
The youth and ICT in How Africa is tapping into theAfricayouthful population and how
Africa is pacesetting in global
technological development(Kenya’s M-Pesa).

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be required to use the Internet to research topics inpreparation for the classroom sessions. Writing and presentation
tasks will also be set as homework and in-class activities.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no set text for this course, but students are required tobring an A4 folder to organise their notes.
【参考書】
Thiong’o, N. W. (2011). Decolonising the Mind: The Politics ofLanguage in African Literature. James Currey.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grades will be calculated as follows:
10%: class attendance and participation
10%: pop quiz 1
10%: pop quiz 2
10%: pop quiz 3
40%: final presentation
20%: final quiz
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A4 folder and note taking materials.
【その他の重要事項】
Students are expected to attend all of the classes and come to classon time. There may be some changes to the syllabus above inorder to allow for some flexibility to cater to the needs of particularclasses.
【Outline (in English)】This course will provide an overview of Africa’s historical, political,
cultural, and societal development. The main themes to be explored
will include Africa in the age of colonialism and imperialism,postcolonial transformations, and Africa in the age of globalization.

—3—

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

4

POL100AD

アフリカの政治と社会Ⅱ

5

LABAN K KINYUA

6

授業形式：講義 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
単位数：2 単位7

その他属性：〈グ〉

8【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is a general introduction for students who areinterested in the study of Africa’s society, culture, and politics.
The course will provide an overview of Africa’s historical,
political, cultural, and societal development. The main themes
to be explored in this course will include Africa’s pre-colonial
livelihoods, colonialism and imperialism, the post-colonialtransformations, and Africa in the age of globalisation.

9

10

11

【到達目標】
This course aims at exposing the students to how Africa has
been subjected to stereotypes and misconceptions that largely
inform the global perspectives of the continent. The course willseek to humanise our understanding of Africa by emphasising
forms and means of daily life experiences and understandingssuch as family life, love and joy, the life cycle, faith andbelief, livelihood aspirations, hopes for the future, development
aims and achievements, and a sense of global belonging. The
overall aim is that students will gain experience researching,discussing, and presenting global issues using a good commandof the English language with both clarity and confidence.

12

13

14

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、
「DP1」
、
「DP2」
、
「DP3」
、
「DP4」に強く関連。

The state in Africa 1 Dictatorship andauthoritarianism.
The state in Africa
Elections, conflicts, andIIviolence.
The state in Africa
Africa uprisings, politicalIII
protests, and political change.
Issues in Africa I
Research questions and issues
in Africa - revised(student-led
session) and Africa is not acountry, part 3.
Issues in Africa II
Research questions and issues
in Africa (student-led session)presentation of the findings.
Gender, sex, and
Women and men in culture
sexuality
and life: polygamy, sexuality,
domination, and autonomy.
Religion and
Religious sermons and politicalpolitical discourse in participation.
AfricaGlobalization and
Africa in the liberal global
Africaorder: migration, labour,industrialization
International
Japan and China in Africa.
development andgovernance
The youth and ICT How is Africa tapping into thein Africa
youthful population? How
Africa is pacesetting in global
technological development(Kenya’s M-Pesa).
Revision andResearch questions and issues
conclusion
in Africa (student-led session)presentation of the findings.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be required to use the Internet to research topics
in preparation for the classroom sessions. Writing tasks will
also be set for homework.

【授業の進め方と方法】
Important: This course may be conducted online. In thiscase, you will need access to a computer connected to theinternet and a Zoom connection. The course will be basedaround classroom listening, discussion, and writing tasks.
Reading and writing tasks will mainly be carried out outside
the class. The assignments will be given on specific days andwill require students to demonstrate comprehension of classcontent. All written assignments will be returned on timewith written feedback. Students are requested to freely engage
the instructor for clarifications and questions. The classroom
language will be English, and students will be required toactively participate in classroom and homework tasks.

【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no set text for this course, but students are required
to bring an A4 folder to organise their notes.
【参考書】
Khapoya, V. (2013). The African experience. Upper Saddle
River, N.J.: Pearson.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grades will be calculated as follows:
10%: class attendance and participation
10%: pop quiz 1
10%: pop quiz 2
10%: pop quiz 3
40%: final presentation
20%: final quiz

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction I
The course information,
getting to know the otherstudents and the instructor,
constituting study groups, andAfrica is not a country, part 1.
2
Introduction II
Research questions and issues
in Africa (student-led session)and Africa is not a country,
part 2.
3
Introduction III
What is politics? What isdemocracy? And how are thesetwo defined in an African
context.

【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A4 folder【その他の重要事項】
Students are expected to attend all of the classes and to cometo class on time. There may be some changes to the syllabus
above in order to allow for some flexibility to cater to the needsof particular classes.
【Outline (in English)】
We will approach these themes using multidisciplinary lenses,
focusing on interdisciplinary methods in global studies thatare informed by political science, history, sociology, andanthropological insights.

—4—グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ARS200BD

Comparative Culture(2)小島尚人

授業コード：A2988 ｜ 曜日・時限：火 2/Tue.2
春学期授業/Spring・2 単位 ｜ 配当年次：2〜4 年
備考（履修条件等）：定員 30 名を超えた場合は文学部所属学生を優先して選抜する。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course examines culture and society of the United States incomparison with other countries of immigrants such as Canada and
Mexico, focusing on its transborderness and mobility. Often conceived of
as a cross-border experience across regions and nations, the experienceof traveling has been one of the central concerns in the history of literary
and visual narratives particularly in the US. Through the analysis of
American road movie and travel literature in comparison with thoseof other countries, this course introduces students to ways of thinking
about US culture in a comparative and historical perspective.
【到達目標】
Through this course, students are expected to be able to do the following:
1. Examine the ways in which travel is represented in literary andvisual narratives
2. Develop their skills to discuss culture through literary and visual
texts
3. Give presentations in which the concepts and topics covered in thecourse are applied【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
1) Reading assigned texts (or watching assigned films) and preparing
for quizzes and in-class discussions (2 hours)
2) Preparing for a group presentation (2 hours)【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no required textbook for this course. Course materials will be
distributed in class.
【参考書】
Primeau, Ronald. Romance of the Road: The Literature of American
Highway. Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State UP, 1996.
Laderman, David. Driving Visions: Exploring the Road Movie. Austin:
U of Texas P, 2002.
King, Homay. Lost in Translation: Orientalism, Cinema, and theEnigmatic Signifier. Durham: Duke UP, 2010.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation (worksheets,
activities): 40%
Presentations: 20%
Final Exam: 40%

discussions,and other in-class【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I plan to allot more time for students to share their thoughts with theclass.
【その他の重要事項】
定員を 30 名とし、それを超える場合は選抜をおこないます（文学部生を優先とする）。
履修希望者は、辞書（電子辞書可・携帯電話不可）を持参の上、必ず初回授業に出席してください。
【Outline (in English)】N/A【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP4」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes will consist of lectures, in-class tasks, and group discussions. In
particular, students participate in many group discussions on various
topics introduced in the lectures. Students will also give a group orindividual presentation toward the end of the semester.
Students’ writings will be picked and shared to the class the following
week through the "feedback sheets" provided by the instructor.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
第1回
Course Introduction
Review course goals; brief
self-introduction by students;characteristics of the US as anation of immigrants
第2回
US and North America The historical and cultural
background of the US incomparison with other North
American countries (Canada and
Mexico)
第3回
Transborderness
The role of Mexico in Jack
Kerouac’s On the Road
第4回
Mobility
American frontier, Western
expansion, and cultural fusion
第5回
Americalization
Family and national identity
第6回
Ethnicity
Ethnic pluralism and cultural
diversity
第7回
Social Class
Migrant workers and The Grapes of
Wrath
第8回
GenderTravel narrative and the domestic
ideology; Feminist politics in
Thelma & Louise
第9回
Slavery and African
Adventures of Huckleberry Finn as
American culture
travel narrative
第 10 回 Orientalism
Travel narrative and power
relations: reading an essay
第 11 回 Language Barrier andRepresentation of Tokyo and theCommunication
Japanese characters in Lost in theTranslation
第 12 回 Study Abroad as a
The image of "America" in
Cross-border
post-WWII Japan
Experience
第 13 回 Student Presentations Student presentations on "Family"(1)and "Ethnicity"
第 14 回 Student Presentations Student presentations on "Gender"(2)and "Orientalism"—5—グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are responsible for doing required reading and tasks before
and/or after each class. Preparation for the speech and presentations
will be required for credit. You need two hours each for preparation andreview.

LIN200BD

Public Speaking
椎名美智

授業コード：A2991 ｜ 曜日・時限：月 4/Mon.4
秋学期授業/Fall・2 単位 ｜ 配当年次：3 年
備考（履修条件等）：定員 20 名を超える場合は抽選にて選抜する。
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The course will focus on developing and improving students’ public
speaking skills in English by introducing basic technics of public
speaking and also by assigning tasks of giving English speeches in
the class. Students will deepen their understanding of the linguistic
behaviours of public speaking in English by giving speeches themselves
and observing their classmates’ speeches.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to acquire enough linguistic knowledge andskills to make speech in English themselves in the class, and also critical
attitude to evaluate other people’s speeches.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」に関連【テキスト（教科書）】All the materials will be uploaded at HOPPII. Students need todownload and print them as needed.
【参考書】
Any English textbooks related to public speaking【成績評価の方法と基準】
50%: Classroom participation
50%: Presentation【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I would like to spend more time for students’ presentations.
【その他の重要事項】
The order of the classes above mentioned can be changed in order toaccommodate the students’ needs.
Office Hour: Thursday 4th period, please send an email for an
appointment.
【Outline (in English)】
The purpose of this course is to acquire linguistic competence in English
so that students can make speeches or presentations in public situations
confidently when they start working.

【授業の進め方と方法】
The style of the class will be announced by HOPPII. So please check
HOPPII every week.
The course consists of lectures and presentations. Reading tasks andpreparing a few speeches are required. Since this course mainly consistsof students’ presentations, the number of the students should be limited
to 20 at maximum. Those who would like to take this class should attend
the first class as there may be a selection.
You are required to submit a reaction paper every week and I will deal
with some of them in the next class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
第1回
Introduction
Introduction of the instructor,
handing out the syllabi,
explanation of grading andattendance policies. Assignment of
introductory speeches.
第2回
Basic Principles ofFocus class discussion on selected
Speech Communication exercises. Explanation of
introductory speeches.
第3回
Introductory Speeches Students give introductoryIspeeches and evaluate otherstudents’ speeches.
第4回
Introductory Speeches Students give introductoryIIspeeches and evaluate otherstudents’ speeches.
第5回
Speaking to Inform
Assignment of informative
speeches: guidelines for
informative speaking
第6回
Choosing Topics andFocus class discussion and lecture
Purposes
on topics and purposes of speeches
第7回
Organizing the Body of Focus class discussion and lecture
the Speech
on organization of the body of the
speech
第8回
Introductions andFocus class discussion and lecture
Conclusions
on introductions and conclusions
第9回
Outlining the Speech
Focus class discussion and lecture
on outlining the speech
第 10 回 Delivering the Speech
Focus class discussion and lecture
on delivering the speech
第 11 回 Using Visual Aids
Focus class discussion and lectureon using visual aids
第 12 回 Informative Speeches I Presentations by the students, theaudience have to evaluate thespeeches
第 13 回 Informative Speeches
Presentations by the students, theIIaudience have to evaluate thespeeches
第 14 回 Informative Speeches
Presentations by the students, theIIIaudience have to evaluate thespeeches, we will also review theprevious classes—6—グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN100FB-A5501

Introduction to Organizational Management
Azusa Ebisuya
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉
Week 11 Organizing in teams【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed to help undergraduate students understandbasic concepts and ideas of organizational management in the worldof business. This course teaches the importance of management andits vital roles, organization structures, and effective management oforganizations.

Week 12 Ensuring teamproductivity【Goal】The series of lectures in this course will help the students toobtain knowledge of general terms and concepts of organizational
management study, and instill further interest and desire to deepen
their understanding in this field.

Week 13 Fostering teamwork• Problem-solving teams• Self-managed teams• (Cross-)functional teams• Virtual teams• Advantages of working in teams• Disadvantages of working inteams• Characteristics of effective
teams• Team development• Causes of team conflict• Solutions to team conflict• Review the entire semester• Explaining key managerial
concepts【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-2" and "DP3"diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP4" policy.

Week 14 Course review and
Test (2)【Method(s)】This course will be delivered mostly through lectures so that thestudents can absorb basic knowledge of the subject. However, students
will have opportunities to actively participate in the class by providing
their critical thoughts and suggestions during discussions. The students
will have two written tests (8th and 14th weeks) which will examine
their understanding of this course. Feedback on class assignments will
be given through the Hosei University Course Management Support
System (Hoppii).
Due to the epidemic of infectious disease, classes may possibly beprovided through the online system (Zoom) or hy-flex style. Detailed
information will be updated.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
The students are expected to read the uploaded materials for each classbeforehand and prepare for discussions during the class. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction to the• Introduction activity
course• Class building-up
Week 2 The role of• Interpersonal roles
management• Informational roles• Decisional roles
Week 3 The planning function • Defining the mission, vision andvalues• Assessing strengths,
weaknesses, opportunities andthreats• Developing forecasts andanalyzing competition• Developing an action plan
Week 4 The organizing• Top managers
function• Middle managers• First-line managers
Week 5 The leading function• Developing an effective
leadership style• Coaching and mentoring• Managing change• Building a positive
organizational culture
Week 6 The controlling• The control cycle
function• Crisis management• Maintaining control in
extraordinary circumstances
Week 7 Essential management • Interpersonal skills
skills• Technical skills• Conceptual skills• Decision-making skills
Week 8 Mid-course review and • Mid-semester review
Test (1)• Explaining key managerial
concepts
Week 9 Designing an effective• Identifying core competences
organization structure • Identifying job responsibilities• Defining the chain of command
Week 10 Organizing the• Functional structures
workforce• Divisional structures• Matrix structures• Network structures【Textbooks】
Slides and additional reading materials will be provided through theweb-system.
【References】
Supplementary reading materials and/or websites will be sharedthrough the web-system.
【Grading criteria】
Participation in discussions: 28%
Assignment during a class: 12%
Test (1): 30%
Test (2): 30%【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
We’ll use the Hosei University Course Management Support System forsharing reading materials and handouts.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectation, the number of students who areallowed to register for the course will be limited in order to effectively
manage the class.
【Prerequisites】
None【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary due to the threat level
we are at: Level 1, this course will be held on campus. Level 2, it will beheld online.

—7—

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN100FB-A5502

Introduction to Strategic Management
Naoki ANDO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 4/Mon.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
Why do some firms succeed and others fail? Competitive strategies offirms explain a substantial part of their success and survival in markets.
This course introduces students to the key concepts and frameworks ofstrategic management. At the end of this course, students will be able
to understand how firms gain competitive advantages and compete withrivals. The content of this course will form a basis for studying othercourses on strategic management.
【Goal】
Objectives of this course are:
1. To learn how to analyze firms’ external environments and internal
resources.
2. To understand business-level strategy.
3. To build skills in analyzing firms’ success and failure.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1" diploma policies and fairly
related to the "DP2-2", "DP3" and "DP5" policies.
【Method(s)】This course is primarily conducted in a classroom (face to face classes).
Sessions consist of lectures and in-class excercises. Lectures introduce
the students to basic concepts and frameworks. In-class exercises withregard to the concepts and frameworks include discussions and quizzes.
Additionally, students work on a team project during the semester. The
team consists of 3-4 students. The number of team members may varydepending on the number of registered students. Teams are required
to conduct a team project. Each team member writes up a term paper
based on the team project. At the end of the semester, teams will delivera presentation of the project. Details regarding the team project will beannounced in class.
Assignments are submitted using Hoppii. Feedback will be given either
in-class or on Hoppii.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Textbooks】
Hitt, A.H., Ireland, R.D., and Hoskisson, R.E. 2017.
Strategic
Management: Competitiveness & Globalization: Concepts and Cases(12th ed). Cengage Learning: CT.
A newer edition may be available. More information about textbooks
will be announced in week 1.
Reading materials are distributed in class or on Hoppii.
【References】
Barney, J.B. & Hesterly, W.S. 2019. Strategic Management andCompetitive Advantage: Concepts and Cases (6th ed.). Pearson
Education: Harlow, UK.
【Grading criteria】
Class participation: 40%
Team project: 30%
Individual term paper based on team project: 30%
Class participation is evaluated based on active participation in
discussion and in-class exercises and contribution to the class.
More information regarding the team project will be announced in class.
【Changes following student comments】
More time will be allocated to discussions and in-class exercises.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PC or tablet is required to complete assignments and prepare forpresentations and term paper.
【Others】
This course provides a basis for other courses on strategic management.
【Prerequisites】
None.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Course overview
Week 2 What is strategy?
Definition of strategy andcompetitive advantage
Week 3 Analysis of external
Analysis of general and industry
environments(1)environments
Week 4 Analysis of external
Five forces model, the threat ofenvironments(2)potential entrants
Week 5 Analysis of external
The threat of industry competitors,
environments(3)substitutes, suppliers and buyers
Week 6 Analysis of internal
Definition of resources, capabilities
resources (1)and core competence
Week 7 Analysis of internal
Resources and capabilities to gain
resources (2)and sustain competitive
advantages
Week 8 Analysis of internal
VRIO framework
resources (3)Week 9 Project proposal
Proposal of team projects
Week 10 Business-level strategy Whom and what to serve(1)
Week 11 Business-level strategy Cost leadership strategy(2)
Week 12 Business-level strategy Differentiation strategy(3)
Week 13 Presentation of projects Final presentation of team projects(1)(1)
Week 14 Presentation of projects Final presentation of team projects(2)(1)
Wrap up【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read materials, complete assignments, andprepare for presentations and discussions. They also work on the teamproject with team members.
Time for preparatory study and review for this class will be at least 2
hours each.

—8—グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN100FB-A5503

Introduction to Accounting
Kenji KAWASHIMA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed to provide a basic understanding of accounting,including introductory accounting concepts, principles, and procedures.
Specific attention will be devoted to the four financial statements andframeworks for understanding them, as well as ways in which toprepare financial data. Students will be expected to apply these skills
to the analysis of real companies, and to interpret their respective
financial statements accordingly. These cases will enable students tograsp the importance of accounting knowledge in the business world, tounderstand current events in terms of accounting measurements, andto communicate effectively with other professions.
【Goal】
Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to:- Analyze a company’s financial statements- Describe conclusions about profitability, efficiency, liquidity, andsolvency- Record basic debt-credit journal entries and prepare a set of financial
statements【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-2" and "DP2-1" diploma
policies and fairly related to the "DP1-1" and "DP2-2" policies.
【Method(s)】- In case it is difficult to hold classes in the classroom due to COVID-19
or natural disasters, we will keep holding the classes using Zoom. The
recorded lessons will be available until the end of the class.
- After the review, new topics are explained by the instructor, followed bygroup discussions and/or case analysis. Active participation is strongly
recommended especially during discussions and analysis.
- Japanese company financial statements are used in case analysis.
- Questions and comments are welcomed at any time on the Zoom and
Google Classroom.
- Feedback on questions from students is provided verbally during class.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week1
Introduction- Basic concepts of accounting- The four financial statements
Week2
Basic concepts of- Basic financial analysis ratios,
financial statement- Accounting principles andstandards
Week3
Balance sheet 1- Assets- Liabilities- Shareholders’ equity
Week4
Balance sheet 2- Liquidity and solvency ratio- Trend and common-size analysis
for balance sheet
Week5
Income statement 1- Expenses- Revenue
Week6
Income statement 2- Profitability ratio- Trend and common-size analysis
for income statement
Week7
Intermediate exam
- Balance sheet- Income statement- Liquidity, solvency andprofitability ratio
Week8
Statement of- Common and preferred stock
stockholders’ equity 1- Par value and additional paid in
capitalWeek9Statement of- Retain earnings
stockholders’ equity 2- Treasury stock
Week10 Statement of cash flows - Operating, investing and1
financing activities- Direct and indirect method forcomputing cash flow
Week11 Statement of cash flows - Interpret cash flow
2
- Trend and common-size analysis
for cash flow
Week12 Inventory and property, - Cash and cash equivalents
plant and equipment 1 - Account receivableWeek13
Week14Inventory and property, - Inventory
plant and equipment 2 - Property, plant, and equipment
Accounting cycle- 10 steps of accounting cycle- Debt-Credit journal entries【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to spend an average of four hours preparing forthis class, including answering assignments for each class.
• Readings and/or problems are assigned for each class. You shouldcome to class prepared to discuss your analysis of the cases and its
underlying problems. Regular class participation is critical to thelearning process for both you and your classmates.
• Additional assignments will either be discussed in class or presented
as additional cases for your benefit. I will disclose assignments for classdiscussion prior to their respective lectures.
【Textbooks】
Nothing in particular however, students are welcome to access topics
concerning this course and its objectives in other related texts. The
instructor is at liberty to provide further materials during the courseof instruction.
【References】
Schoenebeck, K. P., & Holtzman, M. P. (2012). Interpreting andanalyzing financial statements. Pearson Higher Ed.(6th Edition)【Grading criteria】
Grades will be distributed according to the following weights:
Class Participation 30%
Midterm exam1 20%
Midterm exam2 20%
Final Exam 30%【Changes following student comments】
I will cover less topics than last year to give more time to each to becovered.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first lesson
significantly exceeds expectation, the number of students who areallowed to register for the course will be limited in order to effectively
manage the class. For this reason, if you are planning to take thiscourse, you need to attend the first lesson.
【Prerequisites】
None.

—9—

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN100FB-A5504

Introduction to FinanceNaoki KISHIMOTO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 3/Mon.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
Students are given an introduction to interest rate computation andinvestment analysis of bonds and stocks.
【Goal】(1) Students can compute present values and future values.
(2) Students can use basic terms of bonds and bond investments.
(3) Students can compute bond prices based on yields to maturity.
Conversely, students can compute yields to maturity based on bondprices.
(4) Students understand major sources of risk in bond investments.
(5) Students can use basic terms of stocks and stock investments.
(6) Students can compute fair values of stocks using the dividend
discount model.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP2-2" and"DP4" diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP1-3" policy.
【Method(s)】This class consists of a series of lectures. Yet, the instructor intends tomake them as interactive as possible by throwing questions to students
and earmarking class time for students to apply formulae to exercise
problems.
Also,I will try to speak slowly, so that well-motivated Japanese students
can understand my lectures.
Furthermore, I will provide students with feedback on additional
exercise problems that students are supposed to solve at home.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
なし / No【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Overview of thisI will give an overview of thiscourse, corporations
course. In addition, I will explain
and stock market
basic organizational structures ofcorporations.
2Interest rates, future
I will explain how to computevalues, and present
future values and present values.
values3
Interest rates, future
I will explain the FV and PV
values, and present
computation of a perpetuity.
values4
Interest rates, future
I will explain how to compute thevalues, and present
FV and PV of an annuity and avaluesgrowing perpetuity. In addition, I
will explain how to solve loan
payments and the internal rate of
return.
5Internal rate of return I will explain internal rate ofand interest rate
return more. In addition, I will
quotesinterest rate quotes.
6Interest rate quotes
I will explain interest rate quotes
and discount rates
more. In addtion, I will discuss
discount rates and loans.
7
IDeterminants ofI will discuss determinants ofinterest rates
interest rates.
8
Introduction to bonds
I will explain basic terms of bonds
and bond investment.
9
Yield to maturity
I will explain how to compute theyield to maturity.
10
Basic terms for stock
I will explain basic terms of stocks
investments
and stock investments.
11
Stock valuation
I will explain basic valuation
methods for stocks. Specifically, I
will explain dividend discountmodel.
12
Financial statements
I will discuss major items onbalance sheets.
13
Financial statements
I will discuss major items on
income statements.
14
Final examination
I will give a final examination inclass.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students must complete reading assignments before class. In addition,
students are given exercise problems to solve at home, which will
prepare them for in-class quizzes. Correct answers for the exercise
problems will be distributed later in class and some of the problems
are explained in class. Students are expected to spend about four hours
on preparatory study and review of each class.
【Textbooks】
Jonathan Berk, Peter DeMarzo, and Jarrad Harford, Fundamentals ofCorporate Finance, latest edition (Global Edition), Pearson Education.
【References】
Richard Brealey and Stewart Myers, Principals of Corporate Finance,
McGraw Hill (any recent edition).
Richard Brealey, Stewart Myers and Alan Marcus, Fundamentals ofCorporate Finance, McGraw Hill (any recent edition).
Stephon Ross, Randolph Westerfield and Jeffrey Jaffee, Corporate
Finance, McGraw Hill (any recent edition).
Stephon Ross, Randolph Westerfield and Bradford Jordan, Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill (any recent edition).
Stephen Ross, Randolph Westerfield and Bradford Jordan, Essentials ofCorporate Finance, McGraw Hill (any recent edition).
Thomas Copeland, Fred Weston, and Kuldeep Shastri, Financial Theory
and Corporate Policy, Addison Wesley (any recent edition).
【Grading criteria】
80% on quizzes and final examination and 20% on class participation.
【Changes following student comments】
I will cover less topics this year than last year to spend more time toeach topic to be covered.
【Others】
To gain better understanding of finance courses, including this course,
you are strongly encouraged to take Introduction to Accounting andIntroduction to Statistics in your first year at Global Business Program.
In addition, you need to have basic knowledge in arithmetics tocomprehend the contents of this class.
Please note that this course is held face to face and in a small classroom
which accommodates only twenty plus students.
Therefore, the number of students to be admitted to this class is limitted
to twenty plus.
Note, however, that because this class is offered for GBP, GBP students
are guaranteed a seat in this class,if they choose to register for it.
【Prerequisites】
None【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 10 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN100FB-A5505

Introduction to Marketing
Shohei HASEGAWA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This is an introductory marketing course. Students will learn the basics
of business and marketing through reading articles that describe actual
company cases. The cases include various companies (manufacturer,
service, retailing, internet technology, etc.) and strategies (new product,
branding, promotion, targeting, etc.).
【Goal】The goal of this class is to obtain basic marketing knowledge. Students
will also learn survey, presentation, and discussion skills.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP5" diploma policy and fairly
related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-2", "DP3"and "DP4" policies.

【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students should bring a laptop or tablet PC to class.
【Others】
Related course: Principles of Marketing
Students who wish to register for this course must attend the first class.
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.
【Prerequisites】
None【Method(s)】(1) Homework (weekly assignment)
The business case article and assignments are posted on Google
Classroom a week before a class. Students write and submit theassignment report before a class.
(2) Realtime classStudents are divided into small groups to discuss the weekly
assignments. After the discussion within the groups, the feedback isprovided by the instructor.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Guidance and overview of thecourse2Case 1: NintendoMarket environment analysis
3
Case 2: SonySWOT analysis
4
Case 3: Netflix
Marketing myopia, Competitor
analysis
5
Case 4: Smart Car
STP marketing
6
Case 5: IKEA
Marketing mix
7
Case 6: LEGO
Product strategy,
Product Life-Cycle
8
Case 7: LVMH
Price strategy, Diffusion-line brand
9
Case 8: Microsoft
Promotion strategy,
Marketing communication mix
10
Case 9: Apple
Place strategy,
Sales location
11
Case 10: Coca-Cola
Brand strategy, Brand
development matrix
12
Case 11: Disney
Expansion into overseas
13
Course review
Review the entire semester
14
Final assignment
Final assignment【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
All students submit weekly assignment reports before classes.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbook.
Weekly reading materials or articles will be provided by the instructor.
Cases in the above spring schedule may change depending on thestudent’s interests.
【References】
・ Kotler, Philip and Kevin Lane Keller (2015) Marketing Management(15th ed.), Pearson.
・ Kotler, Philip and Gary Armstrong (2018) Principles of Marketing(17th ed.), Prentice Hall.
・ Keegan, Warren J. and Mark C. Green (2017) Global Marketing (9thed.), Pearson.
and old editions of these books.
【Grading criteria】
・ Weekly assignments: 60%
・ Final paper: 40%【Changes following student comments】
We will use a rubric, a scoring guide, on Google Classroom to clarify theevaluation criteria of weekly assignments.

— 11 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN100FB-A5506

Introduction to Operations Management
Kiyoko YOSHIMURA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 4/Fri.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
This course introduces the concepts, principles, problems, and practicesof operations management. Emphasis is on managerial processes
for effective operations in both goods-producing and service-renderingorganizations. Topics include operations strategy, process design,
capacity planning, facilities location and design, forecasting, production
scheduling, inventory control, quality assurance, and project management. The topics integrate using a systems model of the operations ofan organization.
【Goal】
This course aims to improve students’ understanding of operations
management’s concepts, principles, problems, and practices. Aftercompleting this course, students should be able to:- Develop an understanding of and an appreciation for the production
and operations management function in any organization.
- To understand the importance of productivity and competitiveness toboth organizations and nations.
- To understand the importance of an effective production andoperations strategy to anorganization.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP4" and "DP5"diploma policies.
【Method(s)】Face to Face (except #1 session)
Since this course is Introduction to Operations Management, it will
be delivered mainly through lectures so the students can grab thebasic knowledge of Operations Management. However, we have several
case discussions. When the case is discussed, we are less concernedwith “right” or “wrong” answers. Therefore, students are expected toparticipate in building their discussion skills. Assignment feedback will
be made in class.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
The students are expected to read the uploaded materials (course
materials and cases) for each class beforehand and prepare fordiscussions during the class. Preparatory study and review time forthis class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
There is no textbook required for this course.
Will supply course material (PowerPoint) in the class.
【References】
Will notice Course References/Books on the bulletin board separately.
Reading should be completed before class.
【Grading criteria】
In-class-Quiz: 250 points(46%)
Case report1: 100 points (18%)
Case report2(simulation): 200 points(36%)
Total: 550 points (100%)【Changes following student comments】
Will conduct feedback survey questions for student feedback.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None. The instruction will be given at the course if any.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
NTRODUCTION
Course Introduction What is‒ Getting started
operation management?
2
COMPETITIVENESS
Production Planningand PRODUCTIVITY
Competitive Priorities
3
FORECASTING
Demand Characteristics
Forecasting and Operations
Management
4
PRODUCT / SERVICE Product or Service Design
DESIGN
Considerations
Reliability
5
CAPACITY
Capacity Planning for goods and
PLANNING
services
Decision Theory
6
PROCESS / FACILITY Type of Processing/ LAYOUT DESIGN
Need for Layout Planning
Facilities Layout
7
WORK DESIGN AND
Job design
MEASUREMENT
Quality of Work life
Measurement
8
QUALITY
What is quality?
MANAGEMENT
Quality as a competitive advantage
9
MASTER
Master Production Scheduling
PRODUCTION
MRP/ERPSCHEDULING10
SUPPLY CHAIN
Supply chain management
Global Supply
11
PROJECT
Managing Project
SCHEDULING AND
Network modeling with
CONTROL
PERT/CPM
12JIT AND LEAN
JIT
OPERATIONSLEAN
13SIMULATION
Conduct simulations in classGroup discussion
14
OPERATION AS A
Wrap up
COMPETITIVE(Review the entire course)
WEAPON— 12 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ECN100FB-A5507

Introduction to Japanese Economy
Hideaki HIRATA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
This course provides an introduction to (1) the Japan’s macroeconomic
characteristics, (2) the Japan’s current economic issues, and (3) the basic
economic principles and methods.
After learning a brief history of the Japanese economy and thebasic analytical tools of economics, we focus on Japan’s labormarkets, financial markets, corporate finance and capital investments,
international transactions, and economic policies from the 1980s
onward. Comparison with the other economies is frequently done.
By the end of the semester, you are expected to be able to utilize
the theoretical and empirical tools practiced in this class to generate
practical policy recommendations for Japan’s major economic problems.
【Goal】
This course is designed to provide students with opportunities to gain abasic understanding of the Japanese economy. The particular goals canbe summarized as follows:
1. To learn the history of the Japanese economy after WWII
2. To learn the basic features of Japanese households, firms, and thegovernment and to apply conventional economic theory to understandtheir behaviors
3. To strengthen analytical skills by discussing the strengths andlimitations of Japan’s corporate system, labor markets, economic policy,
and so forth【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-3", "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3"and "DP4" diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP1-1", "DP1-2","DP1-4" and "DP5" policies.
【Method(s)】This course mainly comprises lectures, slideshows, in-class activities,
and discussions. All class materials are distributed through the LMS.
Note that the order of the lectures might be changed from the below
suggested schedule but what we will cover would not change very much.
Regarding lecture style (in-person and/or online), I am flexible so thatthe suggested in-person and/or online style is just tentative and issubject to change.
I will give feedback on class assignments during the lecture and/or
through Hoppii (i.e., LMS).
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Syllabus guidelines; an overview of
the Japanese economy’s postwar
macroeconomic performance.
2
Japanese economy and The Japanese economy’s postwar
the World economy
macroeconomic performance; basic
economic statistics, such as GDP
and its components.
3
Principles of Markets
Understanding what demand,
1
supply and equilibrium are. Usevarious cases to theoretically see
what happens in the market.
4
Principles of Markets 2 Understanding what would shift(=make changes in) demand andsupply. Studying cases of what
happened in the actual markets.
5
Labor 1
Characteristics of Japanese labormarkets and firms; Understanding
Japanese labor market.
6
Labor 2
Characteristics of Japanese labormarkets and firms; Understanding
the relationship between labor andfirms.
7
Labor 3
The relationship economic
Money and Finance 1
fluctuations and the labor markets.
The role of money circulating in theeconomy.
8
Money and Finance 2
The role of money & banking in theJapanese economy

9

10

11

12

13
14

Money and Finance 3

Fundraising of firms and investors
in the financial markets.
Financial conditions of economic
agents and their roles in theJapanese economy.
Bubble and the balance Understanding the bubble economy
sheet problems
in the late 80s and the scars of that.
International Trade 1
Basic characteristics of exports andimport between Japan and the restof the world.
International Trade 2
The determinants of Japan’sInternational Financeexports and imports; the role ofcross-border financial transactions
with the rest of the world.
Firms 1
The characteristics of Japanesefirms and their corporate
governance.
Firms 2
Agency problem and its importancein Japan.
Review
Q & A sessions and extra issues tostrengthen students’
understandings of lectures 1-13.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the assigned materials and contribute toclass discussions. Preparatory study and review time for this class are
2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Greg Mankiw (2020) Principles of Economics, Cengage.
Ito and Hoshi (2020) The Japanese Economy, MIT Press.
You SHOULD NOT buy these textbooks before the first class meeting
since a special instruction will be provided for the students of this class.
【References】
1. Papers and newspaper articles will be assigned throughout thesemester.
2. Annual Report on the Japanese Economy and Public Finance.
3. David Flath (2014), The Japanese Economy (3rd Edition), Oxford
University Press. ISBN: 9780198702405.
【Grading criteria】
Final exam: 100%. (1) Solving and submitting non-mandatory problem
sets and (2) class participation (including non-mandatory problem sets)
will give you extra points.
Final exam will be offered in-person. In some special cases, online exam
will be prepared and you should have good access to the Internet. You
need PC (no smartphone or tablet) to take the exam properly.
The fail rate was less than 5% for the last 5 years.
【Changes following student comments】
I tried to design this course to motivate students to be interested
in learning economic ideas and to understand why those ideas are
powerful.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
You need a computer/tablet. Most of the materials would be distributed
electrically by using PDF.
【Others】
This course has no prerequisites. I strongly encourage students to takePrinciples of Macroeconomics, Principles of Microeconomics, Business
Management in Japan, Japanese Innovation Management, Human
Resource Management Ⅰ/Ⅱ, and Corporate Finance AFTER taking thiscourse.
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.
【Prerequisites】
None【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 13 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN100FB-A5508

Introduction to Statistics
Makoto TAKAHASHI
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 2/Wed.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course introduces elementary statistics, covering basic knowledgeof descriptive statistics, probability and inferential statistics.
【Goal】
After successfully completing this course, students can do the following
among others: understand and explain basic concepts; and summarize
and examine data using software such as Excel.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-4" and "DP2-1" diploma
policies and fairly related to the "DP2-2", "DP4" and "DP5" policies.

Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.
【Prerequisites】
This course has no specific prerequisites. However, familiarity ofsome mathematical concepts and notations at a high-school level, andworking skills of Excel are desirable.

【Method(s)】The class is a combination of lectures and (computer) exercises. In eachclass, we quickly review a topic by watching a video and then learn thedetails with discussion and exercises. Homework will be given almost
every week, and will be reviewed at the beginning of the next class.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
What is statistics
2
Introduction to data 1
Case study / Data Basics
3
Introduction to data 2
Sampling principles and strategies/ Experiments
4
Summarizing data 1
Examining numerical data5
Summarizing data 2
Considering categorical data / Casestudy
6
Probability 1
Defining probability
7
Probability 2
Conditional probability
8
Probability 3
Sampling from a small population /Random variables / Continuous
distributions
9
Distributions 1
Normal distribution
10
Distributions 2
Geometric distribution / Binomial
distribution
11
Foundations for
Point estimates and sampling
inference 1
variability
12Foundations for
Confidence intervals for ainference 2
proportion
13
Foundations for
Hypothesis testing for a proportion
inference 3
14
Review / Final Exam
Review of the course / Evaluation of
students’ understanding【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Complete the reading before a new unit begins, and then review again
after the unit is over. Do the problem sets specified in class as a
homework. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
Diez, David, Mine Çetinkaya-Rundel and Christopher D. Barr (2019)
OpenIntro Statistics, 4th Edition. (This book may be downloaded as afree PDF at openintro.org/os)【References】
References will be given in class if any.
【Grading criteria】
Homework: 50%
Final Exam: 50%【Changes following student comments】
We will spend time both on analytical and computer exercises.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Laptop or tablet with Excel or Google spreadsheet【Others】
Basic knowledge of Statistics will be very useful for your further study
in GBP. Probability theory is used not only in Statistics but also
in other subjects such as Finance and Economics. Related courses
include, but not limited to, Introduction to Finance, Investments I/II,
and Elementary Mathematics A/B.

— 14 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

PRI100FB-A5509

Introduction to Informatics
Yasushi KODAMA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 2/Thu.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
This course is aimed at students with little or no priorknowledge for operating computers but a desire computational
approaches to problem solving. You can learn any basic
computational operations using Microsoft Office software but
also any theoretical meanings of informatics.
【Goal】
One of the goals of this course is to become familiar with basic
operations for personal computers. Also you should learn how
to solve the problems related to social sciences.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking thisclass?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP2-1" and "DP2-2"
diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP1-4", "DP4" and"DP5" policies.
【Method(s)】Mostly you can use the computers in the class room and you
can learn any operations of computer software especially for
Office software. At first you should learn how to login Windows
operating system on the university’s computers. After thiscourse has started, the contents of the lesson will be provided
on the Web site.
Use Google Classroom to answer questions, explain theassignment in detail, and give feedback to students on Google
Classroom.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
なし / No

9th

VBA practice(2)10thHow to build yourhome pages (1)11th

How to build yourhome pages (2)12thHow to build yourhome pages (3)13thHow to build yourhome pages (4)14thWorkshop forsolving problem

You can learn about VBA
programming using thevariables.
You can learn how to start tobuild a page as your home
pages.
You can learn how to build
your home pages using sometags.
You can learn how to build
your home pages using theCSS (Cascading Style Sheets).
You can learn how to build
your home pages using newstyle files and new pages.
At the workshop of classroom,
you should make a plan topresent how to solve theproblems.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
You should autonomously learn the basic operations of
personal computers. If you can not understand the contents of
the lecture, you should ask us it in the classroom or investigate
it by yourself. Preparatory study and review time for this classare 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Specified in the lecture.
【References】
Specified in the lecture.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1st
Introduction
Introduction to this course.
The goal of this course isspecified. You can learn how to
operate university’s computers.
2nd
Word processing
Using Word Processing
practice
software, you can learn thebasic operation of thissoftware.
3rd
Electrical mailYou can learn the network
practice andsystem and how to write
networking theory
e-mail scripts.
4thMethodologies for
Using the presentation
presentation using
software, you can learn thesoftwaretechnical operations of it.
5th
Spreadsheet
You can learn the basic
practice (1)operations of spreadsheets.
6th
Spreadsheet
It will test your ability ofpractice (2)creating spreadsheets for thebusiness documents.
7th
Spreadsheet
It will test your ability ofpractice (3)creating spreadsheets usingbusiness graphs.
8th
VBA practice(1)You can learn about
VBA(Visual Basic forApplications) as spreadsheet
macro programs.

【Grading criteria】
Participation rate (80%) and reports to present in the lecture(20%).
【Changes following student comments】
We devise lectures so that students can solve problems
autonomously.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
N/A【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending thefirst class significantly exceeds expectations, in order for the
instructor to effectively manage the class, the number ofstudents who are allowed to register for the course may belimited.
【Prerequisites】
We will adopt practical use cases that are useful in the businessfield and devise to develop problem solving skills.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according towhich threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be heldon campus, though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 15 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN300FB-A5521

Global Business Strategy Ⅱ
Naoki ANDO
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 4/Mon.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course introduces students to key concepts and theoreticalframeworks of international business. Accordingly, the course is moretheoretical than practical.
The course focuses on key topics in international business such as
global and multidomestic strategies, international strategic alliance,
and foreign subsidiary staffing.
At the end of this course, students will be able to understand how
firms enter foreign countries, manage foreign subsidiaries, compete withrivals, and gain competitive advantage overseas. They will also acquire
an ability to analyze firms’ success and failure overseas.
【Goal】
Objectives of this course are:
1. To understand traditional topics in international business suchas MNEs’ strategies, international strategic alliance, and foreignsubsidiary staffing.
2. To understand new topics in international business such as regional
geographic diversification and language barriers.
3. To develop skills in analyzing firms’ success and failure in foreign
markets using the theories of international business.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1" and "DP4" diploma policies
and fairly related to the "DP2-2" policy.
【Method(s)】This course is conducted in a classroom (face to face classes). However,in cases where students cannot enter Japan, the course will take the
HyFlex form, which is in-person lectures in parallel with online realtime. Students who cannot enter Japan attend lectures online.
Sessions consist of lecture, in-class exercise, and discussion. Lecture
introduces students to basic concepts and frameworks of the session’s
topic. Discussion and in-class exercises are conducted to gain a better
understanding of the concepts and frameworks.
Students also work on a team project during the semester. A teamconsists of 3-4 students. Each team is required to conduct a team project.
Each team member writes up a term paper based on the team project.
In Week 14, teams make a presentation of the project. Details regarding
the team project will be announced in class.
Assignments are submitted using Hoppii. Feedback will be given either
in-class or on Hoppii.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Course orientation:
Course overview.
Introduction andReview of Global business strategy
overview
I.
Week 2 Strategies of MNEs 1
Global integration and local
responsiveness.
Week 3 Strategies of MNEs 2
Global strategy.
Week 4 Strategies of MNEs 3
Multidomestic strategy.
Week 5 Regional diversification Regional geographic diversificationof MNEs
Week 6 International strategic What is international strategic
alliance 1
alliance?
Week 7 International strategic Managing international strategic
alliance 2
alliance.
Week 8 Language barriers 1
Roles of language in MNEs
Week 9 Language barriers 2
Strategy to moderate language
barriers.
Week 10 Project proposal
Proposal of team projects.
Week 11 Foreign subsidiary
Roles of parent country nationals
staffing 1
and host country nationals
Week 12 Foreign subsidiary
Strategy to staff foreign
staffing 2
subsidiaries.
Week 13 Staffing localization
Strategy to localize foreignsubsidiaries.
Week 14 Presentation of projects Final presentation of team projects.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read materials, complete assignments, andprepare for presentations and discussions. They also work on the teamproject with team members.
Time for preparatory study and review for this class will be at least 2
hours each.
【Textbooks】
Hill, C.W.L. & Hult, G.T.M. 2018 International Business: Competing in
the Global Marketplace (12th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education, NY.
A newer edition may be available. Textbook may be changed subject toavailability. More information about a textbook will be announced inweek 1.
Reading materials are distributed on Hoppii.
【References】
Ball, D.A., Geringer, J.M., McNett, J.M. & Minor, M.S. 2012.
International Business: The Challenging of Global Competition (13thed.). McGraw-Hill: NY.
Cavusgil, S.T., Cavusgil, S.T., Knight, G. & Riesenberger, J.R. 2008.
International Business: The New Realities (2nd ed.). Prentice Hall: NJ.
Collinson, S., Narula, R., & Rugman, A.M. 2020. International
Business. Pearson Education: Harlow, UK.
Cullen, J.B. & Parboteeah, K.P. 2011. Multinational Management: A
Strategic Approach (5th ed.). Cengage Learning: OH.
Shenkar, O. & Luo, Y. 2008. International Business (2nd ed.). Sage
Publications: CA.
Newer editions may be available.
【Grading criteria】
In-class contribution: 40%
Team Project: 30%
Individual term paper based on team project: 30%
In-class contribution is evaluated based on active participation in
discussion and in-class exercises and contribution to the class.
More information regarding the team project and the individual term
paper will be announced in class.
【Changes following student comments】
More time will be allocated to case analysis, discussions, and in-classexercises.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PC or tablet is required to complete assignments and prepare forpresentations and term paper.
Students who are not in Japan prepare PC or tablet to attend the classonline.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectation, the number of students who areallowed toregister for the course will be limited in order to effectively manage theclass.
【Prerequisites】
None.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 16 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN300FB-A5522

Business Management in Japan
Yongdo KIM
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 2/Tue.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
The following topics will be covered:
1.Arguments on business management in Japan by Japanese andforeign scholars,
2.Comparative analysis of business management between Japanese andAmerican companies,
3.Interfirm relationship in Japan and international comparison ofinterfirm relationships,
4.The main bank system in Japan.
The objective of this course is to understand business management inJapan more deeply on the international perspective.
【Goal】
You will learn logical thinking and basic knowledge on business
management in Japan and enhance the presentation skills.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3"and "DP4" diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP5" policy.
【Method(s)】Every class consists of lecture, discussion, Q&A, and presentation ofcase of Japanese companies.
Comments on reaction sheets and discussion sheets to be submitted will
be made in discussion time of every class.
Class procedure:
1. Lecture will be practived in the first half of every class
2. Presentation, discussion, and Q&A will be practiced in the second
half of every class.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Overview of arguments on business
management in Japan
2
Misunderstandings
Lecture on misunderstandings
about business
about business management inmanagement in Japan Japan and discussion on some
topics of Japanese business system
3
Argument on business Representative argument thatmanagement in Japan stresses the specialty of businessby Japanese scholar(1) management in Japan by Japanesescholar4
Argument on business Representative argument thatmanagement in Japan emphasizes the generality of
by Japanese scholar(2) business management in Japan by
Japanese scholar
5
Argument on business Representative argument thatmanagement in Japan stresses the specialty of businessby foreign scholar(1)management in Japan by foreignscholar6
Argument on business Representative argument thatmanagement in Japan emphasizes the generality of
by foreign scholar(2)business management in Japan byforeign scholar
7
Overview of businessCharacteristics of Japanesemanagement inbusiness system
post-war Japan
8
Comparative analysis
Do “the three sacred treasures” ofof businessindustrial relations exist only inmanagement between
Japan?
Japan and the U.S.(1)9Comparative analysis
Commonalities between Japaneseof business
firms and US firms
management between
Japan and the U.S.(2)10Interfirm relationshipThe characteristics of interfirm
in the Japaneserelationship in Japanese
automobile industry(1) automobile industry
11Interfirm relationship
Comparative analysis of interfirm
in the Japaneserelationship between Japanese andautomobile industry(2) US automobile industry

12

13

14

Interfirm relationshipin Japan’s steel
industry
Interfirm relationshipin Japanese
semiconductor industry
The main bank system
in Japan

The case of transactions in steel
products for automobiles in Japan’shigh economic growth period
The case of co-development
between Japanese semiconductor
companies and their customers
Its characteristics and recentchanges of main bank system【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Please submit discussion sheet or reaction sheet by two days before ofevery class.
Please read previously assigned references before the class of every
week. It will need two hours every week.
【Textbooks】
No prescribed textbooks.
【References】
Yongdo Kim(2015).The Dynamics of Inter-firm Relationships: Markets
and Organization in Japan.Edward Elgar Publishing
James C. Abegglen (2006). 21st-century Japanese management: New
systems, lasting values, Palgrave Macmillan
James C. Abegglen (1960). The Japanese factory, The Free Press.
Hiroshi Hazama (1997). The history of labour management in Japan,
MacmilanKazuo Koike(1996).
The economics of work in Japan,
LTCB
International Library Foundation
William G. Ouchi (1981). Theory Z: how American business can meet
the Japanese challenge, Addison-Wesley
William Lazonick(2009).Sustainable Prosperity in the New Economy,
Upjohn InstituteSanford M. Jacoby (1985). Employing bureaucracy: managers, unions,and the transformation of work in American industry, 1900-1945,
Columbia University Press
Masahiko Aoki and Hugh Patrick, eds. (1995).The Japanese main banksystem: its relevance for developing and transforming economies,Oxford
University Press【Grading criteria】
Term paper(40%)
Discussion sheets and reaction sheets(30%)
Presentation(30%)
【Changes following student comments】
Discussion time will be increased.
【Prerequisites】
None— 17 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN300FB-A5526

Financial Statement Analysis
Hiroshi FUKUDA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
Stakeholders such as investors, suppliers, customers, employees andregulators, etc. need to be able to analyze and interpret financial
statements.
Precise analysis of these documents can help bothinternal and external decision makers evaluate an organization’s past
performance and then predict its future performance. In class we focus
our attention on some basic and important ratios and other analytical
tools.
【Goal】
After studying Financial Statement Analysis, you should be able to:
1. Recognize and define the main elements(stock data) and ratios on thebalance sheet of a corporation.
2. Recognize and define the principal elements(flow data) and ratios on
the income statement of a corporation.
3. Recognize and define the principal elements(flow data) and ratios on
the cash flow statement of a corporation.
4. Compute and interpret basic and important financial ratios thatwould be useful to each stakeholder.
5. Make use of knowledge gained in a business setting in the near
future.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is fairly related to the "DP1-2", "DP1-4", "DP2-1", "DP2-2","DP3", "DP4" and "DP5" diploma policies.
【Method(s)】This course is comprised partly of lectures, practices, and presentations
by students. In each class, the instructor will first explain the topic ofthe day and students will do exercises. Participants are also required tomake a presentation about corporate financial strength 3(three) times
per semester. Feedback will be given to every student after eachpresentation in verbal and/or written form

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparing for class by reading materials will be key to succeeding in thiscourse. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
Textbooks are not used in this course. Slides(handouts) based on thefollowing reference book will be distributed in class.
【References】
1. Axel Tracy(2012). Ratio Analysis Fundamentals(2nd Edition), AF.
2. Wayne A.Label(2013). Accounting for Non-Accountants, Sourcebook.
Other materials will be announced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Class contribution(presentation,discussion): 40% and Final Exam: 60%【Changes following student comments】
The instructor will try to give a clearer explanation.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
As free financial statements are available on the internet, a personal
computer will expedite your work in class.
【Others】
Since basic knowledge of Accounting is required, it is advisable thatstudents have taken ’Introduction to Accounting’.
【Prerequisites】
Introduction to Accounting【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2 or higher, it will be held online.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Course explanation
2
BS framework
Concepts of the balance sheet andpractice
3
IS and CFS framework Concepts of the income statement
and cash flow statement andpractice
4
Database and other
How to access and use a database
company information
5
Profitability ratios - on Return on sales, gross profit
the income statement
margin, concepts and practice6
Profitability ratios - on Return on assets, return on equity,
the balance sheet andconcepts and practicethe income statement
7
Liquidity ratios - on
Current ratio, acid-test ratio,
the balance sheet
concepts and practice8
Liquidity ratio Cash ratio, concepts and practiceadditional computation
9
Group/individual
Each student will present thepresentation andtopics they have learned.
discussion or casestudy ①
10Efficiency ratios
Inventory turnover, accounts
receivable turnover, day’s sales inreceivables,
concepts and practice11
Valuation ratios
Earnings per share(EPS),
price/earning ratio(P/E), concepts
and practice12
Additional valuation
Dividend yield, payout ratio,
ratiosconcepts and practice13
Group/individual
Each student will present thepresentation andtopics they have learned.
discussion or casestudy ②
14
Final exam
Final exam

— 18 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ECN300FB-A5529

Investments B
Yongjin KIM
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 2/Fri.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
A derivative, or derivative security is an agreement between two
counterparties whose payoff depends on the value of an underlying
asset. Forwards, futures, options, and swaps are representative
derivatives. Derivatives are actively traded throughout the world andtheir market is exceedingly large. This course aims to help students
understand the basic structures of derivative securities and how tovalue them. Comprehension of derivatives will come in very usefulin case you work in the financial industry in the future. Due to time
constraints, swaps will be briefly discussed only if we get ahead ofschedule.
【Goal】
Upon completing this course, students will be able to1) understand the characteristics of various types of derivatives.
2) understand how to value forwards and futures.
3) understand how to value call and put options.
4) intuitively understand what the famous Black-Scholes model says5) solidify an understanding of business and economic news about
financial markets.

9

Introduction to Pricing
and Valuation: Part 2

10Understanding Pricing
and Valuation: Part 1

11

Understanding Pricing
and Valuation: Part 2

12

The Binomial Option
Pricing Model: Part 1
The Binomial Option
Pricing Model: Part 2
Wrap-up and In-Class
Final Exam

13
14

-option value: Black-Scholes model-calculating the Black-Scholes
model-Black-Scholes model assumptions-implied volatility-review of payoff, price, and value
equations-risk-neutral valuation-probability and expected value
concepts-understanding the Black-Scholes
equation for call and put values-understanding the equation forforward and futures price-option valuation based on
one-period binomial model-two-period binomial model-multi-period binomial model-brief summary-final examination【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", and "DP4" diploma
policies and fairly related to the "DP1-3", "DP1-4", "DP2-1", and "DP2-2"
policies.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students should read course materials before class and should not missthe deadline for homework assignments. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.

【Method(s)】This course is basically lecture-based, but wide open to active
participation in class. The lecturer encourages students to ask andanswer questions in an interactive manner. By reviewing assignments,
feedback will be provided.

【Textbooks】
Gottesman, Aron, Derivatives Essentials: An Introduction to Forwards,
Futures, Options, and Swaps, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1st edition, 2016.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Illustrating concrete-forward contract characteristics
examples of-long (short) forward payoff, andderivatives,
profit and loss, and its diagram
Introduction to-counter party credit risk
Forwards and Futures -futures contract
2
Introduction to Call-call option characteristics
Options: Part 1-long (short) call payoff, and profit
and loss3
Introduction to Put-call option moneyness
Options: Part 2-early exercising-comparison of call options andforwards/futures
4
Introduction to Put-put option characteristics
Options-long (short) put payoff, and profit
and loss-put option moneyness-early exercising-comparison of put options, call
options, and forwards/futures
5
Useful Quantitative-compounding conventions
Concepts for Pricing-calculating future value andand Valuation: Part 1
present value-identifying continuously
compounded interest rates
6
Useful Quantitative-volatility and historical standard
Concepts for Pricing
deviation
and Valuation: Part 2-interpretation of standard
deviation-annualized standard deviation
7
Useful Quantitative- understanding the standard
Concepts for Pricing
normal cumulative distribution
and Valuation: Part 3
function- z-score
8
Introduction to Pricing -concepts of price and value of aand Valuation: Part 1
forward contract-forward price-forward value【References】
Hull, John C., Fundamentals of Futures and Options Markets, Pearson
Education Limited, 9th and global edition, 2022 (previous versions
would be okay as well).
【Grading criteria】
Grading will be decided based on the following:
in-class contribution (20%),
homework assignments (30%),
and final examination (50%).
【Changes following student comments】
Topics covered in every lesson are connected and get more complicatedin ascending order. Whenever possible, the lecturer will try to make
explanations much easier and more intuitively to understand so thatstudents won’t get lost.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
The Microsoft Excel will be often used during class.
yourself familiar with the basic usage of it.

Please make【Prerequisites】
It is advisable that students have taken the Introduction to Financeand/or Introduction to Statistics, or have equivalent knowledge.
Those prerequisites would be helpful for getting right to the point,
although the lecturer will explain useful quantitative concepts including
compounding and discounting of cash flows, and some descriptive
statistics for pricing derivatives, from the basics.

— 19 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN300FB-A5532

Distribution in Japan
Nobukazu AZUMA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 6/Fri.6 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course aims at deepening our understanding of the retail anddistribution system in Japan. At the end of this course, you’ll haveacquired hands-on knowledge on (1) the social roles of the distribution
system, (2) idiosyncrasies and historical development of the Japaneseretailing and distribution system and (3) some of the critical andcontemporary issues surrounding retailing and distribution trades inJapan, including the advance of varied forms of e-tailing and digitalplatforms.

6

7

8

【Goal】
Through participating in this course, students are expected to acquire
fundamental knowledge on various types of distribution channels
as well as the social roles that the distribution system plays in agiven socio-cultural and economic setting. Students are also given
opportunities to compare the distribution system in one’s own country
with its Japanese counterpart, making use of relevant statistics
and other secondary sources, together with some fieldwork andcase-based coursework. Course assignments are designed in a way thatstudents can develop their understanding of the theoretical/conceptual
knowledge they pick up through each lecture by relating them to theireveryday life and consuming practices.

10【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is fairly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3","DP4" and "DP5" diploma policies.

13【Method(s)】For the academic year 2023, this course is likely to take a hybrid form of
combining several different modes of teaching, including (1)on-demand, (2) face-to-face classroom, and (3)site visits (field work). The choice ofthe mode will depend on the nature of the contents of the lecture eachweek. A detailed course schedule will be notified in the first week of thesemester. Course materials for each lecture are to be provided through
Google Classroom. A slack workspace to be set up for the students will
help you reach the lecturer easily and flexibly whenever you have any
queries.Feedback on students’coursework is to be provided primarily via
Google Classroom.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
あり / Yes【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Course guidance &-Course guidance: Scope of theintroduction
course and course requirements-Icebreak session-Introduction: Why do we study
retailing and distribution system?
2
Retailing &-What is retailing and distribution
distribution system(system) anyway?
and its social roles (1)-Why do we need merchants’intermediaries between production
and consumption?
-What does retail and distribution
system deliver to us?
3Retailing &-The functions of retail anddistribution system
distribution system
and its social roles (2)-Who perform the functions andactivities in the retail anddistribution system?
-Who pay the costs of distribution?
(The concept of distribution costs)
4
Retailing in Japan: Its -What is retailing?
structure and social-Who perform the roles of retailing?
roles-Social roles expected to retailing-Factor affecting retail change (taskenvironment and constraining
environment)-Structure of Japanese retailing
5
Retail formats and-Retail formats and retail types
retail types (1)-Structure of Japanese retailingfrom the perspective retail types-Principal retail types

9

11

12

14

Retail formats andretail types (2)Retail Business Model (RBM)
innovations: Principal cases inJapanese retailing
Guest Lecture (1) :A retail practitioner / executive will
centering around RBM be invited for a guest talk andin-class discussion.
Follow up lecture of the - What you’d have learned throughGuest Lecture (1) and
the Guest Lecture (1) will be
in-class discussions.
explained and discussed from boththeoretical and practicalperspectives.
Internationalisation of -The notion of internationalisation
retailing (1)in retailing-Retailers’ motivations tointernationalise their operations
Internationalisation of -Multiple case studies of Japaneseretailing (2)retailers’ internationalisation
processes are to be presented.
- We’ll also discuss the issues
surrounding
those internatinal retailers
attempt to set fooot on theJapanese market.
Site Visit (Fieldwork)
A class field trip to a disignatedretail site.
Guest Lecture (2) :A retail practitioner / executive will
centering around retail be invited for a guest talk andinternationalisation
in-class discussion.
Follow up lecture of the Some of the key issues introduced
Guest Lecture (2) andin the Guest Lecture (2) will be
in-class discussions.
further discussed with bothpractical and theoretical
implications.
Term-summary
The contents dealt with in thesemester will be reviewed for asystemic understanding.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to familiarise themselves with the phenomena
pertaining to retailing and distribution trades, including retailmarketing activities among Japanese firms, throughout the semester.
It will help them better understand what they look at in this course. *Preparatory study and review time for this class are two hours each.
【Textbooks】
There is no specific course textbook.
distributed prior to each lecture.

Learning materials are to be【References】
Fernie,J,Fernie,S, and Moore,C. (2015) Principles of Retailing 2nd
Edition, Routledge, ISBN(978-1138791954)
Goworek,H, and McGoldrick,P. (2015) Retail Marketing Management:
Principles & Practice, Pearson Education, ISBN(978-0273758747)【Grading criteria】
Weekly assignment (100%)Students are expected to turn in a short essay after each class.
【Changes following student comments】
Having shared with students their ideas for the future course design ofthis subject, the structure of the course is made more towards a mixedmethod one with a combination of conceptual/theoretical lectures, casestudies/case discussions, guest lectures, and site visits.
【Others】
Although it is not mandatory, it is desirable to have taken a setof introductory courses in the related fields (e.g. Introduction to;organisational/strategic management, accounting, finance, marketing,and organisational management and etc.) upon registering for thisclass.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 20 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN300FB-A5533

Operations Management Ⅰ
Kiyoko YOSHIMURA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 5/Fri.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
Operations Management I reviews the Operations Management interms of the decisions corporates face in aligning operations with
their competitive strategy. Topics include examining the activities andresponsibilities of positioning and design decisions.
【Goal】
This course aims to improve students’ understanding of operations
management’s concepts, principles, problems, and practices. Aftercompleting this course, students should be able to:-Develop an understanding of how corporate strategy defines acompany’s missions.
-To understand the trade-offs companies face in choosing between
critical aspects of process design and operating decisions.
-To understand how product planning encompasses all the activities
leading up to introducing, revising, or dropping the products.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the"DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3","DP4" and "DP5" diploma policies.
【Method(s)】Face to Face (except #1 session)
The course will be delivered mainly through lectures with casediscussions on real-world industries. In addition, some simulation
works are planned. Thus, the students can have a better understandingof Operations Management basics. There will be no "right" or "wrong"answers for the case discussion. Therefore, Students’ contribution is
expected to move the class discussion in a new direction. Assignment
feedback will be made in class.

【Textbooks】
There is no textbook required for this course.
Will supply course material (PowerPoint) in the class.
【References】
Will notice Course References/Books on the bulletin board separately.
Reading should be completed before class.
【Grading criteria】
In-class-Quiz: 275 points (55%)
Case report1: 100 points (20%)
Case report2(simulation): 125points(25%)
Total: 500 points (100%)【Changes following student comments】
Will conduct feedback survey questions for student feedback.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None. The instruction will be given at the course if any.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Getting started
Course Introduction
Overall Operations Management
2
Product Planning and
Product planningcompetitive priorities
Competitive priority
3
Service Operations
What are service operations?
Management
Key challenges
4
Customer relationship Understanding your customer inservice industry
5
Designing Customer
What is customer experience?
Experience
Why is service process designimportant?
6
Quality Management
Quality as a competitive advantage
Six sigma
7-Quality Management tool7
Process Design
What is process design?
Facets of process design
Process analysis
8
New Technology
New technology and tools forOperations Management
9
Capacity andCapacity Planning
Maintenance
Maintenance10
Location
Trends
Factors affecting location decisions
11
LayoutLayout planning
Strategic Issues
Process layout
12
Simulation
How to organize your teamTeam building
13
Case discussion
Factors affecting Operations
Management
14
Course review
Wrap up(Review the entire course)【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
The students are expected to read the uploaded materials (course
materials and cases) for each class beforehand and prepare fordiscussions during the class. Preparatory study and review time forthis class are 2 hours each.

— 21 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN300FB-A5534

Operations Management Ⅱ
Kiyoko YOSHIMURA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 3/Fri.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
Operations Management II reviews the management of operations interms of operating decisions. Topics include a review of the activities
and responsibilities of operations management, the tools and techniques
available to assist in running the operation, and the factors consideredin the system’s design.
【Goal】
This course aims to improve students’ understanding of operations
management’s concepts, principles, problems, and practices. Aftercompleting this course, students should be able to:- Develop an understanding of forecasting and materials management,functions tied to most operation decisions.
- Look at approaches to production/staffing plans and master production
schedules.
- Necessary inputs to the workforce, operations, and project schedules.
- To understand the importance of project management.
- To understand what is happening in the organizations and theimportance of an effective way of working.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the"DP1-1", "DP2-1", "DP2-2", "DP3","DP4" and "DP5" diploma policies.
【Method(s)】Face to Face (except #1 session)
This course follows Operations Management I. However, students cantake this course separately. The course will be delivered mainly throughlectures with case discussions on real-world industries. In addition,some simulation works are planned. Thus, the students can have abetter understanding of Operations Management basics. There will
be no "right" or "wrong" answers for the case discussion. Therefore,
students’ contribution is expected to move the class discussion in a new
direction. Assignment feedback will be made in class.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
The students are expected to read the uploaded materials (course
materials and cases) for each class beforehand and prepare fordiscussions during the class. Preparatory study and review time forthis class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
There is no textbook required for this course.
Will supply course material (PowerPoint) in the class.
【References】
Will notice Course References/Books on the bulletin board separately.
Reading should be completed before class.
【Grading criteria】
In-class-Quiz: 250 points (46%)
Case report1: 100 points (18%)
Case report2(simulation): 200 points (36%)
Total: 550 points (100%)At the end of the course, students will be required the group work. The
group work results should be presented in class.
【Changes following student comments】
Will conduct feedback survey questions for student feedback.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None. The instruction will be given at the course if any.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
INTRODUCTION
Course Introduction‒ Getting started
Overall Operations Management
2
Materials Management Importance of Materials
Management
Function of Materials Management
Purchasing and Distributions
3
Inventory Management Importance of inventory
Economic Order Quantity
Periodic Review system
4
Production and
Production and Staffing Plans
Staffing Plans
Managerial Importance5
Master Production
MPS
Scheduling
MRP
ERP
6
Supply chain
Supply Chaing Management
Management
Global Supply
7
Queue Management
Waiting Lines Management
8
Driving Continuous
Main approaches to continuous
Improvement
improvement
Sustain continuous improvement
9
Learning from
Why problem occur?
Problems
Dealing with issues
Organizational culture
10
Project Management I Project management andorganization
What is project management?
11
Project Management II AJAIL/SCRUM
Lean operation
12
SIMULATIONI
Conduct simulations in class withvarious settings
Group discussion / Presentation
13
SIMULATION II
Conduct some simulations in classwith various settings
Group discussion / Presentation
14
Course Review
Wrap up(Review the entire course)— 22 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ECN300FB-A5535

Principles of Macroeconomics
Mitsuru Katagiri
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 2/Mon.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
This course gives students an overview of macroeconomic issues:
economic growth, unemployment, inflation, interest rates, and exchange
rates. Topics include policy issues such as government expenditures,taxation, and monetary policy.
【Goal】
Macroeconomics is a necessary and helpful tool for understanding
economic issues and policies. The goal of this course is to acquirebasic knowledge of macroeconomics and to understand how to use theknowledge of macroeconomics to resolve challenges in business.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-3", "DP2-1" and "DP2-2"
diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP3", "DP4" and "DP5"policies.
【Method(s)】The lectures are based on slides and "MyLab," an e-learning platformby Pearson. Also, in the class, recent economic issues in newspapers,
magazines, etc., are introduced to learn how to use macroeconomics
to deal with real economic and business problems. Feedback on classassignments will be given in the class.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Class 1 Introduction
This lecture provides several key
points for using economics toresolve real economic issues andexplains the purpose of studying
macroeconomics.
Class 2 A Brief Introduction to This lecture covers the knowledge
Microeconomics
of microeconomics for studying
macroeconomics, particularly theprice mechanism to balance supply
and demand.
Class 3 The Wealth of Nations This lecture provides the concept of
GDP and inflation and explains
why it is an important measure toassess economic activity.
Class 4 Aggregate IncomesThis lecture focuses on very large
differences across countries inincome and explains thattechnology and the efficiency of
production are key to accounting
for the cross-country differences.
Class 5 Economic growthThis lecture explains why economic
growth is important for everyone’s
economic activity and what
encourages long-term economic
growth (education, population
growth, etc.).
Class 6 Why Isn’t the Whole
This lecture asks: What has
World Developed?
prevented poor countries fromcatching up to the level ofprosperity of developed countries?
We examine various factors for
economic development.
Class 7 Employment andThis lecture covers labor market
Unemployment
issues including unemployment
rates and wages and explains theeffects of government labor market
policies.
Class 8 Credit Markets
This lecture explains the role offinancial markets and banks inencouraging long-term investment
for economic growth.
Class 9 The Monetary System
This lecture explains the role ofcentral banks (i.e., the Bank ofJapan in Japan and FRB in theU.S.) such as issuing currencies
and conducting monetary policy.

Class 10 Short-Run
Fluctuations

Class 11 Countercyclical
Macroeconomic Policy

Class 12 Macroeconomics andInternational Trade

Class 13 Open Economy
Macroeconomics

Class 14 Final ExamThis lecture explains what we
observe in economic booms andrecessions, including the global
financial crisis in 2008-2009, andwhat causes those short-term
fluctuations.
This lecture covers fiscal andmonetary policies by thegovernment and the central bankand describes their effects on
economic activity and inflation.
This lecture covers recent trends ininternational trade acrosscountries and explains what a key
driving force for the trade patternunder globalization is.
This lecture covers exchange rates
and their determinants andexplains their relationship withtrade and international capital
flows.
We have an in-class examination.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to briefly read the corresponding chapter of the
textbook before each class. Also, after the class, students are expected
to review what they learned in the class and read articles in newspapers
and magazines assigned in the class. Preparatory study and review time
for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Macroeconomics (Global Edition, 3rd edition), by Daron Acemoglu,
David Laibson, and John List. You can access the textbook via MyLab,provided by Pearson.
【References】
Other teaching materials, including articles in newspapers andmagazines, will be provided in the class.
【Grading criteria】
The grades are based on (1) the final exam (70%) and (2) the
assignments (30%). The students can discuss with other classmatesand refer to textbooks when working on the homework, but all students
should individually write the answers in their own words.
【Changes following student comments】
I will try to have more transactions with students by asking questions
etc.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
All students must purchase MyLab, a computer-based e-learning platform by Pearson, to access the assignments and the textbook. However,students who bought MyLab for "Principles of Microeconomics" do notneed to buy it again.
【Prerequisites】
None【Related Subjects】
Principles of Microeconomics【Related Subject】
Introduction to Japanese Economy— 23 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN300FB-A5536

Principles of Microeconomics
Rika TAKAHASHI
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This class aims to help with the understanding of basic concepts andanalytical methods of microeconomics at the introductory level. It
focuses on decision-making of individuals and firms and the allocation of
scarce resources in society. Topics are Supply and Demand, Equilibrium,
Consumers Behavior, Sellers Behavior, Perfect Competition, The
Government in the Economy, Externalities, Monopoly, and Oligopoly.
Also, how microeconomics principles are applicable to the real world
issues as well as to other academic fields will be discussed.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will be expected to:(1)Understand key economic models.
(2)Understand key concepts in the textbook.
(3)Acquire basic skills in order to make graphs and mathematicalformulas.
(4)Solve problem sets.
(5)Evaluate daily life topics and current economic and business news
from the viewpoint of microeconomic theory.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-3", "DP2-1" and "DP2-2"
diploma policies.
【Method(s)】This course consists mainly of lectures and subsequent exercises. After
understanding the basic idea of microeconomics, students will solve
problems in class. Also, problems will be assigned as homework.
Students are required to use the e-learning platform, “MyLab” by
Pearson, to do homework. All materials including lecture notes will be
posted on Hosei’s class support online system, “Hoppii”. Feedback on
in-class exercises will be provided in class. Homework feedback will begiven in MyLab.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Guidance on syllabus, semesterschedule, usage of online materials,
and class rules.
Week 2 Demand, Supply, andBasic model structure with supply
Equilibrium 1
and demand curves.
Week 3 Demand, Supply, andChanges in market outcomes, given
Equilibrium 2changes in the demand and supply
curves.
Week 4 Consumers andConsumers’ decision making andIncentives 1
optimization.
Week 5 Consumers andMeasurement of consumer surplus
Incentives 2
and elasticity of demand.
Week 6 Producers andProducers’ decision making andIncentives 1
optimization.
Week 7 Producers andMeasurement of producer surplus
Incentives 2
and elasticity of supply.
Week 8 Perfect Competitio and Perfectly competitive markets andInvisible Hand 1
market efficiency.
Week 9 Perfect Competition
The Invisible Hand leading toand Invisible Hand 2
efficient resource allocation under
perfect competition.
Week 10 Government in the
Effects of taxation and government
Economy: Taxation and regulation on market outcomes.
Regulation
Week 11 Market Failures 1:
Externalities and market
Externalities
inefficiency.
Week 12 Market Failures 2:
Imperfectly competitive markets
Monopolyand market inefficiency.
Week 13 Market Failures 3:
Introduction to Game Theory;
Game Theory andfirms’ decision making under
Strategic Play
interdependence.
Week 14 Review and Final
Review and Final Exam.
Exam【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the assigned textbook before class and do
homework after class. Preparatory study and review time for this classare 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Acemoglu, D., D. Laibson, and J. List, Microeconomics (3rd edition),
Pearson.
※ Note that this is different from the textbook and online materials
used in previous years.
All students must purchase Pearson’s MyLab, an e-learning platform,to access assignments and the textbook; students who have purchased
one-year access to MyLab for other classes in the spring semester of2023 do not need to purchase it again. Details will be provided in thefirst lecture.
【References】
Other supplementary materials will be provided during the semester.
【Grading criteria】
Class participation: 20%
Homework and exercises: 40%
Final exam: 40%【Changes following student comments】
In order to gain practical skills, I will give you more opportunities forexercises.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students are expected to bring a computer in class to access the online
materials.
【Others】
This course is highly related to Introduction to Japanese Economy andPrinciples of Macroeconomics. Students are strongly encouraged to takethem before or after taking this course.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 24 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN300FB-A5539

Special Topics in Management A
Akira KAMOSHIDA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 5/Mon.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
Now that the need for DX (digital transformation) has been pointed
out, society as a whole is undergoing a major transformation. Since
the end of the 20th century to today in the 21st century, new service
and software IT companies such as GAFA have rapidly emerged in the
United States, leading to the formation of a huge group of companies.
It has been a long time since the Japanese economy stagnated after lost
20 years, but recently digitalization has progressed in various fields, andexisting business transformations and new digital services are rapidly
emerging.
The purpose of this class is to understand the current situation of DX,
especially the efforts and issues of Japanese companies. We will also
discuss the transformation of the digital society and the direction of
innovation as the background for DX to attract attention. In class,case studies and presentations will be conducted by group work, andthe method of discussion throughout the class will be used.
【Goal】
・Understand the transformation of the society surrounding DX and thebackground in which DX is required.
・Understand the outline of DX and understand its purpose
・Acquire knowledge about DX promotion issues and success measuresthrough research on company cases that promote DX【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1","DP2-2", "DP4"and "DP5" diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP3" policy.

9Group Work ①/Class
Discussion

10

Group Work ②/Class
Discussion

11

Group Work ③/Class
Discussion

12Group Work ④/Class
Discussion

13

Group Work ⑤/Class
Discussion

14

Group Presentation

Case study(the distribution andretail industry, manufacturingindustry, tourism and hotelindustry in Japan.)
Case study(the distribution andretail industry, manufacturingindustry, tourism and hotelindustry in Japan.)
Case study(the distribution andretail industry, manufacturingindustry, tourism and hotelindustry in Japan.)
Case study(the distribution andretail industry, manufacturingindustry, tourism and hotelindustry in Japan.)
Case study(the distribution andretail industry, manufacturingindustry, tourism and hotelindustry in Japan.)Group Presentation/Class
Discussion/Wrap Up/【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Homework: preparations & reviews. Readings, Summarizing, Internet
searching. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.

【Method(s)】The entire course will be delivered in an interactive manner, facilitating
you to get involved in the class actively. You will have to work with yourteam members on discussions and tasks. You will have acomment
report to submit at some classes and several team-presentations during
the course. After the course ends, you will have to submit an essay.
I will give you my oral and/or written feedback on your assignments inclass.

【Textbooks】
・David L. Rogers,The Digital Transformation Playbook: RethinkYour Business for the Digital Age (Columbia Business School
Publishing),2016【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Grading criteria】
Students will be graded based on the following criterions.
50% Class Contribution ( Frequency and quality of remarks, presentation, Participation in the class discussion, etc.)
50% Homework Assignments, and Final Report（individual essay)
Late submission of assignments will result in a lowering of a student’s
grade.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Orientation
Lecture method, explanation ofgrade evaluation, etc./Introductionof DX course
2
What is DX? ①
Outline of DX/The purpose of
DX/The value created by DX/Class
discussion
3
What is DX? ②Class Discussion/ the current stateand issues of management,
problems in the digital age, andfuture prospects for DX
4
Text Reading ①/The
Group Presentation & Class
Five Domains ofdiscussion & Wrap up lecture
Digital Transformation
Customers,
Competition, Data,
Innovation, Value
5
Text Reading ②
Group Presentation & Class
Harness Customer
discussion & Wrap up lecture
Networks/
Build Platforms, Not
Just Products
6
Text Reading ③/Turn
Group Presentation & Class
Data Into Assets
discussion & Wrap up lecture
7
Text Reading ④
Group Presentation & Class/Innovate by Rapid
discussion & Wrap up lecture
experimentation/Adapt Your Value
Proposition
8
Text Reading ⑤Group Presentation & Class/Mastering Disruptive
discussion & Wrap up lecture
Business Models【References】
・Thomas M. Siebel,Condoleezza Rice,Digital Transformation: Survive
and Thrive in an Era of Mass Extinction(Rosetta Books),2019【Changes following student comments】
N/A【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PowerPoint may be used for the class presentation.
【Others】
The instructor worked as one of the management teams at a consulting
firm and an IT company in the United States.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 25 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN300FB-A5540

Special Topics in Management B
Akira KAMOSHIDA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
This course is aimed to learning Strategic Marketing,Consumer Behavior theory and its framework that is mainly
focused both domestic and global business, and understanding
strategic marketing and consumer behavior principles and wayof thinking through case study and discussions.
This course focuses on lectures and case discussions on
strategic marketing and consumer behavior.
The course will be conducted with lectures and discussions
from various perspectives on marketing and consumer behavior theory. Students are expected to actively participate in theclass.
【Goal】
・Understand the main basic theories of strategic marketing,consumer behavior.
・To foster awareness of issues regarding strategic marketing,consumer behavior.
・To be able to analyze cases of Japanese and overseas
companies from the perspective of management science.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking thisclass?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-1","DP22", "DP4" and "DP5" diploma policies and fairly related to the"DP3" policy.
【Method(s)】The entire course will be delivered in an interactive manner,
facilitating you to get involved in the class actively. You
will have to work with your team members on discussions
and tasks. You will have acomment report to submit
at some classes and several team-presentations during thecourse. After the course ends, you will have to submit an essay.
I will give you my oral and/or written feedback on yourassignments in class.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Orientation
Lecture method, explanation of/Marketing andgrade evaluation, etc./What isconsumer behavior
Marketing?
theory, what to learn
2
Successful Selling ① Student presentation, class/Marketing
discussion, lecture & Wrap up
Management
3
Successful Selling ② Student presentation, class/Marketing
discussion, lecture & Wrap up
Management
4
Successful Selling ③ Student presentation, class/Marketing
discussion, lecture & Wrap up
Management
5
Marketing Case
Student presentation, classstudy/Group work
discussion, lecture & Wrap up
6
Marketing Case
Student presentation, classstudy/Group work
discussion, lecture & Wrap up

7

8

9

10

11
12

13

14

Customer
Strategy/Customer
satisfaction theory,
Customer Loyalty
Customer Strategy/
Customer Value
analysis
Customer Strategy/
premium pricetheory, WTP, CLTV
analysis
Luxury strategy/
luxury brandmanagement theory
Luxury strategy/Group work
Luxury strategy/Group work/case
study
Luxury strategy/Group work/casestudyGroup Presentation/ Wrap Up

Student presentation, classdiscussion, lecture & Wrap up

Student presentation, classdiscussion, lecture & Wrap up
Student presentation, classdiscussion, lecture & Wrap up

Student presentation, classdiscussion, lecture & Wrap up
Student presentation, classdiscussion, lecture & Wrap up
Student presentation, classdiscussion, lecture & Wrap up
Student presentation, classdiscussion, lecture & Wrap up
Group Presentation
Class Discussion
Wrap Up【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Homework: preparations & reviews. Readings, Summarizing,
Internet searching. Preparatory study and review time for thisclass are 2 hours each.
Several students will make presentation on the topic assigned
previous week.
【Textbooks】
・Atkinson, S., O’Hara, S., & Sturgeon, A. (Eds.). (2014). The
Business
Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained. Dorling Kindersley Ltd.
【References】
We will use supplementary materials from time-to-time, which
will be made available as hand ­ outs and/or put on reserve at
the university library.
【Grading criteria】
Students will be graded based on the following criterions.
50% Class Contribution ( Frequency and quality of remarks,Participation in the class discussion, Presentation, etc.)
50% Homework Assignment and Final Report
Late submission of assignments will result in a lowering of a
student’s grade.
【Changes following student comments】
N/A【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PowerPoint may be used for the class presentation.
【Others】
The instructor worked as one of the management teams at aconsulting ﬁ rm and an IT company in the United States.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according towhich threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be heldon campus, though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 26 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN100FB-A5542

Workshop Ⅰ
Akira KAMOSHIDA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
The purpose of this workshop is to focus on social innovation to achieve
the SDGs (Sustainable Development Goals), which have been attracting
attention in recent years, and to learn about social business to achieve
them. What is a social business ? After systematically understanding
the theory of management science, learn about social innovation toward
the achievement of the SDGs goal and the social business that realizes
it.
The workshop will invite guest speakers from the relevant fields of the
17 SDGs goals to give talks and discussions, followed by these sessions,group exercises and presentation discussions will be held by students
with the aim of deepening their understanding more practically.
【Goal】
・ Understand the purpose and content of SDGs
・ Understand the definition and characteristics of social enterprises.
・ Understand the purpose and various methods of social innovation, andunderstand social enterprises to achieve the SDGs from various angles.
・ Foster a background in understanding and discussing topics related
to the SDGs in English.

10

Guest talk anddiscussion ⑥

11Group Work ① /Casestudies of social
business to solve
various issues in SDGs
and social innovation
Group Work ② /Casestudies of social
business to solve
various issues in SDGs
and social innovation
Group Work ③ /Casestudies of social
business to solve
various issues in SDGs
and social innovation
Wrap Up / Group
Presentation

12

13

14

Guest speaker talks about therelevant topics/Discussion(Q&A
include)/Comment report
Group Work ① Group discussion /Class discussion

Group Work ② Group discussion /Class discussion

Group Work ③ Group discussion /Class discussion

Group Presentation/Class
Discussion/Wrap Up/【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP2-1", "DP2-2" and "DP3"diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP1-1", "DP4" and "DP5"policies.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Homework: preparations & reviews. Readings, Summarizing, Internet
searching. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.

【Method(s)】The entire course will be delivered in an interactive manner, facilitating
you to get involved in the class actively. You will have to work with yourteam members on discussions and tasks. You will have acomment
report to submit at some classes and several team-presentations during
the course. After the course ends, you will have to submit an essay.
I will give you my oral and/or written feedback on your assignments inclass.

【Textbooks】
No specific textbook is used.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Orientation / Guidance Explain the purpose and method ofof Workshop
the workshop, how to proceed /Explain group exercises, grade
evaluation, etc./Overview the SDGs
and social business
2
SDGs and Social
What are the SDGs adopted at theBusiness ①
United Nations Summit in/Sustainable
September 2015? Explain theDevelopment Goals
social issues facing the world andWhat are SDGs?
Japan and their efforts.
3
SDGs and Social
An overview of the efforts of theBusiness ② / Role ofJapanese government and local
Social Business ingovernments in the SDGs. Discuss
SDGs
the role how social business canplay.
4
SDGs and social
Group exercises: Case study ofbusiness ③/
global collaboration
Case study of global(industry-government-academiacollaboration in SDGs
civil)and social business in the
SDGs
5
Guest talk andGuest speaker talks about thediscussion ①
relevant topics/Discussion(Q&A
include)/Comment report
6
Guest talk andGuest speaker talks about thediscussion ②
relevant topics/Discussion(Q&A
include)/Comment report
7
Guest talk andGuest speaker talks about thediscussion ③
relevant topics/Discussion(Q&A
include)/Comment report
8
Guest talk andGuest speaker talks about thediscussion ④
relevant topics/Discussion(Q&A
include)/Comment report
9
Guest talk andGuest speaker talks about thediscussion ⑤
relevant topics/Discussion(Q&A
include)/Comment report【References】
Introduce as appropriate during class.
【Grading criteria】
Students will be graded based on the following criterions.
60% Class Contribution ( Frequency and quality of remarks ,Participation in the class discussion, etc.)
40% Comment report, Presentation and Final Report（individual essay)
Late submission of assignments will result in a lowering of a student’s
grade.
【Changes following student comments】
Please feel free to request additional explanations and ask questions asnecessary.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PowerPoint may be used for the class presentation.
【Others】
The instructor worked as one of the management teams at a consulting
firm and an IT company in the United States.
【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

— 27 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN100FB-A5543

Workshop Ⅱ
Azusa Ebisuya
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
Many international workers in Japan are tackling issues related toadapting to the corporate culture, building interpersonal relationships
at work, and maintaining their work-life balance. This course will
provide students with opportunities to learn how to maintain the joy ofworking and succeed as international workers in Japanese companies
through hearing real-life scenarios from practitioners.
【Goal】The students are expected to obtain understanding on critical issues
faced by international employees in Japanese companies, and how theseissues are being tackled. The students will be able to effectively blend inwith the Japanese community and/or work environments based on theknowledge obtained through this course.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the "DP1-1", "DP2-2" and "DP4"diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP1-4" and "DP3" policies.
【Method(s)】This course will comprise meaningful talks by practitioners, question
and answer sessions, and discussions. The guest speakers will be invitedfrom Japanese companies located in Tokyo and surrounding area, which
include both big and small-to-medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). The
students will be assigned to give a presentation as well as to write aterm-paper at the ending of the course. Feedback on class assignments
will be given through the Hosei University Course Management Support
System (Hoppii).
Due to the epidemic of COVID-19, classes might be provided throughthe online system (Zoom). The detailed information will be updated.

Week 14 Students’presentations andreview (3)• Individual presentation• Review and discussion based on
the topics brought by presenters【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the materials and prepare a few questions
for the guest speaker. The materials for each week will be sharedthrough the web-system. Preparatory study and review time for thisclass are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
None【References】
Supplementary reading materials and/or websites will be sharedthrough the web-system.
【Grading criteria】
Preparing questions for the speaker: 20%
Sheet Submission: 60%
Course-ending Presentation: 20%【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
We’ll use the Hosei University Course Management Support System forsharing reading materials and handouts, and submitting papers.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Others】
This course will invite practitioners as guest lecturers from Japanese big
and small-to-medium-sized enterprises. Guests will include CEOs of international companies, team managers having international colleagues,
and non-Japanese team-managers who are training international
workforces.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Prerequisites】
None【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction to the• Overview of the list of speakers
course• How to prepare for each class
Week 2 Guest Talk and• Guest lecture
discussion (1)• Class discussion including Q&A• Comment sheet
Week 3 Guest Talk and• Guest lecture
discussion (2)• Class discussion including Q&A• Comment sheet
Week 4 Guest Talk and• Guest lecture
discussion (3)• Class discussion including Q&A• Comment sheet
Week 5 Guest Talk and• Guest lecture
discussion (4)• Class discussion including Q&A• Comment sheet
Week 6 Guest Talk and• Guest lecture
discussion (5)• Class discussion including Q&A• Comment sheet
Week 7 Guest Talk and• Guest lecture
discussion (6)• Class discussion including Q&A• Comment sheet
Week 8 Guest Talk and• Guest lecture
discussion (7)• Class discussion including Q&A• Comment sheet
Week 9 Guest Talk and• Guest lecture
discussion (8)• Class discussion including Q&A• Comment sheet
Week 10 Guest Talk and• Guest lecture
discussion (9)• Class discussion including Q&A• Comment sheet
Week 11 Guest Talk and• Guest lecture
discussion (10)• Class discussion including Q&A• Comment sheet
Week 12 Students’• Individual presentation
presentations and• Review and discussion based onreview (1)the topics brought by presenters
Week 13 Students’• Individual presentation
presentations and• Review and discussion based onreview (2)the topics brought by presenters【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary due to the threat level
we are at: Level 1, this course will be held on campus. Level 2, it will beheld online.

— 28 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN100FB-A5544

Special Topics in Global Business A
Azusa Ebisuya
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 2/Tue.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈ダ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course will provide you with a simulation to plan a productwhich can attract international customers, think about best methodof marketing it, and suggest the effective promotion method throughworking with your international team members. This provision will
surely benefit you when you start working after your graduation.
【Goal】
Through the interactive learning experiences, you are expected tounderstand how to collaborate with team members effectively, generate
original and meaningful ideas, design an attractive product, andpromote it successfully.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
This course is strongly related to the"DP1-1", "DP2-2" and "DP3"diploma policies and fairly related to the "DP4" policy.
【Method(s)】The entire course will be delivered in an interactive manner, facilitating
you to get involved in the class actively. You will have to work with yourteam members on discussions and tasks.
You will have a sheet to submit at some classes and two teampresentations during the course. After the course ends, you will haveto submit an essay.
Feedback on class assignments will be given through the Hosei
University Course Management Support System (Hoppii).
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Textbooks】
Slides and additional reading materials will be provided through Hoppii(Hosei portal site).
【References】
Supplementary reading materials and/or websites will be sharedthrough Hoppii (Hosei portal site).
【Grading criteria】
Participation in discussions: 20%
Sheet submission: 30%
Contribution to the mid-course team presentation: 15%
Contribution to the course-ending team presentation: 15%
Essay: 20%【Changes following student comments】
To enhance the group work, the project theme will be discussed anddecided with the students during the initial class.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
We’ll use Hoppii (Hosei portal site) for sharing reading materials andhandouts, and submitting papers.
【Prerequisite】
None【Upon threat level change】
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at: at level 1, this course will be held on campus,
though at level 2, it will be held online.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction to the· Course overview
course· How to benefit from thesimulation classes
Week 2 Understanding team
· What is team?
collaboration· Expected performance of
successful teams
Week 3 Team making and· Team building-up activity
building up· Team development
Week 4 Product· Idea generation
conceptualization· Idea screening· Concept development
Week 5 Marketing research (1) · Idea screening· SWOT analysis· Persona
Week 6 Marketing research (2) · Questionnaire preparation· Survey methods
Week 7 Preparation for· Data preparation
mid-course· Discover, detain, distill,presentation
document, and deliver
Week 8 Mid-course· Initial team presentation
presentation and· Review and discussion
review
Week 9 Product design (1)· Product name· Original logo
Week 10 Product design (2)· Detailed designing· Attractive design
Week 11 Promotion (1)· Promotion strategies· Differences between
advertisement and promotion
Week 12 Promotion (2)· How to promote your product ina cost-free way?
· SNS as a promotion tool
Week 13 Final team meeting· Preparation of the final teamand interview
presentation· Interview on team collaboration
Week 14 Course-ending· Final team presentation
presentations· Review and discussion【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
The students are expected to read the materials for each class beforehand and prepare for team-discussions during the class. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

— 29 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN100FB-A5546

Special Topics in Global Business C
Kazuhiro AKITOMO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 5/Wed.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
The course is built around basic Global Business Expansion
Strategies and is designed to enable students to familiarize
themselves with all the critical variables which business leaders
must consider in making global business management decisions.
The emphasis is on practical approaches so that after entering
the corporate world, students will be ready to be global businessspecialists in corporate enterprises or consulting firms.
【Goal】
Students will be prepared to create business case proposals
centered on entering new geographical markets, with compelling
reasons for a firm to expand its businesses.
1. Understanding critical variables to be considered for a firm to go
global
2. Acquiring knowledge of entry strategies and methodologies forlocation choice
3. Learning tasks and challenges which modern global companies
are facing

Week 3

Week 4

Week 5【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking thisclass?】
This course is strongly related to the"DP1-1" and "DP2-2" diploma
policies and fairly related to the "DP3" and "DP4" policies.
【Method(s)】For the first half of the semester, 50% lectures and 50% active
learning. Active learning requires the students to take the leadin the learning process with the instructor acting as a facilitator.
This will particularly be the case in the second half of the semester.
Some examples of active learning are group work, case studies
with discussions and debates, team presentations, etc. This course
provides students with a series of live presentations including Q&A
sessions on specific topics related to global business expansion fromexperienced, globally active business leaders. The presentations byguest speakers are online. Before each presentation, the instructor
will give necessary frameworks to facilitate understanding of thesubject. Students are expected to prepare questions in advance sothat the Q & A sessions will be fruitful for the students. Afterthe presentation, any remaining time will be devoted to discussions
among students and the instructor.
The plan is to conduct this course in a classroom. However,depending on the pandemic situation, the course may be held
remotely via Zoom or equivalent software.
Instructor will give students his oral and written feedback on theirassignments in class.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

Week 6

Week 7

Week 8

Week 9Week
10【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction to the*Ice-breaking session
course*Students feedback of the
instructor‘s previous course andchanges following the feedback
Week 2 Understanding*What is management study?
Economic Systems*GDP vs GNP/ Per capita GDP
and Business*International vs Global*Development of Emerging
Economies*Japan‘s challenge

Week
11
Week
12

Week
13

Week
14

— 30 —Why do firms go
abroad?

*Reasons for going abroad*Pros and Cons for Business
Globalization*Risks associated with Global
Businesses*Refutation to Cons for Business
Globalization
Entry Modes and*Seven Approaches to Foreign
Stages ofMarkets
Globalization*Frameworks vs Theory*The PEST/The CAGE/The AAA*Stages of Transnational
Development of a Firm
*Born-Global & BAG firms*Cross-border investment &Transaction Types
Modes of Entry-1*Indirect Exporting/Importing*Types of Channels*Consignment
production/OEM/ODM*Licensing/Franchising*FDI (Foreign Direct
Investment)*Risks & Rewards
Modes of Entry-2*Green Field Operations*M&A, and JV*Risks and Rewards*Why do firms choose FDI?
*OLI-Paradigm
Modes of Entry-3*OLI Paradigm vs Dynamic
OLI-Paradigm*What is a Strategic Alliance?
*What is an International JV?
*Fabless, OEM revisited
Globalization and*SDGs
CSR/Challenges for*ESG
Japan‘s Multinational *CSVCorporations*HR management in MNCs
The exam.: closed books written
Mid-term
test.
examination: 60
minutes
Explanation of theTeam Presentations
Review of the*Instructor explanation on the
Mid-term exam.
correct answers for the mid-term
Preparation for
exam.
online guest speaker *Students preparation for Q&As
for the upcoming guest speakersession.
Online guest speaker Challenges for Japan‘s
Q&A
Multinational Corporations
Team presentations-1 Each student has to be apresenter by taking turns.
After each team presentation,
Q&A session will be conducted.
Team presentations-2 Each student has to be apresenter by taking turns.
After each team presentation,
Q&A session will be conducted
Course wrap-up
Instructor will give either new
topics for class discussions orrevisit topics that the course
covered.

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
・Students are requested to complete reading assignments prior toclass.
・Students are required to spend 4 hours of study time each week
to prepare for class activities.
・Students are expected to allot time outside of class to meetwith their team members for discussion and preparation of teampresentations.
【Textbooks】
・Slides and additional reading materials will be provided via
Hoppii (Hosei portal site).
【References】
・Cornelis A. de Kluyver and John A. Pearce II Global Business
Strategy. New York Business Expert Press, LLC 2021
・Howard Thomas, Richard R. Smooth, Fermin Diez Human
Capital and Global Business Strategy. Cambridge UK, Cambridge
University Press, 2013
・Lawrence J. Gitman, Carl McDaniel, Amit Shah and et.al
Introduction to Business.
Houston, Texas OpenStax Rice
University,【Grading criteria】
Student grades will be based on the following:
50% Mid-term test score
30% In-class Participation
20% Contribution to Team Presentation【Changes following student comments】
Students feedback of the instructor‘s previous course and changes
following the feedback will be presented at the first class.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
A personal computer with MS PPT, Excel, and Word softwareHigh speed internet connection【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the firstclass significantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor
to effectively manage the class, the number of students who areallowed to register for the course may be limited.
The instructor has been working for a Japanese manufacturing
company for 41 years. He not only worked in the U.S. to develop
markets of the company‘s products and customers for nearly 11
years, but also worked in Germany for 6 years as President ofEuropean Regional Headquarters of the company.
【Prerequisite】
Students should at least be knowledgeable of basic businessterminologies; therefore, being sophomores or juniors with abusiness major or equivalent is advisable.

— 31 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ARS100ZA

13

Culture14

Course Review
End-term Examination

UK: Society and People
Brian Sayers
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：1〜
4
Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4
その他属性：〈グ〉〈ア〉【Outline and objectives】
This course will provide an introduction to the culture and society ofcontemporary Britain. Students will acquire knowledge about Britain:
it’s geography, climate, history, traditional culture, religion, politicalsystem, society, Britishness, and so on. The course will survey British
society following globalization after Thatcher’s government. Britain
in the 70’s was a nightmare, economically crippled, politically in aquagmire, and yet culturally vibrant. Thatcher, as prime minister(1979-1990), changed Britain drastically in the 80’s. She insisted on freeenterprise and deregulation, employed monetarist policies, privatizednationalized industries, passed legislations to weaken trade unions’political power, and was tenaciously skeptical about the deepening ofEuropean integration. However, socially, she was conservative andput an emphasis on the importance of traditional family, a self-help
work ethic and community. Whether her policies worked well or not
is still in discussion, but she is commonly thought to have prepared
the way for globalisation, economic success, and the rise of so-called
Cool Britannia. Political issues are often related to nation, religion,
immigration, ethnicity, class, globalisation, gender, youth culture, andso on.
With UK as a case theme, we also understand the diversity of cultures
around the world and the significance of enhancing communication withpeople from other cultural backgrounds.
【Goal】
Students will (1) acquire the general knowledge of the society andpeople in contemporary Britain, (2) learn how one of the most globalized
nations has gone through the changes, and (3) think about the new
realities and the implications of the changes. By comparing thesituations in Britain and Japan, students will gain clearer perspectives
on complex issues common in the most advanced and affluent countries.

Sport, leisure, and the arts
The class is expected to compare
UK and Japan in these aspects,
discussing with international
students
Students’ inquiries and discussions
Course review
Written examination【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the materials as instructed and prepare
for class. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks will be used.
reading materials.

The lecturer will provide handouts and【References】
Abercrombie, Nicholas and Alan Warde. (2000). Contemporary British
Society (3rd edn). Cambridge: Polity Press.
Leventhal, Fred M. (ed) (2002).
Twentieth-Century Britain: An
Encyclopedia (rev. edn). New York: Peter Lang.
Oakland, John. (2015). British Civilization: An Introduction (7th edn).
London: Routledge.
Oakland, John. (2001). Contemporary Britain: A Survey with Texts.
London: Routledge.
Higgins, Michael, et al.(eds) (2010).The Cambridge Companion toModern British Culture. Cambridge: CUP.
O’Driscoll, James. (2009). Britain For Learners of English. Oxford:
OUP.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on class participation (30%), a writing
assignment (20%), and exams (50%). More than two unexcused absences
will result in failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
None.
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Students will attend lectures, read related materials, write short essays,
watch videos and films, and have two written examinations.
Feedback will be given through Hoppii.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
An Introduction
An Introduction
2
The Country
Geography, climate and history
3
British Attitudes
Characteristics of its people
4
Ethnicity and Identity The English, the Celts and ethnic
minorities
The class compares UK and Japan
with regard to the conservation ofculture5
Politics
The British Constitution and its
government
6
Religion
Christians and non-Christians
7
Course Review andCourse review, students’ inquiries
Mid-term Examination and discussions
Written examination
8
Monarchy and Class
History and changing attitudes
Society
The class is expected to compare
UK and Japan in these aspects,
discussing with international
students
9
Britain in Films
People, society and culture in films
10
The Economy
The economy after Thatcher
11
Britain in the World
Foreign policy and its relations
with the US and EU
12
Family Life
Changing mores, education andsocial services— 32 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
14

ARS100ZA

UK: Society and People

Course Review
End-term Examination

Students’ inquiries and discussions
Course review
Written examination【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the materials as instructed and prepare
for class. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.

Brian Sayers
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：1〜4
Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4【Textbooks】
No textbooks will be used.
reading materials.

その他属性：〈グ〉〈ア〉【Outline and objectives】
This course will provide an introduction to the culture and society ofcontemporary Britain. Students will acquire knowledge about Britain:
it’s geography, climate, history, traditional culture, religion, politicalsystem, society, Britishness, and so on. The course will survey British
society following globalization after Thatcher’s government. Britain
in the 70’s was a nightmare, economically crippled, politically in aquagmire, and yet culturally vibrant. Thatcher, as prime minister(1979-1990), changed Britain drastically in the 80’s. She insisted on freeenterprise and deregulation, employed monetarist policies, privatizednationalized industries, passed legislations to weaken trade unions’political power, and was tenaciously skeptical about the deepening ofEuropean integration. However, socially, she was conservative andput an emphasis on the importance of traditional family, a self-help
work ethic and community. Whether her policies worked well or not
is still in discussion, but she is commonly thought to have prepared
the way for globalisation, economic success, and the rise of so-called
Cool Britannia. Political issues are often related to nation, religion,
immigration, ethnicity, class, globalisation, gender, youth culture, andso on.
With UK as a case theme, we also understand the diversity of cultures
around the world and the significance of enhancing communication withpeople from other cultural backgrounds.

The lecturer will provide handouts and【References】
Abercrombie, Nicholas and Alan Warde. (2000). Contemporary British
Society (3rd edn). Cambridge: Polity Press.
Leventhal, Fred M. (ed) (2002).
Twentieth-Century Britain: An
Encyclopedia (rev. edn). New York: Peter Lang.
Oakland, John. (2015). British Civilization: An Introduction (7th edn).
London: Routledge.
Oakland, John. (2001). Contemporary Britain: A Survey with Texts.
London: Routledge.
Higgins, Michael, et al.(eds) (2010).The Cambridge Companion toModern British Culture. Cambridge: CUP.
O’Driscoll, James. (2009). Britain For Learners of English. Oxford:
OUP.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on class participation (30%), a writing
assignment (20%), and exams (50%). More than two unexcused absences
will result in failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
None.
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Goal】
Students will (1) acquire the general knowledge of the society andpeople in contemporary Britain, (2) learn how one of the most globalized
nations has gone through the changes, and (3) think about the new
realities and the implications of the changes. By comparing thesituations in Britain and Japan, students will gain clearer perspectives
on complex issues common in the most advanced and affluent countries.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Students will attend lectures, read related materials, write short essays,
watch videos and films, and have two written examinations.
Feedback will be given through Hoppii.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
An Introduction
An Introduction
2
The Country
Geography, climate and history
3
British Attitudes
Characteristics of its people
4
Ethnicity and Identity The English, the Celts and ethnic
minorities
The class compares UK and Japan
with regard to the conservation ofculture5
Politics
The British Constitution and its
government
6
Religion
Christians and non-Christians
7
Course Review andCourse review, students’ inquiries
Mid-term Examination and discussions
Written examination
8
Monarchy and Class
History and changing attitudes
Society
The class is expected to compare
UK and Japan in these aspects,
discussing with international
students
9
Britain in Films
People, society and culture in films
10
The Economy
The economy after Thatcher
11
Britain in the World
Foreign policy and its relations
with the US and EU
12
Family Life
Changing mores, education andsocial services
13
CultureSport, leisure, and the arts
The class is expected to compare
UK and Japan in these aspects,
discussing with international
students— 33 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

EDU100ZATESOL I: Introduction
Machiko Kobori
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：1〜
4
Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
The course is for students intending to teach English; it is an
introduction to second language (L2) acquisition and pedagogy. It
encourages students to raise their awareness as language teachers.
【Goal】
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to do thefollowing:
1. Explain the core issues in L2 acquisition research.
2. Examine the connection between L2 research and pedagogy.
3. Conduct research on instructed L2 learning, and relate the findings
to L2 learning and teaching in Japan.
4. Conduct research on L2 pedagogical approaches integrated with ICT
5. Understand what is needed to qualify as an English teacher.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】The course focuses on the teaching and learning of English. Students
will learn theories of first and second language acquisition and a range
of opportunities to explore research studies and pedagogy on EFL/ESL
education. The course will be highlighted by the students’ individual
performance: they are to choose one of the course topics and then makea presentation on it. They are required to practice their ICT pedagogicalskills through the presentation as well as learning its content. Students
are also required to take a final exam and submit a written assignment
on a related issue.
Submission of the final requirements and feedback will be on thelearning management systems.

【References】
1. Council of Europe. (2001). Common European framework of reference
for languages: learning, teaching, assessment. Cambridge University
Press.
2. Long, M. H., & Doughty, C. J. (2011). The handbook of language
teaching.Wiley-Blackwell.
3. 白畑智彦・冨田祐一・村野井仁・若林茂則 (著). 2009.『英語教育用語辞典』（改訂版）大修館書店.
4. 文部科学省. 2017.『小学校学習指導要領（外国語）』東洋館出版社.
5. 文部科学省. 2017.『中学校学習指導要領（外国語）』開隆堂出版.
6. 文部科学省. 2018.『高等学校学習指導要領（外国語・英語）』開隆堂出版.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on:
1. Class participation (10%)
2. Presentation (20%)
3. Presentation materials (10%)
4. Writing assignment (30%)
5. Final Exam (30%)
More than 2 unexcused absences will result in failure of this course.
【Changes following student comments】
1. More advanced notice of assigned readings will be given in order toallow students to prepare for class discussions.
2. More detailed information about the topics to choose for thepresentation and writing assignment will be provided in advance.
3. More intensive instruction on how to reflect the presentation will be
provided in advance.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PC【Prerequisite】
None.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Language, Learning
Current issues in second language
and Teaching (1)acquisition (1)3Language, Learning
Current issues in second language
and Teaching (2)acquisition (2)4Language, Learning
Schools of thought in second
and Teaching (3)language acquisition (1)5Language, Learning
Schools of thought in second
and Teaching (4)language acquisition (2)6Language, Learning
Schools of thought in second
and Teaching (5)language acquisition (3)7First Language
Issues in first language acquisition
Acquisition
8
Second Language
Building a theory of second
Acquisition (1)language acquisition
9
Second Language
Study of models of second language
Acquisition (2)acquisition (1)10Second Language
Study of models of second language
Acquisition (3)acquisition (2)11Presentation (1)Demonstration/observation, review
and discussion (1)12Presentation (2)Demonstration/observation, review
and discussion (2)13Presentation (3)Demonstration/observation, review
and discussion (3)14Final Exam & Wrap-up Consolidation【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
1.
Every week before attending class, students are required tocomprehend the assigned readings.
2. Students are required to prepare for their presentation sessions bycreating presentation materials.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Brown, H. D. (2014). Principles of language learning and teaching. (6thed.). Pearson Education.

— 34 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Grading criteria】
Class contribution (30%), quizzes (20%), midterm examination (25%),
final paper (25%)

LIT200ZA

Comparative Literature【Changes following student comments】
None.

Gregory Khezrnejat
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：火 2/Tue.2【Prerequisite】
None.

その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
What is world literature? Why do some books become global bestsellers
while others are deemed untranslatable? How does literature relate
to other forms of art such as movies or music? This course will
introduce the fundamental issues of modern comparative literarystudies, including national canons, world literature, translation, andadaptation. We will discuss how comparing works with other texts
across genres, languages, time periods, or forms of media can give usa fuller understanding of not only the text itself, but also how systemsof literature combine to influence our impression of the text.
【Goal】
Students will practice critical reading and writing while learning thebasic approaches used in comparative literary studies. Students will
examine the historical development of comparative literature as a field
while utilizing comparative methodology to read and respond to selected
texts.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Classes will be divided roughly evenly between lectures and guided
discussions.
Short quizzes will occasionally be given to assess
comprehension of weekly readings. Students will also be evaluatedthrough a midterm examination and final paper. In-class feedback will
be given for daily reaction papers and written assignments.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
What is Comparative
Basic terms and concepts of the
Literature?
field
3Interliterary Theory
Relationships between national
and world literature canons
4
World Literature
Development of the concept ofworld literature
5
Global Writing
Writing strategies within world
literature
6
Literature andColonialism and the world
Colonialism
literature system
7
Decoloniality
Postcolonial voices in world
literature
8
Review and Midterm
A review of topics covered in the
Examination
first half of the course
9
Themes and Images (1) Relationships between language
and interpretation
10
Themes and Images (2) Specific examples of themes andimages used in literature
11
Literature and
The invisibility of translation
Translation (1)12Literature and"Untranslatable" literature
Translation (2)13Interartistic
Modernity, hypertextuality, and theComparison
relationship between literature andother forms of media
14
Final Synthesis
Review major themes of the course【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to perform close readings of weekly reading
assignments and prepare to actively engage in class discussions.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Readings will be provided as handouts in class.
【References】
Domínguez, César, et al. Introducing Comparative Literature: New
Trends and Applications. Routledge, 2015.
Hutchinson, Ben. Comparative Literature: A Very Short Introduction
Oxford University Press, 2018.

— 35 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Prerequisite】
None.

LIT200ZA

Topics in Japanese Literature: History of Japanese
Literature in Translation
Gregory Khezrnejat
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：月 2/Mon.2
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【Outline and objectives】
This course examines the social, political, and cultural forces that shape
the canon of Japanese literature available in English translation. In
particular, we will focus on translations published in the United Statesin the postwar period. How did publishers determine which authors to
introduce to an American audience, and how did those choices influence
our images of Japanese literature in Japan, the US, and globally?
【Goal】
Students will think critically about the discourses of translation,
publication, and world literature. Students will also develop criticalreading and writing skills through class assignments.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Classes will consist of lectures followed by group discussions. Quizzes
will be used to check reading comprehension, and students will complete
two papers for midterm and final evaluations. In-class feedback will
be given for daily reaction papers, and students will receive personal
feedback on written assignments.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Images of Japanese
A comparison of early translations
Literatureof Japanese literature into English
3
The Postwar
Knopf and the Japanese literature
Translation Project
publication project4
Osaragi Jiro andOsaragi, Homecoming
Postwar Narratives inTranslation
5
Traditional Aesthetics Tanizaki, In Praise of Shadowsin Translation
6
Tanizaki andTanizaki, In Praise of Shadows
Orientalism
7
Visions of Japan in the Loti, Madame Chrysantheme
Postwar US
8
Review and Midterm
A review of topics covered in the
Examination
first half of the course
9
Reconsidering theTanizaki, Some Prefer Nettles"Return to Japan"
10
Orientalism andTanizaki, Some Prefer Nettles
Self-Orientalism
11
O-Hisa and Images of
Tanizaki, Some Prefer Nettles"Traditional" Beauty
12
Kawabata Yasunari
Kawabata, Japan, the Beautiful,and the Nobel Prize
and Myself
13
Contemporary Trends
Contemporary authors intranslation
14
Final Synthesis
A review of the major themes of thecourse【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to perform close readings of assigned texts andshould be ready to engage in discussion each week. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Tanizaki, Junichiro. In Praise of Shadows. Vintage, 2001.
Tanizaki, Junichiro. Some Prefer Nettles. Vintage, 2001.
Other readings will be provided as handouts in class.
【References】
References will be announced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Class contribution (30%), reading quizzes (20%), in-class midterm paper(25%), final paper (25%)
【Changes following student comments】
None.

— 36 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【References】
Further references may be provided based on students’ areas of interest.

SOC200ZA

Race, Class and Gender I: Concepts & Issues【Grading criteria】
Participation: 10%
Discussion facilitation: 20%
Weekly reading responses: 40%
Final paper: 30%

Daiki Hiramori
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：火 1/Tue.1【Changes following student comments】
Students have generally evaluated the class positively. The instructor
will be attentive to student feedback and adjust workload and classmaterial, when necessary.

その他属性：〈グ〉〈Ｓ〉〈未〉【Outline and objectives】
This class sees our society through the lens of race, class and gender
to understand how privilege and inequality are produced, maintained,
naturalized and challenged. The course will look at how various
inequalities are connected to one another through examining global,
national and local issues. Students will learn to analyze how race,class, gender, and sexuality are connected to each other as intersecting
inequalities in a society and the world, and on that basis, consider the
possibility of an equal but diverse world.
【Goal】
Through lectures, discussion and written assignments, students willlearn concepts and theories to analyze how race, class, gender andsexuality affect individuals and society. They will learn to apply theseanalytical tools and knowledge to form critical opinions on current
issues related to various bases of inequalities. Students will acquire
skills in critical thinking, analysis and writing that can be applied inother academic fields as well as future careers.

【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None.
Students are encouraged to use computers/tablets forclass-related purposes in class.
【Others】
Students are strongly encouraged to take Race, Class and Gender II
after completing Race, Class, Gender I. Students who have passed Race,
Class and Gender I will be given admission priority to the seminar"Intersectionality: Multiple Inequalities."【Prerequisite】
Students who intend to enroll in this course are expected to have passed"Introduction to Sociology."【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course will be based on a combination of short lectures by
the instructor and student-led class discussions. Verbal and written
feedback on assignments is given during class discussions and throughusing other tools as appropriate. Students are encouraged to visit the
instructor during office hours for more personalized feedback.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Foundation:
What do we mean by inequality?
“Inequality”
3
Foundation: “Social
How do Marx and Weber
Class”
conceptualize social class?
4
Social Class in Japan
What does social stratification in
Japan look like?
5Foundation:
What are the main theoretical“Race and Ethnicity”
approaches to race and ethnicity?
6
Critical Race Theory
What are the key premises of
Critical Race Theory?
7
Defining Japaneseness Film viewing: "Hafu: The
Mixed-Race Experience in Japan"
8Foundation:
What are the main theoretical“Gender”
approaches to gender?
9
Gender Inequality in
What does gender inequality inJapan
Japan look like?
10Foundation:
What are the main theoretical“Sexuality”
approaches to sexuality?
11
Sexuality Inequality in What does labor market
the Labor Market
discrimination based on sexual
orientation look like?
12Foundation:
What is intersectionality?
“Intersectionality”
13
Practicing
What does it mean for sociologists
Intersectionality into practice intersectionality as aSociological Researchtheoretical and methodologicalapproach to inequality?
14
Review & Final Paper
What have we learned in thisPreparation
course? Preparing and submitting
the final paper【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to complete the weekly readings and prepare forclass discussion. Please note that the assigned readings for this course
tend to be dense. As such, I recommend giving yourself ample time tocomplete them, even if the number of pages assigned at any given time
appears small. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. All readings will be provided by the instructor.

— 37 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Before each class, students are expected to review their notes fromprevious classes and do the assigned readings. They must also download
and print out handouts prior to each class and bring them to class
to take notes. Occasionally, students will also be assigned homework(worksheets, questionnaires, etc). Preparatory study and review time
for this class are 2 hours each.

PSY200ZA

Social Psychology I
Yu Niiya
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：木 1/Thu.1
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This is an introductory course in social psychology, the scientific study of
how we view and influence one another. Students are introduced to thetheories, research methods, and seminal findings of social psychology.
Social Psychology I will primarily focus on how we think about thesocial world, how we come to understand others, and how we exert
influence on others’ thoughts, feelings, and behaviors. Topics include
perceptions of others and the self, attitudes, conformity, obedience, andpersuasion. Social Psychology II will focus on social relations andintergroup dynamics, covering topics such as helping and aggression,group influence, self, emotion, and prejudice. These two courses willcomplement each other to provide an overview of the main content areasof social psychology.
【Goal】
This course will introduce students to the perspectives, researchmethods, and empirical findings in the field of social psychology andcultivate skills in analyzing the social situations and events that we
encounter in our everyday lives. By the end of the course, students
will be able to (1) identify and understand major theories, principles,and research findings in the field of social psychology, (2) apply social
psychological theories and principles to real life experiences, and (3)critically evaluate social psychological theories and research. In Social
Psychology I, students will be able to answer the following questions:
How are we influenced by our environment and by other people? How
do we explain others’ behavior? What are attitudes and how do theyaffect us? What leads to conformity and obedience? When are people
persuaded by differing opinions and when are they not?

【Textbooks】
None.
【References】
Myers, D. G. & Twenge, J. (2022). Social Psychology (14th ed.).
McGraw-Hill.
The reference book will be available in the library and the GIS Reference
Room for those who wish to learn about each topic in more detail.
Handouts and reading materials are on the course website.
【Grading criteria】
Students are evaluated based on midterm and final exams (35% each),in-class activities and quizzes (20%), and class participation (10%).
【Changes following student comments】
Students usually find this course interesting and eye-opening. I hope
to continue engaging students with materials through various hands-on
activities and discussions.
【Others】
Social Psychology I and II can be taken in reverse order (II and then I).
Students who have taken and passed Statistics and introductory coursesin psychology (e.g., Introduction to Psychology I/II, Developmental
Psychology) may be given priority in the selection. Students are strongly
encouraged to take this class if they intend to enroll in Self and Culture
seminar or Advanced Topics in Social Psychology (300-level)【Prerequisite】
None.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Methods of instruction include lectures, films, individual and small
group activities, and discussions. Students will engage in various
hands-on activities and experiments to experience the concepts theylearn in class. Students will be asked to reflect on their daily experiences
and share examples that illustrate these concepts. Feedback for thequizzes and midterm exams will be given in class. Students are also
encouraged to take advantage of the office hours should they wish to get
more personalized feedback on how to improve their performance.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Methods in Social
How do social psychologists study
Psychology
behaviors?
3
Social Cognition I
How do we perceive our socialworld?
4
Social Cognition II
How do we make sense of our socialworld?
5
Attitudes andWhen do attitudes predict
Behaviors I
behaviors?
6
Attitudes andWhen do behaviors predict
Behaviors II
attitudes?
7
Attitudes andHow much is the social world “outBehaviors III
there” vs. “in our head”?
8
Review & Midterm
What have we learned so far?
ExamMultiple choice and short-essays
9
Conformity I
Why do people conform?
Informational social influence
10
Conformity II
Why do people conform? Normativesocial influence
11
Obedience
What leads to attitude change
12Persuasion I
When do people get convinced?
Elaboration likelihood model
13
Persuasion II
How can you persuade others?
Persuasion technique
14
Review & Final Exam
What have we learned so far?
Multiple choice and short-essays— 38 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students should review their notes and read the assigned readings
before each class and be able to explain the major concepts and theories
they have learned. To test their understanding of the material, students
must complete short online quizzes. If there are any parts they do not
fully understand, students are encouraged to consult the lecturer duringclass, post a question/comment online, or go through related references.
They must also download and print out handouts prior to each classand bring them to class to take notes. Occasionally, students will also
be assigned homework (worksheets, questionnaires, etc). Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

PSY200ZA

Social Psychology II
Yu Niiya
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：金 3/Fri.3
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This is an introductory course in social psychology, the scientific studyof how we view and influence one another. Students are introduced
to the theories, research methods, and seminal findings of social
psychology. Social Psychology II will focus on social relations andintergroup dynamics, covering topics such as close relationships, helping
and aggression, group influence, prejudice, and peacemaking. Social
Psychology I and II will complement each other to provide an overview
of the main content areas of social psychology.
【Goal】
This course will introduce students to the perspectives, researchmethods, and empirical findings in the field of social psychology andcultivate skills in analyzing the social situations and events that we
encounter in our everyday lives. By the end of the course, students
will be able to (1) identify and understand major theories, principles,and research findings in the field of social psychology, (2) apply social
psychological theories and principles to real-life experiences, and (3)critically evaluate social psychological theories and research. In Social
Psychology II, students will be able to answer the following questions:
How are we influenced by our environment and by other people? Whatcauses relationships to begin or fail? Why are people sometimes helpful,
but at other times aggressive or even cruel? How does the presence ofothers influence individual performance and decision? What leads toprejudice and what can be done about this problem?

【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used.
【References】
Myers, D. G. & Twenge, J. (2022). Social Psychology (14th ed.) McGrawHill.
The reference book will be available in the library and the GIS Reference
Room for those who wish to learn about each topic in more detail.
Handouts and reading materials are on the course website.
【Grading criteria】
Students are evaluated by means of two exams (25% each), in-class activities/online quizzes (20%), group work (20%), and class participation(10%).
【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable, due to change in lecturer.
【Others】
Social Psychology I and II can be taken in reverse order (II and then I).
Students who have taken and passed Statistics and introductory coursesin psychology (e.g., Introduction to Psychology I/II, Developmental
Psychology) may be given priority in the selection. Students are strongly
encouraged to take this class if they intend to enroll in Self and Culture
seminar or Advanced Topics in Social Psychology (300-level).
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Methods of instruction include lectures, films, individual and small
group activities, and discussions. Students will engage in various
hands-on activities and experiments to experience the concepts theylearn in class. Students will be asked to reflect on their daily experiences
and share examples that illustrate these concepts. Student will receive
feedback from the lecturer in the form of in-class comments, feedback
to comments/questions posted online, and written comments to any
assignments that are handed in.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Attraction
What increases liking?
3
Close Relationships 1
What causes relationships to begin
or fail?
4
Close Relationships 2
Group Work I
5
Prosocial Behavior
When and why we help (or don’thelp)?
6
Aggression
What are the determinants ofaggression?
7
Review and Midterm
Review and midterm exam (weeks
Exam
1-6)
8
Group Influence 1
Task performance in groups
9Group Influence 2Group Work II
10Group Influence 3
Decision-making in groups
11
Stereotyping andWhat causes stereotypes andPrejudice 1
prejudice?
12
Stereotyping andGroup Work III
Prejudice 2
13
Conflict andWhat causes conflict? How can wePeacemaking
encourage peacemaking?
14
Review and Final
Review and final exam (weeks 8-13)
Exam— 39 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

PSY200ZA

Quantitative Research Methods
Yu Niiya
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：木 2/Thu.2
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【Outline and objectives】
The goal of this course is to introduce the students to various
quantitative research methods used in the social sciences. When making
important decisions, be it choosing a strategy to increase the salesof a product, implementing an intervention program to boost people’s
well-being, or selecting a school program to increase students’ learning,people can rely on their intuition and experience, or they can basetheir decisions on facts: data. In this course, students will develop
skills to obtain valid and reliable data through experimental and survey
methods. The course will also cover topics related to research ethics,
some basic statistics, and APA-style writing.
【Goal】
This course provides an overview of the ’how’s and ’why’s of quantitative
research in social sciences, and it covers such topics as design, ethics,
and APA-style writing and such strategies as field experiments andsurveys. Students will develop the ability to design, conduct, evaluate,
and report empirical studies. By developing hypotheses and criticallyassessing information, students will improve on their critical thinking
skills.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】The course consists of lectures, in which general ideas and methods ofresearch will be presented, and hands-on applications of the methods,
in which student’s research projects will be planned and presented.
Although some of the class time will be set aside for planning students’research, the majority of it will be done as assignments to be completed
outside class. Feedback for research will be given during class time.
Comments for papers will be given via the Learning Management
System.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students will have to complete the assigned homework on time tosuccessfully complete the class. They will be asked to do the readings,
create research materials, collect data, etc. outside the class. Pleasebear in mind that the course will require that students spend aconsiderable amount of time outside class (at least 2 hours every week,sometimes more). Most work will be done in small groups, suggestingthat students need to be flexible in finding time to meet other students
during the week. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks required.
【References】
Morling, B. (2021). Research methods in psychology: Evaluating a worldof information (4th ed.). New York, NY: W.W. Norton & Company.
Hacker, D. & Sommers, N. (2020).A pocket style manual. (8th ed.). APA
Version.
The reference books will be available in the library and the GIS
Reference Room for those who wish to learn about each topic in moredetail. Handouts and reading materials are on the course website.
【Grading criteria】
Final grades are based on two research papers (20% and 30%), a poster
presentation (20%), and the quality and timeliness of group work done
outside class (30%).
【Changes following student comments】
Students in previous years found this course very demanding but
rewarding. Some students aimed to accomplish at a higher level whileothers were somewhat struggling to meet the requirements. I will
provide office hours and other consulting time outside the class to meetthe need of individual students.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
For some weeks, students will be asked to bring laptop computers.
Students must get the login information for PyscINFO database fromthe library.
【Others】
Students who have successfully completed Statistics will be given
priority during enrollment.
Students must take and pass this course if they wish to enroll in the Self
and Culture seminar. Students who plan to enroll in other seminars insocial sciences are also strongly encouraged to take this course.
【Prerequisite】
none【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
What is research? Why should wecare?
2
The Fundamentals of
How do we define variables? How
Research
do we measure them? What is good
research? How do I know if I cantrust the findings?
3
Common Experimental Evaluating causal claims with
Designsexperiments: random assignmentand control
4
Understanding
Understanding the structure of a
Research Paper
research paper
5
Experimental Research Presentation of the researchIquestion, hypotheses, and theories
6
Experimental Research Identifying the various threats toIIinternal validity
7
Data Analyses I
Understanding the basics ofinferential statistics
8
Correlational Research How are the two variablesI
associated? How can we write clear
questions?
9
Correlational Research Presentation of the researchIIquestion, hypotheses, and theories
10
Correlational Research Creating a questionnaireIII
11
Sampling Issues and
How generalizable are my findings?
Validities
12
Data Analyses II
Computing reliabilities andcorrelations
13
Data Analyses III
Data analysis workshop using astatistical software
14
Students Poster
Poster presentations of group
Presentations
research— 40 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Others】
This course requires students to like “numbers” because it involves
calculations.

ECN200ZA

Foundations of Finance【Prerequisite】
None

Karen Lai Kai Lin
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：水 2/Wed.2
その他属性：〈グ〉〈未〉【Outline and objectives】
Learning the fundamental concepts of finance. This is a financecourse that focuses on the core principles of finance, including financial
statements, financial performance, time value of money financial assets
such as bonds, stocks, and risk analysis. Even if you are not planninga career in finance, a working knowledge of finance will help you tounderstand and interpret financial information around you.
【Goal】
This course presents the fundamental concepts of finance to students.
The goal of this class is to understand corporate finance analyses thatare used in business. At the end of this course, students will learn how
to construct financial statements, calculate various financial ratios, andunderstand financial assets such as bonds and stocks. Students will
acquire the analytical skills necessary to make good financial decisions.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is taught primarily through lectures. Feedback is given
during class time and through tools such as HOPPII or email.
Interactive class participation is encouraged.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction andIntroduction and Overview
Overview
2
Financial Statements
Construct the Income statement(1)
3
Financial Statements
Construct the Balance sheet and(2)cash flow statement
4
Financial Performance Calculate financial ratios(1)
5
Financial Performance Analyzing financial ratios(2)
6
The Time Value ofCalculate present value, future
Money (1)value ,and annuity
7
The Time Value ofUnderstand interest rate andMoney (2)uneven cash flow
8
Review & Midterm
Assessing the degree to which you
Examunderstand the subject
9
Financial Assets (1)Understand the determinants ofinterest rate
10
Financial Assets (2)Understand different types ofbonds
11
Financial Assets (3)Bonds valuation and rating
12
Financial Assets (4)Understand and calculate
stand-alone risk
13
Financial Assets (5)Understand and calculate risk in a
portfolio context
14
Final Exam & Wrap-up Assessing the degree to which you
understand the subject【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to download the lecture slides, read the textbook
and complete any assignments given. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Brigham, Eugene, Houston, Joel F. Essentials of Financial Management,
3rd Edition, Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd, 2014.
You are not required to buy the textbook. There are copies available in
the library.
【References】
Further materials will be provided by the instructor.
【Grading criteria】
Students will be evaluated based on class participation (10%),assignments (20%), midterm exam (35%) and a final exam (35%).
【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.

— 41 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LIN200ZA

10

Language Attitudes

11

Bilingualism andMultilingualism

12Standard andNon-standard English
Elaborated andRestricted codes
Pidgin and Creole

13

World Englishes

14

Summary and Final
Exam

Sociolinguistics
Yutai Watanabe
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：火 2/Tue.2
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course provides students with a basic knowledge of sociolinguistics,
the study of language in relation to society. The first part of the course isconcerned with how individual language use is correlated with a variety
of social variables, such as gender, age, class and ethnicity, by outlining
a number of previous studies conducted in the English-speaking world.
Particular reference is made to the classic research of William Labov,one of the founding figures of quantitative sociolinguistics.
Later lectures focus on how and where a language or dialect
is socially placed and ranked within a community, including multilingual/dialectal countries such as Singapore. Students who are or are
becoming bilingual will find the discussion on bilingualism especiallyinteresting when they learn that its implications not merely vary fromone society to another, but have been significantly changing recently.
Another major topic is language attitudes. They are not based on purely
linguistic considerations, but connected with how people perceive andevaluate different dialects or accents.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will:(1) understand key terminology, concepts and theories in sociolinguistics,(2) have an awareness of ongoing language changes in society, and(3) become familiar with interpreting quantitative/qualitative data forsociolinguistic analysis.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is a combination of lectures and class discussions. Basedon a flipped learning model, students have to read chapter handouts
and address questions asked there prior to attending each lecture.
Submitted assignments and tests are reviewed in detail and commented
on in the following week’s lecture.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Course Overview
Course Overview
2
Linguistics and(1) Definitions of linguistics andSociolinguistics
sociolinguistics(2) Interaction between linguistic
and social variables
3
Languages and(1) How many languages are there
Dialects
in the world?
Regional and Social(2) Languages and dialects
Variations(3) Regional and social variations
4
William Labov’s(1) The social stratification of theStudies
non-prevocalic /-r/ in NYC(2) Centralized diphthongs in
Martha’s Vineyard
5
Language and Gender (1) Genderlect(2) Sexism and PC(3) Gender and attitudes
6
Language and(1) AAVE
Ethnicity(2) Ethnic markers in utterances(3) Australian accents and ethnic
groups in Sydney(4) Features of Maori English
7
Mid-semester Exam
(1) Mid-semester examination
Language and Social(2) Three Australian accentsClass (Part 1)
8
Language and Social(1) Three New Zealand accentsClass (Part 2)(2) H-dropping in Bradford andNorwich9
Linguistic Features(1) Indicators, markers andand Indexicality
stereotypes(2) Indexicality(3) Enregisterment(1) Language attitudes(2) Preston’s (1989) study(3) New Zealanders’ attitudes
towards a variety of accents(4) Rubin’s (1992) study(5) Approaches to language
attitudes(1) Bilingualism andmultilingualism(2) Types of bilinguals(3) Singapore as a multilingual
country(4) Code-switching and code-mixing(5) Diglossia(1) The standard variety of alanguage(2) Non-standard English(3) Elaborated and restricted codes(4) Pidgin and creole English(5) Pidgin Japanese(1) Three circles of English(2) Hierarchy of Englishes(1) Review(2) Final examination【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read the handouts beforehand so that they
can actively participate in discussions. They may also need to consult
chapter references or search for relevant online resources. Preparatory
study and review time for this course are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks are used. All handouts are posted on the course website,while additional materials will be provided in the classroom.
【References】
Detailed references and suggestions for further reading are listed oneach chapter handout. The following books will be helpful as a general
introduction.
Holmes, J., & Wilson, N. (2017). An introduction to sociolinguistics (5thed.). Routledge.
Wardhaugh, R., & Fuller, J. M. (2021).
An introduction tosociolinguistics (8th ed.). Wiley Blackwell.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on in-class quizzes and take-home tasks (20%),
a mid-semester exam (40%) and a final exam (40%). Attendance at thefirst class is mandatory. More than two unexcused absences will resultin failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
Students have been positive about the contents and method of
instruction. Hyperlinked video clips are updated every year.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
The lectures are delivered using PowerPoint slides and Internet
resources. The handouts are downloadable in PDF format.
【Others】
It is recommended that students have completed 100-level linguistics
courses with a good understanding. This course is cross-listed with
the Global Open Program.
Non-GIS students may join if they
demonstrate solid background in linguistics and meet the minimum
English proficiency requirement: TOEFL iBT® 80 or IELTS 6.0.
【Prerequisite】
No prerequisite is required.

— 42 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
9

LIN200ZA

English as a Lingua Franca
Yutai Watanabe

10Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
The ratio of L1 to L2 users of English in the world is roughly
estimated to be 1 to 3. However, it was only towards the turn of the
century that sociolinguists/applied linguists took a keen interest in the
expanding use of English as a lingua franca (ELF), which is due to theglobalisation in all aspects of society, including mass media and pop
culture. Arguably, some Expanding Circle countries, where English does
not have an official language status, have recently overshadowed theOuter Circle ones in proficiency and frequency of use.
The former part of the course observes how extensively English
is used in international contexts, mainly among non-native speakers,
while analysing samples of L2-accented speech. It also refers to
the limitations in the traditional models of World Englishes put
forward by B. Kachru and other scholars. The latter half discusses
native-speakerness, bilingualism and native-speakerism, all of which
exert a significant influence on pedagogical practices, and suggests how
these notions could/should be modified from the perspective of ELF. The
course is concluded with an analysis of status and function of English inpresent-day Japan.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will:(1) understand key terminology and concepts in ELF and World
Englishes,(2) have an awareness of the wider use of English in non-native speaking
contexts, and(3) become familiar with interpreting quantitative/qualitative data for
linguistic research.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is a combination of lectures and class discussions. Based ona flipped learning model, students have to read chapter handouts andanswer assigned questions prior to attending each lecture. Submitted
assignments and tests are reviewed in detail and commented on in thefollowing week’s lecture.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Course Overview(1) Outlining the course contents
World Englishes (Partand instructional methodologies
1)(2) The three-circle model of World
Englishes
2
World Englishes (Part(1) The diasporas of English
2)(2) Development of postcolonial
Englishes3
Limitations of the(1) The limitations of Kachru’s
Three-circle Model(1985) model(2) Other models of World
Englishes
4
Introduction to ELF(1) What is a lingua franca?
(2) English as a lingua franca(ELF)(3) ELF users
5
English in(1) English in Europe
International Contexts (2) English in international(Part 1)organisations(3) English in business(4) English media for L2 English
speaking viewers
6
English in(1) English in aviation
International Contexts (2) English in pop culture(Part 2)7
Mid-semester Exam
(1) Mid-semester examination
Phonetic Features of(2) German-accented English
L2 English (Part 1)(3) Spanish-accented English
8
Phonetic Features of(1) Chinese-accented English
L2 English (Part 2)(2) Japanese-accented English
Core Features of ELF(3) Lingua Franca Core(Part 1)

11

12

13

14

Core Features of ELF(Part 2)Native Speakerness
and Critical Period
Hypothesis (Part 1)(1) Common grammatical featuresof ELF(2) Interlanguage(3) The characteristics of the native
speaker(4) NS/NNS dichotomy
Native Speakerness(1) The critical period hypothesis
and Critical Period(2) The sensitive period hypothesis
Hypothesis (Part 2)(3) L1 English speakers’ perceptionof L2 English(4) Passing for native speakers(5) L1 English speakers perceived
as non-native
Bilingualism(1) What is bilingualism?
(2) Types of bilinguals(3) Attitudes towards bilinguals
Native Speakerism and (1) Dominance of native speakers
Pedagogical Issues
in ELT(2) Disadvantages of native
speakerism(3) ELF models(4) ELF users’ accommodation to
the ENL norm
ELF in Japan(1) History of English as aninternational language in Japan(2) The Suggested Course of Studyin English(3) Assistant Language Teachers(4) English in public transport(5) Language choice on university
websites
Summary and Final(1) Review
Exam(2) Final examination【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read the handouts beforehand so that they
can actively participate in discussions. They may also need to consult
chapter references or search for relevant online resources. Preparatory
study and review time for this course are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks are used. All handouts are posted on the course website,while additional materials will be provided in the classroom.
【References】
Detailed references and suggestions for further reading are listed oneach chapter handout. The following books will be helpful as a general
introduction.
Galloway, N., & Rose, H. (2015).
Introducing global Englishes.
Routledge.
Jenkins, J. (2015). Global Englishes: A resource book for students (3rded.). Routledge.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on in-class quizzes and take-home tasks (20%),
a mid-semester exam (40%) and a final exam (40%). Attendance at thefirst class is mandatory. More than two unexcused absences will resultin failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
Students have been positive about the contents and method of
instruction. Hyperlinked video clips are updated every year.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
The lectures are delivered using PowerPoint slides and Internet
resources. The handouts are downloadable in PDF format.
【Others】
It is highly recommended that students have completed 100-level
linguistics courses with a good understanding.
This course iscross-listed with the Global Open Program. Non-GIS students may
join if they demonstrate solid background in linguistics and meet theminimum English proficiency requirement: TOEFL iBT 80 or IELTS
6.0.
【Prerequisite】
No prerequisite is required.

— 43 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
As instructed, students will have to read chapters of the coursebook andalso other materials for each class. Preparatory study and review time
for this class are 2 hours each.

MAN200ZA

Brand Management【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. Handouts will be provided by the instructor.

Takamasa Fukuoka
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：月 3/Mon.3
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
To explore effective management for building a strong corporate /regional brand. Brand strategy has been receiving attention since the1980s, after the innovative concept of brand equity became an importantpart of marketing strategy, helping companies and local governments
to survive a competitive marketplace. In this course, students will
examine some significant theories by Aaker and Keller, who are eminent
researchers in this field. Basic / advanced theories by other researchers
will also be explored.
【Goal】The purpose of this course is to develop an understanding of branding
and branding strategy. Students will learn effective ways to build astrong brand.

【References】
Aaker, D.A (1991) Managing Brand Equity: Capitalizing on the Value ofBrand Name, Free press.
Aaker, D.A (1996) Building Strong Brand, Free press.
Keller, K.L (1998) Strategic Brand Management: Building, Measuring,and Managing Brand Equity, Prentice-Hall, Pearson Education.
【Grading criteria】
Class participation（20%）
Assignment（20%）
Final exam（60%）
【Changes following student comments】
The course structure and content was favorably evaluated.
【Others】
This course is conducted based on academic knowledge and thelecturer’s global business experience.
【Prerequisite】
None【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】In this course, students will read theories, discuss and analyze somecase studies to find out the most suitable processes for building a strong
brand, which will be helpful in increasing domestic and overseas sales.
Moreover, as a wrap-up, we will also discuss the future outlook of brandmanagement from a strategic viewpoint.
Feedback can be given verbally, non-verbally or in written form.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Course Introduction
Course Introduction
2
What is a Brand?
Learn how the definition of"brand".
3
Brand Equity
Learn how new brand equity is aset of assets.
4
Brand Loyalty
Learn new brand loyalty is one of
the brand assets, and key
considerations when placing avalue on a brand that is to bebought or sold.
5
Brand AwarenessLearn new brand awareness andthe strength of a brand’s presencein the consumer’s mind.
6
Perceived Quality
Learn about how new perceived
quality is a brand association thatis elevated to the status of a brandasset.
7
Brand Associations
Learn how new brand equity is
supported in great part byassociations that consumers makewith a brand.
8
Name, Symbol andLearn how the new name, symbol
Sloganand slogan are the basic core
indicators of a brand.
9
Brand Extension
Learn about line extensions, brandstretching, brand extensions, andco-branding.
10
Brand Identity
Learn the definition of brandidentity and related concepts.
11
Brand Personality
Learn how new brand personality
is a set of human characteristics
associated with a given brand.
12
Brand Strategies overLearn the reason why consistencyTimeis good.
13
Managing Brand
Learn how to manage brands in a
Systemscomplex environment.
14
Review and Final
Review of what students haveExamlearned from this course and finalexam.

— 44 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.

MAN200ZA

Principles of Marketing
Shiaw Jia Eyo
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：火 2/Tue.2【Others】
Students who are interested in taking this course must attend the firstweek of class. A selection process will be conducted during the first weekprior to the enrollment of this course.
Students are recommended to have taken Introduction to Business orother business courses.
【Prerequisite】
Introduction to Business

その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This is a marketing course that focuses on the concepts and approaches
that constitute the contemporary marketing theory as well as its
applications in practical business circles. The objective of this course
is to introduce students to the concepts of marketing, its functions andorganizations, marketing strategies used by companies and the role ofmarketing in the society.
【Goal】At the end of this course, students will learn about the marketplace,customer value, target and segment the market, customer relationshipmanagement, 4Ps of marketing and marketing tools for successful
marketing strategies.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is taught primarily through lectures and presentations.
Feedback is given during class time and through using other tools suchas HOPPII or email. Interactive class participation is encouraged.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction andIntroduction and overview of theOverview
course2
Understanding theWhat is marketing?
Marketplace
Analyzing the marketing
environment3
Understanding
Consumer markets and consumer
Consumers (1)buying behavior
4
Understanding
Case studies and presentations
Consumers (2)5Designing a
Creating value for target customer
Customer-Driven
Strategy (1)6Designing a
Case studies and presentations
Customer-Driven
Strategy (2)7New ProductProducts, services and brands
Development (1)8
New ProductProduct life-cycle strategies
Development (2)9Understanding Pricing New product pricing strategies
and its Strategies (1)10Understanding Pricing Case studies and presentations
and its Strategies (2)11Promotion Mix (1)Retailing and Wholesaling
12
Promotion Mix (2)Advertising and Public Relations
13
Competitive Marketing Case study and discussion
Strategies
14
Final Exam & Wrap-up Assessing the degree to which you
understand the subject【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Download the lecture slides, read the assigned chapters of the textbook
and complete any assignments given. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Kotler, Phillip and Armstrong, Gary. Principles of Marketing, 17th
Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.
You are not required to buy the textbook. There are copies available in
the library.
【References】
Further materials will be provided by the instructor.
【Grading criteria】
Students will be evaluated based on class participation (15%),
assignments (20%), group presentations (20%), and one final exam(45%).

— 45 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
11

EDU200ZATESOL II: Teaching Methodology
Machiko Kobori

12

Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：木 2/Thu.2

13

その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
The course is mainly provided for students intending to teach English.
Its purpose is to give an insight into the basic issues in teaching
methodology for L2 education. It will also encourage students todevelop their own teaching performance with a consideration to makeconsistency in language education from the primary to secondary levels.
【Goal】
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to do thefollowing:
1. Understand different types of L2 teaching methods and approaches.
2. Learn how to apply some findings of linguistic studies to L2 English
teaching.
3. Consider L2 education in relation to crucial issues of semantics andpragmatics.
4. Grasp the knowledge and skills for teaching languages as well as L2
pedagogy through ICT to qualify as an English teacher.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 2” and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】The course will focus on theoretical and practical aspects of themethodology of teaching EFL/ESL. It will also provide opportunities to
explore a wide rage of EFL/ESL teaching scenes in different countries
with reflections on those in Japan; for example EFL/ESL classrooms
for learners who vary in age, gender, nationality and occupation canbe examined. The students will relive EFL/ESL teaching scenes byfollowing principles and techniques discussed and suggested in a rangeof teaching methods and approaches: they follow the model English
lessons and demonstrate them in the form of micro-teaching. They arealso required to create the related teaching materials including ICT
along with the lessons. The final exam and a written assignment are
required for the completion of this course and, in a written assignment,
they demonstrate their study of the model lessons.
Submission of the final requirements and feedback will be on thelearning management systems.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Introduction to
Historical overview of language
Language Teachingteaching methods and approaches
Methods
3
Language Teaching
The Grammar-Translation Method
Methods and/ The Direct Method (DM)Approaches (1)4Language Teaching
The Audio-Lingual Method / The
Methods andSilent Way
Approaches (2)5Language Teaching
Dissugestopedia / Community
Methods andLanguage Learning (CLL)
Approaches (3)6Language Teaching
Total Physical Response (TPR) /Methods andCommunicative Language
Approaches (4)Teaching (CLT)7
Language Teaching
Content-based Instruction /Methods andContent and Language Integrated
Approaches (5)Learning (CLIL)
8
Language Teaching
The Participatory Approach /Methods andCooperative Learning
Approaches (6)9Micro-teaching (1)Creating a lesson plan: checking
contents, materials, procedure andperformance
10
Micro-teaching (2)1. The Grammar-Translation
Method
2. The Direct Method
3. The Audio Lingual Method
4. The Silent Way

14

Micro-teaching (3)1. Desuggestopedia
2. Community Language Learning(CLL)
3. Total Physical Response (TPR)
4. Communicative Language
Teaching (CLT)
Micro-teaching (4)1. Content-based Instruction
2. Content and Language
Integrated Learning (CLIL)
Micro-teaching (5)1. The Participatory Approach
2. Cooperative Learning
Final Exam & Wrap-up Consolidation and review【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
1. Every week before attending the class, students are required tocomprehend the assigned chapters of the text book and references, andto complete the pre-tasks/homework that should be submitted on theweekly basis.
2. Before conducting micro-teaching, students are required to prepare
for their lesson by creating a lesson plan and teaching materials.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Larsen-Freeman, D., & Anderson, M. (2011). Techniques and principles
in language teaching. (3rd ed.). Oxford University Press, USA.
【References】
1. Council of Europe. (2001). Common European framework of reference
for languages: learning, teaching, assessment. Cambridge University
Press.
2. Erben, T. et al. (2009). Teaching English language learners throughtechnology. Routledge.
3. Long, M. H., & Doughty, C. J. (2011). The handbook of language
teaching. Wiley-Blackwell.
4. 白畑智彦、冨田祐一、村野井仁、若林茂則 (著）. 2009.『英語教育用語辞典』（改訂版）大修館書店.
5. 神保 尚武（監修）. JACET 教育問題研究会（編集）. 2012.『新しい時代の英語科教育の基礎と実践 成長する英語教師を目指して』三修社.
6. 望月昭彦、磐崎 弘貞、卯城 祐司、久保田 章（著）. 2010.『新学習指導要
領にもとづく英語科教育法』大修館.
7. 文部科学省. 2017.『小学校学習指導要領（外国語）』東洋館出版社.
8. 文部科学省. 2017.『中学校学習指導要領（外国語）』開隆堂出版.
9. 文部科学省. 2018.『高等学校学習指導要領（外国語・英語）』開隆堂出版.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on:
1. Class participation: 10%
2. Micro-teaching: 30%
3. Teaching materials: 20%
4. Writing assignment: 20%
5. Final exam: 20%
More than 2 unexcused absences will result in failure of this course.
【Changes following student comments】
1. More advanced notice of assigned readings will be given in order toallow students to prepare for class discussions.
2. More intensive instruction on how to reflect micro-teaching will be
provided in advance.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PC【Prerequisite】
ESL Education Ⅰ or TESOL Ⅰ— 46 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
1.
Every week before attending class, students are required tocomprehend the assigned readings.
2. Before conducting micro-teaching, students are required to prepare
for their lesson by creating a lesson plan and teaching materials.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

EDU200ZATESOL III: Syllabus and Teaching Materials
Machiko Kobori【Textbooks】
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Wyse, D. (2010). A guide to teaching practice.
(5th ed.). Routledge.

Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：木 4/Thu.4
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
The course is for students intending to teach English. Its purpose
is to give an insight into syllabus design and lesson planning for L2
education. It encourages students to examine, discuss and create
L2 resources with a consideration to make consistency in language
education from the primary to secondary levels.
【Goal】
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate
the following:
1. Identify the components of a language course.
2. Design course materials that match educational objectives.
3.
Employ a principled approach to the design, creation, andimplementation of EFL/ESL course syllabi and teaching materials.
4. Grasp the knowledge and skills for teaching languages as well as L2
pedagogy through ICT to qualify as an English teacher.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】The course focuses on issues in planning and conducting EFL/ESL
lessons: it encourages student teachers to take into consideration theimportance of lesson planning when designing an EFL/ESL course. It
also provides opportunities for the exploration of a wide range of ideas
and examples in the syllabus design from different countries, withreflections on those in Japan. Students are expected to acquire a basic
understanding of how to create a lesson plan with materials including
ICT needed for managing the language classroom. Students are also
required to create their own English lessons and teaching materials,
with the opportunity to put them into practice. Students will complete awriting assignment and a final examination that reflects their work onteaching plans, performance and lesson materials.
Submission of the final requirements and feedback will be on thelearning management systems.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【References】
1. Council of Europe. (2001). Common European framework of reference
for languages: learning, teaching, assessment. Cambridge University
Press.
2. Erben, T. et al. (2009). Teaching English language learners throughtechnology. Routledge.
3. Larsen-Freeman, D. & Anderson, M. (2011). Techniques andprinciples in language teaching (3E). Oxford University Press.
4. Long, M. H., & Doughty, C. J. (2011). The handbook of language
teaching. Wiley-Blackwell.
5. Walker, R. & Adelman, C. (1992). A guide to classroom observation.
Routledge.
6. 白畑智彦・冨田祐一・村野井仁・若林茂則 (著). 2009.『英語教育用語辞典』（改訂版）大修館書店.
7. 神保 尚武 (監修). JACET 教育問題研究会 (編集). 2012.『新しい時代の英語科教育の基礎と実践 成長する英語教師を目指して』三修社.
8. 望月昭彦、磐崎 弘貞、卯城 祐司、久保田 章（著）. 2010.『新学習指導要
領にもとづく英語科教育法』大修館.
9. 文部科学省. 2017.『小学校学習指導要領（外国語）』東洋館出版社.
10. 文部科学省. 2017.『中学校学習指導要領（外国語）』開隆堂出版.
11. 文部科学省. 2018.『高等学校学習指導要領（外国語・英語）』開隆堂出版.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on:
1. Class participation (10%)
2. Micro-teaching (30%)
3. Teaching materials (20%)
4. Writing assignment (20%)
5. Examination (20%)
More than 2 unexcused absences will result in failure of this course.
【Changes following student comments】
1. More advanced notice of assigned readings will be given in order toallow students to prepare for class discussions.
2. More intensive instruction on how to reflect micro-teaching will be
provided in advance.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PC【Prerequisite】
ESL Education Ⅰ or TESOL Ⅰ
ESL Education Ⅱ or TESOL Ⅱ【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Syllabus Design (1)Aims and objectives: concepts andclassification
3
Syllabus Design (2)Outcomes: concepts andclassification
4
Syllabus Design (3)The context and levels of planning:
curriculum and teaching procedure
5
Syllabus Design (4)The context and levels of planning:
lesson plans for the lower andupper secondary levels
6Issues in Teaching
Aims and objectives: concepts andMaterials (1)classification
7
Issues in Teaching
Selecting and creating teaching
Materials (2)materials: sounds to structure
8
Issues in Teaching
Selecting and creating teaching
Materials (3)materials: language functions,cultures and communication
9
Issues in Teaching
Selecting and creating teaching
Materials (4)materials: using audio-visual aids
and ICT
10
Lesson Planning
Creating a lesson plan: checking
contents, materials, procedure andperformance
11
Micro-teaching (1)Lower secondary level:
demonstration/observation, review
and discussion
12
Micro-teaching (2)Upper-secondary level:
demonstration/observation, review
and discussion
13
Micro-teaching (3)Team-teaching:demonstration/observation, review
and discussion
14
Final Exam & Wrap-up Consolidation and review— 47 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

English Teaching in Primary School

2. Students are required to complete daily tasks by choosing the related
topics of lectures.
3. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

Machiko Kobori【Textbooks】
1.
Cameron, L. (2001).
Teaching languages to young learners.
Cambridge University Press.

EDU200ZA

Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【Outline and objectives】
This course is for students intending to teach English to young learners
as primary pupils. It provides an overview of second language learning(SLL) for such young learners, with reference to primary modern foreign
languages (PMFL), in particular, English as a foreign language (EFL)
within the global context. Its purpose is to give an insight into a
range of SLL theories to primary pupils from psychological, educational
and linguistic perspectives. It also explores modern second language(L2) pedagogy for them with consideration to make consistency in L2
education from the primary to secondary levels. It looks at practicalissues of their SLL, such as the global movement towards primary L2education, differences in teaching and assessing primary pupils andother L2 learners at higher levels of education, etc. Students will be
encouraged to develop their own perspectives on the teaching of English
in primary school.
【Goal】
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to do thefollowing:
1. Understand the core issues of SLL theories of young learners.
2. Explain different perspectives of the core issues of L2 education inprimary school.
3. Examine the connection between the core issues of young learners’
SLL and L2 pedagogy in primary school.
4. Utilise the theoretical knowledge of L2 education for young learners
to give an insight into cultivating L2 pedagogy in primary school.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】A presentation, final exam and writing assignment are required for thecompletion of this course; students are required to choose one of thecourse topics, make a presentation and submit a writing assignment on
it. Submission of the final requirements and feedback will be on thelearning management systems (HOPPII, etc.).
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【References】
1. Annamaria Pinter. (2006). Teaching young language learners. Oxford
University Press.
2. Coyle, D., Hood, P., & Marsh, D. (2010). CLIL: Content and language
integrated learning (1st ed.). Cambridge University Press.
3. Curtain, H. & Dahlberg, A. C. (2005). Languages and children:
Making the match. Pearson.
4. Jalongo, M. Young children and picture books. (2004). National
Association for the Education of Young Children.
5. Ellis, G., Brewster, J., & Girard, D. (2002). The primary English
teacher’s guide. (New). Penguin English Guides.
6. Nikolov, M. (2009). Early learning of modern foreign languages:
Process and outcomes. Oxford University Press.
7. VanPatten, B., Smith, M., & Benati, A. (2020). Key questions insecond language acquisition. Cambridge UP.
8.『創造的な学びを育む初等英語教育ー時代を超えて生き続ける理論と実践ー』（2022）津田塾大学言語文化研究所早期英語教育研究会（編）朝日出版社.
9. 文部科学省（2017）『小学校学習指導要領（平成 29 年告示）解説外国語活動・外国語編』 開隆堂.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on:
1. Class participation (10%)
2. Presentation (30%)
3. Writing assignment (30%)
4. Final Exam (30%)
【Changes following student comments】
More frequent and detailed notifications regarding class activities andtasks will be given in order to 1) avoid causing any difficulties in getting
access to important information about the course, and 2) allow students
to prepare for class discussions, final requirements, etc.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Use a laptop in class, get lecture materials, etc. in HOPPII.
【Others】
Recommended to complete at least one of the courses presented below:
1. TESOL Ⅰ
2. Second Language Acquisition
3. Comparative Education
4. Language Education in the Digital Era【Prerequisites】
none.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Rationales of English
Issues in the placement of primary
Teaching in Primarymodern foreign languages (PMFL)
Schoolin the primary curriculum
3
SLL of Young Learners Issues in learning and development(1)
4
SLL of Young Learners Issues in learning languages(2)
5
SLL of Young Learners Issues in teaching four skills: the(3)
spoken language
6
SLL of Young Learners Issues in teaching four skills:
(4)
words
7
SLL of Young Learners Issues in teaching four skills:(5)
grammar8
Primary L2 Education Issues in teaching learning to learn(1)9Primary L2 Education Issues in pedagogical approaches(2)
for primary pupils
10
Primary L2 Education Issues in assessing primary pupils(3)
11
Presentation (1)Preparation for presentation:
checking contents, materials,
procedure and performance
12
Presentation (2)Discuss and review (1)13
Presentation (3)Discuss and review (2)14Consolidation of
Final exam and review
English Teaching inPrimary School【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
1. Every week before class, students are required to comprehend theassigned readings and be ready for group discussion on related topics inclass.

— 48 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to have pored over assigned readings before
attending class lectures. Preparatory study and review time for thisclass are 2 hours each.

POL200ZAWorld Politics【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. However, students are required to read somechapters of the books listed in the reference section.

Takeshi Yuzawa
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course examines enduring questions of world politics, including
rivalry and competition among great powers, rising ethnic and religious
conflicts, the role of international law and organizations, growing
economic interdependence and the effects of globalization, the rise ofnon-state actors and their challenges to state sovereignty, and theprospects of world order.
【Goal】
The course objectives are: (1) To enable students to utilize the concepts
and theories of IR to analyze major events, actors and structures inworld politics, e.g., the state, war, rising ethnic and religious conflicts,
the role of international law and organizations, globalization, the rise ofnon-state actors and the prospects of world order; (2) To enable students
to acquire the ability to form their own answers to enduring questions
in world politics.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course consists of three major sections. In the first section,
students will learn various analytical tools indispensable for deeply
understanding enduring questions of world politics. Students then will
utilize those analytical tools to examine the origin and process of major
wars during the twenty century, namely World Wars I and II, andthe Cold War. In this task, students will be required to give a grouppresentation. In the final section, students will examine contemporary
issues, including rising intrastate conflicts in the post-Cold War era, theroles of international law and organizations, the rise of non-state actors,
and the prospects of world order.
Comments for assignments are given during class and office hours.
“Introduction to International Relations” and "World Politics"
are best seen as an inseparable pair of courses that will provide
students with an overview of the field of IR. For this reason, it
is recommended that students wishing to enroll in this course
first pass "Introduction to International Relations".

【References】
Nye, Joseph S, Jr and Welch, David A. Understanding Global Conflictand Cooperation: An Introduction to Theory and History. Tenth edition.
Pearson Education, 2016.
Grieco, Joseph , Ikenberry, John G and Mastanduno, Michael.
Introduction to International Relations: Perspectives, Connections, andEnduring Questions. Third edition. Red Globe Press, 2022.
Baylis, John, Smith, Steve and Owens, Patricia (eds), The Globalizationof World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations. Eighth
edition. Oxford University Press, 2020.
Nau, Henry R. Perspectives on International Relations: Power,
Institutions, Ideas. Seventh edition. CQ Press, 2020.
Dunne, Tim, Kurki, Milja and Smith, Steve (eds), International
Relations Theories: Discipline and Diversity. Fourth edition. Oxford
University Press, 2016.
【Grading criteria】
Contribution to class discussion and group presentation(40%), Final
Essay (60%)
Regarding a group presentation, the performance of each student
will also be assessed by the Group Evaluation Form. Students inthe same presentation group will be required to evaluate each otherindependently and confidentially so that the instructor can effectively
assess individual contribution to the group.
【Changes following student comments】
Handouts to be provided in a timely manner.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Some course materials will be provided via the Hoppii.
【Others】
Students need to have a basic knowledge of International Relations
theories in order to successfully complete major course assignments. It
is hence recommended that students wishing to enroll in this course firstpass "Introduction to International Relations".
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Analytical tools I
Learning analytical tools for
examining world politics.
3
Analytical tools II
Learning analytical skill for
examining world politics.
4
World War I (1)Analyzing the causes of World War
I from theoretical perspectives
5
World War I (2)Analyzing the process of World War
I from theoretical perspectives
6
World War II (1)Analyzing the causes of World War
II from theoretical perspectives
7
World War II (2)Analyzing the process of World War
II from theoretical perspectives
8
The Cold War (1)Analyzing the origin of the Cold
War from theoretical perspectives
9
The Cold War (2)Analyzing the end of the Cold Warfrom theoretical perspectives
10
International Conflicts Analyzing the causes and nature ofin the Post-Cold War
contemporary international
Era
conflicts
11
The Roles of
Examining the roles ofInternational Law and international law and organization
Organizationin the maintenance of internationalorder
12
Non-state actors andExamining the roles and effects ofchallenges tonon-state actors in world politics
sovereignty
13
Prospects for a World
Examining prospects for a world
Order I
order
14
Prospects for a World
Examining prospects for a world
Order II/The finalorder/preparing to write the final
essay preparationessay— 49 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【References】
Williams, Paul D and McDonald, Matt (ed). Security Studies: An
Introduction. Third edition. Routledge, 2018.
Baylis, John, Wirtz, James J and Gray, Colin S. Strategy in theContemporary World. Seventh Edition. Oxford University Press, 2022.

POL200ZA

International Security
Takeshi Yuzawa
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3【Grading criteria】
Contribution to discussion (10%), mid-term essay (45%), final examination (45%)
【Changes following student comments】
Handouts to be provided in a timely manner.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Some course materials will be delivered via the Hoppii.

その他属性：〈グ〉〈未〉【Outline and objectives】
This course covers the approaches to security studies, a sub-disciplineof International Relations (IR). Security studies mainly examines thecauses of war; the conditions for peace; strategies for avoiding conflict,managing and resolving disputes; and the impact of new technologies,
weapons, actors and ideas on states’ calculations on whether to use
force.

【Others】
Non-GIS students wishing to take part in this course should haveadequate English skills to complete the course work and assignments.
【Prerequisite】
none.

【Goal】
The course objectives are: (1) to enable students to develop a broader
understanding of the key theories and concepts in security studies; (2)to examine major security challenges in the international arena throughthe lens of theories and concepts; (3) to acquire the ability to form
their own answers to enduring and contemporary questions inherent
in international security studies.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course has two segments: First, presenting major theories andconcepts in security studies, necessary for understanding contemporary
security policies and issues.
Second, examining contemporary security challenges related to armed
conflicts, arms trade and military competition, nuclear proliferation,
genocide and mass killings, and terrorism.
Submission of assignments and feedback will be via the Learning
Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Military Security
Exploring the concepts of military
security
3
Regime Security
Exploring the concepts of regime
security4
Societal Security
Exploring the concepts of societal
security5
Human Security
Exploring the concepts of humansecurity
6
Environmental
Exploring the concepts ofSecurityenviromental security
7
Review and Mid-term
Review of week 2-7
essay preparation
8
The Evolution of
Examining changes in warfare
Modern Warfare
9
The Arms Trade
Examining the key aspects of thecontemporary arms trade
10
Nuclear Proliferation
Examining the important aspectsof nuclear proliferation
11
Humanitarian
Providing an overview of theIntervention
heated debate in terms of thevalidity of humanitarian
intervention
12
Terrorism
Analyzing the threat that terrorism
poses to countries and the world
13
Review andReview of major topics covered by
Preparation for the
week 9-13
final exam
14
Review and Final
Review and Written test
Exam
【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to have read the relevant chapters for the books
listed in the reference section before attending the lecture. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Collins, Allan (ed). Contemporary Security Studies, Sixth edition.
Oxford University Press, 2022.

— 50 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
13

POL200ZA

14

Foreign Policy Analysis
Takeshi Yuzawa
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course will provide an overview of Foreign Policy Analysis (FPA),
examining the processes and actors involved in foreign policy decisionmaking.
【Goal】
The course objectives are: (1) to enable students to demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in foreign policy decision-making;(2) to enable students to demonstrate an understanding of the contexts,
pressures and constraints with which policy-makers must deal; (3) toenable students to demonstrate their ability to engage in comparative
analysis of the foreign policies of major powers.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course will first examine the key concepts and theories inforeign policy analysis (FPA), which are essential for understanding
the contexts, pressures and constraints with which policy-makers must
deal. These include the Rational Actor Model, the cognitive andpsychological approaches, the bureaucratic politics approaches, the roleof history and identity in foreign policy, and other internal-external
factors influencing foreign policy decisions. After examining the major
approaches in FPA, students will conduct case studies. For this reason,
students will be required to give a group presentation based on readings
relating to the foreign policies of the major states.
Comments for assignments are given during class and office hours.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

Case Studies V: The
Syrian Civil War
Wrap-upCase studies based on a grouppresentation and discussion
Review weeks 1-13

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students will be required to pore over the chapters of the books listed
in the reference section before attending the lecture. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
Students are expected to prepare for their presentations under the
instructor’s guidance.
【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. However, students are required to read somechapters of the books listed in the reference section.
【References】
Morin, Jean-Frédéric, and Paquin, Jonathan, Foreign Policy Analysis: A
Toolbox . Palgrave Macmilan, 2018.
Hudson, Valerie M. Foreign Policy Analysis: Classic And Contemporary
Theory . Third edition. Rowman & Littlefield Pub, 2019.
Smith, Steve, Hadfield, Amelia and Dunne,Tim. (eds), Foreign Policy:
Theories, Actors, Cases. Third edition. Oxford University Press, 2016.
Alden, Chris and Amnon, Aran. (eds), Foreign Policy Analysis: New
Approaches. Second edition. Routledge, 2017.
Neack Laura,Studying Foreign Policy Comparatively: Cases andAnalysis. Fourth edition. Rowman and Littlefield, 2018
Breuning, Marijke,Foreign Policy Analysis: A Comparative Introduction.
Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.
Mintz Alex and DeRouen, Karl R. Jr, Understanding Foreign Policy
Decision Making . Cambridge University Press, 2010.
【Grading criteria】
Contributions to class discussion and group presentations (40%), Finalessay (60%).
Regarding a group presentation, the performance of each student
will also be assessed by the Group Evaluation Form. Students inthe same presentation group will be required to evaluate each otherindependently and confidentially so that the instructor can effectively
assess individual contribution to the group.
【Changes following student comments】
Handouts to be provided in a timely manner.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Some course materials will be delivered via the Hoppii.
【Others】
Non-GIS students wishing to take part in this course should haveadequate English skills to complete the course work and assignments.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Actors and Structures
Identifying the actors and(domestic and international)
structures influencing foreign
policy3
The Rational Actor
Examining models and approaches
Model
to foreign policy decision-making
from a rational actor perspective
4
Cognitive andExamining cognitive andPsychologicalpsychological models which identify
Approaches I
boundaries to rational(Cognitions, Emotions, decision-making (Cognitions,
Perceptions)
Emotions, Perceptions)5
Cognitive andExamining cognitive andPsychologicalpsychological models that identify
Approaches II(Leader’s boundaries to rational
personality anddecision-making (Leader’s
Leadership styles)
personality and Leadership styles)
6
The Role of Advisers
Examining the role ofand Bureaucracies
bureaucracies in foreign policy
decision-making
7
Domestic Influences:
Examining the role of the public,
Public Opinion, Media, the media and interest groups inInterest Groups
foreign policy decision-making
8
External Influences:
Examining how the structural
The Impacts of
distribution of states’ capabilities
International
constrains the policy options that
Structures
are realistically available topolicy-makers
9Case Studies I: The
Case studies based on a group
Cuban Missile Crisis
presentation and discussion
10
Case Studies II: The
Case studies based on a group
United States and thepresentation and discussion
Iraq War
11
Case Studies III: The
Case studies based on a group
United Kingdom andpresentation and discussion
the Iraq War
12Case Studies IV: The
Case studies based on a group
Yom Kippur War
presentation and discussion【Prerequisite】
None.

— 51 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LIT300ZA

Advanced Topics in American Literature:
Southern Literature

US

Gregory Khezrnejat
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：3〜4
Day/Period：月 3/Mon.3
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【Outline and objectives】
Southern literature is perhaps the best-known regional literature of
the United States, featuring voices, genres, and motifs specific to its
distinct tradition. But it is far from a monolith, and the literature of thesouth reflects the diverse cultures, peoples, and languages of the region.
Southern literature has often given a sharp focus to social, historical,
and cultural issues of the United States, serving as a grim counterpoint
to more optimistic national mythmaking. This course will focus on
southern literature in the twentieth century, exploring how writers
respond to questions of war, race, memory, class, and modernization.
【Goal】
Students will examine the historical context and major themes ofsouthern literature. Students will also develop critical reading andwriting skills.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Class time will be divided between lectures and group discussions. Inclass feedback will be given for daily reaction papers, and students will
receive personal feedback on written assignments.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Defining the SouthAn overview of the culture andhistory of the South
3
Postwar Culture andTate, Ode to the Confederate Dead
Modernity
4
Community and
Faulkner, A Rose for Emily
Memory5Race in the Postwar
Wright, The Ethics of Living Jim
South (1)Crow
6Race in the Postwar
Welty, Where is the Voice Coming
South (2)From?
7Southern Gothic
Capote, A Tree of Night
8
Review and Midterm
A review of topics covered in the
Examination
first half of the course
9
Precariousness in the
Dickey, selected poems
Changing South10Grotesque Allegories
O’Connor, A Good Man is Hard to
Find
11
Culture andWalker, Everyday Use
Authenticity
12
The Modern South (1)Gates, Colored People
13
The Modern South (2)Rash, Speckled Trout
14
Final Synthesis
Review of the major themes of thecourse【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students should perform close readings of each of the assigned texts.
Students should come to class prepared to ask questions and engage indiscussion. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
Readings will be provided in class as handouts.
【References】
Andrews, William et al. The Literature of the American South. Norton,
1998.
Additional references will be announced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Class contribution (30%), reading quizzes (20%), in-class midterm paper(25%), final paper (25%)
【Changes following student comments】
None.
【Prerequisite】
None.

— 52 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

LIT300ZA

Modern Japanese Fiction in Translation
Gregory Khezrnejat
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：月 3/Mon.3
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【Outline and objectives】
How do we process the experience of encountering a new language andculture? How does that process in turn affect our own personal language
and identity? In this course, we will read translations of personal essays
and fiction written in the Japanese language by contemporary authors
undergoing such experiences, including Japanese authors living abroadand non-Japanese authors writing in their adopted language. As wecompare their stories and observations, we will also consider how theact of writing provides each author with a space to form and perform
new cultural identities and personal idioms.

【References】
Mack, Edward. Manufacturing Modern Japanese Literature: Publishing, Prizes, and the Ascription of Literary Value. Duke University Press,
2010.
Mizumura, Minae. A True Novel. Other Press, 2014.
Mizumura, Minae. The Fall of Language in the Age of English.
Columbia University Press, 2015.
Tawada, Yoko. Where Europe Begins. New Directions, 2007.
Zoppetti, David. Ichigensan: The Newcomer. Ozaru Books, 2011.
【Grading criteria】
Class contribution (30%), quizzes (20%), in-class midterm paper (25%),
final paper (25%)
【Changes following student comments】
None.
【Prerequisite】
None.

【Goal】
Students will practice reading and writing critically as they explore
dynamics of culture, language, and identity in modern Japanese
literature.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Classes will be divided roughly evenly between lectures and guided
discussions. Short quizzes will be given to assess comprehension of
weekly readings. Students will submit midterm and final papers.
In-class feedback will be given for daily reaction papers, and students
will receive personal feedback on written assignments.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Transnational
Concepts of transnational
Literatureliterature
3
Creating the Modern
Mack, Manufacturing Modern
Japanese CanonJapanese Literature
4
Culture Shock and
Tawada, Where Europe Begins
Interpretation
5
Exophony and Border
Tawada, Where Europe Begins
Crossing
6
Language, Literature,
Mizumura, A True Noveland Imagined
Communities
7
Language and theMizumura, The Fall of Language inConstruction of
the Age of English
Identity
8
Review and Midterm
A review of topics covered in the
Examination
first half of the course
9
Language andLevy, A Room Where theBelonging
Star-Spangled Banner Cannot Be
Heard
10
Identity as Costume
Levy, A Room Where theStar-Spangled Banner Cannot Be
Heard
11
The Right to Language Levy, A Room Where theStar-Spangled Banner Cannot Be
Heard
12Transnationalism and Zoppetti, Ichigensan
Borrowed Ideology
13
Writing Within the
Zoppetti, Ichigensan
Canon
14
Final Synthesis
Review major themes of the courseand discuss new frontiers intransnational Japanese literature【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to perform close readings of weekly reading
assignments and prepare to actively engage in class discussions.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Levy, Ian Hideo. A Room Where The Star-Spangled Banner Cannot Be
Heard: A Novel in Three Parts. Columbia University Press, 2011.
Additional readings will be distributed through the H’etudes system.

— 53 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. All readings will be provided by the instructor.

SOC300ZA

Race, Class and Gender II: Global Inequalities【References】
Further reference may be provided based on students’ areas of interest.

Daiki Hiramori
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：木 1/Thu.1
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉〈Ｓ〉〈未〉【Outline and objectives】
This class builds on what students have learned in Race, Class andGender I to look at how inequalities are inter-connected throughexamining various global issues. Students will learn to analyze how
race, class, gender, and sexuality are connected to each other asintersecting inequalities in a society and the world, and on that basis,consider the possibility of an equal but diverse world.

【Grading criteria】
Participation: 10%
Discussion facilitation: 20%
Weekly reading responses: 40%
Final paper: 30%【Changes following student comments】
Students have generally evaluated the class positively. The instructor
will be attentive to student feedback and adjust workload and classmaterial, when necessary.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None.
Students are encouraged to use computers/tablets forclass-related purposes in class.
【Prerequisite】
To take this class, students are expected to have passed "Race, Classand Gender I."【Goal】A major goal is to develop students’ sensitivity towards issues ofinequality and skills in social analysis and critical thinking. By
exploring social issues in an international and global context, students
will learn to see how any global issue is multidimensional, andspecifically, how inequalities are complex and constituted by theinterconnection of race, class, gender, sexuality, and other bases ofinequality.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course will be based on a combination of short lectures by
the instructor and student-led class discussions. Verbal and written
feedback on assignments is given during class discussions and throughusing other tools as appropriate. Students are encouraged to visit the
instructor during office hours for more personalized feedback.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Theoretical
Reviewing what was covered in
Understanding of Race, Race, Class and Gender I
Class, and Gender
3
The Social
How does science construct a
Construction of Sperm romance based on stereotypicalmale-female roles?
4
Female Disadvantage
Why does gender imbalance inin Infant/Child
infant mortality occur?
Mortality
5
Race and Queer Family How does race and sexuality
Formationintersect in the context ofsurrogacy?
6
TransnationalFilm viewing: "First Person Plural"
Adoption
7
Domestic Helpers
How do gender and migrationintersect?
8
Diversity Policy in
How is diversity policy in global
Global Companies
companies localized?
9
Global Economy of
How do race, sex, and romance
Desireintersect in the global economy ofdesire?
10
War and Violence
What is the "comfort women" issue?
11
Human Trafficking and What is sex work? What is theSex Work I
difference between humantrafficking and sex work?
12
Human Trafficking and Who are migrant sex workers?
Sex Work II
What are some issues faced bythem?
13
Prepare for Final Paper Preparation and feedback for final
paper
14
Review & Final Paper
What have we learned in thisPreparation
course? Preparing and submitting
the final paper【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to complete the weekly readings and prepare forclass discussion. Please note that the assigned readings for this course
tend to be dense. As such, I recommend giving yourself ample time tocomplete them, even if the number of pages assigned at any given time
appears small. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2hours each.

— 54 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students should review their notes before each class and be prepared
to explain the major concepts and theories they have learned. Students
must download and print out the handouts before each class and bringthem to class to take notes. Students are required to do the assigned
readings and submit reaction papers during the term. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

PSY300ZA

Cultural Psychology
Takafumi Sawaumi
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：金 3/Fri.3
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【Outline and objectives】
This course introduces the perspectives and major research findingsof cultural psychology. The course will introduce general theories andperspectives underlying cultural psychology, explore cultural influences
on a wide range of psychological processes, including socialization,
self-concept, motivation, emotion, and cognition. The course will also
explain the mechanisms underlying cultural differences and examine
the process of acculturation and biculturalism in an increasingly diverseworld. Throughout this course, students will learn how culture shapes
the way we think and behave and how we, at the same time, shape thesecultures.
【Goal】
One of the aims of this course is to introduce students to theperspectives, research methods, and findings of cultural psychology.
Another equally important aim of this course is cultivating students’abilities to understand and deal with variations in psychologicalprocesses across cultural and ethnic groups, as well as to gain anunderstanding of the cultural groundings of their own experiences andactions. By the end of this course, students will be able to demonstrateunderstanding of how cultural systems influence individuals’ psychological processing, including development, self-concepts, motivation,
emotion, and cognition. They will also be able to critically engage andanalyze cultural products, such as books, films, and advertisements.

【Textbooks】
Handouts and reading materials will be provided by lecturer.
【References】
Heine, S. J. (2015). Cultural Psychology. New York: W. W. Norton.
Cohen, D., & Kitayama, S. (2019). Handbook of Cultural Psychology.
Second edition. New York: Guilford Press.
Both reference books are available in the library and the GIS Reference
Room for those who wish to learn about each topic in more detail.
【Grading criteria】
Final grades are based on two exams (25% each), reaction papers for
assigned readings (25%), and class participation (25%).
【Changes following student comments】
Students found this class difficult but appreciated the challenge. I hope
to continue engaging students with materials through various hands-on
activities and discussions.
【Prerequisite】
Students must have taken and received credits in at least one(preferably both) of the following courses: Social Psychology I, Social
Psychology II.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Instructional methods include lectures, films, discussion over assigned
readings, and small group activities. At the beginning of class, feedback
for the previous class is given using some comments from submitted
slips and papers.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Culture andDevelopment of the cultural mind
Socialization I
3
Culture and
Education practices
Socialization II
4
Culture and the Self I
Cultural differences inself-concepts
5
Culture and the Self II Consequences for self-consistency
and egoism
6
Culture and Motivation Goals and theories underlyingI
motivation
7
Culture and Motivation Cultural differences in motivation,II
control, and choice8
Review and Midterm
What have we learned so far?
ExamMultiple choice questions andshort-essays
9
Culture and Emotion
Universality and cultural variationin emotions
10
Culture and Cognition Cultural differences in cognition
I
11
Culture and Cognition Where do cultural differences come
II
from?
12
Acculturation andTime course of acculturation andBiculturalism I
factors that influence acculturation
13
Acculturation and
The bicultural self
Biculturalism II
14
Review and Final
What have we learned so far?
ExamMultiple choice questions andshort-essays— 55 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Textbooks】
Cavusgil, Tamer S., Knight, Gary and Riesenberger, John. International
Business: The new Realities, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2016.

MAN300ZA

International Business【References】
Further materials will be provided by the instructor.

Shiaw Jia Eyo
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【Outline and objectives】
Learning and applying the principles of international business.
Globalization and international business will continue to impact
international activities and influence local outcomes. In this course,
students will learn concepts, processes and strategies of international
business management.
Emphasis will be on issues impacting
international business and how companies conduct business to compete
successfully in the global market.

【Grading criteria】
Students will be evaluated based on class participation (15%),
assignments (25%), group presentation (15%) and final exam (45%).
【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable.
【Others】
Students who are interested to take this course, must attend the firstweek of class. A selection process will be conducted during the firstweek prior to the enrollment of this course.
Students who have taken business or economic courses are preferred.
【Prerequisite】
None【Goal】The goal of this course is to understand the environment of international
business, and its advantages and disadvantages. Students will develop
analytical and critical thinking skills by analyzing business cases
relating to international business.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is taught primarily through lecture and discussions.
Feedback is given during class time or through tools such as HOPPII
or email. Interactive class participation is encouraged.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction andIntroduction and Overview
Overview
2Foundation Concepts
What is international business?
(1)
3
Foundation Concepts
Dimensions and drivers of market(2)
globalization
4
The Environment of
The cultural environment ofInternational Business international business(1)
5
The Environment of
Ethics, CSR, sustainability andInternational Business governance(2)
6
The Environment ofGovernment intervention inInternational Business international business(3)
7
The Environment ofCase studies
International Business(4)
8Emerging Markets,
Understanding emerging markets
Developing Economies (presentation)
and Advanced
Economies (1)9Emerging Markets,
Potential, risks and challenges ofDeveloping Economies emerging markets (presentation)
and Advanced
Economies (2)10International
Exchange rates, currencies,
Monetary andmonetary and financial system.
Financial Environment
11
Strategy andStrategy and organization in theOpportunity
international firm
Assessment (1)12Strategy andCase studies
Opportunity
Assessment (2)13Issues in International Debates of current issues in
Businessinternational business
14
Final Exam & Wrap-up Assessing the understanding of thesubject【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Download and print out the handouts before each class. Read theassigned chapters in the textbook and complete any assignments given.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

— 56 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
1.
Every week before attending class, students are required tocomprehend the assigned readings.
2. Students are required to create an original test plan before their
testing demonstration.
3. Preparing testing materials is also mandatory.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.

EDU300ZATESOL IV: Testing and Evaluation
Machiko Kobori
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：3〜
4
Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course is for student teachers of English. It explains how toevaluate learners and teachers in L2 education. It encourages students
to examine, discuss and assess practices in L2 education.
This course focuses on issues in assessing EFL/ESL learners andteachers: it encourages student teachers to reflect on EFL/ESL learning.
The course provides opportunities to explore a wide range of ideas witha consideration to make consistency in language education from theprimary to secondary levels.
【Goal】
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to demonstrate
the following:
1. Explain the core issues in L2 education testing and its integration
with ICT.
2. Identify testing components.
3. Design testing materials that match educational objectives.
4.
Employ a principled approach to the design, creation andimplementation of materials testing and evaluation.
5. Understand what is required to qualify as an English teacher.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】Student teachers will learn how to create English tests as well as how tointegrate ICT with it, and then make presentations. They must create
their own English tests. The course finishes with a writing assignment
and final examination.
Submission of the final requirements and feedback will be on thelearning management systems.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Issues in Assessing
Aims and methods
Language Learning (1)3Issues in Assessing
Issues in action research
Language Learning (2)4Issues in Assessing
1. Teaching and testing
Language Learning (3) 2. Kinds of tests and testing
3. Common test techniques5
Issues in Assessing
1. Validity
Language Learning (4) 2. Reliability
3. Achieving beneficial backwash
6
Issues in Assessing
1. Stages of test development
Language Learning (5) 2. Test administration
7
Issues in Assessing
1. Scoring procedures
Language Learning (6) 2. Criterial level of performance
8
Issues in Assessing
1. Testing writing
Language Learning (7) 2. Testing oral ability
3. Testing reading
9
Issues in Assessing
1. Testing listening
Language Learning (8) 2. Testing grammar andvocabulary
3. Testing overall ability
10
Planning Tests (1)Introduction to testing for the
lower secondary level: checking
contents, materials, procedure andperformance11
Planning Tests (2)Introduction to testing for theupper secondary level: checking
contents, materials, procedure andperformance
12
Demonstration of
Testing for the lower secondary
Testing (1)level: test administration, scoring,evaluation and review
13
Demonstration of
Testing for the upper secondary
Testing (2)level: test administration, scoring,evaluation and review
14
Final Exam & Wrap-up Consolidation and review【Textbooks】
Hughes, A. (2002). Testing for language teachers. (2nd ed.). Cambridge
University Press.
Nitko, A. J., & Brookhart, S. M. (2011). Educational assessment ofstudents. (6th ed.). Pearson.
【References】
1. Burns, A. (2009). Doing action research in English language teaching:a guide for practitioners. Routledge.
2. Council of Europe. (2001). Common European framework of reference
for languages: learning, teaching, assessment. Cambridge University
Press.
3. Long, M. H., & Doughty, C. J. (2011). The handbook of language
teaching. Wiley-Blackwell.
4. Nitko, A. and Brookhart, S. (2013). Educational assessment ofstudents. Pearson.
5. 白畑智彦・冨田祐一・村野井仁・若林茂則 (著). 2009.『英語教育用語辞典』（改訂版）大修館書店.
6. 神保 尚武 (監修). JACET 教育問題研究会 (編集). 2012.『新しい時代の英語科教育の基礎と実践 成長する英語教師を目指して』三修社.
7. 望月昭彦、磐崎 弘貞、卯城 祐司、久保田 章 (著)．2010.『新学習指導要領にもとづく英語科教育法』大修館.
8. 文部科学省. 2017.『小学校学習指導要領（外国語）』東洋館出版社.
9. 文部科学省. 2017.『中学校学習指導要領（外国語）』開隆堂出版.
10. 文部科学省. 2018.『高等学校学習指導要領（外国語・英語）』開隆堂出版.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on:
1.Class participation (10%)
2.Testing & Testing materials (40%)
3.Writing assignment (20%)
4.Examination (30%)
More than 2 unexcused absences will result in failure of this course.
【Changes following student comments】
1. More advanced notice of assigned readings will be given in order toallow students to prepare for class discussions.
2. More detailed information about the testing demonstration andwriting assignment will be provided in advance.
3.
More intensive instruction on how to reflect the testing
demonstration will be provided in advance.
4. More discussion time will be provided.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
PC【Prerequisite】
ESL Education Ⅰ, Ⅱ, Ⅲ or TESOL Ⅰ, Ⅱ, Ⅲ

— 57 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Textbooks】
There is no assigned textbook for this course. Students are required toread the journal articles and the book chapters specified in the readinglist.

POL300ZA

International Relations of the Asia-PacificTakeshi Yuzawa
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：3〜4
Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【Outline and objectives】
This course will explore the nature of international relations in the AsiaPacific. It will mainly examine and discuss the following: (1) factors forstability and peace in the Asia-Pacific region after the end of the Cold
War; (2) roles for the great powers in the region: the United States,
China, and Japan; (3) problems and prospects for regional security andeconomic cooperation; (4) the evolution of regional institutions; (5) theprospects for regional order.
【Goal】
The course objectives are: (1) to develop students’ ability to effectively
use IR theories to analyze and explain developments in regional affairs;(2) to enable students to analyze the foreign policies of the major powers
and selected regional countries; (3) to enable students to assess thedevelopments of regional institutions; (4) to enable students to examine
and assess the status and prospects for regional order.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is composed of twelve lectures. In each class, a backgroundlecture on a pre-selected topic will be provided to students. After alecture, there will be a discussion. While the lectures will provide an
overview of the topics in question, the discussions will give students anopportunity to examine policies in more depth.
Comments for assignments are given during class and office hours.

【References】
Yahuda, Michael. The International Politics of the Asia Pacific. Fourthand revised edition. Routledge, 2019.
Connors, Michael K., Davison Rémy and Dosch, Jorn (eds), The New
Global Politics of the Asia-Pacific. Third edition. Routledge, 2017.
Dent, Christopher M. East Asian Regionalism. Second edition.
Routledge, 2016.
Shambaugh, David and Yahuda, Michael (eds), International Relationsof Asia. Second edition. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2014.
Pekkanen, Saadia, Ravenhill, John and Foot, Rosemary (eds), The
Oxford Handbook of the International Relations of Asia. Oxford
University Press, 2014.
Wallis, Joanne and Carr, Andrew (eds.)Asia-Pacific Security: An
Introduction.Georgetown University Press, 2016.
【Grading criteria】
Contribution to discussion (10%), Mid-term Examinations (45%), Final
Essay (45%)
【Changes following student comments】
Handouts to be provided in a timely manner.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Course materials will be delivered via the Hoppii.
【Others】
none.
【Prerequisite】
GIS students wishing to take part in this course are required
to have completed "Introduction to International Relations" or"World Politics".
Non-GIS students wishing to take part in this course shouldhave a basic knowledge of International Relations theories
and adequate English skills to complete the course work andassignments.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
The United States and Examining US foreign and security
the Asia-Pacificpolicies with special reference to
the Asia-Pacific region
3
China and the
Examining China’s foreign andAsia-Pacific I
security policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
4
China and the
Examining China’s foreign andAsia-Pacific II
security policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
5
Japan and the
Examining Japan’s foreign andAsia-Pacific I
security policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
6
Japan and the
Examining Japan’s foreign andAsia-Pacific II
security policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
7
Mid-term Review
Review of major topics covered by
week 2 to 6
8
Mid-term exam andWritten test and review
review
9
The Development of
Investigating the processes behind
ASEAN
the development of ASEAN
10
Economic Cooperation Investigating the problems andand Integration in theprospects for regional economic
Asia-Pacificcooperation
11
Security Cooperation
Investigating the problems andand Multilateralism in prospects for regional security
the Asia-Pacificcooperation
12
Prospects for Regional Examining prospects for regional
Order in theorder
Asia-Pacific I
13Prospects for Regional Examining prospects for regional
Order in theorder
Asia-Pacific II
14
Review and Wrap-up
Wrap-up【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to have pored over assigned readings before
attending the lectures. Preparatory study and review time for this classare 2 hours each.

— 58 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【References】
Further references may be provided based on students’ areas of interest.

SOC200ZA

Race, Class and Gender I: Concepts & Issues【Grading criteria】
Participation: 10%
Discussion facilitation: 20%
Weekly reading responses: 40%
Final paper: 30%

Daiki Hiramori
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：火 1/Tue.1【Changes following student comments】
Students have generally evaluated the class positively. The instructor
will be attentive to student feedback and adjust workload and classmaterial, when necessary.

その他属性：〈グ〉〈ダ〉〈未〉【Outline and objectives】
This class sees our society through the lens of race, class and gender
to understand how privilege and inequality are produced, maintained,
naturalized and challenged. The course will look at how various
inequalities are connected to one another through examining global,
national and local issues. Students will learn to analyze how race,class, gender, and sexuality are connected to each other as intersecting
inequalities in a society and the world, and on that basis, consider the
possibility of an equal but diverse world.
【Goal】
Through lectures, discussion and written assignments, students willlearn concepts and theories to analyze how race, class, gender andsexuality affect individuals and society. They will learn to apply theseanalytical tools and knowledge to form critical opinions on current
issues related to various bases of inequalities. Students will acquire
skills in critical thinking, analysis and writing that can be applied inother academic fields as well as future careers.

【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None.
Students are encouraged to use computers/tablets forclass-related purposes in class.
【Others】
Students are strongly encouraged to take Race, Class and Gender II
after completing Race, Class, Gender I. Students who have passed Race,
Class and Gender I will be given admission priority to the seminar"Intersectionality: Multiple Inequalities."【Prerequisite】
Students who intend to enroll in this course are expected to have passed"Introduction to Sociology."【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course will be based on a combination of short lectures by
the instructor and student-led class discussions. Verbal and written
feedback on assignments is given during class discussions and throughusing other tools as appropriate. Students are encouraged to visit the
instructor during office hours for more personalized feedback.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Foundation:
What do we mean by inequality?
“Inequality”
3
Foundation: “Social
How do Marx and Weber
Class”
conceptualize social class?
4
Social Class in Japan
What does social stratification in
Japan look like?
5Foundation:
What are the main theoretical“Race and Ethnicity”
approaches to race and ethnicity?
6
Critical Race Theory
What are the key premises of
Critical Race Theory?
7
Defining Japaneseness Film viewing: "Hafu: The
Mixed-Race Experience in Japan"
8Foundation:
What are the main theoretical“Gender”
approaches to gender?
9
Gender Inequality in
What does gender inequality inJapan
Japan look like?
10Foundation:
What are the main theoretical“Sexuality”
approaches to sexuality?
11
Sexuality Inequality in What does labor market
the Labor Market
discrimination based on sexual
orientation look like?
12Foundation:
What is intersectionality?
“Intersectionality”
13
Practicing
What does it mean for sociologists
Intersectionality into practice intersectionality as aSociological Researchtheoretical and methodologicalapproach to inequality?
14
Review & Final Paper
What have we learned in thisPreparation
course? Preparing and submitting
the final paper【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to complete the weekly readings and prepare forclass discussion. Please note that the assigned readings for this course
tend to be dense. As such, I recommend giving yourself ample time tocomplete them, even if the number of pages assigned at any given time
appears small. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbook will be used. All readings will be provided by the instructor.

— 59 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LIN200ZA

10

Language Attitudes

11

Bilingualism andMultilingualism

12Standard andNon-standard English
Elaborated andRestricted codes
Pidgin and Creole

13

World Englishes

14

Summary and Final
Exam

Sociolinguistics

Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：2〜4
Day/Period：火 2/Tue.2
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course provides students with a basic knowledge of sociolinguistics,
the study of language in relation to society. The first part of the course isconcerned with how individual language use is correlated with a variety
of social variables, such as gender, age, class and ethnicity, by outlining
a number of previous studies conducted in the English-speaking world.
Particular reference is made to the classic research of William Labov,one of the founding figures of quantitative sociolinguistics.
Later lectures focus on how and where a language or dialect
is socially placed and ranked within a community, including multilingual/dialectal countries such as Singapore. Students who are or are
becoming bilingual will find the discussion on bilingualism especiallyinteresting when they learn that its implications not merely vary fromone society to another, but have been significantly changing recently.
Another major topic is language attitudes. They are not based on purely
linguistic considerations, but connected with how people perceive andevaluate different dialects or accents.
【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will:(1) understand key terminology, concepts and theories in sociolinguistics,(2) have an awareness of ongoing language changes in society, and(3) become familiar with interpreting quantitative/qualitative data forsociolinguistic analysis.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is a combination of lectures and class discussions. Basedon a flipped learning model, students have to read chapter handouts
and address questions asked there prior to attending each lecture.
Submitted assignments and tests are reviewed in detail and commented
on in the following week’s lecture.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Course Overview
Course Overview
2
Linguistics and(1) Definitions of linguistics andSociolinguistics
sociolinguistics(2) Interaction between linguistic
and social variables
3
Languages and(1) How many languages are there
Dialects
in the world?
Regional and Social(2) Languages and dialects
Variations(3) Regional and social variations
4
William Labov’s(1) The social stratification of theStudies
non-prevocalic /-r/ in NYC(2) Centralized diphthongs in
Martha’s Vineyard
5
Language and Gender (1) Genderlect(2) Sexism and PC(3) Gender and attitudes
6
Language and(1) AAVE
Ethnicity(2) Ethnic markers in utterances(3) Australian accents and ethnic
groups in Sydney(4) Features of Maori English
7
Mid-semester Exam
(1) Mid-semester examination
Language and Social(2) Three Australian accentsClass (Part 1)
8
Language and Social(1) Three New Zealand accentsClass (Part 2)(2) H-dropping in Bradford andNorwich9
Linguistic Features(1) Indicators, markers andand Indexicality
stereotypes(2) Indexicality(3) Enregisterment(1) Language attitudes(2) Preston’s (1989) study(3) New Zealanders’ attitudes
towards a variety of accents(4) Rubin’s (1992) study(5) Approaches to language
attitudes(1) Bilingualism andmultilingualism(2) Types of bilinguals(3) Singapore as a multilingual
country(4) Code-switching and code-mixing(5) Diglossia(1) The standard variety of alanguage(2) Non-standard English(3) Elaborated and restricted codes(4) Pidgin and creole English(5) Pidgin Japanese(1) Three circles of English(2) Hierarchy of Englishes(1) Review(2) Final examination【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read the handouts beforehand so that they
can actively participate in discussions. They may also need to consult
chapter references or search for relevant online resources. Preparatory
study and review time for this course are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks are used. All handouts are posted on the course website,while additional materials will be provided in the classroom.
【References】
Detailed references and suggestions for further reading are listed oneach chapter handout. The following books will be helpful as a general
introduction.
Holmes, J., & Wilson, N. (2017). An introduction to sociolinguistics (5thed.). Routledge.
Wardhaugh, R., & Fuller, J. M. (2021).
An introduction tosociolinguistics (8th ed.). Wiley Blackwell.
【Grading criteria】
Evaluation will be based on in-class quizzes and take-home tasks (20%),
a mid-semester exam (40%) and a final exam (40%). Attendance at thefirst class is mandatory. More than two unexcused absences will resultin failure of the course.
【Changes following student comments】
Students have been positive about the contents and method of
instruction. Hyperlinked video clips are updated every year.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
The lectures are delivered using PowerPoint slides and Internet
resources. The handouts are downloadable in PDF format.
【Others】
It is recommended that students have completed 100-level linguistics
courses with a good understanding. This course is cross-listed with
the Global Open Program.
Non-GIS students may join if they
demonstrate solid background in linguistics and meet the minimum
English proficiency requirement: TOEFL iBT® 80 or IELTS 6.0.
【Prerequisite】
No prerequisite is required.

— 60 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【References】
Williams, Paul D and McDonald, Matt (ed). Security Studies: An
Introduction. Third edition. Routledge, 2018.
Baylis, John, Wirtz, James J and Gray, Colin S. Strategy in theContemporary World. Seventh Edition. Oxford University Press, 2022.

POL200ZA

International Security
Takeshi Yuzawa
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Year：2〜
4
Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3【Grading criteria】
Contribution to discussion (10%), mid-term essay (45%), final examination (45%)
【Changes following student comments】
Handouts to be provided in a timely manner.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Some course materials will be delivered via the Hoppii.

その他属性：〈グ〉〈未〉【Outline and objectives】
This course covers the approaches to security studies, a sub-disciplineof International Relations (IR). Security studies mainly examines thecauses of war; the conditions for peace; strategies for avoiding conflict,managing and resolving disputes; and the impact of new technologies,
weapons, actors and ideas on states’ calculations on whether to use
force.

【Others】
Non-GIS students wishing to take part in this course should haveadequate English skills to complete the course work and assignments.
【Prerequisite】
none.

【Goal】
The course objectives are: (1) to enable students to develop a broader
understanding of the key theories and concepts in security studies; (2)to examine major security challenges in the international arena throughthe lens of theories and concepts; (3) to acquire the ability to form
their own answers to enduring and contemporary questions inherent
in international security studies.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course has two segments: First, presenting major theories andconcepts in security studies, necessary for understanding contemporary
security policies and issues.
Second, examining contemporary security challenges related to armed
conflicts, arms trade and military competition, nuclear proliferation,
genocide and mass killings, and terrorism.
Submission of assignments and feedback will be via the Learning
Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Military Security
Exploring the concepts of military
security
3
Regime Security
Exploring the concepts of regime
security4
Societal Security
Exploring the concepts of societal
security5
Human Security
Exploring the concepts of humansecurity
6
Environmental
Exploring the concepts ofSecurityenviromental security
7
Review and Mid-term
Review of week 2-7
essay preparation
8
The Evolution of
Examining changes in warfare
Modern Warfare
9
The Arms Trade
Examining the key aspects of thecontemporary arms trade
10
Nuclear Proliferation
Examining the important aspectsof nuclear proliferation
11
Humanitarian
Providing an overview of theIntervention
heated debate in terms of thevalidity of humanitarian
intervention
12
Terrorism
Analyzing the threat that terrorism
poses to countries and the world
13
Review andReview of major topics covered by
Preparation for the
week 9-13
final exam
14
Review and Final
Review and Written test
Exam
【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to have read the relevant chapters for the books
listed in the reference section before attending the lecture. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Collins, Allan (ed). Contemporary Security Studies, Sixth edition.
Oxford University Press, 2022.

— 61 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to complete the weekly readings and prepare forclass discussion. Please note that the assigned readings for this course
tend to be dense. As such, I recommend giving yourself ample time tocomplete them, even if the number of pages assigned at any given time
appears small. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2hours each.

SOC300ZA

Race, Class and Gender II: Global Inequalities
Daiki Hiramori
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 1/Thu.1 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：GIS
備考（履修条件等）：【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook will be used. All readings will be provided by the instructor.
【参考書】
Further reference may be provided based on students’ areas of interest.

その他属性：〈グ〉〈ダ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This class builds on what students have learned in Race, Class andGender I to look at how inequalities are inter-connected throughexamining various global issues. Students will learn to analyze how
race, class, gender, and sexuality are connected to each other asintersecting inequalities in a society and the world, and on that basis,consider the possibility of an equal but diverse world.
【到達目標】A major goal is to develop students’ sensitivity towards issues ofinequality and skills in social analysis and critical thinking. By
exploring social issues in an international and global context, students
will learn to see how any global issue is multidimensional, andspecifically, how inequalities are complex and constituted by theinterconnection of race, class, gender, sexuality, and other bases ofinequality.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation: 10%
Discussion facilitation: 20%
Weekly reading responses: 40%
Final paper: 30%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students have generally evaluated the class positively. The instructor
will be attentive to student feedback and adjust workload and classmaterial, when necessary.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None.
Students are encouraged to use computers/tablets forclass-related purposes in class.
【Prerequisite】
To take this class, students are expected to have passed "Race, Classand Gender I."【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【授業の進め方と方法】
This course will be based on a combination of short lectures by
the instructor and student-led class discussions. Verbal and written
feedback on assignments is given during class discussions and throughusing other tools as appropriate. Students are encouraged to visit the
instructor during office hours for more personalized feedback.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
Theoretical
Reviewing what was covered in
Understanding of Race, Race, Class and Gender I
Class, and Gender
3
The Social
How does science construct a
Construction of Sperm romance based on stereotypicalmale-female roles?
4
Female Disadvantage
Why does gender imbalance inin Infant/Child
infant mortality occur?
Mortality
5
Race and Queer Family How does race and sexuality
Formationintersect in the context ofsurrogacy?
6
TransnationalFilm viewing: "First Person Plural"
Adoption
7
Domestic Helpers
How do gender and migrationintersect?
8
Diversity Policy in
How is diversity policy in global
Global Companies
companies localized?
9
Global Economy of
How do race, sex, and romance
Desireintersect in the global economy ofdesire?
10
War and Violence
What is the "comfort women" issue?
11
Human Trafficking and What is sex work? What is theSex Work I
difference between humantrafficking and sex work?
12
Human Trafficking and Who are migrant sex workers?
Sex Work II
What are some issues faced bythem?
13
Prepare for Final Paper Preparation and feedback for final
paper
14
Review & Final Paper
What have we learned in thisPreparation
course? Preparing and submitting
the final paper— 62 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Textbooks】
There is no assigned textbook for this course. Students are required toread the journal articles and the book chapters specified in the readinglist.

POL300ZA

International Relations of the Asia-PacificTakeshi Yuzawa
Credit(s)：2 ｜ Semester：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Year：3〜4
Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course will explore the nature of international relations in the AsiaPacific. It will mainly examine and discuss the following: (1) factors forstability and peace in the Asia-Pacific region after the end of the Cold
War; (2) roles for the great powers in the region: the United States,
China, and Japan; (3) problems and prospects for regional security andeconomic cooperation; (4) the evolution of regional institutions; (5) theprospects for regional order.
【Goal】
The course objectives are: (1) to develop students’ ability to effectively
use IR theories to analyze and explain developments in regional affairs;(2) to enable students to analyze the foreign policies of the major powers
and selected regional countries; (3) to enable students to assess thedevelopments of regional institutions; (4) to enable students to examine
and assess the status and prospects for regional order.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Will be able to gain “DP 1”, “DP 2”, “DP 3”, and “DP 4”.
【Method(s)】This course is composed of twelve lectures. In each class, a backgroundlecture on a pre-selected topic will be provided to students. After alecture, there will be a discussion. While the lectures will provide an
overview of the topics in question, the discussions will give students anopportunity to examine policies in more depth.
Comments for assignments are given during class and office hours.

【References】
Yahuda, Michael. The International Politics of the Asia Pacific. Fourthand revised edition. Routledge, 2019.
Connors, Michael K., Davison Rémy and Dosch, Jorn (eds), The New
Global Politics of the Asia-Pacific. Third edition. Routledge, 2017.
Dent, Christopher M. East Asian Regionalism. Second edition.
Routledge, 2016.
Shambaugh, David and Yahuda, Michael (eds), International Relationsof Asia. Second edition. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2014.
Pekkanen, Saadia, Ravenhill, John and Foot, Rosemary (eds), The
Oxford Handbook of the International Relations of Asia. Oxford
University Press, 2014.
Wallis, Joanne and Carr, Andrew (eds.)Asia-Pacific Security: An
Introduction.Georgetown University Press, 2016.
【Grading criteria】
Contribution to discussion (10%), Mid-term Examinations (45%), Final
Essay (45%)
【Changes following student comments】
Handouts to be provided in a timely manner.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Course materials will be delivered via the Hoppii.
【Others】
none.
【Prerequisite】
GIS students wishing to take part in this course are required
to have completed "Introduction to International Relations" or"World Politics".
Non-GIS students wishing to take part in this course shouldhave a basic knowledge of International Relations theories
and adequate English skills to complete the course work andassignments.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Introduction
2
The United States and Examining US foreign and security
the Asia-Pacificpolicies with special reference to
the Asia-Pacific region
3
China and the
Examining China’s foreign andAsia-Pacific I
security policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
4
China and the
Examining China’s foreign andAsia-Pacific II
security policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
5
Japan and the
Examining Japan’s foreign andAsia-Pacific I
security policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
6
Japan and the
Examining Japan’s foreign andAsia-Pacific II
security policies with specialreference to the Asia-Pacific region
7
Mid-term Review
Review of major topics covered by
week 2 to 6
8
Mid-term exam andWritten test and review
review
9
The Development of
Investigating the processes behind
ASEAN
the development of ASEAN
10
Economic Cooperation Investigating the problems andand Integration in theprospects for regional economic
Asia-Pacificcooperation
11
Security Cooperation
Investigating the problems andand Multilateralism in prospects for regional security
the Asia-Pacificcooperation
12
Prospects for Regional Examining prospects for regional
Order in theorder
Asia-Pacific I
13Prospects for Regional Examining prospects for regional
Order in theorder
Asia-Pacific II
14
Review and Wrap-up
Wrap-up【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to have pored over assigned readings before
attending the lectures. Preparatory study and review time for this classare 2 hours each.

— 63 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

WEEK Introduction to the11
global economy andsocial sciences (3)WEEK Japanese economy,
12business, andsociety
WEEK Japanese economy,
13
business, andsociety
WEEK Japanese economy,
14business, andsociety

BSP100CB

First Year Seminar
YONGUE

JULIA

SALLE

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 2/Thu.2 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The objectives of this first-year course are (1) to prepare
students for their study of global economics and social sciencesand (2) to help them to adapt to their new life at a Japanese
university. Over the course of the semester, they will will
be able to improve their practical and academic skills by
preparing an academic presentation and writing a short report.
【到達目標】
Goals: (1) build their academic and critical thinking skills
through assigned readings and discussion and (2) acquireessential knowledge of the global economy and social sciences
through discussions with guest lecturers.
Evaluation: Grades will be assigned based on the student’s
performance in class (active participation) and assignments(presentations and report).
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
IGESS Dipromapolicy DP2 ／ DP5 ／ DP9 ／ DP10
【授業の進め方と方法】
This seminar provides students with the academic skills theyneed to succeed in their studies. The methods include lectureson the global economy and social sciences by guest speakers,group discussions, fieldwork, and presentations.
*Feedback on assignments/tests during office hours and/or
during class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
WEEK Introduction
Explanations and1
expectations; in-class survey
WEEK Presentation skills
Self-introductions: using PPT
2and group discussion
WEEK Cultural literacy
Communicating across3
cultures: high versus low
context cultures
WEEK Research tools
Using the library database to4
collect data for final
presentations
WEEK Quantitative skills
Analyzing and presenting
5
economic data using Excel
WEEK Qualitative skills
Field work at Teikoku
6
Databank Museum
WEEK Academic integrity
What is plagiarism and how to
7
avoid itWEEK Midterm
Presentations and feedback
8
assessments
WEEK Introduction to the
Guest lecturer and discussion
9
global economy andsocial sciences (1)WEEK Introduction to the
Guest lecturer and discussion
10
global economy andsocial sciences (2)Guest lecturer and discussion

Presentations and discussion

Presentations and discussion

Presentations and discussion;
wrap-up【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】(1) preparation (presentations, reading assignments, group
discussions), (2) assignments, (3) final report, based on the final
presentation to submit on the last day of class. Regular (daily)
study of 2 to 3 hours per week is key to academic success. To
prepare for their final presentation, students will need to meetto discuss their projects outside of class.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None. Reading assignments will be made available via Hoppii.
【参考書】
Selected references:*Bill Colpin (2006), 10 things employers want you to learn incollege: the know-how you need to succeed, Ten Speed Press.
*Erin Meyer (2016), Culture Map: Breaking through theboundaries of global business, Public Affairs.
*Hans Rosling (2018), Factfulness: the reasons we’re wrong
about the world–and why things are better than you think,
Sceptre.
*Chris Anderson (2016), TED Talks: the official guide of public
speaking, First Mariner Books.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation (30%), reflection papers and assignments (30%),
presentation and report (40%). Attitude, punctuality, andoverall effort are also important factors for evaluating student
performance. Students must notify the instructor regarding
the reason for his/her absence or tardiness before the start ofclass. *Students who miss more than three classes will NOT
receive credit for the course.
Should the class be held via zoom, students must keep their
video camera on at all times, unless doing so would compromise
their internet reception.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A. Students are welcome to voice complaints or makesuggestions at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Should the pandemic prevent us from meeting in person, students should secure a reliable high-speed internet connectionin order to participate via zoom.
【その他の重要事項】
To limit the class size to under 30 students, students fromfaculties other than IGESS are NOT permitted to enroll.

— 64 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

10

Elementary Mathematics A

11

板井

12
13

Differential calculus
II
Differential calculus
III
Vector spaces I
Vector spaces II

14

Vector spaces III

MAT100CB

昌典

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course provides a very broad overview of mathematics
that will be useful for any economist or social scientist. Classes
will be discussion based, with the opportunity for all students
to become involved and express their opinion on mathematical
topics. Technical skills will also be taught, and regularassignments will provide an opportunity to practice and gaina solid understanding of subtle issues.
【到達目標】
Empowerment and understanding are key words for thiscourse. You will learn to see how mathematics relates toeconomics, and be able to confidently contribute to workplace
discussions involving mathematics【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
IGESS Dipromapolicy DP2 ／ DP9【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will be encouraged to participate in discussions, ask
questions, or even give an impromptu presentation if it isappropriate and helpful for everyone. There will also be
regular assignments, which must be completed in writing andsubmitted by the end of class. Assignments are to be submitted
via Learning Management System (LMS), and will be graded
and returned via LMS. Individual feedback will be provided as
appropriate, and general comments regarding the submissions
will be made in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

Rules for differentiation, profit
maximization
Optimization problem, Taylor
expansion
Vector spaces, inner products
Budget constraint, budget set,budget line
Summary, final examination【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are assumed to have read Lecture notes before classand prepare
for discussions in class. The standard preparation and review
time forthis class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Lecture notes will be provided before class via LMS.
【参考書】
(1) A. C. Chiang, Fundamental Methods of Mathematical
Economics 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, Inc.1984(2) M. Rosser, Basic Mathematics for Economists 2nd ed.,
Rotledge, 2003
Purchase is not required.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grading will be based on eight assignments and the final
examination.
Each assignment weighs 5% and the final examination weighs
60%.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students will always have the opportunity to express theiropinions and ask questions in class. Suggested changes will
be discussed in class.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
It would be useful if you bring a notepad and some paper.
Otherwise, you do not need to prepare any equipment for thisclass.
【その他の重要事項】
Please note that if the number of students attending the firstclass significantly exceeds expectations, due to the class room
attendance capacity, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Linear functions I
Linear functions, simultaneous
linear equation systems
2
Linear functions II
Demand curve, supply curve,market equilibrium
3
Quadratic functions Quadratic functions, theIquadratic formula4
Quadratic functions Monopoly and oligopoly,IImaximizing profits
5
Exponential
Definitions of exponentialfunctions andfunctions and logarithmic
logarithmic
functions, basic propertiesfunctions I
6Exponential
Compound interest, interest
functions andrate
logarithmic
functions II
7
Sequences andArithmetic sequences andseries I
geometric sequences
8
Sequences andLimits of sequences,series IIrecurrence equation9
Differential calculus Differential coefficient, derived
Ifunctions— 65 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAT100CB

Elementary Mathematics B
板井

昌典

12

Distributionfunctions, density
functionsIntegration andauctionSummary and final
examination

14

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course continues Elementary Mathematics A and provide
you with more advanced mathematics such as partial
differentiation, matrix algebra, probability and the integration
which will be useful to understand economy theory.
【到達目標】
You will learn how to solve basic problems in calculusof multiple variables, matrix algebra, probability, and theintegration, and be able to confidently contribute to workplace
discussions involving mathematics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
IGESS Dipromapolicy DP2 ／ DP9【授業の進め方と方法】
All classes for this course are discussion-based. Students will
be encouraged to participate in discussions, ask questions, oreven give an impromptu presentation if it is appropriate andhelpful for everyone. There will also be regular homeworkassignments, which must be completed in writing andsubmitted by a given deadline. Homework assignments are to
be submitted in class, and will be returned at the beginningof the following class. Individual written feedback will be
provided as appropriate, and general comments regarding thehomework submissions will be made in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
The differential
Review of differential calculus
calculus, part 2of one variable.
2
Partial derivative,
Notation and basic rules of
total derivative,
partial differentiation.
tangent plane3
Utility
Definition and computation of
maximization
utility4
Method of Lagrange Finding maximum andmultipliers
minimum by the method of
Lagrange multipliers
5
Matrix algebra,
Addition, multiplication ofmultiplication,
matrices, definition of inverse
inverse,matrix.
determinants
6
Least squares
Curve fitting by least squares
methodmethod7
Regression analysis Definition and basic examples
8
Probability and risk Definition, notation and basic
management
example of risk management
9
Conditional
Definition, basic examples ofprobability, Bayes’application of Bayes’ theorem
theorem
10
Expectation
Notation and basic rules of
expectation

Integration

13

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

11

Definite and indefinite
integration
Definition, notation and basic
examplesApplication of integration in
auctionSummary of course andfinalexamination【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are assumed to read Lecture notes before class andprepare for discussions in class.
The standard preparation and review time for this class is 2
hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Lecture notes will be provided before class via SSS.
【参考書】
(1) A. C. Chiang, Fundamental Methods of Mathematical
Economics 3rd ed.,
McGraw-Hill, Inc.1984(2) M. Rosser, Basic Mathematics for Economists 2nd ed.,
Rotledge, 2003
Purchase is not required.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grading will be based on eight assignments and the final
examination.
Each assignment weighs 5% and the final examination weighs
60%.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
This course is entirely discussion-based. Students will always
have the opportunity to express their opinions and ask forchanges. Suggested changes will be discussed in class. If there
is general agreement, changes will be made.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
It would be useful if you bring a notepad and some paper.
Otherwise, you do not need to prepare any equipment for thisclass.
【その他の重要事項】
Please note that if the number of students attending thefirst class significantly exceeds expectations, in order for the
instructor to effectively manage the class, the number ofstudents who are allowed to register for the course may belimited.

— 66 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

PRI100CB

10

Spreadsheet
calculations 6

11

Spreadsheet
calculations 7

12

Spreadsheet
calculations 8

13

Spreadsheet
calculations 9

14

Spreadsheet
calculations 10

Basic Computer Skills A
神林靖

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 5/Mon.5 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is about understanding how computers work andhow to use them for academic developments. We also see how
the computer technology will impact society and the workplacefrom both short-term and long-term points of view. There
will be some exercises involving the use of office productivity
software and computer programming. We will also follow
current news and discuss developments as they occur.
【到達目標】
Students be able to use spreadsheet for statistical work, word
processing software for preparing academic papers. After thiscourse, students can manipulate statistical data and extract
meaningful information from them, and then express theinformation as academic papers.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
IGESS Dipromapolicy DP2 ／ DP9【授業の進め方と方法】
Demonstrations will be given of the use of software in class.
Students are encouraged to try to perform the same tasks ontheir own computers. There will also be regular assignments,
some to allow students to demonstrate that they can complete
selected tasks and some involving essays on developments
in computer technology. Homework assignments are to besubmitted in the Hoppii system. Individual written feedback
will be provided as appropriate, and general comments
regarding the homework submissions will be made in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
An introduction to
Introduction to the basic
computingstructure of computers. Input,
storage, processing and output
are explained.
2
The history of
A survey of the development ofcomputers
the concept of computing andcomputing machines.
3
Word processing 1
The way of document
formatting is explained.
4
Word processing 2
The way of collaborative workwith plural authors is
explained.
5
Spreadsheet
Introduction to Excel, and how
calculations 1
to use it is given.
6
Spreadsheet
Calculation of sum of table andcalculations 2
ratio is given.
7
Spreadsheet
The way of making graphs iscalculations 3
explained.
8
Spreadsheet
The way of inputting a large
calculations 4
dataset is explained.
9
Spreadsheet
The way of sorting data andcalculations 5
matching criteria is explained.

The way of analyzing data of
one variable using thefrequency table is explained.
The way of location andobtaining scatter sales of the
distribution of variables is
explained.
The way of analyzing
two-dimensional data is
explained.
The way of using macros anduser defined functions is
explained.
The way of using probability
and random numbers is
explained.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
No preliminary preparation for the class is required. The
standard preparation and review time for this class is 2 hours
each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Kazumitsu Nawata, "Introduction to Statistics Using Excel"
Asakura Publishing, 2021.
Additional materials will be given in the class.
【参考書】
Recommended references will be recommended in the class.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Regular assignments (70%) and class participation of discussions (30%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Classes will be discussion-based, so students can give
immediate feedback during class. Teaching will be conductedin a flexible manner, taking students’ comments into account,and making changes where appropriate. For example, if all
students are already able to use office productivity software ata high enough level, it will be possible to focus more on current
news reports relating to developments in computer technology.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
It is assumed that students bring a laptop computer to the classwith Microsoft Office installed. The class will be organized asa remote one. Providing a Microsoft Office installed computeris students’ responsibility.
【その他の重要事項】
Please note that if the number of students attending thefirst class significantly exceeds expectations, in order for the
instructor to effectively manage the class, the number ofstudents who are allowed to register for the course may belimited.

— 67 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

3

PRI100CB

Basic Computer Skills B
神林

4

靖

5

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 5/Mon.5 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：

6

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this semester, students deepen their skills of use of computers through computer programming. This course provides
the fundamental concepts of computing through programming
practice in Java or Python programming language.
【到達目標】Taking this course, the students can understand what agiven computer program does and can construct programs forvarious problems. Also, the students can comprehend what
is Object-Oriented Programming, and can construct Java or
Python programs in object-oriented fashion.
The students are not expected any previous computer
programming experiences. Basic understanding of PC is justenough.

7

8

9
10

11

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
IGESS Dipromapolicy DP2 ／ DP9【授業の進め方と方法】
The primary approach of this course will be active learning.
Students are expected to solve programming exercises at theirown pace. Every lecture gives a new programming construct.
Therefore, students are expected to attend every class. If you
skip a class, you have to self-study for that skipped class. There
will be homework assignments. Homework assignments are to
be submitted in Hoppii system. General comments regarding
the homework submissions will be made in class.
Assignments are given from time to time. Students are
expected to submit all of them. Please keep the deadlines.
The instructor and the students will discuss which programming language should be used in the first class throughdiscussion.
The instructor has no office hour. Please ask question during
or after classes. You can also ask question by e-mail.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction to
The relationship between Java
programmingor Python programs andcomputers
Let’s learn about hardware
and software that constitute acomputer, and its relationshipwith programs. Selection of the
programming language must
be done in the class. Eclipse
installation is included.
2Compile andWe have to translate a
execution
program written by people to a
program understood bycomputers. Let’s learn how to
do through Eclipse
programming environment.

12

13

14

Variables andassignments

Let’s learn the relationshipbetween variables and memory
regions, and how to set a value
in such a region.
Input and output (1) Let’s learn how a programinteract with outside.
Input and output (2) Let’s learn how a programand exceptions.
accepts values from outside.
We have to deal with
unexpected values.
Basic calculations
Computers are calculating
and type conversion machine. Let’s make themcompute!
Program structure
Let’s learn how to control the(1) (how to express
computation sequence in aconditional
program.
branches)
Program structure
Let’s learn how to select one(2) (more about
execution sequence from many
conditional
options.
branches)
Program structure
Let’s make a program repeat(3) (repetition)as many as we want.
String andLet’s deepen our
repetition
understanding about therepetition constructs.
We can store many data in
One-dimensional
arrays. Let’s learn how toarray andcreate and use them. We can
two-dimensional
construct matrix-like dataarray
structures in a program byusing two dimensional arrays.
Simple statistics
Let’s construct an application
program for statistics by using
what we learn so far.
Class andIn Java programs, we create aconstructors (a little program by instantiatingaboutclasses. To do so, we have toobject-oriented
use special methods
programming)
constructors. Let’s learn themby storing statistical objects
into an array.
Summary
Please complete theobject-oriented statistic
program.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
No preliminary preparation for the class is required.The
standard preparation and review time for this class is 2 hours
each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Textbooks will be announced in the class.
The instructor tries to let student not buy a textbook.
【参考書】
References will be provided as appropriate.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Regular assignments (50%) and two major projects (50%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
If you have already had programming experience by otherprogramming languages such as C, please report.
The
instructor is willing to cope with such people.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
It will be useful if students can bring their own laptop computer
to class.
【その他の重要事項】
We use Eclipse programming environment that is free todownload and to use. The students are encouraged to install
Eclipse and perform their assignments at home.

— 68 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are encouraged to prepare outside class some grouppresentations, weekly assignments and quizzes approximately
5 hours per week.

ECN100CB

Introduction to Economics A
KALENGA N JOHN

【テキスト（教科書）】
Michael Parkin, Microeconomics, Twelfth edition, Global
edition, Boston: Pearson, 2016.

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 1/Tue.1 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course offers students the opportunity to develop
the introductory understanding of economic theories andprinciples that enable them to discuss the issues released in
the media.
【到達目標】
After completion of the course, students will be able to explain
the rules of economics, theory of the firm, and theory of
consumer. Additionally, to describe the theories of markets inresource allocations.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
IGESS Dipromapolicy DP1 ／ DP8【授業の進め方と方法】
During the fall semester of 2023, I will teach face-to-facelectures in the classroom at the Ichigaya Campus. I will
provide feedback of assignments through the Hosei hoppii
system. For confidentiality reasons, I will send the result by
email to every student one week after taking the short test.

【参考書】
William A. McEachern, Economics: A Contemporary Introduction, 9th Edition, South-Western, Cengage Learning, Mason,
Ohio, U.S.A, 2012.
Robert L. Sexton, Exploring microeconomics, 2019.
Venkatachari M., Introduction to Economics: Basic Principles
and Concepts.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
The final evaluation will be based on the following: attendanceand contributions:30%, quizzes: 30%; and final report: 40%;
total: 100%.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Please prepare a Personal Computer with a good internet
connection and webcam. You must turn on the web camera
when attending online lecture through zoom.
【その他の重要事項】
Please note that if the number of students attending thefirst class significantly exceeds expectations, in order for the
instructor to effectively manage the class, the number ofstudents who are allowed to register for the course may belimited.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Lecture Introduction to
What is economics? Economics
1
microeconomics 1
rules
Lecture Introduction to
Production, growth and trade2
microeconomics 2
Lecture Microeconomic
Demand and supply model
3
analysis 1
Lecture Microeconomic
Markets in action. Short test 1
4
analysis 2
Lecture Microeconomic
Elasticity of demand and5analysis 3
supply.
Lecture Theory of the firm 1 Organizing production
6
Lecture Theory of the firm 2 Output and costs. Short test 2
7
Lecture Role of markets in
Perfect competition
8
economy 1
Lecture Role of markets in
Monopoly
9
economy 2
Lecture Role of markets in
Comparing competition and10
economy 3monopoly.
Lecture Theory of consumer Consumer utility. Short test 3
11
1
Lecture Theory of consumer Possibilities, preferences and122choices of consumer
Lecture Theory of consumer Optimization of consumer.
13
3
Guide for preparing the final
reportLecture Final evaluation
Concluding remarks. Final
14report— 69 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

Lecture Final evaluation
14

ECN100CB

Introduction to Economics B

Concluding remarks. Finalreport【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are encouraged to prepare outside class some grouppresentations, weekly assignments and quizzes approximately
5 hours per week.

KALENGA N JOHN
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 1/Tue.1 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：【テキスト（教科書）】Parkin, Micheal, Macronomics, twelfth edition, 2016, Boston:Pearson.
I will provide the handouts every week in class.

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course offers students the opportunity to develop the basic
understanding of economic theories and principles that enable
them to discuss the issues released in the media.
【到達目標】
After completion of the course, students will be able to explain
the macroeconomic indicators, fiscal and monetary policies tostabilize the whole economy. Additionally, to describe thetheories of growth and welfare at the national level.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
IGESS Dipromapolicy DP1 ／ DP8【授業の進め方と方法】
During the spring semester of 2023, I will teach face-to-facelectures in the classroom at the Ichigaya Campus. I will
provide feedback of assignments through the Hosei hoppii
system. For confidentiality reasons, I will send the result by
email to every student one week after taking the quiz.

【参考書】
William A. McEachern, Economics: A Contemporary Introduction, 9th Edition, South-Western, Cengage Learning, Mason,
Ohio, U.S.A, 2012.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
The final evaluation will be based on the following: Attendanceand contributions:30%, quizzes: 30%; and final report: 40%;
total: 100%.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Please prepare a Personal Computer with a good internet
connection and webcam.
【その他の重要事項】
N/A【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Lecture Introduction to
Introductory concepts
1
macroeconomics 1
Lecture Introduction to
Macroeconomic indicators
2
macroeconomics 2
Lecture Monitoring
Measuring GDP
Assignment 1
3macroeconomic
performance andeconomic growth 1
Lecture Monitoring
Monitoring jobs and inflation.
4
macroeconomic
Short test 1
performance andeconomic growth 2
Lecture Macroeconomic
Economic growth.
5
trends 1
Assignment 2
Lecture Macroeconomic
Money and financial system.
6
trends 2
Lecture Macroeconomic
Finance and investment.
7
trends 3
Short test 2
Lecture Macroeconomic
The exchange rates.
8
trends 4
Assignment 3
Lecture Macroeconomic
Aggregate demand and supply.
9
fluctuations 1
Lecture Macroeconomic
Expenditure multipliers
10
fluctuations 2
Assignment 4
Lecture Macroeconomic
Fiscal policy.
11
policy 1
Short test 3
Lecture Macroeconomic
Monetary policy.
12
policy 2
Lecture Trade policy
International trade policy.
13
Guide for preparing the final
report— 70 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ECN100CB

12

The Simple Linear
Regression Model 6

13

Interval Estimationand Hypothesis
Testing 1
Exam & Summary,Wrap-up, Review,
etc

Special Studies (Introduction to Econometrics)
恩田

正行

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 1/Mon.1 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：IGESS
備考（履修条件等）：

14

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is an introduction to econometrics for the IGESS
students who major or minor in economics. Econometrics is aset of research tools employed in a wide range of disciplines.
Most economists do empirical research for their professional
service. We rigorously study three fundamental componentsof econometrics: they are estimation, hypothesis test, andprediction.
【到達目標】
Students will learn estimation, hypothesis test, and prediction.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
IGESS Dipromapolicy DP1 ／ DP6 ／ DP7【授業の進め方と方法】
All classes for this course will be comprised of lectures andgroup discussions. There are two homework assignments, thathave to be completed in writing on report pads and submitted
by the due dates. I will post the answer keys for the homeworkassignments right after the due dates, and please review themon your own.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction and a
A brief introduction, survey,
diagnostic test
and a test to measure
students’ mathematical skills.
2
Probability Primer 1 Random variables, andprobability distributions.
3
Probability Primer 2 Joint, marginal, andconditional probabilities.
4
Probability Primer 3 A digression: summation
notation and properties ofprobability distributions.
5
Probability Primer 4 Conditioning and the normal
distribution.
6
Probability Primer 5 A Replication of the Simple
Linear Regression Model using
R.
7
The Simple Linear
An economic model, and an
Regression Model 1 econometric model.
8
The Simple Linear
Estimating the regression
Regression Model 2 parameters.
9
The Simple Linear
Assessing theRegression Model 3 least squares estimators.
10
The Simple Linear
The Gauss-Markov theorem.
Regression Model 4
11
The Simple Linear
The probability distributions
Regression Model 5 of theleast squares estimators.

Estimating the variance of theerror term, estimating
nonlinear
relationships, and regression
withindicator variables.
Interval estimation, andhypothesis
tests.
A final exam and wrap-up.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
The standard preparation and review time for this class is 4
hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
R. Carter Hill, William E. Griffiths, Guay C. Lim Principles
of Econometrics (POE), 5th Edition (ISBN: 978-1-118-45227-1)(NOTE: Any other print version of POEs such as 4th edition is
acceptable. Look for it on AbeBooks.com https://www.abebooks.
com/?cm_sp=TopNav-_-Results-_-Logo)【参考書】
Principles of Econometrics (POE) 5th edition:
http://principlesofeconometrics.com/poe5/poe5.html
Answers to Selected Exercises:www.principlesofeconometrics.com/poe5/poe5answers.html
Principles of Econometrics (POE) 4th edition
http://principlesofeconometrics.com/poe4/poe4.htm
Answers to Selected Exercises:www.principlesofeconometrics.com/poe4/answers/poe4answers.pdf
POE Formula Sheet:www.principlesofeconometrics.com/poe4/poe4formulas.pdf
Using R for Principles of Econometrics
https://bookdown.org/ccolonescu/RPoE4/intro.html
POE R data files
https://github.com/ccolonescu/PoEdata
A first course in calculus / Serge Lang ISBN10: 0387962018
解析入門 原書第 3 版 (日本語) ISBN10: 4000051512【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation and Attitude: 40 points
Four Homework Assignments: 40 points
Final Exam: 20 points
If a lecture is cancelled, we will instead use the following
criteria to cover all the lecture materials:
Participation and Attitude: 50 points
Four Homework Assignments: 50 points
The grading scale of the Hosei University will be used.
An instructor reserves the right to adjust the final letter grades
to reflect the students’ability in class.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Last semester students in my lecture asked how to prepare forstudies at the graduate schools. I suggest that one study aclassic textbook for calculus first. One of these textbooks is:
A first course in calculus / Serge Lang ISBN10: 0387962018
解析入門 原書第 3 版 (日本語) ISBN10: 4000051512【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Bring your personal laptop.
【その他の重要事項】
We are supposed to use R downloaded on your laptop, but may
use excel depending on how familiar students are with R.

— 71 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

8

CMF100LE

12Group work andproblem-solving
outside theclassroom
Group work andproblem-solving
outside theclassroom
Group work andproblem-solving
outside theclassroom
Group work andproblem-solving
outside theclassroom(8)Presentations

13(9) Presentations

14(10) Presentations
and final wrap-up

課題解決型フィールドワーク
YONGUE

JULIA

9

SALLE

サ ブ タ イ ト ル：Economic and social impact of the SDGs /Sustainable capitalism and SDGs
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 4/Thu.4 ｜ キャンパス：市ヶ谷
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉

11【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The purpose of this course is to offer students a practical
approach (interactive lectures, fieldwork, problem-solving
sessions, etc.) to the study of SDGs. Students will haveopportunities to learn from specialists working to achieve
SDGs and evaluate the impact of their activities on Japanesebusiness and society.
【到達目標】(1) To provide students with a practical, experience-based
approach to the study of Japanese business, corporate social
responsibility, entrepreneurship, and sustainability.
(2) To develop their analytical skills through interactive
lectures, group discussions, and fieldwork.
(3) To prepare them to enter the workforce by providing themwith opportunities to improve their professional skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
This course is based entirely on active/experiential learning.
Students will be presented with questions that they must try
to answer themselves through interviews, fieldwork, readings,
etc. The first half of the course focuses on some social problems
facing Japan, while the second, considers the responsibility ofcompanies vis-a-vis society.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
(1) Introduction
Explanation of the course andits themes/goals
2(2) SDG1, SDG4,
Guest lecture and discussion
SDG10, SDG5,
on education issues in Japan
SDG83(3) SDG2, SDG3,
Guest lecture and discussion
SDG10, SDG11,
on urban farming in Tokyo
SDG13, SDG15,
SDG174(4) SDG9, SDG11,
Guest lecture and discussion
SDG12, SDG13
on local entrepreneurship5(5) Midterm
Presentations andassessment
problem-solving session
6(6) SDG3, SDG 6,
Guest lecture and discussion
SDG7, SDG9,
on ethical business practices
SDG11, SDG14,
and CSR
SDG15, SDG16,
SDG177(7) SDG9, SDG11,
Full-day field trip to Ishizaka
SDG15, SDG17
Sangyō in Saitama prefecture

10Preparation of final
presentation, fieldwork, andindividual report
Preparation of final
presentation, fieldwork, andindividual report
Preparation of final
presentation, fieldwork, andindividual report
Preparation of final
presentation, fieldwork, andindividual report
Presentations of groupfieldwork and discussion offindings
Presentations of groupfieldwork and discussion offindings
Presentations of groupfieldwork and discussion offindings【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
In accordance with the university guidelines, preparation andreview should be approximately two hours a week for a twocredit course. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Reading assignments and other information concerning thecourse will be posted on Hoppii.
【参考書】
Selected references:(1)Ben Dooley and Satoko Ueno, "Why is this colorful little
wheel suddenly everywhere in Japan?" New York Times,
August 25, 2022.
(2) T Terada, M. Yokohari, and M Amemiya, "Urban farmingin Tokyo: toward an urban-rural hybrid city" in Green Asia:
ecocultures, sustainable lifestyles, and ethical consumption,
Tania Lewis, ed.
(3) Myriam Sidibe (2020) "How LIXIL is changing the narrativeon sanitation," in Brands on a mission: how to achieve social
impact and business growth, Routledge.
(4) Eiko Maruko Siniawer (2018), “Green consciousness" inWaste: Consuming Postwar Japan, Cornell University Press.
(5) Catherine Knight (2010), The discourse of "encultured
nature" in Japan: the concept of Satoyama and its role in 21st
century nature conservation, Asian Studies Review.
(5) T Hirose and Y Moro (2019), Socio-material arrangementsof impoverished youths in Japan: historical and criticalperspectives on neoliberalism, Mind, Culture, and Activity,
26:2, 156-170.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Fieldwork, active discussion, and assignments: 40%
Final report and presentation: 60%
As the courses is based on active/experiential learning, asking
questions and making comments during all the interviews andfield work is a requirement!
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A
Students are welcome to make requests or voice complaints
and concerns at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None— 72 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【その他の重要事項】
SCHEDULE: Because the course includes one full-day field
trip, it will meet 10 rather than 14 times. The field trip willtake place on a Saturday in late November or early December
for which participation is mandatory. Transportation by bus
to/from the fieldwork venue, and lunch will be fully covered by
the university. A course schedule will be provided on the firstday of class.
SELECTION: On the first day of class, 20 students will beselected to enroll. The selection process will be based on
motivation and enthusiasm, academic interests, and career
aspirations. As the course will be conducted in English,
students should have an excellent command of English. They
should also be able to write a final report in the proper
academic style.
【Outline (in English)】
Outline and objectives:
The purpose of this course is to offer students a practical
approach (interactive lectures, fieldwork, problem-solving
sessions, etc.) to the study of SDGs. Students will haveopportunities to learn from specialists working to achieve
SDGs and evaluate the impact of their activities on Japanesebusiness and society.
Learning activities outside of classroom: Students should
prepare for class (doing reading assignments, preparing
presentations, discussing with their group members, etc.) andconduct fieldwork outside of class.
Grading Criteria /Policy:
Participation and assignments: 40%
Final report and presentation: 60%
As the courses is based on active/experiential learning, asking
questions and making comments during all the interviews andfield work is a requirement!

— 73 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ADE200NB

Design Basics in English
ディン ボリバン
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 選択・必修の別：選択
備考（履修条件等）：建築：建築士
都市：建築士その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉〈Ｓ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
建築の分野について、多角的に学ぶ事ができる。また英語を聞き、話す機会を増やす事で実践的な英語力を身につける事ができる。

Class 9Micro Architecture
part 1【到達目標】
This class should be viewed as a space for discussion and exchange aboutarchitecture. The objective is to encourage students to speak in English
and to improve their conversational abilities.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】デザイン工学部建築学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」、都市環境デザイン工学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP4」「DP5」、システムデザイン学科
ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
For each of the 7 themes (over 14 classes), students will be required
to prepare visual materials for presentation and discussion either
within small groups or to the class. At the end of each theme,
detailed instructions for the following assignment will be provided.
All conversations must be conducted in English, and all presentationmaterials must be submitted in the form of a PPT or PDF binder.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Class 1 Place-site-origin part 1 With the help of an analysis tool,
students will give a presentation
about their hometown andneighborhood. They will share
their impressions of a remarkablebuilding or space.
Class 2 Place-site-origin
part 2
Class 3 Graphic representation Learn about the different graphic
part 1
representations used by architects.
Following on from Class 1, students
will be asked to choose a building
from an architect they areinterested in and prepare or
research graphic representations,
including sketches, diagrams,
axonometric views, perspectives,
site plans, floor plans, sections, anddetails. One of the representations
students need to create should
illustrate a key feature of thebuilding, and students will
elaborate on their building choice.
Class 4 Graphic representation part 2
Class 5 Contemporary
Expanding on the previous classarchitectureteachings, students will present a
part 1project from a selected list ofarchitects. The project could be abuilding or a space. The students
will need to explain why they chosethe particular project, discuss thearchitectural style, and analyze thedesign features.
Class 6 Contemporary
architecture
part 2
Class 7 City roaming
From a pre-selected route, students
part 1will share their impressions andfeelings about the spaces they
cross, using photographs or othervisual aids to illustrate key
moments.
Class 8 City roamingpart 2

Class 10 Micro Architecture
part 2
Class 11 Habitat
part 1

Class 12 Habitat
part 2
Class 13 Architecture andLiteraturepart 1

Class 14 Architecture andLiteraturepart 2Students will be asked to find a
micro-building that has beencreated in a leftover space within
the city. They will need to preparea PowerPoint presentation that
includes photographs, a simple siteplan (a hand sketch is acceptable),and an explanation of thebuilding’s particular features.
After discussing the definition of
habitat, students will search andinvestigate examples of housingthat challenge the stereotype of thehouse. They will need to present atleast two projects of housing (either
single or collective) and explain
how and why they reassess theconcept of habitat.
Students will be given a short text
(in English) from a prominent
writer and poet. After reading thetext at home, it will be discussed inclass, and students will identify aclear program to use for the second
part of the class. Using theprevious class teachings, students
will present their architecturaltranslation of the text. Evaluation
will be based on the quality of thepresentation, the visuals, and theconsistency of the approach.
-【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
The 7 themes will be covered in 14 classes. Students will have to prepare
visuals and materials to present and discuss within small groups or tothe class. Therefore, it will be necessary to submit 7 PPT/PDF files
throughout the semester.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】No specific textbook is necessary.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
50%: Preparation of presentation materials
25%: Participation in discussions
25%: Diligence and enthusiasm【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Comment on the 2022 semester: Following the success of the previous
semester, it was observed that students found it more convenient toengage and converse in small groups of three. To sustain this effective
approach, the professor will move among each group to facilitate
discussions. This year, we will persist with this method to promotecollaborative learning and augment student involvement.
【その他の重要事項】
国際的な建築設計事務所に携わる教員が、英語で建築分野を多角的に講義する。また、ディスカッションを通し、生徒が英語を話す機会を増やす。

— 74 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ADE200NB

Design Basics in English
ディン ボリバン
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 選択・必修の別：選択
備考（履修条件等）：建築：建築士
都市：建築士その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉〈Ｓ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
建築の分野について、多角的に学ぶ事ができる。また英語を聞き、話す機会を増やす事で実践的な英語力を身につける事ができる。

Class 9Micro Architecture
part 1【到達目標】
This class should be viewed as a space for discussion and exchange aboutarchitecture. The objective is to encourage students to speak in English
and to improve their conversational abilities.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】デザイン工学部建築学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」、都市環境デザイン工学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP4」「DP5」、システムデザイン学科
ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
For each of the 7 themes (over 14 classes), students will be required
to prepare visual materials for presentation and discussion either
within small groups or to the class. At the end of each theme,
detailed instructions for the following assignment will be provided.
All conversations must be conducted in English, and all presentationmaterials must be submitted in the form of a PPT or PDF binder.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Class 1 Place-site-origin part 1 With the help of an analysis tool,
students will give a presentation
about their hometown andneighborhood. They will share
their impressions of a remarkablebuilding or space.
Class 2 Place-site-origin
part 2
Class 3 Graphic representation Learn about the different graphic
part 1
representations used by architects.
Following on from Class 1, students
will be asked to choose a building
from an architect they areinterested in and prepare or
research graphic representations,
including sketches, diagrams,
axonometric views, perspectives,
site plans, floor plans, sections, anddetails. One of the representations
students need to create should
illustrate a key feature of thebuilding, and students will
elaborate on their building choice.
Class 4 Graphic representation part 2
Class 5 Contemporary
Expanding on the previous classarchitectureteachings, students will present a
part 1project from a selected list ofarchitects. The project could be abuilding or a space. The students
will need to explain why they chosethe particular project, discuss thearchitectural style, and analyze thedesign features.
Class 6 Contemporary
architecture
part 2
Class 7 City roaming
From a pre-selected route, students
part 1will share their impressions andfeelings about the spaces they
cross, using photographs or othervisual aids to illustrate key
moments.
Class 8 City roamingpart 2

Class 10 Micro Architecture
part 2
Class 11 Habitat
part 1

Class 12 Habitat
part 2
Class 13 Architecture andLiteraturepart 1

Class 14 Architecture andLiteraturepart 2Students will be asked to find a
micro-building that has beencreated in a leftover space within
the city. They will need to preparea PowerPoint presentation that
includes photographs, a simple siteplan (a hand sketch is acceptable),and an explanation of thebuilding’s particular features.
After discussing the definition of
habitat, students will search andinvestigate examples of housingthat challenge the stereotype of thehouse. They will need to present atleast two projects of housing (either
single or collective) and explain
how and why they reassess theconcept of habitat.
Students will be given a short text
(in English) from a prominent
writer and poet. After reading thetext at home, it will be discussed inclass, and students will identify aclear program to use for the second
part of the class. Using theprevious class teachings, students
will present their architecturaltranslation of the text. Evaluation
will be based on the quality of thepresentation, the visuals, and theconsistency of the approach.
-【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
The 7 themes will be covered in 14 classes. Students will have to prepare
visuals and materials to present and discuss within small groups or tothe class. Therefore, it will be necessary to submit 7 PPT/PDF files
throughout the semester.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】No specific textbook is necessary.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
50%: Preparation of presentation materials
25%: Participation in discussions
25%: Diligence and enthusiasm【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Comment on the 2022 semester: Following the success of the previous
semester, it was observed that students found it more convenient toengage and converse in small groups of three. To sustain this effective
approach, the professor will move among each group to facilitate
discussions. This year, we will persist with this method to promotecollaborative learning and augment student involvement.
【その他の重要事項】
国際的な建築設計事務所に携わる教員が、英語で建築分野を多角的に講義する。また、ディスカッションを通し、生徒が英語を話す機会を増やす。

— 75 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ADE200NB

Design Basics in English
ディン ボリバン
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 選択・必修の別：選択
備考（履修条件等）：建築：建築士
都市：建築士その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉〈Ｓ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
建築の分野について、多角的に学ぶ事ができる。また英語を聞き、話す機会を増やす事で実践的な英語力を身につける事ができる。

Class 9Micro Architecture
part 1【到達目標】
This class should be viewed as a space for discussion and exchange aboutarchitecture. The objective is to encourage students to speak in English
and to improve their conversational abilities.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】デザイン工学部建築学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」、都市環境デザイン工学科ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP4」「DP5」、システムデザイン学科
ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
For each of the 7 themes (over 14 classes), students will be required
to prepare visual materials for presentation and discussion either
within small groups or to the class. At the end of each theme,
detailed instructions for the following assignment will be provided.
All conversations must be conducted in English, and all presentationmaterials must be submitted in the form of a PPT or PDF binder.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Class 1 Place-site-origin part 1 With the help of an analysis tool,
students will give a presentation
about their hometown andneighborhood. They will share
their impressions of a remarkablebuilding or space.
Class 2 Place-site-origin
part 2
Class 3 Graphic representation Learn about the different graphic
part 1
representations used by architects.
Following on from Class 1, students
will be asked to choose a building
from an architect they areinterested in and prepare or
research graphic representations,
including sketches, diagrams,
axonometric views, perspectives,
site plans, floor plans, sections, anddetails. One of the representations
students need to create should
illustrate a key feature of thebuilding, and students will
elaborate on their building choice.
Class 4 Graphic representation part 2
Class 5 Contemporary
Expanding on the previous classarchitectureteachings, students will present a
part 1project from a selected list ofarchitects. The project could be abuilding or a space. The students
will need to explain why they chosethe particular project, discuss thearchitectural style, and analyze thedesign features.
Class 6 Contemporary
architecture
part 2
Class 7 City roaming
From a pre-selected route, students
part 1will share their impressions andfeelings about the spaces they
cross, using photographs or othervisual aids to illustrate key
moments.
Class 8 City roamingpart 2

Class 10 Micro Architecture
part 2
Class 11 Habitat
part 1

Class 12 Habitat
part 2
Class 13 Architecture andLiteraturepart 1

Class 14 Architecture andLiteraturepart 2Students will be asked to find a
micro-building that has beencreated in a leftover space within
the city. They will need to preparea PowerPoint presentation that
includes photographs, a simple siteplan (a hand sketch is acceptable),and an explanation of thebuilding’s particular features.
After discussing the definition of
habitat, students will search andinvestigate examples of housingthat challenge the stereotype of thehouse. They will need to present atleast two projects of housing (either
single or collective) and explain
how and why they reassess theconcept of habitat.
Students will be given a short text
(in English) from a prominent
writer and poet. After reading thetext at home, it will be discussed inclass, and students will identify aclear program to use for the second
part of the class. Using theprevious class teachings, students
will present their architecturaltranslation of the text. Evaluation
will be based on the quality of thepresentation, the visuals, and theconsistency of the approach.
-【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
The 7 themes will be covered in 14 classes. Students will have to prepare
visuals and materials to present and discuss within small groups or tothe class. Therefore, it will be necessary to submit 7 PPT/PDF files
throughout the semester.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】No specific textbook is necessary.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
50%: Preparation of presentation materials
25%: Participation in discussions
25%: Diligence and enthusiasm【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Comment on the 2022 semester: Following the success of the previous
semester, it was observed that students found it more convenient toengage and converse in small groups of three. To sustain this effective
approach, the professor will move among each group to facilitate
discussions. This year, we will persist with this method to promotecollaborative learning and augment student involvement.
【その他の重要事項】
国際的な建築設計事務所に携わる教員が、英語で建築分野を多角的に講義する。また、ディスカッションを通し、生徒が英語を話す機会を増やす。

— 76 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

PHL200GA

Philosophy of the Public Sphere石田安実

配当年次／単位：1〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：人数制限あり
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
People often think that "philosophy" is quite an old subject − andvery difficult, unfortunately. It is true that so-called "philosophicalquestions" have been discussed in rather complicated and often
confusing manners since many years ago, for example, by Socrates
and Aristotle in the ancient Greek period. But many philosophersstrongly believe that these questions are closely related to oureveryday life issues. We are surrounded by many philosophicalissues, though we may not always be aware of their philosophicalsignificance; that is, philosophical issues are basically our everyday
issues. But how are they related to our life?
In this course, you will discuss various philosophical topics, theirin-depth meanings, and their philosophical significance, trying tofind their very relevance to our life. That may help you see yoursurroundings, your society and the world in quite exciting andinteresting ways. Out of many philosophical issues found in ourdaily life, we will choose 13 topics and discuss them in class.
【到達目標】
This course provides a broad introduction to philosophical waysof thinking. The course is open to students from any disciplines,
who hope to:(1) understand some of the most fundamental philosophical
topics (for instance: freedom, truth, and moral rightness/wrongness),(2) be able to explain the issues in very simple everyday terms,
and(3) apply philosophical ways of thinking (reasoning) on every-day
issues.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、
「DP1」
「DP2」
「DP3」
「DP4」
に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Basic course requirements:＊ No previous philosophy courses required.
＊ Intellectual curiosity: Keen eyes on everyday-life facts andissues.
＊ Respectful attitude of others’ opinions.
.
On enrollment:
The student enrollment in this course is limited to 20, andyou will be admitted on a first-come and first-served basis.
So, if you wish to take this course, you need to take an immediate
action and do the following:(1) You have to send me an e-mail (to the address below)
expressing your intention to enroll:yasushi.ishida.85@hosei.ac.jp(2) When you are accepted to the class, you will receive a note(e-mail) of confirmation. If the class is already filled, you will be
put on the waiting list in the order of application.
(3) Those who have received my note of confirmation can go
through a procedure of 本登録.
(4)【Important】Do not fail to notify me, in case you decideto cancel your enrolment. 授業を取らないと決めた場合は、必ず連絡をすること。そうしないと、ウェイティング・リストに載っている
他の学生が登録できません。
.

・Those who are put on the waiting list can register, ONLY IF wehave some vacancies in the enrollment AND the registration is still
possible (that is, it is still in the registration period).
.
・You will be accepted on a first-come and first-served basis. Equallyimportantly, I urge you to attend the first and/or second meeting.
In case you fail to attend both of them, that will affect yourfinal grade (10%); if you have legitimate or good reason tomiss the meetings, do not fail to contact me by e-mail.
.
Organization of the class:▶ Each class will consist of (less than)100-minutes of lectureand discussion. The class will be conducted in English.
▶ I appreciate interaction and exchange with you in class. So,
please make best efforts to express your ideas, even if you findit very difficult to do so. I would NOT penalize you for making
mistakes; you ARE entitled to make mistakes in class!
▶ At this moment, I am planning to hold most of the classmeetings online (by using Zoom; please make sure you
have the application ready in your computer along withnecessary devices.), and we will meet a few times on campus(i.e., face-to-face or in-person meetings). I will make announcement
regarding when we will meet on campus.
.
◉ On the Zoom meetings:
・ I will post the “Zoom Link,” “授業参加用ミーティング ID” and“パスコード” on 学習支援システム or e-mail you the information by
Wednesdays (the day before the class). You will have to sign in withyour own Hosei University e-mail address and password.
・ Your attendance will be recorded automatically, but I may takeattendance.
・ In case someone comes in one of the online classes to do
any disturbing acts (which is often called Zoom-Bombing),
I will terminate the meeting immediately. And I will reportto the University. I will then post in 学習支援システム what you
will have to do.
.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Guidance
Explaining the course2
Lying
Is lying always wrong?
3
Morality
What does it mean to be "morally
right"?
4
Relativism
Is everything relative?
5
Freedom
Are we completely free?
6
Culture vs. Nature
How different are they?
(1)
7
Culture vs. Nature
The idea of enhancement
(2)
8
Love
What is it?: Just a perception?
9
Perception
What do we perceive?: Is it soaccurate?
10Knowledge vs. Beliefs What do we know?: How do weknow it is true?
11
Truth, Reality
What is really true?: Truth,
Reality, Dream
12
Robots and Humans
Is the Mind just the Brain?
(Mind)(Your "essay plan" must be
submitted by the 12th meeting)13
Language
What does it do?: What’s its role?
14
Wrap-up: The
Concluding remarks
Meaning of Life(Your "essay plan" will be
returned).
【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
・I recommend that you review what you have learned in eachmeeting.
・You are normally expected to spend about two hours for the
preparation and review for each class.

— 77 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

・You will have to submit your paper topic (“essay plan”) by
the 12th class meeting.
.
【テキスト（教科書）】
・There will be no specific textbooks assigned.
・Occasionally, reading materials may be assigned and handouts
will be given in class.
.
【参考書】
No specific books assigned. But looking into any (large size)
philosophy dictionaries will be of great help.
.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
I will assess your grade based on the way you participate in theclass discussions and on your final project.
Attitude/ Participation: 50% of course grade
Final Project (a paper): 50% of course grade*Attitude/ Participation:
I appreciate your participation in class and would like to know yourideas and opinions. I will hence consider your participation as partof your grade.
*Final Project:
At the end of the semester, you are expected to submit a short paper(of 700 to 1000 words) on the topic that you choose, explaining yourideas or insights. Your topic should be related to the issues studied
or discussed in class. I will give you a specific Guideline before theend of semester.
▶ Near the end of the semester, you will have to submit your"essay plan," which should include the title (topic) of yourpaper and your (tentative) conclusion described in a shortparagraph (of about 200 words): Note that it is NOT a draftof your final paper. You will receive my comments on yourpaper plan, and then your "plan" should be re-organized orrevised accordingly.
▶ In writing your paper, you can expand your ideas by citing or
referring to books and other documents, including materials fromwebsites. In that case, you MUST explicitly show the sourcesor reference either in the footnotes or endnotes. (Do NOT cite
or refer to Wikipedia in your paper. If you do so, you will receive a“D” grade.)▶ Plagiarism: If you copy sentences from any existing documents(again, including any writings from websites) without showing
sources or reference, you will receive a "D" grade. It is importantthat you present your own view or insights, not the same ideas
as described or explained in published or preexisting documents oron websites.
▶ You have to submit your paper (essay) on the web system (Class
Support System, 授業支援システム). The due date will be announced
near the end of the semester.
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able toearn a passing grade for the course.
.

Most of us already have a general or intuitive understandingof many basic philosophical issues. The key to understanding theseissues is, however, being able to critically evaluate these issues
from a number of different perspectives, and these are neither
obvious nor easy to apply. In studying philosophy, often you haveto “get out of ” your own perspective. Philosophy is different froma philosophy. Philosophy is the discipline that comprises logic,
metaphysics, ethics, epistemology, and so on; a philosophy is asystem of beliefs, concepts, or attitude of an individual or group,
or a view about a sphere of activity or thought. Everyone hasa philosophy of some sort or other even if s/he has never read abook in philosophy. An individual’s philosophy or a group’s
philosophy can be a subject for examination and discussion,and can be challenged within the discipline of philosophy.
Studying philosophy may affect your own philosophy andthus may make you feel uneasy.
And since thinking philosophically is an acquired skill, likemany other skills it has to be practiced regularly and well. It
is important that you make adequate time each week toprepare for the class and write your "reaction paper" s tothe best of your ability.
.
・I urge you to attend the first and/or second meeting. In caseyou fail to attend both of them, that will affect your final
grade (10%); if you have legitimate or good reason to missthe meetings, do not fail to contact me by e-mail.
・As I appreciate interaction and exchange with you in class, I
would like to know what you think and have your feedback. So,
I strongly advise that you attend all the classes and participate in
the discussions.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
In previous semesters, I received several comments from students:
for instance, "having discussions in class was very hard at the
beginning, but it helped me improve my English speaking skills
and express myself logically. Eventually, I found it quite exciting
and stimulating.".
【その他の重要事項】
・<< Please Read; Very Important >>— 78 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

SOC200GA

Religion and Society
立田由紀恵

配当年次／単位：1〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期授業/Spring
人数制限・選抜・抽選：25 人程度。希望者多数の場合には，入学時以降の TOEFL や TOEIC など標準的なテストの結果と初回授業へのコメントを総合的に評価して選考します。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Religion is often associated with violent conflicts and wars,
but how exactly does religion contribute to conflicts? Does it
also play a part in building peace and reconciliation? This
course focuses on the aspects of conflicts and peace in religion,
exploring general theories as well as examining individual casestudies such as Western Europe, African Americans, and the
Russo-Ukrainian War. After reviewing such cases, we will
also review religion’s roles in Japanese society, focusing on its
potential to bring conflicts and peace.
【到達目標】
Upon successful completion, students will:- Understand the roles of religion in conflict and peace- Acquire knowledge of conflicts with religious aspects aroundthe world- Broaden their view of religion in general【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、
「DP1」
「DP2」
「DP3」
に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes consist of lectures and group discussions. Students
are required to read the materials and submit a short writing
assignment before the class. At the end of the class, students
write reaction papers, on which the instructor gives feedback.
The last two classes are dedicated to the students’ oralpresentations of their final papers.

8

Israel and Palestine

9

Western Europe

10

Bosnia andHerzegovina

11

Russia and Ukraine

12

History of Religion,
Violence, and Peacein Japan

13

Presentation 1

14

Presentation 2

Religion’s roles in the
Israeli-Palestinian conflict
Issues around the Muslim
immigrants in Western Europe
today
Religion’s roles in the Bosnian
War and post-war Bosnian
society
Religion’s roles in the
Russo-Ukrainian War
Historical overview of religion,
violence, wars, andpeacebuilding in Japanesesociety
Students’ oral presentations on
the final papers
Students’ oral presentations on
the final papers【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to spend approximately four hours
reading the class materials and writing the short assignment
for each class.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook is required. Reading materials will be distributedin class or online.
【参考書】
Omer, Atalia et al. 2019. The Oxford Handbook of Religion,
Conflict, and Peacebuilding. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Marsden, Lee ed. 2012. The Ashgate Research Companion to
Religion and Conflict Resolution. London: Routledge.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Pre-class short writing assignment 20%
Group discussion 20%
Reaction paper 20%
Final paper 40%
The cutoff score for passing is 60%.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
The outline of the course
2
Religion and
Various roles of religion inSociety: An
society
Overview
3
Religion and
Religion’s roles in violent
Violence
conflicts around the world
4
Religion, Peace, and Religion’s roles in
Reconciliation
peacebuilding around theworld
5Northern Ireland
History of the conflict between
the Protestants and the
Catholics in Northern Ireland
6
African Americans
Religion in the struggle of theAfrican Americans from thetime of slavery through Black
Lives Matter movement
7
United States
Issues around the Christianconservatives in today’s
American society and politics— 79 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
Week 7

LANe300GA

英語アプリケーションⅠ
Week 8ジョナサン・エイブル
配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：英語アプリケーション
旧科目との重複履修：○
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：初回の授業に出席し担当教員の受講許可を得ること
その他属性：〈グ〉

Week 9Week 10

Week 11【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
English Application is an integrated 4-language skill communication
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP) or
English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course will
examine certain cultural phenomena that impact our lives. Emphasis
throughout this course will be on the notion of ‘possibility’ – the exercise
of looking beyond mere appearance. The notion of ‘possibility’ will
be used to explore three major themes – art, rebellion, and market
advertising. Each theme will be explored through short authentic
readings, visual material, and music CDs, all of which will be used to set
the groundwork for group discussions and an exchange of viewpoints.
【到達目標】The goal of English Application is to give Post-SA students a forum
to continue to use and enhance their English Communication skills.
This course is designed to improve students’ critical thinking ability
by challenging their belief systems while examining three cultural
phenomena ‒ art, rebellion and advertising.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
When the university’s Action Policy (Conduct Guideline) Level is 2, thisclass will be conducted online in principle. Details will be communicated
via the Learning Managing System.
Emphasis throughout this course will be on the notion of ‘possibility’ –the exercise of looking beyond mere surface appearance. We will use
this notion of ‘possibility’ to explore three major themes – art, rebellion,
and market advertising. Each theme will be explored through shortauthentic readings, visual material, and music CDs, all of which will be
used to set the groundwork for group discussions and an exchange ofviewpoints. Students will receive feedback and comments on homeworkassignments and in class activities throughout the term.

Week 12

Week 13

Week 14

Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Music as means
to change ‒ Woody
Guthrie and the
Dustbowl of the 1930s
Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Music as means
to change ‒ Bob Dylan
and Neil Young
Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Martin Luther
King: ‘I have a dream’
speechTheme: Advertising
Topic: Advertisingtechniques
Theme: Advertising
Topic: Advertisingtechniques continued
Theme: Advertising
Topic: Advertising vsBranding
Theme: Beliefs
Topic: Is theunexamined life worth
living?
Theme: Final remarks
and discussion

English reading, lecture anddiscussion on the music of Woody
Guthrie and the Dustbowl of the
1930s.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on themusic of Bob Dylan and Neil Young
as a stimulus for social change.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion of Martin Luther King’s‘I have a dream’ speech.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on
advertising techniques.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion of more techniques usedin advertising.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on
advertising and branding.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion on the underlying briefs
people seldom consider.
Final remarks and discussion.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Student presentations are to be researched outside class.
Most
presentations will have both a written and visual component. The
standard preparation and review time for this class is four hours per
week: 2 hours preparation and 2 hours review.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no required textbook for this course.
【参考書】
References will vary depending on the subject matter of the students’presentations. Research suggestions will be made by the instructor.
This course will also use some online English News and Study
Materials.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students are required to give presentations based on topics discussed
in class. The purpose of the presentations is to further class discussion.
Students are required to complete all assigned presentations to receivea passing grade. Class grade is based on presentations and participationin class discussions.
Presentations ‒ 70%
Class participation ‒ 30%
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Class Orientation:
Brief English lecture on course
Student Selection &content, students’ responsibilities,
Class Overview
and grading criteria.
Week 2 Theme: Art
English lecture, reading, discussion
Topic: Symbols andand written assignment on symbols
Logos
and logos.
Week 3 Theme: Art
English reading, lecture andTopic: Symbols anddiscussion on the symbols and their
meanings in Vincent
means in Vincent van Gogh’s
van Gogh’s ‘Peasant‘Peasant Shoes’.
Shoes’
Week 4 Theme: Art
English lecture, reading, discussion
Topic: Analysis ofand written assignment on Vincent
Vincent van Gogh’s
van Gogh’s ‘Wheatfield with
‘Wheatfield with
Crows’.
Crows’
Week 5 Theme: Art
English reading, lecture andTopic: A Comparison of discussion on Edward Hopper’s
Edward Hopper’s‘Nighthawks’ (1942) and Archibald‘Nighthawks’ (1942)
J. Motley Jr.’s ‘Nightlife’.
andArchibald J. Motley
Jr.’s ‘Nightlife’
Week 6 Theme: Art
English lecture, reading, discussion
Topic: Art andand written assignment on
Function: Can
whether functional objects can befunctional objects beconsidered works of art.
works of art?

— 80 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
Week 6

LANe300GA

英語アプリケーションⅨ

Week 7

MARK E FIELD

Week 8

配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：英語アプリケーション
旧科目との重複履修：○
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期授業/Spring
人数制限・選抜・抽選：初回の授業に出席し担当教員の受講許可を得ることWeek 9Week 10

その他属性：〈グ〉
Week 11【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
English Application is an integrated 4 skills communication skills
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP)or English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course
will explore the history of tourism and its continued expansion in aconstantly globalizing world. All third and fourth-year students in
the Faculty of Intercultural Communication have some experience with
International Travel and living in a Foreign Country through their
Study Abroad experience, which is an Intercultural Communication
Activity sometimes described as Cultural or Educational Tourism.

Week 12

Week 13

Week 14

Tourist Markets:
Transportation &Infrastructure
Tourist Markets:
Accommodations

Brief English lecture. Students
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Brief English lecture. Students
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Tourist Markets:
Brief English lecture. Students
Attractions &take notes, followed by small group
Activities
discussions, and Q&A session.
Expanding Roles ofStudents make presentations on
Tourism: Student
specific tourism related topics
Presentations
incorporating vocabulary andconcepts covered in previous
lectures.
New Modes of Tourism: Brief English lecture. Students
Cruisestake notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
New Modes of Tourism: Brief English lecture. Students
Thematic Tourism
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Business Constraints:
Brief English lecture. Students
The Economics oftake notes, followed by small group
Tourism
discussions, and Q&A session.
Social Considerations: Brief English lecture. Students
The Environmental
take notes, followed by small group
and Cultural Impacts
discussions, and Q&A session.
of Tourism
Examination/Comments Examination/Comments【到達目標】The goal of English Application is to give Post-SA students a forum
to continue to use and enhance their English Communication skills.
The theme of this English Application course is to explore how theworld continues to become increasingly interconnected due to better
communication systems and increasing opportunities for international
travel. It will also examine how more people around the world
are experiencing interactions with people from different countries
and cultures, i.e., directly experiencing Intercultural Communication
through tourism.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to prepare weekly homework assignments at
home, and review vocabulary and previous lessons at home to enhancetheir participation in classroom activities and discussions. The standard
preparation and review time for this class is four hours per week: 2hours preparation and 2 hours review.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP3」に関連。

【参考書】
An English to English Dictionary is recommended.
This course will also use some online English News and Study
Materials.

【授業の進め方と方法】
When the university’s Action Policy (Conduct Guideline) Level is 2, thisclass will be conducted online in principle. Details will be communicated
via the Learning Managing System.
In this course, we will first look at the historical development of
tourism and its expanding cultural significance. Later participating
students will be asked to investigate potential areas and/or sites where
tourism is developing or may be developed in the future. Students will
receive feedback and comments on homework assignments and in classactivities throughout the term.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
40% Ongoing Evaluation (Participation, Discussions, Homework, etc.)
20% Short Presentations
40% Final Examination/Term Project
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Class Orientation:
Brief English lecture on course
Student Selection &content, students’ responsibilities,
Class Overview
and grading criteria. Students takenotes, followed by short classdiscussion and question andanswer session.
Week 2 History of Tourism:
Brief English lecture on UNWTO.
World Tourism Day
Students take notes, followed byclass discussion and question andanswer session.

Week 3

History of Tourism:
Global Code of Ethics
for Tourism

Week 4

History of Tourism:
The Development ofMass Tourism

Week 5

Expanding Roles ofTourism: Student
Presentations【テキスト（教科書）】The instructor will provide some course material early in the semester,and participating students will generate more course material as thesemester progresses.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students have been happy with this course in the past and currently
no student survey data is available to support major changes. Course
materials are reviewed periodically and updated when necessary tomaintain relevance. The instructor always welcomes comments andencourages students to make suggestions to improve the course atanytime.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
OHC and PC presentations.
【その他の重要事項】
Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no morethan three absences in the semester. The instructor reserves the rightto modify this course syllabus whenever necessary.

Brief English lecture on UNWTO’s
Code of Ethics, students take notes,
then discuss parts of the code andtheir practical meaning.
Brief English lecture on thetechnological and economicchanges that made modern mass
tourism possible. Students takenotes, followed by class discussion,and Q&A session.
Students make presentations on
specific tourist destinations
incorporating vocabulary andconcepts covered in previous
lectures.

— 81 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
Week 6

LANe300GA

The History of Tourism

Week 7

MARK E FIELD

Week 8

配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期授業/Spring
人数制限・選抜・抽選：初回の授業に出席し担当教員の受講許可を得ることWeek 9Week 10

その他属性：〈グ〉
Week 11【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
English Application is an integrated 4 skills communication skills
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP)or English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course
will explore the history of tourism and its continued expansion in aconstantly globalizing world. All third and fourth-year students in
the Faculty of Intercultural Communication have some experience with
International Travel and living in a Foreign Country through their
Study Abroad experience, which is an Intercultural Communication
Activity sometimes described as Cultural or Educational Tourism.

Week 12

Week 13

Week 14

Tourist Markets:
Transportation &Infrastructure
Tourist Markets:
Accommodations

Brief English lecture. Students
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Brief English lecture. Students
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Tourist Markets:
Brief English lecture. Students
Attractions &take notes, followed by small group
Activities
discussions, and Q&A session.
Expanding Roles ofStudents make presentations on
Tourism: Student
specific tourism related topics
Presentations
incorporating vocabulary andconcepts covered in previous
lectures.
New Modes of Tourism: Brief English lecture. Students
Cruisestake notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
New Modes of Tourism: Brief English lecture. Students
Thematic Tourism
take notes, followed by small group
discussions, and Q&A session.
Business Constraints:
Brief English lecture. Students
The Economics oftake notes, followed by small group
Tourism
discussions, and Q&A session.
Social Considerations: Brief English lecture. Students
The Environmental
take notes, followed by small group
and Cultural Impacts
discussions, and Q&A session.
of Tourism
Examination/Comments Examination/Comments【到達目標】The goal of English Application is to give Post-SA students a forum
to continue to use and enhance their English Communication skills.
The theme of this English Application course is to explore how theworld continues to become increasingly interconnected due to better
communication systems and increasing opportunities for international
travel. It will also examine how more people around the world
are experiencing interactions with people from different countries
and cultures, i.e., directly experiencing Intercultural Communication
through tourism.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to prepare weekly homework assignments at
home, and review vocabulary and previous lessons at home to enhancetheir participation in classroom activities and discussions. The standard
preparation and review time for this class is four hours per week: 2hours preparation and 2 hours review.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP3」に関連。

【参考書】
An English to English Dictionary is recommended.
This course will also use some online English News and Study
Materials.

【授業の進め方と方法】
When the university’s Action Policy (Conduct Guideline) Level is 2, thisclass will be conducted online in principle. Details will be communicated
via the Learning Managing System.
In this course, we will first look at the historical development of
tourism and its expanding cultural significance. Later participating
students will be asked to investigate potential areas and/or sites where
tourism is developing or may be developed in the future. Students will
receive feedback and comments on homework assignments and in classactivities throughout the term.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
40% Ongoing Evaluation (Participation, Discussions, Homework, etc.)
20% Short Presentations
40% Final Examination/Term Project
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Class Orientation:
Brief English lecture on course
Student Selection &content, students’ responsibilities,
Class Overview
and grading criteria. Students takenotes, followed by short classdiscussion and question andanswer session.
Week 2 History of Tourism:
Brief English lecture on UNWTO.
World Tourism Day
Students take notes, followed byclass discussion and question andanswer session.

Week 3

History of Tourism:
Global Code of Ethics
for Tourism

Week 4

History of Tourism:
The Development ofMass Tourism

Week 5

Expanding Roles ofTourism: Student
Presentations【テキスト（教科書）】The instructor will provide some course material early in the semester,and participating students will generate more course material as thesemester progresses.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students have been happy with this course in the past and currently
no student survey data is available to support major changes. Course
materials are reviewed periodically and updated when necessary tomaintain relevance. The instructor always welcomes comments andencourages students to make suggestions to improve the course atanytime.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
OHC and PC presentations.
【その他の重要事項】
Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no morethan three absences in the semester. The instructor reserves the rightto modify this course syllabus whenever necessary.

Brief English lecture on UNWTO’s
Code of Ethics, students take notes,
then discuss parts of the code andtheir practical meaning.
Brief English lecture on thetechnological and economicchanges that made modern mass
tourism possible. Students takenotes, followed by class discussion,and Q&A session.
Students make presentations on
specific tourist destinations
incorporating vocabulary andconcepts covered in previous
lectures.

— 82 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
Week 7

LANe300GA

Art, Rebellion and Advertising
Week 8ジョナサン・エイブル
配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：初回の授業に出席し担当教員の受講許可を得ること
その他属性：〈グ〉

Week 9Week 10

Week 11【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
English Application is an integrated 4-language skill communication
course with a focus on an English for Academic Purposes (EAP) or
English for Specific Purposes (ESP) content area. This course will
examine certain cultural phenomena that impact our lives. Emphasis
throughout this course will be on the notion of ‘possibility’ – the exercise
of looking beyond mere appearance. The notion of ‘possibility’ will
be used to explore three major themes – art, rebellion, and market
advertising. Each theme will be explored through short authentic
readings, visual material, and music CDs, all of which will be used to set
the groundwork for group discussions and an exchange of viewpoints.
【到達目標】The goal of English Application is to give Post-SA students a forum
to continue to use and enhance their English Communication skills.
This course is designed to improve students’ critical thinking ability
by challenging their belief systems while examining three cultural
phenomena ‒ art, rebellion and advertising.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
When the university’s Action Policy (Conduct Guideline) Level is 2, thisclass will be conducted online in principle. Details will be communicated
via the Learning Managing System.
Emphasis throughout this course will be on the notion of ‘possibility’ –the exercise of looking beyond mere surface appearance. We will use
this notion of ‘possibility’ to explore three major themes – art, rebellion,
and market advertising. Each theme will be explored through shortauthentic readings, visual material, and music CDs, all of which will be
used to set the groundwork for group discussions and an exchange ofviewpoints. Students will receive feedback and comments on homeworkassignments and in class activities throughout the term.

Week 12

Week 13

Week 14

Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Music as means
to change ‒ Woody
Guthrie and the
Dustbowl of the 1930s
Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Music as means
to change ‒ Bob Dylan
and Neil Young
Theme: Rebellion
Topic: Martin Luther
King: ‘I have a dream’
speechTheme: Advertising
Topic: Advertisingtechniques
Theme: Advertising
Topic: Advertisingtechniques continued
Theme: Advertising
Topic: Advertising vsBranding
Theme: Beliefs
Topic: Is theunexamined life worth
living?
Theme: Final remarks
and discussion

English reading, lecture anddiscussion on the music of Woody
Guthrie and the Dustbowl of the
1930s.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on themusic of Bob Dylan and Neil Young
as a stimulus for social change.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion of Martin Luther King’s‘I have a dream’ speech.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on
advertising techniques.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion of more techniques usedin advertising.
English lecture, reading, discussion
and written assignment on
advertising and branding.
English reading, lecture anddiscussion on the underlying briefs
people seldom consider.
Final remarks and discussion.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Student presentations are to be researched outside class.
Most
presentations will have both a written and visual component. The
standard preparation and review time for this class is four hours per
week: 2 hours preparation and 2 hours review.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no required textbook for this course.
【参考書】
References will vary depending on the subject matter of the students’presentations. Research suggestions will be made by the instructor.
This course will also use some online English News and Study
Materials.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students are required to give presentations based on topics discussed
in class. The purpose of the presentations is to further class discussion.
Students are required to complete all assigned presentations to receivea passing grade. Class grade is based on presentations and participationin class discussions.
Presentations ‒ 70%
Class participation ‒ 30%
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Class Orientation:
Brief English lecture on course
Student Selection &content, students’ responsibilities,
Class Overview
and grading criteria.
Week 2 Theme: Art
English lecture, reading, discussion
Topic: Symbols andand written assignment on symbols
Logos
and logos.
Week 3 Theme: Art
English reading, lecture andTopic: Symbols anddiscussion on the symbols and their
meanings in Vincent
means in Vincent van Gogh’s
van Gogh’s ‘Peasant‘Peasant Shoes’.
Shoes’
Week 4 Theme: Art
English lecture, reading, discussion
Topic: Analysis ofand written assignment on Vincent
Vincent van Gogh’s
van Gogh’s ‘Wheatfield with
‘Wheatfield with
Crows’.
Crows’
Week 5 Theme: Art
English reading, lecture andTopic: A Comparison of discussion on Edward Hopper’s
Edward Hopper’s‘Nighthawks’ (1942) and Archibald‘Nighthawks’ (1942)
J. Motley Jr.’s ‘Nightlife’.
andArchibald J. Motley
Jr.’s ‘Nightlife’
Week 6 Theme: Art
English lecture, reading, discussion
Topic: Art andand written assignment on
Function: Can
whether functional objects can befunctional objects beconsidered works of art.
works of art?

— 83 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

GDR300GA

Gender and Japanese Culture

第 13 回

Queer Japan

第 14 回

Summary

Screening: "Queer Japan" (directedby Graham Kolbeins, 2019)Conclusions and future questions【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are required to read the reference material (in English) by thenext session, submit comment sheets, and work on their midterm andfinal papers (one to three hours for every session).

LETIZIA GUARINI
配当年次／単位：2〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：【テキスト（教科書）】
Photocopies of readings will be distributed by the instructor.

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉〈Ｓ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course, we will analyze how gender and sexuality issues manifest
throughout culture in Japan. Why do we need to discuss gender andsexuality in relation to Japanese contemporary culture? Who do we talkabout when we discuss such issues? We will approach these questions
from different perspectives and disciplines, such as history, literature,
media, etc. While the main focus of this course is the representationof gender and sexuality in contemporary Japanese society, we will also
address these issues in a global context.
【到達目標】
1. To become familiar with historical sources and social and politicalelements in regard to the construction of gender within contemporary
Japanese society.
2. To develop critical thinking strategies and apply them in orderto understand how gender and sexuality are represented withincontemporary Japanese media.
3. To incorporate a gender perspective while participating in academic
discussions, presenting on a selected topic, and writing analytical
papers.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
I will lecture to situate our readings and discussions or to clarify
concepts, but in general, students should come prepared to contribute
seriously to the learning community by actively joining the discussion.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
第1回
Orientation
Introduction to the course,
syllabus, and course expectations
第2回
Introduction to gender Lecture on the basic concepts instudies
gender studies
第3回
Japanese feminisms
Lecture on the debates in Japanese
feminism and the politics ofbacklash in twenty-first-century
Japan
第4回
Gender, media, andLecture on the #MeToo Movement
misogyny in Japanin Japan
第5回
Gender-based violence Lecture on the representation of
in literature
gender-based violence in threestories by Kaoruko Himeno, Aoko
Matsuda and Mieko Kawakami
第6回
Masculinity studies
Lecture on masculinities incontemporary Japan
第7回
Gender and the family Lecture on work-life balance incontemporary Japan
第8回
Heteronormativity in
Lecture on the reproduction ofcontemporary Japan
heteronormative models inJapanese society and the media
第9回
Queering the family
Lecture on the representation ofqueer fatherhood in three stories
by Hiroto Kawabata, Nao-cola
Yamazaki and Hirotada Ototake
第 10 回 Food and gender
Lecture on the representation offood and gender in contemporary
culture第 11 回 Idol culture
Lecture on the reproduction andsubversion of gender models within
the idol culture
第 12 回 Asexuality and
Lecture on the representation ofintersexuality
asexuality and intersexuality incontemporary Japanese culture【参考書】
Coates, Jennifer, Fraser Lucy, and Pendleton Mark (eds.), The Routledge
Companion to Gender and Japanese Culture, Routledge, 2020
Copeland, Rebecca (ed.),Handbook of Modern and Contemporary
Japanese Women Writers, Amsterdam University Press, 2023
Steger, Brigitte, Koch, Angelika (eds.), Manga Girl Seeks Herbivore Boy.
Studying Japanese Gender at Cambridge, LIT Verlag, 2013
Steger, Brigitte, Koch, Angelika (eds.), Cool Japanese Men. Studying
New Masculinities at Cambridge, LIT Verlag, 2017
Steger, Brigitte, Koch, Angelika, Tso, Christopher (eds.), Beyond
Kawaii: Studying Japanese Feminities at Cambridge, LIT Verlag, 2021
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Discussion and participation (comment sheets, involvement during
discussion): 20%
Active participation in class is required. Submit your comments via
Hoppii at the end of each session.
Attendance will be taken every time. You will not receive credit for thecourse if you miss more than four classes.
Midterm paper (2000 words): 35%
Final paper (3000-4000 words): 45%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Student comments are not available.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Laptop to write their papers.
【Outline (in English)】In this course, we will analyze how gender and sexuality issues manifest
throughout culture in Japan. Why do we need to discuss genderand sexuality in relation to Japanese contemporary culture? Who
do we talk about when we discuss such issues? We will approachthese questions from different perspectives and disciplines, such as
anthropology, history, literature, media, etc. While the main focus of thiscourse is the representation of gender and sexuality in contemporary
Japanese society, we will also address these issues in a global context.
Learning goals
1. To become familiar with historical sources and social and politicalelements in regard to the construction of gender within contemporary
Japanese society.
2. To develop critical thinking strategies and apply them in orderto understand how gender and sexuality are represented withincontemporary Japanese media.
3. To incorporate a gender perspective while participating in academic
discussions, presenting on a selected topic, and writing analytical
papers.
Grading policy
Discussion and participation (comment sheets, involvement during
discussion): 20%
Active participation in class is required. Submit your comments via
Hoppii at the end of each session.
Attendance will be taken every time. You will not receive credit for thecourse if you miss more than four classes.
Midterm paper (2000 words): 35%
Final paper (3000-4000 words): 45%— 84 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
14 回

PHL300GA

英語圏の文化Ⅱ（思想史）

Examination/
Comments:

Recapping what has been coveredin the semester.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to prepare weekly homework assignments at
home, and review vocabulary and previous lectures at home to enhancetheir participation in classroom lectures and discussions. Students
may also be expected to find and analyze information from various
forms of English resource materials and media independently for the
preparation of Research Papers.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各２時間を標準とします。
The standard preparation and review time for this class is four hours
per week: 2 hours preparation and 2 hours review.

MARK E FIELD
配当年次／単位：2〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：【テキスト（教科書）】The instructor will provide some course reading material during thesemester.

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The Culture, Language, and Thought of the English-Speaking World isthe product of many historical interactions between a variety of peoples
with different ways of thinking and living in the world. To understandmany aspects of the societies in the modern English-Speaking World,
one must first recognize the historical forces that shaped them andbrought them about.
【到達目標】The primary goal of this course is to give students the basic knowledge
necessary to understand: 1) how societies and cultures change in
general and 2) how the cultures of the English-Speaking Worlddeveloped their unique forms.
Using the framework of culturalchange, we will examine the formation of “Western” religious andpolitical institutions that developed before 1500 CE in order to better
appreciate the roots of “Western” social, political, and economic thought.
Building on this foundation, the evolution of modern social systems andpolitical-economic thought that occurred in the English-Speaking World
after 1500 CE will be discussed.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
When the university’s Action Policy (Conduct Guideline) Level is 2, thisclass will be conducted online in principle. Details will be communicated
via the Learning Managing System.
The course will start out by outlining the forces behind culturalchange. This will be followed by a series of lectures discussing thedevelopment of European political and religious institutions following
the Ancient Greco-Roman era. We will then attempt to analyze Britain’s
rather unique political & economic institutions at the beginning of
the modern era as a product of cultural change. Building on thisfoundation, the cultural changes, i.e., the changes in thought, causedby the Protestant Reformation and Enlightenment Philosophy will be
examined and their impact on the development of British and American
Political-Economic Systems through the 19th and 20th Centuries will be
discussed. Students will receive feedback and comments on homeworkassignments and in class activities throughout the term.

【参考書】
Participating students will do independent reading for their written
assignments.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
30% In Class Evaluation (Participation, Discussions, etc.)
30% Homework/Research Paper/Midterm Examination,
40% Final Examination/Term Project.
**Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no
more than three absences in the semester.
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students have been happy with this course in the past and currently
no student survey data is available to support major changes. Course
materials are reviewed periodically and updated when necessary tomaintain relevance.
The instructor always welcomes comments and encourages students tomake suggestions to improve the course at anytime.
【その他の重要事項】
Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no morethan three absences in the semester.
The instructor reserves the right to modify this course syllabus
whenever necessary.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1回
Class Orientation:
Introduction to the Forces Behind
Cultural Change
2回
Religion & Philosophy: The Foundations of Culture &Thought?
3回
The Role of Myths:
Social Formation in the AncientWorld
4回
Cultural Conflicts:
Change in the Hellenic World
5回
The World at the End
Roman’s Unique Positionof the Ancient Era:
6回
Mass Migration:
The End of the Roman Empire
7回
Political and Religious The Medieval World
Conflicts:
8回
The World at the
Britain’s Unique Position
Beginning of theModern Era:
9回
The Renaissance:
The English Reformation & The
English Enlightenment
10 回
The English World:
Revolutionary Challenges,
Industrialization & Empire
11 回World War I:
Wilson’s Democratic Vision
12 回
World Depression:
Keynesian Economics & FDR’s
New Deal
13 回
Post-War America &The New International Order
Britain:— 85 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
14 回

PHL300GA

History of Western Thought

Examination/
Comments:

Recapping what has been coveredin the semester.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to prepare weekly homework assignments at
home, and review vocabulary and previous lectures at home to enhancetheir participation in classroom lectures and discussions. Students
may also be expected to find and analyze information from various
forms of English resource materials and media independently for the
preparation of Research Papers.
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各２時間を標準とします。
The standard preparation and review time for this class is four hours
per week: 2 hours preparation and 2 hours review.

MARK E FIELD
配当年次／単位：2〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：【テキスト（教科書）】The instructor will provide some course reading material during thesemester.

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The Culture, Language, and Thought of the English-Speaking World isthe product of many historical interactions between a variety of peoples
with different ways of thinking and living in the world. To understandmany aspects of the societies in the modern English-Speaking World,
one must first recognize the historical forces that shaped them andbrought them about.
【到達目標】The primary goal of this course is to give students the basic knowledge
necessary to understand: 1) how societies and cultures change in
general and 2) how the cultures of the English-Speaking Worlddeveloped their unique forms.
Using the framework of culturalchange, we will examine the formation of “Western” religious andpolitical institutions that developed before 1500 CE in order to better
appreciate the roots of “Western” social, political, and economic thought.
Building on this foundation, the evolution of modern social systems andpolitical-economic thought that occurred in the English-Speaking World
after 1500 CE will be discussed.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
When the university’s Action Policy (Conduct Guideline) Level is 2, thisclass will be conducted online in principle. Details will be communicated
via the Learning Managing System.
The course will start out by outlining the forces behind culturalchange. This will be followed by a series of lectures discussing thedevelopment of European political and religious institutions following
the Ancient Greco-Roman era. We will then attempt to analyze Britain’s
rather unique political & economic institutions at the beginning of
the modern era as a product of cultural change. Building on thisfoundation, the cultural changes, i.e., the changes in thought, causedby the Protestant Reformation and Enlightenment Philosophy will be
examined and their impact on the development of British and American
Political-Economic Systems through the 19th and 20th Centuries will be
discussed. Students will receive feedback and comments on homeworkassignments and in class activities throughout the term.

【参考書】
Participating students will do independent reading for their written
assignments.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
30% In Class Evaluation (Participation, Discussions, etc.)
30% Homework/Research Paper/Midterm Examination,
40% Final Examination/Term Project.
**Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no
more than three absences in the semester.
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students have been happy with this course in the past and currently
no student survey data is available to support major changes. Course
materials are reviewed periodically and updated when necessary tomaintain relevance.
The instructor always welcomes comments and encourages students tomake suggestions to improve the course at anytime.
【その他の重要事項】
Class attendance is a course requirement. Students are allowed no morethan three absences in the semester.
The instructor reserves the right to modify this course syllabus
whenever necessary.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1回
Class Orientation:
Introduction to the Forces Behind
Cultural Change
2回
Religion & Philosophy: The Foundations of Culture &Thought?
3回
The Role of Myths:
Social Formation in the AncientWorld
4回
Cultural Conflicts:
Change in the Hellenic World
5回
The World at the End
Roman’s Unique Positionof the Ancient Era:
6回
Mass Migration:
The End of the Roman Empire
7回
Political and Religious The Medieval World
Conflicts:
8回
The World at the
Britain’s Unique Position
Beginning of theModern Era:
9回
The Renaissance:
The English Reformation & The
English Enlightenment
10 回
The English World:
Revolutionary Challenges,
Industrialization & Empire
11 回World War I:
Wilson’s Democratic Vision
12 回
World Depression:
Keynesian Economics & FDR’s
New Deal
13 回
Post-War America &The New International Order
Britain:— 86 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

LANe300GA

4Sound Aspects ofEnglish (2)5Sound Aspects ofEnglish (3)6Sound Aspects ofEnglish (4)7Sound Aspects ofEnglish (5)8Sound Aspects ofEnglish (6) andMeaning Aspects ofEnglish (1)9Meaning Aspects ofEnglish (2)10Meaning Aspects ofEnglish (3)11Meaning Aspects ofEnglish (4)12Meaning Aspects ofEnglish (5)13Final Exam

14

No class.

Structure of English
輿石

哲哉

配当年次／単位：3〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期授業/Spring
人数制限・選抜・抽選：
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The aim of this course is to consider structural aspects of the English
language, which has become the de facto ’global’ language. Towards theend of this course, students will be able to attain the following goals
indicated below.
【到達目標】
1. To get a general idea about how English sounds and grammaticalphenomena are described.
2. To obtain a certain level of knowledge about how various structural
aspects of modern English SHOULD be described.
3. To obtain enough knowledge about modern English so as to answer
various questions about the alleged ’mysteries’ of the English language.
4. To study English in its general sense. (You see, you all finished
your SA programmes, so you should keep that level of English until
graduation.)
The following is the list of important topics (among others) to be coveredin this course:a) articulatory organs and phonetic symbols,b) the notion of phoneme (introduction to structural linguistics),c) modular approach to linguistics,d) various units in linguistic description,e) syntactic categories (parts of speech),f) intermediate constituency, phrase structural analysis【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」「DP3」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Class sessions are going to be held online. The basic schedule remains
the same; however, schedule change, if any, will be notified by using the
Learning Management System (LMS). The details of the methods will
be provided by using the LMS by several days prior to the first classsession.
Actual class sessions are all based on the Powerpoint slides (about 200
slides in all!) all prepared beforehand. So, in order to make the most ofthem you should:- download and print out the slides and skim over them;- attend the class w/the printed-out slides, concentrate on the contentsof the lecture, and take as many notes as you can;- visit the LMS site, and check the comments made by the instructor;
and- read the books/articles mentioned on the LMS site for further
comprehension.
Should you have any trouble in taking realtime online class session, you
can get access to the recorded educational material. Please check the
LMS site for details.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
General Introduction- Introduction- What’s English?
- English studies/linguistics- How many speakers?
- AmE vs BritE
2
General Introduction- Saussurean semiotics(cont’d)- Articulatory organs- Airstream mechanisms- VOT- Sound classification- Consonants
3Sound Aspects of- VowelsEnglish (1)- Others- Monophthong vs. diphthong- The phoneme- Allophones- English vowels- Checked vs. free
- Strong vs. weak
- Long vs. short (tense vs. lax)
- Phonics- Checked vowels in English- What are good phonetictranscriptions?
- Long vowels- Diphthongs- Triphthongs- Weak vowels- Consonants- Stops- Fricatives and affricates- Nasals- Laterals- Semivowels- The syllable- English phonotactics- Sound connections- Suprasegmentals- Accent, rhythm and intonation- Grammar and lexis- ‘Chain’ and ‘choice’- Selection vs. combination- Modular approach and brain
lateralisation- Word orders and generativegrammar- Word order generalisation- The word
- The morpheme- The lexeme- A dozen words of English- Syntactic categories- Important criteria- Distribution, combinability, andordering- The adjective- Attributive vs. predicative uses
- Adjectival semantics
Central vs. peripheral adjectives- Adjectives and other syntactic
categories
Immediate constituency- Flat vs. hierarchical structures- Phrase structure grammar- Discontinuous constituent?
- Final exam of this course given on
the 23rd of July.
N/A【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to visit the relevant H’etudes site and get as muchinformation as needed.
Admittedly, this is not an easy course with all those unfamiliar terms
and concepts. So, it is strongly recommended to read the relevantmaterials suggested on the LMS site posted immediately after each classsession by the instructor.
Approximately two hours of preparation and reviewing are necessary
for this course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There are no particular textbooks for this course.
【参考書】
Suggested reading materials to enhance students’ comprehension will
be mentioned through H’etudes in due course. However, the following(all written in Japanese) are recommendable prior to the opening of thecourse:- 加島祥造 (1976). 『英語の辞書の話』．東京：講談社 [のちに講談社学術文庫に収載．]- 中島文雄 (1991).『英語学とは何か』．東京：講談社 [講談社学術文庫]．
- 田中菊雄 (1992).『英語研究者のために』．東京：講談社 [講談社学術文庫]．
- 竹林滋 (1991).『英語発音に強くなる』．東京：岩波書店 [岩波ジュニア新書]．
【成績評価の方法と基準】- Please note that attendance is taken for granted. However, if you missa class, the following rule is applied: 1 demerit for each class missed. 3
demerits = -10% on your grade (roughly one letter grade). 5 demerits =failure for the course.
- The Final exam scheduled on the day of the final class session is very
important, literally determining your grade. Please see my message on
the LMS site for more information.
Any modification to the above shall be known to you by using LMS
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students thatsuccessfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will be able to earna passing grade for the course.

— 87 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【学生の意見等からの気づき】
n/a【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Personal computers, good English dictionaries, etc.
【その他の重要事項】
This is just a half-year (semestral) course about the structural aspectsof modern English, which is in many ways similar to ’Intro to English
Linguistics’ you see in English major’s curriculum; only, the speed ismuch faster! Therefore, the contents covered should be rather selective
in nature. Students are highly encouraged to study various matters nottreated in class sessions.
Also, as is shown in Goals above, always having a strong interest in
English per se is important. So, please study English hard and try todevelop a ’feel’ for the language.
● Though this course is categorised as ’online’, some of the classsessions may be held as ’face-to-face’. So, please make out your classschedule accordingly.
【カリキュラム上の位置づけ】
Open for the third- and fourth-year FIC students (many of themprobably being the SA-English students). Also open for non-FIC
students. Appropriate for those who have strong interest in the English
language and/or language studies in general.

— 88 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
Class14

HIS300GA

Approaches to Transnational History
北田

Wrap Up

Summary of the course, Refugees【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are required to read all the assignments and be ready for classdiscussions and presentations.
Students will write 4 responses, contribute to 6 discussion forums, andsubmit 1 mid-term paper, all based on class materials.

依利【テキスト（教科書）】
Weekly reading assignments are uploaded to the course website (Hoppii‒ student information management system).

配当年次／単位：1〜4 年／ 2 単位
旧科目名：
旧科目との重複履修：
毎年・隔年：毎年開講 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
人数制限・選抜・抽選：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is designed for students who are interested in learning about
the production of historical narratives on different scales: national,
global, and in particular, transnational. By exploring various kinds ofcross-cultural encounters facilitated by the movement of people, ideas,
goods, services, capital, and technology in the Americas and Asia-Pacificregions, students will be introduced to the basic concepts and methodsof transnational history. Students will discuss how diverse approaches
to transnational history are connected to the issues of colonialism,
the development of capitalism, and the formation and spread of thenation-state, thus ultimately to the idea of modernity.
* This syllabus can be updated.
【到達目標】
By the end of this course, students will be able to● To understand critically and broadly the concepts of and methods tonational, global, and transnational histories and modernity.
● To historicize seemingly universal ideas.
● To express their own opinions by analyzing both primary andsecondary sources as evidence.
● To acquire knowledge and skills beyond class contents.

【参考書】● Akira Iyrie, Global and Transnational History: The Past, Present andFuture(Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 2013).
● Pierre-Yves Saunier, Transnational History (Basingstoke, U.K.:
Palgrave Macmillan, 2013).
● Motoe Sasaki, Redemption and Revolution: American and Chinese
New Women in the Early Twentieth Century (Cornell University Press,
2016).
【成績評価の方法と基準】● Preparation for and participation in class discussions 22%● Daily Assignment 28%: 4 Responses (4*4 points=16), 6 Discussion
Forums (6*2points =12)
● Mid-term paper 20%(4-page analysis of topics discussed from 9/27 to 11/8 by using primaryand secondary sources that are assigned as homework or in theclassroom. The paper must be submitted electronically via Hoppii ‒Student Information Management System by Nov. 14.)● Group Presentation 30%: Proposal 10%, Presentation 20%(10-15 min presentation scheduled on Dec. 20)【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Group members will be shuffled several times in the semester to allow
for more interaction.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
ITC devices such as laptops and tablets.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】国際文化学部のディプロマポリシーのうち、
「DP1」
「DP2」
「DP3」
「DP4」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
The class consists of lectures, class discussions, and student presentations.
In case enrollment exceeds the classroom capacity, students will beselected by Week 1 through the course website (Hoppii ‒ student
information management system). The details of selection will be
uploaded to Hoppii.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week1
Introduction
An overview of national, global,
and transnational history
Week2
National History
How and why are nation-states andhistory co-constitutive?
Week3
Global History 1
Indigenous settlements in theAmericas
Week4
Global History 2
Atlantic slavery
Week5
Transnational History European migration in the United
1
StatesWeek6
Transnational History Latinx migration in the United
2StatesWeek7
Transnational History Asian migration in the United
3
StatesWeek8
Transnational History American missionaries in China
4
Mid-Term Paper
Week9
Transnational History Japan’s internal colonialism
5Group Project Kick-off
Week10 Transnational History Japan’s overseas expansion
6
Week11 Film Screening
Film: “Abandoned: The Stories ofGroup Project Proposal Japanese War Orphans in thePhilippines and China.” (dir.
Hiroyasu Obara, 2020)
Week12 Film Screening:
WWII, U.S. and Japanese empires,
Discussion
Japanese diaspora, and Philippine
colonial history
Week13 Group Project
Presentation and Q&A
Presentation— 89 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

SOC300HA

Japanese Society and Sustainability 1
Eiko SAEKI
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 4/Fri.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed to be an overview of contemporary
Japanese society, with a focus on the issues surrounding
diversity and social sustainability. Throughout the term,
we explore how we can understand Japanese society, byusing various sociological concepts and making international
comparisons. By engaging with critical issues in contemporary
Japan, we will explore the ways in which the society canachieve a sustainable system and culture both within the
country as well as a member of the international community.
【Goal】
Through this class, you will be expected to critically engage
with both scholarly discussions as well as media portraits
on Japanese culture and society, and demonstrate yourunderstanding through your assignments, individual project,and participation in class.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking thisclass?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】Each class consists of lecture, discussions, and other learning
activities. Feedback on assignments submitted by students
will be provided in class or through the Learning Management
System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according towhich threat level we are at. The details will be announced
through the Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Overview of the course; What
does it mean to study Japan
from sociological perspectives?
Week 2 Brief history ofDevelopment, challenges, andpost-WWII Japansocial issues
Week 3 Sustainability andWhat is sustainability andcontemporary
what does it mean to makeJapanese society
Japanese society moresustainable?
Week 4 Work, inequality,
How to measure inequality;and poverty
historical changes;
homelessness;different types of employment
and their impacts on people’s
life course
Week 5 Gender and
How we learn the norms ofsexuality 1gender and sexuality; Paid andunpaid work
Week 6 Gender andChild poverty and unequal
Sexuality 2; Exam 1 opportunities
Week 7 Diversity,
What is multiculturalism?;
marginality, andmyth of homogeneity;social coherence 1

Week 8 Diversity,
marginality, andsocial coherence 2
Week 9 Diversity,
marginality, andsocial coherence 3
Week
Diversity,
10
marginality, andsocial coherence 4
Week
Diversity,
11
marginality, andsocial coherence 5
Week
Student
12
presentations 1
Week
Student
13
presentations 2
Week
Conclusion; Exam 2
14

Okinawans and Ainu

Burakumin

Resident Koreans andJapanese Brazilians
Race politics in Japan; people
with mixed roots;
intersectionality
Presentations on theindividual project 1
Presentations on theindividual project 2
Review of what we learned【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by usingreferences and materials assigned in class and/or throughcourse website. Students are expected to read assigned texts
and to come to class fully prepared. Preparatory study andreview time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Materials will be distributed in class.
【References】
Sugimoto, Yoshio. 2014. An Introduction To Japanese Society.
Fourth Edition. Cambridge University Press.
Other materials will be distributed in class.
【Grading criteria】
Participation 30%; Assignment 20%; Individual project 10%;
Exams 40%
【Changes following student comments】
In addition to covering the materials for this course, I willcontinue to provide instructions for basic academic skills (e.g.,
research and writing).
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
We will be using the course website.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending thefirst class significantly exceeds expectations, in order for the
instructor to effectively manage the class, the number ofstudents who are allowed to register for the course may belimited.

— 90 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

SOC300HA

Japanese Society and Sustainability 2
Eiko SAEKI
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
Sociology of Gender and Families
The family is one of the most important social institutions that everyone
in society is familiar with. Because of the familiarity, however, we
often lack critical perspectives on the issues pertaining to the family.
We will challenge typically taken-for-granted notions of the family byconsidering it from a sociological point of view. We will do so by
highlighting the ways in which gender plays a critical role in shaping
our experiences, identity, as well as relationship to others.
【Goal】
While focusing on families in contemporary Japan, this course willtake a historical and comparative perspective to highlight diversity
and transformation of families, both within and outside Japan. By
investigating both public policies and private dynamics, we aim todeepen our understanding of, and gain critical perspectives on thefamily.
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. identify and critically engage with social issues pertaining to thefamily and gender;
2. understand the connection between individual experiences in family
and broader socio-historical contexts; and3. discuss issues surrounding the family and gender with a comparative
perspective.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related

It is essential that students complete weekly reading assignment before
coming to the class. Students are expected to come to class fully
prepared. Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
Materials will be distributed in class.
【References】
Texts will be introduced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Participation 30%; reading assignments 30%; 2 in-class exams 40% (20%each)
【Changes following student comments】
I will keep encouraging students’ active participation by incorporating
more activities and discussions.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
In order to have access to all the information and course materials
necessary, every student taking this course is required to sign up in thecourse website (Hoppii). All the assignments must be submitted throughthis website. I may send occasional announcements and messages aswell. For this reason, it is very important that you use this website
actively and check your university email account (or the email accountyou registered with the course website).

【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. The course consistsof lectures, discussions, and various activities (e.g., problem-solving
tasks) , including two in-class exams.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction to theIntroduction and overview of thecoursecourseWeek 2 What is the family?
Systems of kinship and diversity in
Studying families
the world; Sociological methods
sociologicallyand approaches
Week 3 What is gender?
Sex and gender; gender identity
and sexuality
Week 4 History of the family in Patriarchy, "ie" system, andJapan"koseki"Week 5 Demographic change
Declining birthrate and aging
society
Week 6 Love, sexuality, andHeterosexual norm andrelationship formation; feminization of love; marriage andIn-class exam 1
divorce
Week 7 Gender and families
Socialization and reproduction ofgender norms
Week 8 Work and families
Work, parenting, and gender norms
Week 9 Intimate violence
Violence within family and close
relationshipWeek 10 Inequality and families How structural inequality affects
families; single-parenthood
Week 11 Reproductive Rights
Sexuality education; contraception;
and Reproductive
reproductive care
HealthWeek 12 Reproduction andInfertility and reproductive
technology
technologies
Week 13 Changing forms ofSame-sex marriage; foster andfamilies
adoptive care
Week 14 Conclusion; In-class
Reflections and discussions
exam 2【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.

— 91 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

SOC300HA

Japanese Society and Sustainability 3
Chuanfei WANG
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 4/Mon.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course provides students with a survey of various facets andchallenges characterizing contemporary Japanese society.
Topicscovered range from class inequality, depopulation and aging society,food security, and disaster management and recovery, technology andsocial isolation, shortage of natural resources urbanization and rural
challenges. It focuses on values, institutions, processes and patterns ofsocial change against the background of history and tradition on the one
hand, and on the other, how Japan is now taking actions in achieving
sustainability in these terms.

Week 11 Japan’s sustainable
practices in addressing
aging and depopulating
society
Week 12 Toward the realizationof a platinum society
Week 13 Japan’s practices inmaking a sustainable
society
Week 14 Course conclusion【Goal】
By the end of the course, students will be able to understand in
a comprehensive manner central issues underpinning contemporary
Japanese society and develop a foundation for detailed and criticalanalysis of specific aspects from the perspectives of sustainability.
Students will also practice academic analysis of various sustainability
issues in the Japanese context through data collection and in-classdiscussions.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Although some work may take longer time, students will spend 4-5
hours on average every week on their assignments and work done
outside of class, including reading textbook before and after each class,researching and collecting data for discussions and presentations.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】This course consists of lectures, discussions, in-class research, oral
report and full research presentation. Instructor will lead each classsession by giving a lecture on the topic of the day. Students are required
to join several rounds of group discussions, research and presentations
in each session. Students receive feedback and comments in class anduniversity’s online learning system. Students can also seek advice
during office hour.
These are very basic. Students are always encouraged to think beyond
the box, be creative, and be their own leader of their learning experience!
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

Research, discuss and present
Japan’s sustainable solutions on
aging and depopulating society
Learn some solutions used to makea sustainable Japanese society
Research, discuss and present
Japan’s practices in making asustainable society
Students do presentations ofcritical analysisof challenges and solutions coveredin this course.

【Textbooks】
Hiroshi Komiyama. Beyond the Limits to Growth: New Ideas for
Sustainability from Japan (Science for Sustainable Societies) (English
Edition). 2014
【References】
None【Grading criteria】
1. In-class discussions ( including weeks 2,4,6,8,10,12) (4 x 6 times) 24%
2. In-class research and brief oral report (including weeks 3,5,7,9,11,13)(8 x 6 times) 48%
3. Final presentation of analysis report (week 14) 28%【Changes following student comments】
Feedback is not available due to the change in instructor.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Course Orientation
Review syllabus
Opening lecture on Social
Challenges in Japan
Week 2 "Diffusive" demand
Learn about capitalism,and "creative" demand materialism and class inequality
Week 3 Japan’s sustainable
Research, discuss and present
practices in addressing Japan’s sustainable solutions onover production andmaterialism and class inequality
class inequality
Week 4 The twenty-first
Learn information explosion as acentury paradigm and feature of contemporary society
the role of information
technology
Week 5 Japan’s sustainable
Research, discuss and present
practices in addressing Japan’s sustainable solutions onchallenges frominformation explosion and social
technologicalnetwork and isolation
advancement
Week 6 Vision 2050 to theUnderstand the earth is limited byrescue of a limited
its resources, energy, and various
earth
man-made pollutions.
Week 7 Japan’s sustainable
Research, discuss and present
practices in addressing Japan’s sustainable solutions on
the shortage of natural the shortage of natural resources
resources
Week 8 Finding a way out
Learn the role of innovation inthrough creative
capitalist production
demand I
Week 9 Japan’s sustainable
Research, discuss and present
practices in addressing Japan’s sustainable solutions on
urbanization and rural industrial and agricultural
challenges
productions
Week 10 Finding a way out
Understand the impacts that thethrough creative
increase of aging population anddemand II
depopulation have made on
Japanese society— 92 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN300HA

Business and Sustainability in Japan 1
Masaatsu TAKEHARA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 1/Wed.1 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course offers students opportunities to acquire knowledge and skill
to analyze the role of businesses to contribute to global sustainability.
There is growing expectation for businesses to play more importantroles toward solving global problems such as climate change, poverty
and various forms of inequalities. More concretely, businesses are
expected to work with their stakeholders to reduce negative impact
across their supply chains and deliver solutions to the challenging
sustainability issues. In this course, through active learning such as
students’ presentation and class discussion, students will proactively
learn the current status and challenges of corporate efforts on various
sustainability challenges on the planet.
【Goal】
Students aim to be able to achieve the following goals:(1)Learn about global sustainability challenges and how companies aretackling various problems.
(2)Analyze actual business cases with analytical frameworks learned inclass.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】The class consists of lectures, students’ presentations and group
discussion.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Please note thatthe teaching approach may vary according to which threat level we are
at. The details will be announced through the Learning Management
System.

Week 11 Sustainability andbusiness strategy (3)Week 12 Climate change andbusiness (1)Week 13 Climate change andbusiness (2)Week 14 Climate change andbusiness (3)Case studies of companies
successfully integrating
sustainability considerations intobusiness strategy: Japan Food
Ecology Center
Understand the climate change
issues that are having a major
impact on business and how
companies are responding to them
Learn corporate climate change
strategies through various casestudies
Understand the TCFD disclosuresthat increasing numbers ofcompanies are rapidly responding
to【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to attend each class fully prepared by reading
textbooks and references. Also, students are required to complete
all assignments on time. If students want to maximize learning
effectiveness, approximately 2 hours for preparation for each class isrequired.
【Textbooks】*Michael E. Porter, Mark R. Kramer (2011) “Creating Shared Value”
Harvard Business Review January ‒ February 2011.
*Takashi Yorifuji, Toshihide Tsuda and Masazumi Harada(2013)“Minamata disease: a challenge for democracy and justice” Late lessons
from early warnings: science, precaution, innovation, EEA Report No 1.
Other academic literatures will be introduced during the orientation.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【References】
References will be introduced in class.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Grading criteria】
Grading will be decided based on the following criteria:(1) Active class participation: 30%(2) Students’ presentation: 35%(3) Final writing assignments: 35%
NOTE: if you miss four or more classes, you cannot receive credit unless
you have a justifiable reason. Even with a justifiable reason, if you missfour or more class, your evaluation may be adjusted.

【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Why sustainability matters for
Overview of businessbusinessand sustainability (1)Week 2 Overview of business
Relation between sustainability
and sustainability (2)challenges and businessWeek 3 Key concepts ofLearn about ISO26000, CSR, CSV,
business andSDGs, ESG and the Paris
sustainability
Agreement
Week 4 Corporate
Understand why companies need tosustainability andcommunicate with theirstakeholders
stakeholders and meet their needs
Week 5 The price of not
Learn about the history of
considering
Minamata disease and understandsustainability
its causes, damage, social andCase study: Teachings economic impact, etc.
of Minamata disease(1)
Week 6 The price of not
Understand how series of wrong
considering
corporate decisions and practices
sustainability
caused devastating effect on people
Case study: Teachings and communityof Minamata disease(2)
Week 7 Business andUnderstand labor and humanlabor/human rights (1) rights issues to be addressed bycompanies
Week 8 Business andUnderstand human rights issues inlabor/human rights (2) the supply chain through casestudies
Week 9 Sustainability andUnderstand why and how
business strategy (1)sustainability needs to be
integrated into business strategy
Week 10 Sustainability andCase studies of companies
business strategy (2)successfully integrating
sustainability considerations intobusiness strategy: Canon【Changes following student comments】
Instructor will provide individual feedback to help students improvetheir presentation skills.
【Others】
This course aims to deepen students’ understanding of various businessand sustainability topics mainly through student presentations andclass discussions with lecturer’s facilitation. The language used in
the class will be English. Therefore, students taking this courseshould understand that active class participation and sufficient English
communication skills are essential.
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

— 93 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN300HA

Business and Sustainability in Japan 2
Masaatsu TAKEHARA
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 3/Mon.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course offers students opportunities to acquire knowledge and skill
to analyze the role of businesses to contribute to global sustainability.
There is growing expectation for businesses to play more importantroles toward solving global problems such as climate change, poverty
and various forms of inequalities. More concretely, businesses are
expected to work with their stakeholders to reduce negative impact
across their supply chains and deliver solutions to the challenging
sustainability issues. In this course, through active learning such as
students’ presentation and class discussion, students will proactively
learn the current status and challenges of corporate efforts on various
sustainability challenges in the world.
【Goal】
Students aim to be able to achieve the following goals:(1)Understand the basic functions of companies including its structure,
financing, governance, and corporate/business strategy.
(2)Learn about global sustainability challenges and how companies aretackling various problems.
(3)Analyze actual business cases utilizing analytical frameworks
learned in class.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】The class consists of lectures, students’ presentation and group
discussion.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Please note thatthe teaching approach may vary according to which threat level we are
at. The details will be announced through the Learning Management
System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

Week 13 Business andenvironmental
problems (2)Week 14 Sustainability andinvestors

Understand environmental
problems impacting corporate
management and actions taken toaddress them.
Understand unique opportunity forinvestors to contribute to asustainable society. Understandthe impact of ESG investment.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to attend each class fully prepared by reading
textbooks and references. Also, students are required to complete
all assignments on time. If students want to maximize learning
effectiveness, approximately 2 hours for preparation for each class isrequired.
【Textbooks】
Textbooks and other academic literatures will be introduced during theorientation.
【References】
References will be introduced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Grading will be decided based on the following criteria:(1) Active class participation (making comments and asking questionsin class) : 30%(2) Students’ presentation : 35%(3) Final writing assignments: 35%
Please note if students miss four or more classes, they cannot receive
credit without a justifiable reason. Even with a justifiable reason, if
students miss four or more classes, their grading may be adjusted.
【Changes following student comments】
Per students request, instructor will provide individual feedback to help
students improve their presentation skills.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
No special equipment is needed in this course.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Why sustainability matters for
Overview of businessbusinessand sustainability (1)Week 2 Overview of business
Relation between sustainability
and sustainability (2)challenges and businessWeek 3 Key concepts ofLearn ISO26000, CSR, CSV, SDGs
business andand the Paris Agreement.
sustainability
Week 4 Case study: Teachings Understand what Minamataof Minamata Diseasedisease is, why it happened.
(1)
Week 5 Case study: Teachings Review the history of Minamataof Minamata Disease
Disease and understand its(2)
devastating effect on people andcommunity.
Week 6 Case study: Teachings Discuss the teachings of Minamataof Minamata diseasedisease for modern companies from(3)
the perspective of sustainability.
Week 7 Sustainability andUnderstand why and how
business strategy
sustainability needs to be
integrated into business strategy.
Week 8 Corporate
Understand various stakeholders
sustainability andfor companies and what needs to be
stakeholders
done to meet their needs.
Week 9 Business andUnderstand labor and humanlabor/human rights (1) rights issues to be addressed bycompanies.
Week 10 Business andUnderstand labor and humanlabor/human rights (2) rights issues to be addressed bycompanies.
Week 11 Sustainability andUnderstand global supply chain
supply chain
problems and what needs to bedone to solve these problems.
Week 12 Business andUnderstand environmental
environmental
problems impacting corporate
problems (1)management and actions taken toaddress them.

【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

— 94 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

SOC300HA

Social Development and Sustainability 1
Chuanfei WANG
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 1/Mon.1 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course offers students a comprehensive overview of the central
ideas which are encompassed within the field of sustainability. The
fundamental concepts are introduced as the strategies for taking
actions. Key challenges and applications are explored through casestudies from outside of Japan. This course ultimately aims to inspire
students to think and more importantly to act beyond the box.

【Grading criteria】
Upon the completion of the following assignments, students will earncourse credits.
1. In-class discussions 22%
2. Study logs (13 pieces except for week 1) (6% x 13) 78%【Changes following student comments】
Feedback is not available due to the change in instructor.

【Goal】
Both the conceptual and empirical tools reviewed in the course are
aimed to inspire students to apply broad sustainability principles
in their own lives, including improving equality within and acrossgenerations; moving from consumerism to quality of life goals;
respecting diversity in both nature and culture. Students can also
practice academic analysis of various sustainability issues throughin-class discussions and responding to questions in weekly study log.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】This is a lecture-and-discussion-based course. Instructor will lead eachclass session by giving a lecture on the topic of the day. Students are
required to join several rounds of group discussions in class.
These are very basic. Students are always encouraged to think beyond
the box, be creative, and be their own leader of their learning experience!
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Course Orientation and The evolution of sustainability as a
Biography of a Concept concept
Week 2 Consumption andUnderstand why consumerism isConsumerism
making negative impacts onsustainability
Week 3 Global Challenges as
Learn why sustainability is a
Wicked Problems
global challenge.
Week 4 Energy and Society
Understand energy as a global
social challenge
Week 5 Sustainability Models
Learn models and concepts related
and Concepts
to sustainability
Week 6 Risk and Resilience
Understand social, environmental
and personal risks in the face ofclimate change
Week 7 Environmental
Learn major concepts involved in
Dimensions ofenvironmental sustainability
Sustainability
Week 8 Social Dimensions ofLearn major concepts involved in
Sustainabilitysocial sustainability
Week 9 Personal Dimensions of Learn major concepts involved in
Sustainability
personal sustainability
Week 10 Food and Agriculture
Understand food system and its
challenges
Week 11 The Urban Challenge
Learn sustainability in the urban
context
Week 12 Rethinking waste
Learn the evolution of how humansociety has dealt with waste andthe new approaches
Week 13 Introduction to
Learn some recent tools ofassessment andmonitoring and assessing
monitoring tools
sustainability practices
Week 14 Taking actions
Learn what individuals can do to
make contribution to sustainability【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students will spend about 1.5-2 hours to read and complete study log.
【Textbooks】
Martin Mulligan. An Introduction to Sustainability. Routledge, 2ndedition. 2017
【References】
None— 95 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

SOC300HA

Social Development and Sustainability 2
Chuanfei WANG
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 5/Thu.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈ダ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course explores social issues with sociological approaches. It
introduces students to some major social theories and concepts insociology.
Topics include a review of sociology as a discipline,
culture, socialization, social interaction, education, social stratification,
networks, work, economic life, body and health, urbanization,
population, environment, and globalization. It is a theory-oriented
course. However, it addresses empirical questions such as (1) Whatis society? (2) How is society organized and structured? (3) Who areindividuals and their roles in society? (4) How do individuals andsociety affect each other? and (5) What does sustainability mean to
our contemporary and future human society? The goal of this course
is to provide students with conceptual tools for understanding society,thereby some inspirations of how individuals can live a happy andmeaning life and contribute to a sustainable world.
【Goal】
By emphasizing reading, discussing, and critical thinking skills, thiscourse helps students build the foundation for a deeper understandingof theory and methods in the social sciences. Upon completion of thiscourse, students will be empowered an eye to consider what happens
in daily life with evidence-based reasoning. This course is designed
to inspire students to think with their own talents, interests, andpassion. Students have plenty of time expressing their own opinions
and exchanging ideas with peers and instructor in each class.

Week 7

Groups Networks andOrganizations

Week 8Stratification, Classand Inequality

Week 9Work and Economic
Life【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】This is a lecture-and-discussion-based course. Instructor will lead eachclass session by giving a lecture on the topic of the day. Students are
required to join several rounds of group discussions in class.
These are very basic. Students are always encouraged to think beyond
the box, be creative, and be their own leader of their learning experience!

Week 10 Education

Week 11 The Sociology of Body

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Course Orientation and Orientation: Welcome students!
LectureReview Syllabus.
Lecture: What is sociology? I
Week 2 What is sociology? II
Learn what sociology covers as afield and how everyday topics areshaped by social and historicalforces.
Recognize that sociology involves
not only acquiring knowledge but
also developing a sociologicalimagination.
Week 3 Asking and answering Learn the steps of the researchsociological questions.
process.
Name the different types ofquestions sociologists address intheir research ̶ factual,
theoretical, comparative, anddevelopmental.
Week 4 Culture and Society
Learn about the “cultural turn” andsociological perspectives on culture.
Understand the processes thatchanged societies over time.
Week 5 Socialization and theUnderstand how the four mainLife Course
agents of socialization contribute tosocial reproduction.
Learn the stages of the life course,and see the similarities anddifferences among cultures.
Week 6 Social Interaction andUnderstand the core concepts ofEveryday Life in thethe “impression management”
Age of the Internet
perspective.
Recognize how we use impression
management techniques ineveryday life.

Week 12 Population,
Urbanization andEnvironment

Week 13 Globalization in achanging world

Week 14 Course conclusion andreflection

Learn the variety andcharacteristics of groups, as well as
the effect groups have on
individual behavior.
Know how to define anorganization and understand howorganizations developed over thelast two centuries.
Learn about social stratificationand the importance of social
background in an individual’schances for material success.
Know the most influential theories
of stratification, including those of
Karl Marx, Max Weber, and Erik
Olin Wright.
Understand that modern
economies are based on the divisionof labor and economic
interdependence.
Consider the different forms that
capitalism has taken, andunderstand on a shift in the
predominant form of industrialorganization in modern society has
shaped the kinds of jobs people arelikely to find.
Learn sociologists’ explanations forachievement gaps among different
groups of students.
Learn four major sociologicalperspectives on the role ofschooling in society.
Understand how social, cultural,and historical contexts shapeattitudes toward health, illness,and sexuality.
Two theories of understanding
health and illness, and historicalapproaches to sexuality
Learn the key concepts
demographers use to understandworld population growth (andJapanese depopulation) and thechanges in cities.
Some Influential Theories
Understand how theories ofurbanism have placed anincreasing emphasis on theinfluence of socioeconomic factors
on city life.
Recognize that numerous factors
influence social change, including
the physical environment, politicalorganization, culture, and economic
factors.
Understand the debates amongskeptics, hyperglobalizers, andtransformationalists over whether
globalization differs radically fromanything in human history.
Students do research presentationand peer review with selected
topics covered in this course.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students will spend 4-5 hours on class related work including read
textbook before class as well as review textbook and complete study log
after class each week.
【Textbooks】
Deborah Carr, Anthony Giddens, Mitchell Duneier, Richard P.
Appelbaum. (2018).
Introduction to Sociology. Seagull Eleventh Edition. W. W. Norton &Company.

— 96 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【References】
None.
【Grading criteria】
Students will complete the following assignments to earn credits.
1. In-class discussions except for weeks 1 and 14 (1 x12 times) 12%
2. Study logs (6 x 12 pieces) 72%
3. In-class research presentation 16%【Changes following student comments】
Feedback is not available due to the change in instructor.

— 97 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN300HA

Practice of Environmental Economics and Japan
Makoto SUGINO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 1/Fri.1 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
Balancing economic activity and the environment is essential inachieving a sustainable world. Countries around the globe have
implemented various types of environmental regulations in orderto reduce emission of pollutants. This course will focus on theJapanese experience in reducing various types of pollutants from theenvironmental economics perspective.
【Goal】The goal of this course is 1) to understand the economic theory behindthe policies implemented, 2) study the economic efficiency of thesepolicies, and 3) conceptualize policies that could have been economicallyefficient and could be used in developing countries.
By taking this course, students will be able to explain environmental
economic theory and the economic efficiency of policies implemented
in Japan. In addition, each individual will be able to come up withideas on how to reduce emissions from developing countries based on
the Japanese experience.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related

Committee on Japan’s Experience in the Battle against Air Pollution(1997) Japan’s Experience in the Battle against Air Pollution,
The pollution-related health damage compensation and prevention
association.
【Grading criteria】
Grades will be determined by the following criteria.
Class Participation 20% (Attitude 10%, Discussion 10%)
Quiz 20%
Final Report 60%【Changes following student comments】
Will give more information on Japanese municipal environmental
policies including waste management.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Please note thatthe teaching approach may vary according to which threat level we are
at. The details will be announced through the Learning Management
System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Guidance andIntroduction to Environmental
Introduction
Issues in Japan
2
Externality and Public What are public goods. What is
Goods
externality. How are these two
related.
3
Market Failure
Why are government interventions
needed.
4
Policy Instruments
Command and Control versus
market based instruments.
5
Urban Pollution 1
Environmental regulation until
1980
6
Urban Pollution 2
Environmental regulation after
1980
7
Urban Pollution 3
Regulation of the transport sector
8
Solid Waste 1
Limited landfills and the theory ofpricing garbage disposal
9
Solid Waste 2
Pricing garbage disposal andplastic bags
10
Climate Change Policy Pre-Kyoto Protocol period
1
11
Climate Change Policy Kyoto Protocol Achievement Plan
2
12
Climate Change Policy Post-Kyoto Protocol: target for 2030
3
13
Climate Change Policy The role of economic analysis and4carbon pricing
14
Voluntary Approach
Keidanren’s Voluntary Action Planand other voluntary efforts【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each. Readthe handouts before coming to class and prepare for class by readingbooks on related topics beforehand.
【Textbooks】
There are no requisite textbooks in this class.
Handouts will be provided.
【References】
T.H. Arimura and K. Iwata (2015) An Evaluation of JapaneseEnvironmental Regulations, Springer.
T.H. Arimura and S. Matsumoto edt. (2021) Carbon Pricing in Japan,
Springer.

— 98 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ECN300HA

Japan’s International Development Cooperation and Sustainable Society
Yukio ONO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：2〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This is a course on "International Development" and "Development
Assistance". Development is one of the global issues in the current world
as shown in the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). International
Development Assistance has been perceived not only as an efficient toolfor development of many societies and/or economies but also as a way
to strengthen world peace. This class focuses on the history and theobjectives of international development efforts and relationship between
rich countries and poor countries putting special emphasis on Japan’srole in the international society.
【Goal】
Completing the course, students are expected;1) to better understand poverty and inequality in the current globalized
world,
2) to acquire basic knowledge on international development efforts,
3) to understand each actor’s role and responsibility in development
efforts, and 4) to have an idea for more equal world structure.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Classes consistof lectures and discussion. Students presentation based on assigned
reading will be included. As the class will be held in seminar style,active contribution from students are expected.
However, methods will depend on the Covid-19 status. The class may
be delivered on-line basis either as live session or on-demand session.
Details will be notified in the Hoppii (Learning Support System) at the
beginning of the spring semester.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

Week 11
Week 12
Week 13
Week 14

Thematic issue 1
Thematic issue 2
Thematic issue 3
Summary of the Course

Micro-finance and fair trade
Gender and education
Environment and sustainability
Why do we aid?

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.
Students are required to complete reading assignments before the classand to submit short writing assignments provided in the worksheet.
Occasional reflection sheets should be also submitted in the class.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Particular textbook is not assigned. Materials prepared by the lecturer
will be distributed in the class.
【References】
David Alexander Clark (ed.) "The Elgar Companion to Development
Studies" (2007) Edward Elgar Publishing,
Michael P. Todaro and Stephen C. Smith "Economic Development"(12thEdition) (The Pearson Series in Economics)(2014) Pearson
Websites of following organizations- The World Bank
- The United Nations Development Programme- The Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Japan【Grading criteria】
Worksheets and participation 70%
Term-end report 30%(In case if the class will be delivered on-line basis, the grading criteria
may be adjusted. Details will be notified in the Hoppii, at the beginningof the spring semester.)【Changes following student comments】
If the Covid-19 situation continues, on-line live sessions are preferable
than on-demand classes. In that case, the modality of the class will bedecided based on the hearing from this year’s participants.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
A laptop computer, a tablet or a smartphone is necessary. You will be
asked to research through the Internet in class.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Course introduction - What ispoverty? What is inequality? Why
do poverty and inequality matter?
Week 2 Social Actors
What is our society made of? Whois responsible for what?
Week 3 The Philosophy ofWhat is development? Do we needdevelopment
development? What is development
Assistanceassistance? Why do we do it? Whois responsible for it?
Week 4 History andIndustrial Revolution, Great
Background ofDiversion and Modernization
International
Development 1
Week 5 History andInternational development efforts
Background ofafter the World War II
International
Development 2
Week 6 History andInternational development efforts
Background of
in the 21st century and theInternational
Sustainable Development Goals
Development 3(SDGs)
Week 7 Japan’s Development
History of Japanese economic
Assistancedevelopment and Japan’scontribution to international
development efforts
Week 8 Japan’s Development
History of Japanese economic
Assistancedevelopment and Japan’scontribution to international
development efforts
Week 9 Efforts of defferent
Case study of development
actors in development
assistance by Government, Market
efforts
and NGOs
Week 10 Global trend in
Economic development, humaninternational
development and sustainable
development
development— 99 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ARS200HA

Asian Societies and Japan
Kohtaro ITO
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 4/Thu.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
In this lecture, we will learn about the society, culture, and politics
of the rapidly developing Asian region from various perspectives.
Furthermore, after classifying Asia by region, we will deepen our
understanding of the relationship between Japan and each region of
Asia. You will also learn how the world’s major powers are building
relations with Asian countries in the face of the growing US-China
conflict.
【Goal】(1) Understand the diversity of politics, society and culture in Asia.
(2) Deepen understanding of the relationship between Asia and Japan
from various perspectives.
(3) Learn about the relationship between today’s world and Asia by
studying the history of Asia.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】The course consists of lectures, discussions, and students presentations
including writing papers.

【Textbooks】
Materials will be distributed in this lecture.
Use news search on the Internet for your pre-learning.
【References】
References will be introduced in this lecture.
【Grading criteria】
Attendance (30%), Presentation and Discussion (30%), Final report(40%)
【Changes following student comments】
N/A【Equipment student needs to prepare】
No equipment is needed in this class.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending
the first class significantly exceeds expectation, the number of students
who are allowed to register for the course will be limited in order toeffectively manage the class.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Overview of this lecture
Week 2 What is ‘Asia?
Think about the geographicalGeographical andconcept of Asia.
historical features
Week 3 What is ‘Asia? Cultural Looking back on the history of Asia
featuresas a whole.
Week 4 Northeast Asian
Look back on the history ofCountries’ History and Northeast Asian countries andSocietyunderstand the characteristics ofsociety.
Week 5 Relations between
Issues with China, North Korea,
Northeast Asianand South Korea
countries and Japan
Week 6 Southeast Asian
Look back on the history ofCountries’ History and Southeast Asian countries andSocietyunderstand the characteristics ofsociety.
Week 7 Relations between
China’s expansion into the oceanSoutheast Asianand expansion of economic
countries and Japaninfluence
Week 8 Southwest Asian
Look back on the history ofCountries’ History and Southwest Asian countries andSocietyunderstand the characteristics ofsociety.
Week 9 Relations between
Increasing China’s influence andSouthwest AsianJapanese diplomacy
countries and Japan
Week 10 Central Asian
Look back on the history of Central
Countries’ History and Asian countries and understandSociety
the characteristics of society
Week 11 Relations between
Understand the relationship with
Central Asian
Asian countries, which is thecountries and Japan
farthest from Japan.
Week 12 Relations between
Impact of US-China conflict on
Asian countries andrelations between Asia andOceania / Pacific
Oceania and Pacific countries
countries
Week 13 Relations between
US-China conflict and involvement
Asian countries andof major European countries in theEuropean countries
Indo-PacificWeek 14 Summary / Overall
Reflections and final remarks
Feedback【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
Students in this class need to prepare this class to read and analyze
related news.

— 100 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ARS300HA

Japanese Rural Society
Shamik Chakraborty
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 4/Tue.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This is an introductory course on Japanese rural society from a cultural
anthropology/ human geography point of view. The main objective isto develop an understanding of Japanese rural society and its contact
points with sustainability arguments among the students. It is designed
in a way to engage the students to read and understand key literature,
as well as to provide a roadmap for further exploration on the subject.
【Goal】In this course, students will develop a good understanding of therural societies of Japan, including rural landscapes, and their change,
and they will be able to analyze them through recent sustainability
literature. Students will become aware of various related issues in
Asian and global contexts which will give them a broader idea of thesustainability of rural landscapes in general. This will be helpful for
their further studies/research in sustainability studies.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】This course will be taught online via Zoom. The course will be basedon class lectures, students feedback, and assignments. Feedback on
assignments submitted by students will be provided in class or throughthe Learning Management System (Hoppii).
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：オンライン/online
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Understanding
What is cultural anthropology?
cultural anthropology
How cultural anthropology can be
and its connection toapplied for ‘deeper’ understanding
rural societyof human-nature relationships.
Week 2 Concept of landscapes
What are landscapes? How conceptof landscapes can be applied to thestudy of rural societies.
Week 3 Satoyama and Satoumi What are Satoyama and Satoumi?
ecosystems of Japan
Satoyama and Satoumi as culturallandscapes and seascapes, theirrole in sustaining the rural society.
Week 4 Role of rural
Role of rural landscapes inlandscapes in society
language, social relations, gender,
ethnicity, identity in Japan:
Examples from field studies
Week 5 Rural Depopulation
Rural depopulation in Japan andits effects on Satoyama/Satoumi
environments
Week 6 Methods for studying
Cultural anthropological methods
rural societies
to study rural societies with
illustrative examples.
Week 7 Case studies of selected Examples of rural socio-ecologicalrural societies andlandscapes from Japan and their
their sustainabilitychanges -(Part A) Satoyama
landscapes of Shirakawa-go, active
volcanic landscape of Aso, matagi
hunter-gatherers of the Shirakami
mountains.
Week 8 Case studies of selected Examples of socio-ecologicalrural societies andlandscapes from Japan and their
their sustainabilitychanges -(Part B) Satoumi
seascapes. The ama female diversof Ise-island, fishing villages of
Seto-Inland sea, traditional
nearshore fisheries in Okinawa.
Week 9 Factors of degradation Factors of degradation ofand restoration of
traditional rural landscapes inSatoyama and Satoumi Japan, recent ventures for theirrevitalizations.
Week 10 Different
Towards a transdisciplinary
epistemologies of rural approach to understand rurallandscape -1
societies: Unification of different
epistemologies of inland andcoastal areas, and their cultural
relations to Japanese society.

Week 11 Different
epistemologies of rurallandscape -2

Week 12 Students’presentations

Week 13 Students’presentations
Week 14 Summary

Towards a transdisciplinary
approach to understand ruralsocieties: Unification of different
epistemologies of inland andcoastal areas, and their cultural
relations to Japanese society.
Student presentations anddiscussions (Individual or grouppresentation will be decided basedon the number of students
enrolled).
Student presentations anddiscussions (reserve day).
Summary of course and wrap up【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
There is no strict requirement for buying textbooks but the following
books will be followed in general• Satoyama: The Traditional Rural landscapes of Japan. Kazuhiko
Takeuchi, Robert D. Brown, Izumi Washitani, Atsushi Tsunekawa,
Makoto Yokohari (Eds.). Springer, Tokyo, 2003.
• Social and Cultural Anthropology: The Key Concepts. Nigel Rapport.
Routledge, London. 2014.
【References】
Further Readings:
The Ecological Transition:
Cultural Anthropology and Human
Adaptation. John W. Bennett. Pergamon Press, New York. 2014.
Japan’s Shrinking Regions in the 21st Century. Peter Matanle, Paul
Rausch & the Shrinking Regions Research Group. Cambria Press,
London. 2011.
Other materials will be distributed in Class.
【Grading criteria】
Class participation and discussions: 20%
Presentations: 30%
Final report: 50%【Changes following student comments】
No significant changes were required based on students’ comments.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

— 101 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ARS300HA

Subsistence, Resource Use and Sustainability
Shamik Chakraborty
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course focuses on subsistence resource use as one of the main
parameters of sustainable societies, human wellbeing, and conservation.
The main objectives are:• Develop an understanding of sustainability issues and the roleof subsistence resource use in environmental, economic and societal
sustainability.
• Understand multiple and diverse values of subsistence practices
across regions from selected case studies.
【Goal】At the end of the course, students will develop a good understandingof the main arguments related to subsistence resource use andsustainability with particular case studies. Students will become awareof various related issues. They will also have useful knowledge forfurther studies/research on sustainability issues.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】This course will be taught online. The course will be based on class
lectures, students feedback, and assignments. Feedback on assignments
submitted by students will be provided in class or through the Learning
Management System (Hoppii).

Week 9Subsistence in coastal
areas

Week 10 Presentations

Week 11 Threats to subsistence
resource use

Week 12 Subsistence resource
use and ecosystemservices
Week 13 Subsistence resource
use and environmental
policies【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

Week 14 Course wrap up【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：オンライン/online
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Nature and scope ofIntroduction: What is resource?
the course
What is sustainability? What isresource sustainability and why weshould study it?
Difference of market based
resource use and subsistence
resource use.
Week 2 Globalization andA short history of subsistencesubsistence
resource use concept.
Economic globalization andsubsistence.
Week 3 Subsistence as a
Social-ecological systems andculturesubsistence resource use.
The meaning of subsistence as ameans to provide nutrition.
The meaning of subsistence as aculture.
Week 4 Subsistence resource
Subsistence resource use anduse and traditional
traditional knowledge.
knowledge
Subsistence resource use andecosystem connectivity.
Week 5 Subsistence resource
Subsistence resource use in space
use in rural and urban and time.
environments
Subsistence in rural and urban
settings.
Premodern and contemporary
subsistence.
Week 6 Subsistence resource
Subsistence resource use anduse and biodiversity
biodiversity. Links to biodiversity
and ecosystem services throughsubsistence.
Week 7 Subsistence resource
Subsistence resource use in theuse in inland areas
mountainous inland areas: casestudies from different parts of theworld.
Examples: Himalayan region(India/Nepal), Shirakami sanchi(Japan).
Week 8 Subsistence resource
Subsistence resource use in
use and ecosystemwatershed context:
connectivity
river-forest-coast connectivity andresource cycle.
Example: Sunderbans mangrove
forests.

Subsistence resource use in the
coastal areas (traditional coastal
farming and fishing), examples
through case studies.
Example: Farming and fishingsystems in coastal areas of Seto
Inland Sea
Student presentations (individual
or group presentations depending
on student number).
Globalized and localized threats to
subsistence resource use, lessons
from case studies in Japan andother Asian countries.
Subsistence resource use
relationship with ecosystem goods
and services with examples.
Subsistence resource use and its
links with environmental policies
such as Intergovernmental
Platform for Biodiversity andEcosystem Services, Convention for
Biological Diversity, and UN’s
Sustainable Development Goals:
connectivity between landscape,people and policies.
Summary and course wrap up.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
There are no specific textbooks for the course. Handouts will be
distributed in the class (or uploaded in the Hoppii system) from thebook mentioned below, as well as from selected journal articles and otherbooks.
• The Subsistence Perspective: Beyond the Globalised Economy. Maria
Mies & Veronika Bennhold-Thomsen. Zed Books, 2000.
【References】
None【Grading criteria】
Class participation: 20%
Student presentations: 30%
Final paper: 50%【Changes following student comments】
No significant changes were required based on students’ comments.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

— 102 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

SOC300HA

Civil Society and NGOs
Yukio ONO
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 4/Fri.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
Understanding modern issues of the world and situations of NGOs.
Thinking of roles of NGOs and our own in civil society, and developing
the positive attitude towards the participation.
【Goal】
Through the course, students will be able to:
1 understand the issues the world is facing as well as theinterconnection among them.
2 understand the history and present situation of NGOs.
3 understand the linkage of people all over the world from a global
citizens’ point of view.
4 acquire positive attitudes to tackle world issues as a global citizen.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Students will study
and learn by way of group discussions and workshops. The positive
attitude is necessary.
Students will be asked to write a short report in every class. Discussion
follows.
For the time being lectures are provided by way of internet which starts
on April 24th. The details are notified through "Gakushu System".
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

【References】
To be given during the classes【Grading criteria】
Worksheets and participation 40%
Homework 30%
Term-end report 30%【Changes following student comments】
Not applicable【Equipment student needs to prepare】
A laptop computer, a tablet or a smartphone is necessary. You will be
asked to research through the Internet in class.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Exchange experiences and group
World issues
formation
Discussion over SDGs
2
NGO case study - India Basic knowledge of India
Workshop "People of Donguria
Kondoh"3
Develpoment andDiscussions over development andmodernization
modernization with the Donguria
Kondoh people case4
NGO case study Workshop "Emergency support for
emergency aid
hurricane victims"
5
NGO case study Workshop "Interview with 24
regional development
people"6
NGO case study Lecture on a poverty and childpoverty and child labor labor case and group discussions
7
Civil Society and NGOs Lecture on the role of NGOs as
agents of Civil Society and casestudy
8History of Japanese
Lecture on Japanese NGO history
NGOs 1and Research certain NGOs 1
9
History of Japanese
Lecture on Japanese NGO history
NGOs 2and Research certain NGOs 2
10
History of World NGOs Lecture on World NGO history and1Research certain NGOs 1
11
History of World NGOs Lecture on World NGO history and2Research certain NGOs 2
12
NGOs and social
Lecture on social enterprises andenterprises
case study
13
NGOs and networks
Lecture on NGO networks and casestudy
14
Review
Review over NGOs and civil society【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.
Homework - either paper reading or NGO research - will be assigned inevery class. Preparatory study and review time for this class is 2 hours
each.
【Textbooks】
No textbooks will be used

— 103 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

SES300HA

Japanese Environmental Policy
Mikio ISHIWATARI
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：金 2/Fri.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course is designed to learn the policies for resolving various environmental issues in Japan. Formulating
environmental policies is crucial in achieving sustainable
development. The course covers a wide range of environmental
issues, such as pollution, climate change, disaster, and waste.
Students will learn about experience in Japan and knowledge
about environmental management.
【Goal】
1)To understand environmental issues that Japan has experienced2)To learn policies and measures of resolving environmental
issues3)To discuss policy issues in the environment【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking thisclass?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】Each class covers lectures and group discussions. Feedback on
assignments submitted by students will be provided in class or
through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according towhich threat level we are at. The details will be announced
through the Learning Management System.
Some classes will be conducted virtually through ZOOM oran on-demand system. Virtual classes will be announced at
HOPPII once decided.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
To understand- the objectives and structureof the course- background of environmental
issues and policies in Japan
Week 2 Water resources- Water pollution and healthdamage- Development of related acts,
including Water Pollution
Control Act- Development of seweragesystemWeek 3 Ground water:- Issues of land subsidenceManaging landcaused by over extraction ofsubsidence andwaterpollution- Pollution of groundwater- Development of policies ofregulating and managing
groundwater

Week 4 Water cycle,
Integrated water
recourses
management

Week 5 Disastermanagement

Week 6 Naturalenvironment andEcosystem
Week 7 Recycling, Solid
waste management
Week 8 Air pollution

Week 9 Soil contamination
Week
10
Week
11

Climate change 1:
Mitigation
Climate change 2:
Adaptation

Week
12

Environmental
impact assessment
1: Framework
Environmental
impact assessment
2: Case studies
Overall review

Week
13
Week
14

- History of water management- Water right system
considering environmental
issues- Legislation: River Law andWater cycle law,
- Water governance- History of water-related
disasters and management- Cycle of disastermanagement: preparedness,
mitigation, response, andrecovery- Issues of ecosystem- Green Infrastructure,
Nature-based solutions- Law and measures- Waste treatment plants- Recycling- Trend of air pollution- Air Pollution Control Act- Regulating pollution byautomobiles- Issues- countermeasures- Energy sector- Urban sector- Impacts caused by climatechange- Adaptation measures- Legislation- Procedures
Studying actual projects

Overall review ofenvironmental policy【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare and review each session by using
distributed materials and other references. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Materials for each lecture will be distributed prior to thelecture.
【References】
Japan’s experience on water resources management
https://openjicareport.jica.go.jp/618/618/618_000_1000047169.
html
Japan’s Experiences on Water Supply Development
https://www.jica.go.jp/english/our_work/thematic_issues/
water/materials_01.html
Additional references may be introduced in the class.
【Grading criteria】
1)Performance in class (30%)2)Group discussion and presentation (30%)3)Short essay (40%)— 104 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Changes following student comments】
Lectures will be given for the students who do not know
environmental policy well to easily understand the key
components. Materials for each lecture will be developed toprovide the students with readable but sufficient information.
【Others】
The lecturer has experience formulating and implementing
environmental policies in government organizations. Someexperiences in the field will be shared in classes.

— 105 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

MAN200HA

Business Communication
Asako NAGAI
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 5/Thu.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
Effective communication is critical to our successful life and careers.
But the question is “How can we become an effective communicator?”
In this course, we will be aiming to be effective communicators byunderstanding the following four topics:(1) Effective communication with a focus on others
When we want to be a good communicator, learning how to speak andwrite clearly is not enough; it is important for us to improve our ability
to connect with others. The ability to truly connect with others is the
key to building good relationships and improving our communication.
In this course, we will learn how to communicate effectively by focusing,
not on our own perspective, but on the perspective of others and theirinterests.
(2) Understand cultural differences
Understanding cultural differences of people we communicate with isalso very important for effective business communication. In thiscourse, we will learn a model called “The Culture Map” and decode how
cultural differences impact international business communication.
(3) Understand unconscious bias
Unconscious bias refers to a bias that we are unaware of, and whichhappens outside of our control. Unconscious bias happens when
we make quick judgments and assess other people and situations.
Our biases are influenced by our background, cultural environment
and individual experiences. Increasing numbers of global companies
are introducing in-company education programs on unconscious bias
because it could be a potential obstacle for their business unless theyeffectively address it. In this course, we have a basic understanding of
unconscious bias and learn how to deal with it.
(4) Understand business context
Communicating in a business context may require additional consideration to different environments including team dynamics, power balance
and relationship with others. In this course, we will bring case studies
to learn different situations which affect relationship with others andhow to effectively communicate in a business context.
【Goal】
We aim at achieving the following goals:(1) Learn basic methodologies for effective business communication witha focus on others.
(2) Understand cultural differences in communication based on “theCulture Map.”(3) Gain a basic understanding of unconscious bias and how to cope withit.
(4) Learn effective communication under business context.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System. Please note thatthe teaching approach may vary according to which threat level we are
at. The details will be announced through the Learning Management
System.

Week 9Effective cross-culturalcommunication 2
Week 10 Effective cross-culturalcommunication 3
Week 11 Effective cross-culturalcommunication 4
Week 12 Effective cross-culturalcommunication 5
Week 13 Unconscious bias
Week 14 Case studies forcommunications atbusiness context

Communicating across cultures(Low-context vs high-context)
Cultural differences in evaluation(Direct negative feedback vsindirect negative feedback)
Cultural differences in persuasion(Principles-first vs application first)
Cultural differences in leadership(Egalitarian vs. hierarchical)
Understanding unconscious bias
Case studies for business context【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are required to read the textbook before each class.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Jay Sullivan, "Simply Said: Communicating Better at Work and
Beyond," Wiley, 2016
Erin Meyer, "The Culture Map" Public Affairs, 2014
【References】
References will be introduced at the beginning of the course.
【Grading criteria】
Grading will be decided based on following criteria:(1) Active class participation(making comments and asking questions) :30%(2) In class presentation(on average two times): 35%(3) Final writing assignment: 35%.
NOTE: If students miss four or more classes, they cannot receive credit
without a justifiable reason. Even with a justifiable reason, if students
miss four or more classes, their evaluation may be adjusted.
【Changes following student comments】
Instructor will give individual feedback to student presentations for
future improvement.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
No special equipment is used in this class.
【Others】
This course aims to deepen students’ understanding of various
business communication topics through student presentations andclass discussions. The language used in the class will be English.
Therefore, students taking this course should understand that activeclass participation and sufficient English communication skills are
essential conditions for taking this course.
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Orientation/Guidance
Overview of the course
Week 2 Introductory discussion Introductory discussion(1)
Week 3 Introductory disucssion Introductory discussion(2)
Week 4 Effective businessConvey clear message
communications 1
Week 5 Effective business
Telling engaging story
communications 2
Week 6 Effective business
Listening to understandcommunications 3
Week 7 Effective business
Learn how to structure documents
communication 4
Week 8 Effective cross-cultural Overview of cultural map model
communication 1— 106 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ART200HA

Arts and Society
Miya ITABASHI
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：水 2/Wed.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
The theme of this course is "fashion and sustainability".
In this course, students will learn about the sustainability-related
issues surrounding fashion, one of the design forms most familiar to us,
and contemplate how we can address these issues through the pieces ofclothing we wear every day.
【Goal】
Students will learn the following concepts: 1) how our every-day
commodities (in this case, garments) are deeply related to theenvironmental problems, consumerism and global economy, 2) how we
can critically think about the impact our every-day activities (e. g.,purchasing clothes, wearing clothes, etc.) have on the sustainability of
our society and environment, and 3) what kinds of measures can betaken to tackle sustainability-related issues in fashion.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【References】
Relevant books, articles and websites will be introduced.
【Grading criteria】
Participation: 50%
Exam: 50%
【Changes following student comments】
I will promote more interaction among students.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Students need to bring laptops or tablets to do research online, but are
not allowed to use these devices for non-research purposes.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Method(s)】This course is taught through lectures, discussions, group works andpresentations. Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be
provided in class or through the Learning Management System.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Introduction
Course overview
2
Globalization and the
Global interdependencies in the
fashion industry (1)garment industry
3
Globalization and the
Discussion about documentary
fashion industry (2)videos on fashion
4
Globalization and theConsumers’ responsibilities
fashion industry (3)5Approaches towards
Environmental impact of thesustainability ingarment industry
fashion (1)6Approaches towards
Closed loop of garment lifecycle
sustainability infashion (2)7Approaches towards
Closed loop of garment lifecycle:
sustainability incase studies
fashion (3)8Approaches towards
Reducing textile waste
sustainability infashion (4)9Approaches towards
Reducing textile waste: casesustainability instudiesfashion (5)10Approaches towards
Sustainable fibres
sustainability infashion (6)11Approaches towards
Sustainable fibres: case studies
sustainability infashion (7)12Approaches towards
Prolonging the lifespan of thesustainability ingarment
fashion (8)13Approaches towards
Prolonging the lifespan of thesustainability ingarment: case studies
fashion (9)14Exam and comment
You can bring in your notebooks
and distributed handouts to theexam.
【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using
distributed handouts and references. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Handouts will be distributed in the classroom or through Hoppii.

— 107 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

CUA200HA

Human and Environment
Satsuki Takahashi
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】“Human and Environment” is an introductory-level environmental anthropology course to learn about various forms of human-environment
relationship through anthropological lenses.
Through examining anthropological perspectives on the environment,
students will gain basic understanding on environmental anthropology
and also ability to discuss how environmental subjects are connected
to broader socio-cultural issues, such as development, globalization,
religion, food, and disasters.
No prior knowledge on cultural anthropology is necessary. Any students
who are interested in cultural dimensions on the environment are
welcomed!
【Goal】The goal of this course is NOT to teach solutions to environmental
problems, but rather to provide tools to think critically abouthuman-environment relations. Environmental problems are often
intertwined with social issues.
Through learning environmental
anthropology, students will develop critical thinking skills to recognize
and articulate intricate human-environment connections, which arenecessary to pursue the Sustainable Development Goals, or SDGs.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided
in class or through the Learning Management System. This is alecture/seminar course, which expects students to actively participate
in class discussions.
Please note that the teaching approach may vary according to which
threat level we are at. The details will be announced through the
Learning Management System.

Week 12 Environmental
Movements

Week 13 Consumer Cultures

Week 14 Final ExamIntroduction to Anthropology ofEnvironmental Movements. How
do people stand up for theenvironment?
Introduction to Anthropology ofConsumerism. How does
consumerism affect theenvironment?
In-class exam

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to complete reading assignments and be ready to
discuss each day in class.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Patricia K. Townsend (2017) "Environmental Anthropology: From Pigs
to Policies." 3rd Edition.
【References】
Recommended readings and films will be introduced in class.
【Grading criteria】
2 Exams (50%), Reading commentaries (30%), and Class participation(20 %).
【Changes following student comments】"[T]he content that she showed was really interesting and relevant toour current situation in the world." – a comment by student【Others】
A more detailed course syllabus will be provided on the first day of class.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Course introduction
Week 2 Cultural Ecology
Introduction to Julian Steward’s
Cultural Ecology. How do humansocieties adapt to the environment?
Week 3 Ethnoecology
Introduction to Traditional
Ecological Knowledge. How do
indigenous people understand theirenvironments?
Week 4 Rituals and Ecology
Introduction to Roy Rappaport’s
Ecological Anthropology. How arerituals connected to theenvironment?
Week 5 Amazon Hunters
Introduction to lives of hunters inAmazonia. How do Amazon
hunters live with animals?
Week 6 Underground Minerals Introduction to Applied
Anthropology. What canenvironmental anthropologists doto help vulnerable population?
Week 7 Mid-term Exam
In-class exam
Week 8 Warfare Ecology
Introduction to Warfare Ecology.
How do wars affecthuman-environment relations?
Week 9 Climate Change
Introduction to Anthropology of
Climate Change. How does climatechange affect human-environment
relations?
Week 10 Population
Introduction to Anthropology ofEnvironment
Population. How does population
relate to human-environment
relations?
Week 11 Biodiversity
Introduction to Anthropology of the
Anthropocene. How do humansocieties affect and are affected bybiodiversity?

— 108 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ARS200HA

Area Studies
Chuanfei WANG
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 2/Mon.2 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course explores how culinary tourism has been adopted as a viablestrategy for revitalizing and sustaining rural society. It focuses on
Japan’s wine tourism and compares it with international practices ofsustainable wine tourism. Wine tourism as a business serves as alens for students to understand the complexity of economic growthand sustaining social development. Throughout the course, students
explore the ongoing projects of wine tourism in Japan and learn aboutsustainable wine tourism practices in New Zealand, Australia andCanada.

Week 11 Workshop: Collecting
Data
Week 12 Workshop: Discussing
Data
Week 13 Workshop: Completing
Project
Week 14 Course Conclusion:
Evaluating Projectwith the Sustainability
Goals【Goal】The nature of this course is student-oriented and project-based. It
connects the classroom and actual society. Following the lectures anddiscussions in the first half of the course, students will work together
on designing wine tourism in Japan in the form of role-playing in thesecond half of this course. At the end of this course, they will evaluate
their completed project according to the UN’s SDGs goals. Upon thecompletion of this course, students will gain hands-on experience indesigning a sustainable project and develop logical and critical thinking
in English.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students will spend about 1.5-2 hours on data collecting and making
oral reports every week.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】Students will find various forms of learning, including lectures,
discussions, ideas exploration and role-playing in this course. In thefirst half of the semester, instructor will lead each class session by givinga lecture on the topic of the day. Students are required to join several
rounds of group discussions in class. In the second half, students will
explore and generating ideas through group work and complete a projectin the form of role-playing.
These are very basic. Students are always encouraged to think beyond
the box, be creative, and be their own leader of their learning experience!

Finalizing ideas
Cross-group discussions on theideas
Complete project and prepare PPT
within group
Students do presentation of project【Textbooks】
None. Readings will be provided by the instructor in class.
【References】
None【Grading criteria】
1. In-class discussions (including weeks 2-7) 4% x 6 times 24%
2. Group discussions and oral reports (including weeks 8-13) 10 x 6
times 60%
3. Final group presentation in class (week 14) 26%【Changes following student comments】
Feedback is not available due to the change in instructor.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Course Orientation and Review syllabus and rules
Survey Lecture ofOpening lecture on the concept of
Sustainability
sustainability
Week 2 Rural Development
Comprehend contemporary ruraland Challenges andJapan; Know wine tourism as aWine Tourism as a
strategy of social sustainability
Solution inContemporary Japan
Week 3 Global Wine-making
Learn global wine making andAgriculture and Winetourism
Tourism
Week 4 Wine Tourism andLearn how environmental changes
Climate Change
impact grape agriculture based
tourism
Week 5 In class research:
Explore sustainable wine tourism
International Practices in Canada
of Sustainable Wine
Tourism 1
Week 6 In class research:
Explore sustainable wine tourism
International Practices in Australiaof Sustainable Wine
Tourism 2
Week 7 In class research:
Explore sustainable wine tourism
International Practices in New Zealandof Sustainable Wine
Tourism 3
Week 8 Workshop: Project
Form groups; brainstorm and idea
Initiation (Planing and generating
Designing Wine
Tourism in Japan)
Week 9 Workshop: Collecting
Grouping ideas
Data
Week 10 Workshop: Discussing
Selecting ideas
Data— 109 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

SOC200HA

Studies for Environment and Society
Shamik Chakraborty
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course focuses on the understanding of environment and society as
an integrated system. The course explores the theory of social-ecologicalsystems, and with this theoretical underpinning, we will learn about
different aspects of environment and society interactions. We will
particularly focus on the role of human agency and its present andpossible future roles for the state of the earth.
The course is roughly divided into two parts: (1) problems associatedwith the environment and society and (2) solutions toward moresustainable human-environment relationships.
【Goal】At the end of the course, students will develop a good understandingof the main arguments related to environment and society relations
from different case studies. These arguments include some of theclassic environmental problems in our time, such as loss of biodiversity,
climate change, water-energy-food nexus, environmental pollution, anddiseases. The students will learn about efforts of conservation, andpolicies that strive to reduce human impact on the earth’s natural
systems that we need for our own survival.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】This course will be held online. The course will be based on weekly
lectures, feedback from students based on the lectures and assignments.
Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the Learning Management System (Hoppii).

Week 10 Governance andpolicies 1

Week 11 Governance andpolicies 2

Week 12 Student presentations

Week 13 Student presentations
Week 14 Summary

Policies to link environment andsociety 1: Brief outline of
biodiversity, ecosystem services
and their role in the green economy
and human wellbeing. Rebuilding
institutions and communities.
Policies to link environment andsociety 2: Special focus on UN’s
Sustainable Development Goals:
connectivity between landscape,people and policies.
Student presentations anddiscussions (Individual or grouppresentation will be decided basedon the number of students enrolled)
Student presentations anddiscussions (reserve day)Course wrap up (including
feedbacks on the students
presentations). Learning from
history and looking forward.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
People and Nature: An Introduction to Human Ecological Relations.
Emilio F. Moran. Wily Blackwell, 2017
Please note that reading materials will be also provided in the class.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【References】
None【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Grading criteria】
Class participation, discussions: 30%
Student presentations: 30%
Final paper: 40%【Schedule】授業形態：オンライン/online
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Nature and scope ofIntroduction: guidance on thethe course
course. Environment & society:
Nature and scope
Why we should study environmentand society as an interlinked
system?
Introduction to the concept of
Anthropocene
Week 2 Critical viewpoints on
The human agency and its relation
environment andto the state of the earth
society relations
Week 3 Drivers of change
Drivers of change in society andnature: Focus on direct andindirect drivers
Week 4 Water, food and energy Water-food-energy connections andnexus
their roles in land use change andlandscape sustainability.
Week 5 TheoreticalA brief introduction ofunderstanding ofsocial-ecological systems theory
environment andand its relation to landscapesociety relations
sustainability.
Week 6 Case studies
Selected case studies from Japanand abroad on uniquesocioecological relationships that‘couple’ human and natural
systems.
Week 7 Diseases in the
Diseases in the Anthropocene:
Anthropocene
Learning points from COVID-19
Week 8 Conservation 1
Valuing the wild: Landscapesustainability and the importanceof ‘wild’ nature for humanwellbeing. Some notable examples
through case studies.
Week 9 Conservation 2
Putting people back to thelandscapes: Landscapesustainability outside formallyprotected areas. Some notable
examples through case studies.

【Changes following student comments】
No significant changes were required based on students’ comments.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

— 110 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN200HA

Business and Society
Masaatsu TAKEHARA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 5/Thu.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
As the global economy is becoming increasingly integrated andinterdependent, the relationship between business and society is
becoming more complex. Corporate management has been significantly
impacted by the globalization of business, increasing new regulations,international accords such as the Paris Agreement and SDGs, andthe emergence of civil society organizations. Under these situations,businesses today are expected to integrate social and environmental
aspects into corporate management and achieve sustained growth.
In this course we will learn various topics related to business andsociety and understand necessary conditions for businesses to achievesustainable growth.
【Goal】
Students aim at the following goals:(1)Understand various topics and theories related to business andsociety.
(2)Analyze actual business cases with analytical frameworks students
learn in class.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】Class will consist of lectures, group discussions, and presentations by
students. Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be
provided in class or through the Learning Management System. Please
note that the teaching approach may vary according to which threat
level we are at. The details will be announced through the Learning
Management System.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Orientation
Overview of business and society
Week 2 Relationship between
Understand various stakeholders
business and society
for companies and what needs to bedone to meet their needs.
Case study: Starbucks
Week 3 SDGs and business
Understand Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs) and its
relations with businesses.
Week 4 Business and humanUnderstand why businesses needrights (1)to pay attention to human rights.
Week 5 Business and humanCase studies: Rana Plaza incident
rights (2)and supply chain management
Week 6 Business leaders’
Overview
commitment tosociety(1)Week 7 Business leaders’Case study: Honda
commitment tosociety(2)Week 8 Leaders ’commitment
Case study: Fast Retailing andto society(3)YKK
Week 9 Contribution to society Case study: Yakult
during crisis (1)Week 10 Contribution to society Case study: Yamato Holdings
during crisis (2)Week 11 Solving social problems Case study: Japan Airlines
through knowledge
creation (1)Week 12 Solving social problems Case study: Eisai
through knowledge
creation(2)Week 13 Open up new markets
Case study : Novo Nordisk
with sustainability
business.
Week 14 Big technology
How can we evaluate big tech suchcompanies and theiras “GAFAM”?
impact on society【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
For maximizing students’ learning effectiveness, spending 2 hours for
preparatory study for each class is suggested. Also, it can be a good
exercise if students follow major economic and business topics reported
in the media and try to think about them from the viewpoint of businessand society.
【Textbooks】
Selected chapters of the following literatures will be reviewed. Details
will be explained at the first class.
(1) Ikujiro Nonaka, Hirotaka Takeuchi (2019) “The Wise Company: How
Companies Create Continuous Innovation” Oxford Univ Press.
(2) Masaatsu Takehara, Naoya Hasegawa (2020) “Sustainable Management of Japanese Entrepreneurs in Pre-War Period from the Perspectiveof SDGs and ESG”
【References】
Additional resources and reference will be introduced in class.
【Grading criteria】
Grading will be decided based on the following criteria:(1) Active class participation:30%(2) Students presentation in class: 35%(3) Final writing assignments:35%
Details will be explained at the first class.
Please note that students who miss 4 classes or more without
justification cannot receive credit.
【Changes following student comments】
Based on student comments, more actual business cases will be
reviewed and discussed.
【Others】
The language used in the class will be English. Therefore, students
taking this course should understand that active class participation andsufficient English communication skills are essential. If students haveany concerns, please contact the lecturer in advance.
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

— 111 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

POL200HA

International Society and Environmental Issues
Yumiko KANETO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 4/Thu.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
The course introduces students to the legal order and rules that govern
the international society and environmental issues. Students will also
learn about the achievements and challenges in the implementation ofthese international norms.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students are expected to read the assigned materials and prepare theirown presentation materials. In addition, academic research and reading
will be required for the preparation of the final report. Preparation andreview time for this class is 2 hours each.

【Goal】
Student will be able to understand and explain the legal frameworkof the international society and basic norms regulating various
international environmental issues. As well as students will develop
critical insights into the serious and on-going environmental mattersthat the world faces today.

【Textbooks】
No textbook is required. Reading list is provided in the first class.

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】・The first three classes are held in lecture style. From the fourth week
onwards, classes will consist of presentations and discussions.
・Reading list is provided in the first class. All students are expected toread assigned material(s) and actively participate in discussions.
・Additionally a student in charge of weekly presentation is expected toprepare a material for the presentation and send it to all including thelecturer in advance.
・The schedule may be subject to change according to participants’
preferences or make-up of the class.
・Feedback on assignments submitted by students will be provided inclass or through the learning management system.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【References】
Philippe Sands and Jacqueline Peel, Principles of International
Environmental Law, 4th edition, Cambridge University Press (2018)
Pierre-Marie Dupuy and Jorge E. Viñuales, International Environmental Law, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press (2018)【Grading criteria】
Presentations ： 40 ％active participation ： 30 ％Final report:30 ％Attendance itself is not evaluated, but is a requirement to submit a final
report.
【Changes following student comments】
N/A【Equipment student needs to prepare】
Some of reading materials are limited-access academic resources. To
obtain such materials, students should have "VNP Connect" set up on
their PCs. Concerning "VNP Connect", go to the top of the following
URL: https://opac.lib.hosei.ac.jp/opac/myopac/gateway/?lang=1【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
1
Course guidance
Course guidance, Introduction to
the international law
Reading material: Internationallaw - Encyclopedia
Britannica(Database provided by
University Library)2
Basic framework ofHistrical development ofinternational
international environmental law,environmental law 1
main actors
3
Basic framework of
Law making, application andinternational
ensuring compliance, principles
environmental law 2
4
Climate Change
UNFCCC, Kyoto Protocol, Paris
Agreement
5
Ozone Depletion
Vienna Convention and Montreal
Protocol6
Biodiversity
Biodiversity Convention etc.
7
Trade in Endangered
CITES
Species
8
Management ofBasel Convention
hazardous waste
9
Human rights andEnvironmental Protection in theenvironmental
Human Right Law
protection 1
10Human rights andEnvironmental Procedural rights
environmental
under the Aarhus Convention
protection2
11
Culture andWorld Heritage Convention
environmental
protection 1
12
Culture andLife Style and Food Culture
environmental
protection 2
13
Trade andEnvironmental Protection inenvironmental
GATT/WTO Law
protection
14
Comprehensive
SDGs
environmental
protection— 112 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

POL200HA

Global Society １
Kohtaro ITO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈ダ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course examines "peace," which is one of the "Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs)" listed in the "2030 Agenda for Sustainable
Development" adopted at the United Nations Summit in 2015. The
SDGs are the goal of realizing a sustainable and better society where
no one is left behind, and in order to achieve that goal, the realization of"human security" is required.
Understand the concepts of “peace and security” and learn about the"threats" that impede them.
The feature of this lecture is how to maintain peace based on the"fictitious scenario" of peace by utilizing the active learning method
and actually becoming a political leader or policymaker. Incorporatea policy simulation that discusses and presents the best method withother students on whether to foster it.
In addition, we will deepen our understanding of the work of achieving
peace and conduct off-campus training to interview practitioners
engaged in peacebuilding.
【Goal】(1) What is "peace"? Organize what kind of state is called ‘peace’.
(2) Understand the concept of “security” and learn examples of whatthreatens ‘peace’.
(3) Learn the problems that must be overcome in creating peace throughpolicy simulation.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】This course consist of lectures, discussions, group research, presentations, policy simulation, and various activities including final essay.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes

Week 14 Summary / Overall
Feedback

Reflections and final remarks【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】(1) Pick up news related to each lecture theme by the next lecture, andsummarize where the problem is and (2) possible solutions.
(2) Reviewing is also important. Summarize the points learned in thelecture and review the advice from the lecturer.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Materials will be distributed in this lecture.
Use news search on the Internet for your pre-learning.
【References】
References will be introduced in this lecture.
【Grading criteria】
Participation (30%), Presentation and Discussion (30%), Final report(40%)
【Changes following student comments】
N/A【Equipment student needs to prepare】
No equipment is needed in this class.
【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.
I have working experiences in the Executive and the Legislative
bodies of Japan to deal with international relations, especially national
security affairs. I will introduce actual examples from a practical pointof view.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Overview of this lecture
Week 2 What is ‘Peace’?
About the concept of peace
Week 3 What is ‘Security’?
Organize the concept of thedifference between human security
and national security.
Week 4 International Relations Introduce the theory as a tool for
Theory (1) Realism and understanding international
Liberalism
relations.
Week 5 International Relations Introduce the theory as a tool for
Theory (2) Neorealism understanding internationaland Neoliberalism
relations.
Week 6 Globalization
What is the impact of globalization
on international affairs?
Week 7 Terrorism and Religion Understand terrorism, which has
become a global threat after thecollapse of the Cold War, including
its relationship with religion.
Week 8 Nuclear andThink about the impact of nuclear
International Relations weapons on international affairs
and will deal with the issue of
nuclear proliferation.
Week 9 United Nations and the Think about the role andinternationalsignificance of the United Nations
communityin building peace.
Week 10 What is
Interview with practitioners who‘Peacebuilding’?
are actually doing the work of(Fieldwork)“creating peace”.
Week 11 Discussion
In order to organize the knowledge
gained through the lectures andfieldwork so far, the instructor will
give various issues and thestudents will discuss with eachother.
Week 12 Experience “whatExperience what it takes topeace is”. (Policy
maintain or build peace based on
Simulation 1)
fictitious scenarios.
Week 13 Experience “whatMake final policy decisions andpeace is”. (Policy
evaluate the results together.
Simulation 2)— 113 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

POL200HA

Global Society ２
Kohtaro ITO
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course will cover "Energy, " "Infrastructure, Industrialization, "in the "Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)" listed in the "2030
Agenda for Sustainable Development" adopted at the United Nations
Summit in 2015. This course also deals with economic challenges suchas "innovation" and "sustainable cities".
The feature of this lecture is the way to utilize active learning
methods. Students will play the roles of political leaders or policy
makers to promote sustainable development based on the "fictitious
crisis scenarios" related to economic problems such as food and energy
crises. This is a kind of Role-playing game and students will have tothink about the best solution to maximize each country’s own national
interests and establish multilateral or international cooperation.
This course also provides off-campus learning to interview practitioners
who are active in Japanese industry working on SDGs. Throughthis learning, students will be able to deepen their understanding ofactual policies and corporate initiatives to achieve sustainable economic
growth.

Week 12 Experience “Global
Crisis”. (Policy
Simulation 1)
Week 13 Experience “Global
Crisis”. (Policy
Simulation 2)
Week 14 Summary / Overall
Feedback

Experience how to respond to theglobal crisis based on a fictitious
scenario.
Make final policy decisions andevaluate the results together.
Reflections and final remarks【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for each class meeting is 2 hours.
Students are required to read and analyze related news, for the classmeetings.
【Textbooks】(1) Materials will be distributed in this lecture.
(2) Use news search on the Internet for your pre-learning.
【References】
References will be introduced in this lecture.

【Goal】
Through this lecture, students will understand what are "SDGs"? andorganize specific examples of sustainable development. In addition,
students will learn the necessity of international cooperation to realize
the SDGs through the policy simulation.

【Grading criteria】
Class participation (30%), Presentation and discussion (30%), Finalreport (40%)

【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Equipment student needs to prepare】
No equipment is needed in this class.

【Method(s)】This course consists of lectures, discussions, group research, presentations, policy simulation, and various activities including final essay.

【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, the number of students who areallowed to register for the course will be limited in order to effectively
manage the class.

【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Changes following student comments】
N/A【Fieldwork in class】
あり / Yes【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Overview of this lecture
Week 2 What are Sustainable
About the concept of Sustainable
Developments (SDGs)? Development (SDGs)
Week 3 Water and Sanitation
Learn about the efforts being madearound the world to ensure thequality of water and sanitationthat are essential for human life.
We will also introduce the conflict
between nations over water.
Week 4 Energy
Learn how to secure the energy
essential for industrial
development.
Week 5 Economic Growth andThink about how to achieve stable
Employment
economic growth and employment
while carrying out sustainable
development.
Week 6 Infrastructure /What is the impact of globalization
Industrialization /on international affairs?
Innovation
Week 7 Sustainable City
What are the characteristics of thecities that will be required in the
future?
Week 8 Limited resources and What kind of resources are there
sustainable
and how finite are they? Organize
consumption andthe essential elements ofproduction
sustainable consumption andpolicy.
Week 9 Climate Change
Think about the impact of climatechange on sustainable
development.
Week 10 Economic Growth andInterview with practitioners who
SDGs (Field Work)are actually engaged in work
related to SDG
Week 11 Discussion
In order to organize the knowledge
gained through the lectures andfieldwork so far, the instructor will
give various issues and thestudents will discuss with eachother.

— 114 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ENV200HA

Environmental Science
Ryo FUJIKURA
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 5/Thu.5 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉【Outline and objectives】
Environmental problems are the physical, chemical, and/or biologicalconsequences of human activities on nature. Scientific knowledge iscrucial to understand what is happening and to think about what we cando. In this class, I will present the basic science of global environmental
problems and resource issues.
【Goal】
Students will acquire the basic knowledge of the environment andresource problems.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP3" is related【Method(s)】The class will be conducted using PPT. A copy of the PPT will be
uploaded to Hoppii in PDF format prior to class. A short quiz will begiven at the end of each class. Feedback on the quiz will be provided in
the next class. The details will be announced through the Hoppii.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
なし / No【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction
Contents of the course.
Week 2 Climate science (1)The Earth has been warmed.
Greenhouse gases lead thewarming.
Humans are increasing
atmospheric greenhouse gases.
Week 3 Climate science (2)Global warming since the late 20th
century is not natural but due toanthropogenic.
Impact of climate change.
Week 4 Climate policy
International policy and Japanesepolicy.
Week 5 Mitigation
Economic instrument, alternative
energy, energy saving, and othermeasures.
Week 6 Adaptation
Various measures and climate
refugees.
Week 7 International
UNFCCC and Paris Agreement.
Agreements.
Week 8 Energy resources
Fossil fuels, hydro, nuclear, andalternative energy.
Week 9 Water resource
Availability and demend of waterin the world.
Week 10 Water resource
International waters.
Week 11 Soil
Soil as resource. Nitrogen andphosphate.
Week 12 Biodiversity (1)Definition of biodiversity.
International agreements relating
to biodiversity.
CITES, Ramsar, and IWC.
Week 13 Biodiversity (2)Genetic resources and Nagoya
Protocol
Week 14 Wrap up
How should we addressenvironmental and resource issues?

【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None【Prerequisite】
None【Selected lecturer’s publications (books and special issues)】
1. Ryo Fujikura and Mikiyasu Nakayama (Editor) (2015) Resettlement
Policy in Large Development Projects, Routledge, Oxford
2.
Ryo Fujikura and Tomoyo Toyota (Editor) (2012) Climate
Change Mitigation and International Development Cooperation, (p.264)
Earthscan, London
3. Ryo Fujikura (Guest Editor) (2011) Environmental Policy in Japan:
From Pollution Control to Sustainable Environmental Management,
Special Issue, Environmental Policy and Governance, Vol. 21, No.5
4. Ryo Fujikura and Masato Kawanishi (Editor) (2010) Climate Change
Adaptation and International Development ‒ Making Development
Cooperation More Effective, Earthscan, London【Career background of the lecturer】
The lecturer has working experience at Japanese Environment Agency(currently Minister of the Environment) as a national officer. He
also participated in Japanese official development assistance andformulation of Convention on Biodiversity Conservation. He will givelectures with the experience.

【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using material
provided through the Hoppii.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
No specific textbooks are assigned.
【References】
A copy of assigned paper will be distributed in class.
【Grading criteria】
Grades will be based on the result of the weekly quiz and (30%) and final
exams (70%).
【Changes following student comments】
Be aware that the lecturer is not a native English speaker. If you do notunderstand what the teacher says well, simply make a question.

— 115 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

SOC200HA

Research Methods １
Kohtaro ITO
Term：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：木 4/Thu.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This course is an introduction to theory and practice of social science
research, particularly qualitative methods. Students become familiar
with the core concepts and basic principles of social science research andlearn to develop research questions, think systematically, collect reliable
and valid data, and how data, key concepts and theory fit together. The
course encourages students to develop critical analytical and evaluativeskills.

【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Goal】
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:1) have a comprehensive understanding of key components of research
paper.
2) formulate a meaningful research question.
3) improve ability to complete a research project on their own.
4) write a concrete research proposal.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】The course consists of lectures, discussions, midterm exam and final
paper. Students will conduct an in-class group research project. This
course is provided as an online live course using Zoom.
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：対面/face to face
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Introduction to theWhat is research?
courseWeek 2 Research question
How to start research
Week 3 Preparing for your
Project management, research
project
ethicsWeek 4 Literature review
Sources, reading techniques,
referencing systems
Week 5 Coming back to
Redefine your researchresearch question
Week 6 Methodology I
Research design, research
approach
Week 7 Methodology II
Design frames: case study.
ethnography, comparative study
Week 8 Data gathering
Documents, observation
Week 9 Data gathering
Interviews, questionnaires
Week 10 Analysis
How to analyse words. Methods
and analysis
Week 11 Writing up I
Writing a conclusion
Week 12 Writing up II
How to present research paper
Week 13 Presentations
Student presentations
Week 14 Conclusion
Reflections and discussions【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【Textbooks】
Thomas, G. 2017. How to Do Your Research Project: A Guide forStudents. (Sage Publications)【References】
References will be introduced in class【Grading criteria】
Class participation and discussions: 50%
Presentations: 20%
Final assignment: 30%【Changes following student comments】
Because the course is designed as interactive, I encourage students’
active participation.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
In order to have access to all the information and course materials
necessary, every student taking this course is required to sign up in thecourse website . All the assignments must be submitted through thiswebsite. I may send occasional announcements and messages as well.
For this reason, it is very important that you use this website actively
and check your registered email account.

— 116 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

SOC200HA

Research Methods 2
Shamik Chakraborty
Term：春学期授業/Spring ｜ Credit(s)：2 ｜ Day/Period：月 4/Mon.4 ｜ Campus：市ヶ谷 / Ichigaya ｜ Grade：1〜4
Notes：
その他属性：〈グ〉【Outline and objectives】
This is an introductory course on quantitative research methods
mainly, for the students in the field of sustainability studies at theundergraduate level. Lectures will be carried out about key arguments
and concepts on quantitative research methods as well as practicalaspects such as research design.
【Goal】At the end of the course, students will develop a good understandingof the basic quantitative research methods for sustainability analysis.
They will also have useful knowledge for further studies/research.
【Which item of the diploma policy will be obtained by taking this class?】
Among diploma policies, "DP2" is related【Method(s)】This course will be taught online. The course will be based on class
lectures, students feedback, and assignments. Feedback on assignments
submitted by students will be provided in class or through the Learning
Management System (Hoppii).
【Active learning in class (Group discussion, Debate.etc.)】
あり / Yes【Textbooks】
The Practice of Social Research. Earl Babbie. Wadsworth Pub Co 2006
【References】
None【Grading criteria】
Class participation and discussions: 30%
Class assignments: 30%
Final test: 40%【Changes following student comments】
No significant changes were required based on students’ comments.
【Equipment student needs to prepare】
None【Others】
Please note that if the number of students attending the first classsignificantly exceeds expectations, in order for the instructor toeffectively manage the class, the number of students who are allowed
to register for the course may be limited.

【Fieldwork in class】
なし / No【Schedule】授業形態：オンライン/online
No.
Theme
Contents
Week 1 Nature and scope ofWhat is quantitative research? The
the course
research problem and questions:vital first steps.
When quantitative approaches
should be practiced.
Week 2 Literature review andLiterature review and content
content analysis 1analysis in quantitative research 1
Week 3 Literature review andLiterature review and content
content analysis 2
analysis in quantitative research 2
Week 4 Concept of variables
Concept of variables: independentand dependent variables, how they
explain causality
Week 5 Sampling
Sampling techniques forquantitative research
Week 6 Basics of quantitative
Basics of quantitative research:
research 1
Randomness, causality andstatistical representation.
Week 7 Basics of quantitative
Correlation and regression analysis
research 2
Week 8 Survey research 1
Survey research 1: What can belearnt from surveys. How toconstruct questionnaires for survey
research.
Week 9 Survey research 2
Survey research 2: Interview
surveys, telephone surveys, online
surveys. Critiques of survey
research. How valid is survey data?
Week 10 Quantitative data
Quantitative data analysis
analysis
methods
Week 11 Representing
Other useful quantitative methods
qualitative data
for sustainability studies:
quantitatively
Representing qualitative data
quantitatively
Week 12 Writing with
How to write up research
quantitative analysis 1 coherently: Guidance on writing
reports and theses (part 1).
Week 13 Writing with
How to write up research
quantitative analysis 2 coherently: Guidance on writing
and course wrap up
reports and theses (part 2). Coursesummary and feedback
Week 14 Final Exam
Final exam for the course【Work to be done outside of class (preparation, etc.)】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
Students need to prepare for and review each session by using textbooks,
references, and distributed materials.
Students are required to actively participate in classwork based on thelectures. They are encouraged to raise issues or offer critical viewpoints
on the readings. Students are required to complete all class assignments
in time.

— 117 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
Week 9LANe100MA

Foreign Language Exercise（English Ⅲ）【GO 科目】
Kregg

Johnston

単位数：1 単位 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期授業/Spring
曜日・時限：金 3/Fri.3 ｜ 配当年次：1〜4 年
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
様々なトピックについて、短いながらも、効果的・説得力のあるプレゼンテー
ションができるようになることを目指します。スピーチの方法をを基礎から学び、自信をもってプレゼンテーションを行うことができるようにしましょう（詳細は以下の英文の記載を読んでください）。
To learn how to deliver short, effective speeches in English on a variety
of topics.
【到達目標】
This course is designed primarily to improve students’ presentation
skills and thereby to develop their integrative English language
proficiency. The goal is to acquire basic presentations skills, including
how to organize a presentation, supporting arguments with evidence,
effective use of visual aids, and aspects of delivery such as eye contact
or gesture.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The students will learn about the 3 messages involved in making
effective speeches & presentations: The physical message, the visualmessage, and the story message.
The students will view anddiscuss model speeches and make their own speeches based on thedemonstrations. The students will develop confidence in delivering
effective speeches and presentations.
Feedback on submitted assignments and quizzes will be given at the
beginning of the following class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Course Intro & levelIce breakers
check
Course objectives
Extemporaneous
Vocabulary managementspeeches
Week 2 The Physical Message
Having good posture
Unit 1 Posture & Eye
Making eye contact
contact
Model presentation 1
Prepare to give informative speech
Prepare quadrant
Week 3 The Physical Message
Using gestures in speech
Unit 2 Gestures
Model presentation 2
Unit 1 quiz
Prepare layout speech grid
Give informative
Prepare to give layout speechspeechWeek 4 The Physical Message
Using voice inflection
Unit 3 Voice Inflection Model presentation 3
Unit 2 quiz
Prepare storyboard & visuals
Give layout speech
Week 5 The Visual Message
Preparing visuals for speech
Unit 4 Effective
Model presentation 4
Visuals
Prepare 2-country comparison
Unit 3 quiz
chartsGive demonstration
speechWeek 6 The Visual Message
Using visuals during presentation
Unit 5 Explaining
Model presentation 5
Visuals
Prepare explanations & visual aids
Unit 4 quizfor 2-country speech
Explain 2-country
comparison charts
Week 7 Unit 5 quiz
Review Units 1-5
Give 2-country
Compare/ contrast 2 countries
comparison speech &Peer Review
Week 8 The Story Message
Presentation organization
Organization of a
Components of presentation script
speechThe Story Message
Introduction
Unit 6 quiz

Week 10 The Story Message
The Body: evidence &transitions
Unit 7 quiz
Explain introduction
for product speech
Week 11 The Story Message
The Conclusion
Unit 8 quiz
Explain body of
product speech

Effective presentation
introductions
Model introductions: Episode 6
Prepare storyboard for 2 productpresentation
Body of presentation
Including evidence
Using transitions & sequencers
Prepare storyboard and charts for
product speech

Conclusion of presentation
Including evidence
Using transitions & sequencers
Model presentation body
Prepare conclusion for productspeechWeek 12 Watch full Presentation Review presentation components& Peer Review
Prepare for final presentations
Unit 9-10 quiz
Week 13 Final Presentations
Final Presentations (Day 1):(Day 1): ProductProduct comparison
comparison(5-6 minutes)(5-6 minutes)
Week 14 Final Presentations
Final Presentations (Day 2):(Day 2) : ProductProduct comparison
comparison(5-6 minutes)(5-6 minutes)
Course review & wrapup
【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to complete weekly assignments, review for
regular quizzes, and prepare presentations to give in class. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 1 時間を標準とします。/ University guidelines
suggest preparation and review should be around an hour a week for a
one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Speaking of Speech: New Edition, Basic Presentation Skills for
Beginners
New edition 2009, Harrington, LeBeau
ISBN 978-4-7773-6271-4【参考書】
Speaking of Speech: New Edition, Basic Presentation Skills for
Beginners
New edition 2009, Harrington, LeBeau
ISBN 978-4-7773-6271-4【成績評価の方法と基準】
Quizes-20%
Homework-15%,
Participation 20%
Presentations 45%*In principle, no more than three absences per term are allowed【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Increased emphasis on eye contact and speaking fluency.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
OHC & projector, DVD & CD player in classroom【その他の重要事項】
Class size is limited to 20 students. Students who wish to take thecourse need to attend the first class in order to ensure that they canregister for the course. In the event that the number of students wishingto take the class exceeds 20, the students will be selected based on alistening and vocabulary test.
【キャリアデザイン学部より】
2014 年度〜2016 年度入学者のみ，市ヶ谷基礎科目 4 群（必修外国語＜英語＞に充当も可能です。
【Outline (in English)】
Learn how to organize and deliver effective speeches and presentations,
Listen to and take notes on other students’ speeches and model
speeches, Evaluate and offer peer feedback on classmates’ speeches,— 118 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
Week 9LANe100MA

Foreign Language Exercise（English Ⅳ）【GO 科目】
Kregg

Unit 10: Shackleton
Lecture notes &comprehension

Week 10 Unit 10 quiz
Unit 11: Ethics
Preview key AWL
vocabulary & lecture
structure
Week 11 Unit 11: Ethics
Lecture notes &comprehension

Johnston

単位数：1 単位 ｜ 開講セメスター：秋学期授業/Fall
曜日・時限：金 3/Fri.3 ｜ 配当年次：1〜4 年
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
アカデミック・スキル（ディスカッションの仕方、聞き方、ノートの取り方、話のまとめ方など）を学び、伸ばします。講義などで使われる言葉も学びますので語彙力の向上にも役立ちます（詳細は以下の英文の記載を読んでくだ
さい）。
Discussion skills, listening & note-taking, presenting, building vocabulary【到達目標】In this course, students will learn key vocabulary related toeach topic covered , develop listening and note taking skills bylistening to academic lectures. Additionally, students will develop
their speaking skills in expressing opinions, agreeing/disagreeing,
confirming/clarifying. Students will also work on expressions forleading and participating in discussions as well as presenting on topics
researched.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The students will discuss the topics for each unit in groups or pairs andthen study some of the related vocabulary. Then students will take notes
while listening to a short academic lecture on the topics. The students
will then review, discuss, and summarize the points mentioned in thelecture. At the conclusion of each unit, there will be a review test,
and research assignments on the topics introduced in the lecture fordiscussion or to present later.
Feedback on speeches, homework assignments, and quizzes will be given
at the beginning of the following class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

Week 12 Unit 11 quiz
Unit 12: Big Data
Preview key AWL
vocabulary & lecture
structure
Week 13 Unit 12: Big Data
Lecture notes &comprehension

Review Lecture notes
Check comprehension questions
Discussion: Asking opinions, giving
opinions, staying on topic
Quiz on Unit 10
Unit 11: Introduction of topic &AWL vocabulary
Lecture: Real-world examples
Review Lecture notes
Check comprehension questions
Discussion: Offering fact orexampleQuiz on Unit 11
Unit 12: Introduction of topic &AWL vocabulary
Lecture: Personal stories

Review Lecture notes
Check comprehension questions
Discussion: Keeping discussion
going
Week 14 Unit 12 quiz
Unit 12 quiz
Vocabulary quiz U 7-12 Course Review & wrap-up【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Review vocabulary, Prepare for end of chapter tests, Further researchon topic, Plan to present findings to class or small groups. 本授業の準備
学習・復習時間は各 1 時間を標準とします。/ University guidelines suggest
preparation and review should be around an hour a week for a one-credit
course.
【テキスト（教科書）】Contemporary Topics 1 4th edition: 21st Century skills for Academic
Success. Solórzano, Frazier, & Rost
ISBN: 9780134400648【参考書】
Contemporary Topics 1 4th edition: 21st Century skills for Academic
Success. Solórzano, Frazier, & Rost
ISBN: 9780134400648【成績評価の方法と基準】
Quizes-60%
Homework-20%,
Participation 10%
Presentations/ Discussion activities 10%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Increased focus on development of vocabulary and discussion skills【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Course Intro & level
Ice Breakers
checkIntroduce course & asses
Vocabulary assessment vocabulary level
Introduction to note-taking
strategies
Preview unit 1
Week 2 Unit 7: Media Studies
Introduction of topic & Preview ofIntroduction of topic & key AWL vocabularyPreview of key AWL
Evidence & support
vocabulary
Unit 7 lecture preview
Week 3 Unit 7: Media Studies
Review lecture notes
Review lecture
Comprehension check questions
contents & discussion
Discussion: paraphrase,
clarification, & confirmation
Week 4 Unit 7 Quiz
Unit 7 quiz
Unit 8: GM food
Unit 8 introduction of topic & AWL
Preview key AWL
Vocabulary
vocabulary & lecture
Lecture: Key terms
structure
Week 5 Unit 8: GM foodReview lecture notes Check
Lecture notes &comprehension questions
comprehension
Discussion: agree, change topic,
reach consensus
Week 6 Unit 8 Quiz
Quiz on Unit 8
Unit 9 Design thinking Unit 9: Introduction of topic &Preview key AWL
AWL vocabulary
vocabulary & lecture
Lecture: Process description
structure
Week 7 Unit 9 Design thinking Review Lecture notes
Lecture notes &Check comprehension questions
comprehension
Discussion: Agree, express opinion,interrupt
Week 8 Unit 9 quiz
Quiz on Unit 9
Unit 10: Shackleton
Unit 10: Introduction of topic &Preview key AWL
AWL vocabulary
vocabulary & lecture
Lecture: Numbers, dates, periods ofstructuretime【学生が準備すべき機器他】【教室必要備品】OHC & projector, DVD & CD player in classroom【その他の重要事項】
This class is suitable for students having a TOEIC score between 480
and 660【キャリアデザイン学部より】
2014 年度〜2016 年度入学者のみ，市ヶ谷基礎科目 4 群（必修外国語＜英語＞に充当も可能です。
【Outline (in English)】In this course, students learn and practice note taking strategies bylistening to lectures. They also will discuss the topics introduced in eachlecture and conduct further research on the topics to present in class.

— 119 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
第 11 回

LANe100MA

Foreign Language Exercise(English V）【GO 科目】
Kregg

第 12 回

Johnston

単位数：1 単位 ｜ 開講セメスター：春学期授業/Spring
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ 配当年次：1〜4 年

第 13 回

Review and feedback
writing 3

第 14 回

Final In-Class writing
test

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
自分の伝えたいことをより正確に表現し、相手に伝わる英文を書くことができることを目指します。伝わる書き方にはコツがあるので、そのコツも学んでいきます（詳細は以下の英文の記載を読んでください）。
The objective of the course is to consolidate the knowledge of English
language and grammar learned in secondary school and develop theirability to express themselves more freely in writing【到達目標】
After taking this course, the students should have learned the following:
1. the concept of the paragraph with reference to its unity, coherence,and structure, including topic sentences, various types of supporting
sentences , and concluding sentences
2. the mechanics of typing and formatting a composition
3. how to edit one’s own and others’ compositions
4. how to effectively complete a timed writing task
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Students in this course will work individually on writing preparation
activities and actually writing their own descriptive and persuasive
paragraphs.
Student will also collaborate with students in pairs or groups to compare
ideas and peer review each other’s writing in terms of grammar, unityand cohesion of writing.
Students will also be tested on the material taught in the course,
including two timed writing exams.
Feedback on submitted assignments and quizzes will be given at the
beginning of the next class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
第1回
Sentences &Components of sentences andParagraphs
paragraphs
第2回
Topic sentences
Preparation to write a descriptive
Descriptive paragraphs paragraph
第3回
Concluding sentences
Components of effective concluding
Adjectives
sentences
Conjunctions
Using adjectives and conjunctions
in sentences
第4回
Feedback on 1st draft
Review and recommendations onof descriptive
1st draftparagraph
Preparation for peer reivew
第5回
Homework test 1
Test on homework exercises
Using "although"How to use "although" in sentence
Submit 2nd draft ofdescriptive paragraph
第6回
Writing test
In-class timed writing test
Feedback on 2nd draft
第7回
Test feedback
Pre-writing for 3rd writing
Paragraphassignment
development
How to develop paragraphs
Persuasive paragraphs
第8回
Benefits andIncluding benefits, consequences,consequences
and results in paragraphs
Outlines
Using outlines to organize ideas
第9回
Cause & effectIncluding causes and effects inparagraphs
Prepare outline for 3rd writing
assignment
第 10 回 Paraphrasing
Practice paraphrasing
Supporting sentences
Including outside sources in
outside sources
writing
Citing sources correctly inparagraphs

3rd writing assignment
Using conditional
sentences
Making comments
Homework test 2
Thesis statements
Introductions

Submit 3rd writing assignment
Practice using conditionals as
supportCommenting on ideas in writing
Structure of thesis statements
Structure of introductory
paragraphs
Peer review of 3rd writing
assignment
Review and feedback on 3rd
writing assignment
Prepare for final writing
assignment
Timed writing: 2 Persuasive
paragraphs【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework exercises contained in the course handouts
Assigned writing drafts (typed, correctly formatted, and printed out for
submission in class) 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 1 時間を標準とします。/ University guidelines suggest preparation and review should bearound an hour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts and reading material will be provided by the lecturer and will
be distributed through Google Classroom for this course【参考書】
http://my.vocabularysize.com/
http://quizlet.com
www.englishgrammar.org
Google Classroom: Registration details will be provided on the Hosei
LMS and at the first class meeting【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class: 10%
Two in-class quizzes on the homework: 20%
Three submitted writing assignments: 50%
Final in-class writing test: 20%
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Increased emphasis on sentence unity within paragraphs and organizing information logically .
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Submitted writing assignments must be typed, formatted correctly,
printed out and ready for submission at the beginning of class. Points
will be deducted for late submissions.
【その他の重要事項】
Class size is limited to 20 students. Students who wish to take thecourse need to attend the first class in order to ensure that they canregister for the course. In the event that the number of students wishingto take the class exceeds 20, the students will be selected based on a
writing and vocabulary test.
【キャリアデザイン学部より】
2014 年度〜2016 年度入学者のみ，市ヶ谷基礎科目 4 群（必修外国語＜英語＞に充当も可能です。
【Outline (in English)】Develop the skills necessary to write and correctly format effective
paragraphs and to write multi-paragraph essays within a set time frame— 120 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

4

LIN200LA

Intercultural Communication Ｂ

2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：Intercultural understanding and multicultural
identities

石原

5

6

紀子
7

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3
単位数：2 単位定員制

8

その他属性：〈グ〉〈ダ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
In today’s globalization, we are increasingly required to interact internationally across cultural borders. Misunderstandings
and conflicts are bound to occur, which calls for constructive
dialogues and creative solutions. In this course, we will focus
primarily on “invisible culture” to deepen your understandingof diversity in cultural orientations, values, behavior, andlanguage uses. You will also reflect on your interculturalexperiences and explore your multicultural identities while
studying dynamic cultural dimensions.
【到達目標】In this course, you will 1) cultivate your understanding of
the relationships between culture and identity, 2) be able
to analyze examples of and reasons for intercultural clashes
and relate to others respectfully to come up with constructive
solutions to intercultural issues and confusions, 3) be able touse concepts such as stereotypes, generalizations, othering,and marginalization in your analysis, 4) reflect on yourintercultural experiences and multicultural mediation.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Before class you are required to work on reading and complete
reading quizzes. In class we study relevant material, completetasks in small groups, and share our discussions with thewhole class. You are encouraged to actively participate in thisproblem-based learning (PBL). Feedback will be given orally
in interaction throughout the course. Written feedback will be
provided for your written assignments and class presentations
within a week.
This course involves highly interactive activities. In order toreduce risks, depending on the pandemic situation class will bedelivered through the combination of face-to-face and online
instruction. Please check the announcement to be made on
Hoppii before the start of the course.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Self-introduction, course
information, ice-breaking
activity
2
What is culture?
Visible/invisible culture, 3Ps in
understanding culture
3
3Ps of culture,
Perspectives of culture
Characteristics ofculture

9

10
11

12
13
14

Stereotypes andgeneralizations
Essentialization

Othering andmarginalization
Cultural diversity inacademia and theworkplace
Similarities anddifferences inculturalorientations-1
Similarities anddifferences inculturalorientations-2
Cultural casestudies ‒ 1
Cultural casestudies ‒ 2Student-led
discussions - 1
Student-led
discussions - 2
Student-led
discussions - 3,
reflection

Definitions and examples
The language ofgeneralization, experiences ofmarginalization
Case study discussion
Understanding diversity as an
asset
Analysis of culturalorientations (#1-3)

Analysis of culturalorientations (#4-6)

Analysis of use of time andgroup dynamics
Application of Hofstede’s
Cultural Dimensions and otherframeworks
Intercultural case studies(group presentations)Intercultural case studies(group presentations)Intercultural case studies(group presentations),
Wrap-up discussion【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
You should complete assigned reading and/or writing before
coming to class. Come ready to discuss the material with yourclassmates coming from different (sub)cultures.
According to the university guidelines, the preparation
and review time of approximately two hours a week isrecommended for this course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Weekly readings will be made accessible through the course
website (Google Classroom). Become familiar with this online
resource to do your readings and post your assignments. You
are also expected to check your university email account daily
to keep up with course announcements.
【参考書】
Handouts and resources related to the course content will bemade available in Google Classroom.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
You will receive a formal evaluation of your work at the end of
the term. The grade on a late assignment will be lowered. You
will be graded on:
1) Participation (20%)2) Reading assignments and quizzes (50%)3) Intercultural case study discussion (10%)4) Final group paper (20%) (tentative breakdown)
Regular attendance is essential in order to benefit from theinteractive nature of this course. You will not be able to passthis course if you miss more than three class periods a semester
except in extreme circumstances.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Because this course is to be conducted in English, students
must be competent speakers/writers of English (e.g., native or
proficient with TOEFL ® iBT 81 or above). International andJapanese students of any majors are welcome as long as they
are interested in diverse world cultures. Students should vieweach other’s cultural experiences as an asset to this course andcreate a friendly and respectful learning community.

— 121 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Be prepared to use Hoppii, Google Classroom, and Zoom withyour university account and check your university email daily.
You will need to use a headset with a microphone when you
attend class on campus.

— 122 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

4

HIS200LA

Intercultural Communication Ａ

2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：The History of Japan-U.S. Relations

BARRIGA MARIA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：木 2/Thu.2
単位数：2 単位定員制

5

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The course explores topics in the history of Japan-U.S relations
from a global perspective. In recent years, global history has
revealed complex interactions between goods, ideas, services,finance, and people across nation-states and regions. By
incorporating the framework of global history, the course will
aim to reexamine the relationship between Japan and the U.S.
by paying special attention to the interactions of individuals
with different objectives and backgrounds in the Asia-Pacificregion.
【到達目標】
By the end of this course, students will be able to:● Understand the historical development of Japan ‒ U.S.
relations from a global perspective.
● Critically read and analyze secondary scholarship on JapanU.S. relations by incorporating the framework of global history【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
The course consists of lectures, class discussions, group
activities, and student presentations【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

6

7

8

9

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
1) Self-introductions
2) Introduction of the course3) Overview of the syllabus
2
Framing US-Japan Reading Assignment:
relations within
Sebastian Conrad,global history“Introduction,” in What is
Global History? (Princeton
University Press, 2016), pp.
1-16.
3
US, Japan, and the Reading Assignment: Noell
Meiji Restoration
Wilson, “Western Whalers in
1860s ʼ Hakodate: How the
Nantucket of the North PacificConnected Restoration Era
Japan to Global Flows,” in The
Meiji Restoration: Japan as a
Global Nation, edited byRobert Hellyer and Harald
Fuess (Cambridge: Universityof Cambridge Press, 2020).

10

11

12
13
14

— 123 —The overlapping US
and Japanese
empires (early 20th
century)

Reading Assignment: Mariko
Iijima, “Coffee Production in
the Asia-Pacific Region: The
Establishment of a Japanese
Diasporic Network in the
Early 20th Century,”Journal ofInternational Economic
Studies 32 (2010 March):
75-88.
Japanese Americans Film assignment (to beduring WWII
confirmed): Lorenzo Thione,
director. Allegiance (Broadway
and Sing Out Louise
Productions, 2015), 130
minutes.
Reading Assignment (to be
confirmed): Frank Odo,
“Introduction: The Making of a
Model Minority,” in No Sword
to Bury: Japanese Americans
in Hawai‘i during World War
II ( Philadelphia: Temple
University Press, 2004), pp.
1-8.
US in postwar
Reading Assignment: Matthew
Japan
R. Augustine, “The Limits ofDecolonization: American
Occupiers and the ’Korean
Problem’ in Japan,
1945-1948,”International
Journal of Korean History 22
no. 1 (February 2017): 43-75.
Zanryū Nihonjin
Viewing Assignment (to be
confirmed): "Abandoned: The
Stories of Japanese War
Orphans in the Philippines
and China"
Pacific Empire
Reading Assignment: articles
Studiesin Amerasia Journal 42, no. 3(2016).
In-class group work
Asia-Pacific War
Reading Assignment: selected
Histories
chapters of Perilous Memories:
The Asia-Pacific War(s), editedby Takashi Fujitani, Geoffrey
M. White, and Lisa Yoneyama(London: Duke University
Press, 2001).
In-class groupwork
Militarization of the Reading Assignment: selected
Asia-Pacificchapters of Militarized
Currents: Toward Decolonized
Future in Asia and the Pacific,
edited by Setsu Shigematsu
and Keith Camacho(Minnesota: University of
Minnesota Press, 2010).
In-class group work
Consultations
Consultation for the final
presentation
Also: Submission of the
mid-term paper
Final Presentations Groups 1 & 2Final Presentations Groups 3 & 4
Final Presentations Group 5 and summary of theand Wrap up
courseグローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are required to read all the assignments and be
ready for class discussions and presentations. They will also
write weekly one-page reaction papers. University guidelines
suggest preparation and review should be around two hours aweek for a two-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Weekly reading and viewing assignments will be made available in the reserve section of the library and/or uploaded to thecourse website (Hoppii ‒ student information management
system).
【参考書】
Eiichiro Azuma, In Search of Our Frontier: Japanese America
and Settler Colonialism in the Construction of Japan’s
Borderless Empire (California: University of California Press,2019).
Takashi Fujitani, Race for Empire: Koreans as Japanese andJapanese as Americans during World War II (Los Angeles:
University of California Press, 2011).
Book Selection for the Final Presentation:
These books are purposefully outside the realm of the history
of US-Japan relations, but they reflect the impact of it in the
Asia-Pacific region.
a) Camacho, Keith. Cultures of Commemoration: The Politics
of War, Memory, and History in the Mariana Islands. Hawaii:
University of Hawaii Press, 2011.
b) Dvorak, Greg. Coral and Concrete: Remembering Kwajalein
Atoll between Japan, America, and the Marshall Islands.
Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 2018.
c) Serizawa, Takamichi. Writing History in America’s Shadow:
Japan, the Philippines, and the Question of Pan-Asianism.
Kyoto: Kyoto University Press, 2020.
d) Chapman, David. The Bonin Islanders, 1830 to the Present.
Lanham: Lexington Books, 2016.
e) Mire Koikari. Cold War Encounters in US-Occupied Okinawa: Women, Militarized Domesticity, and Transnationalism
in East Asia. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2015.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
10% - Class participation
50% - Short reaction papers
20% - Mid-term paper
20% - Final group presentation
Based on the grading criteria set by the instructor, students
that successfully achieve 60% or more of course goals will beable to earn a passing grade for the course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
n/a【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Gadgets such as laptops and tablets to read and view theassignments, write short reaction papers, and prepare the final
presentations【その他の重要事項】
Our class will most likely include students from different
origins and speaking different languages. Please respect eachother’s cultures. Also, if the readings are difficult to understanddue to differences in language proficiency, feel free to contactme.

— 124 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

3

LIN200LA

Intercultural Communication D

2016 年度以前入学者
4サブタイトル：Arts-Based Learning of Culture, Diversity, andSocial Activism

石原

5

紀子

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3
単位数：2 単位定員制

6

その他属性：〈グ〉〈ダ〉

7【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course, we start by discussing how arts facilitate
learning, especially of current social issues related to equity,
diversity, and social justice in the globalized world today.
You are invited to become part of this learning community
sharing your cultural and social knowledge and experience
while learning from others of all majors enrolled in this course.
You will experience various forms of art incorporated into social
activism calling for social and ecological justice. Throughthis experience, you will understand social, cultural, political,
and historical backgrounds associated with the given activism.
Your learning will be facilitated through the modeling by the
instructor as well as through peer teaching. We will alsocollaboratively research, discuss, and learn about non-violent
peace activists from various cultures and ethnic groups in theworld. This will provide you with an opportunity to consider amethod and option of acting and relating to others with respect,
empathy, and compassion within and across cultural borders.
【到達目標】In this course, you will: 1) understand and appreciate artistic
expressions of equity and cultural diversity, 2) understandsocial activism behind artistic expressions, and 3) participate
in an arts-based approach to social justice issues. You will also
reflect on your own reactions to issues of equity and diversity
and consider how this learning may influence your values,
identities, and worldview in relation to your major field ofstudy.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Before class you are required to work on some reading
assignments. In class we study new material, complete
relevant tasks in pairs or small groups, and share yourdiscussion with the class. You are encouraged to actively
participate in group work and problem-based learning (PBL).
Feedback will be given orally in interaction throughout thecourse. Written feedback will also be provided for your writing
and oral presentations within a week of your assignment
submission.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Course information, getting toknow each other2
Learning language
Learning about social activism
from/with art
from poetry, Marshall
Rosenberg

8
9
10
11

12

13

14

Poetry - 1, social
activism

Developing multicultural
identities through poetry,
Mother Teresa
Poetry - 2, social
Appreciating poetry writing,activism
Mahatoma & Katurabai
GandhiFilm, social activism Film for art and social justice,
Nelson Mandela
Stories/StoryNarratives for equity andtelling, social
diversity, Mairead Corrigan
activism
McGuire & Betty Williams
Artistic creativity in Language and peace, H. H.
peace linguistics,
The Dalai Lamasocial activism
Social activism through music,
Music - 1, social
activismsocial activist (TBA)
Music - 2, social
Social activism through music,
activismPeter Benenson
Children’s
Art and social justice in picture
literature,books, Sister Chan Khong
Folk tales
Peace education via
kamishibai theater,
Cesar Chavez
NovelsSocial/ecological justicethrough literature, Meena
Keshwar Kamal
Speeches
Equity and diversity expressedin a speech, social activist(TBA)
Wrap-up
Reflection and your artistic
expression【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
You should complete assigned reading and/or homework aheadof time and come to class ready for discussion. Review
your lesson after class and complete reflective writing whenassigned.
For your presentations, develop a peer teaching session
on artistic expressions of diversity or equity issues (micro
teaching) and creative multi-media talk on a social activistof your choice (mini-research presentation).
Prepare apresentation and discussion appealing and engaging for yourpeers and rehearse it to be effective.
University guidelines suggest the preparation and review timeof around two hours a week for a two-credit course like this one.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Censor, Meera. (2011). Humanitarians for justice, nonviolence,and peace. San Bernadino, California.
【参考書】
Other readings will be distributed through the course website,
Google Classroom. Handouts and resources related to thecourse content are to be provided in class or made available
in Google Classroom as well.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
You will receive a formal assessment of your work at the end of
the term. The grade on a late assignment may be lowered. You
will be graded on:1) Attendance and participation (20%)2) Micro teaching and mini research presentations (50%)4) Online reactive writing (16%)5) Final reflection (14%)
Regular attendance is essential in order to benefit from theinteractive nature of this course. You will not be able to passthis course if you miss more than three class periods a semester
except in extreme circumstances.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Message to the course participants:— 125 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

This is a relatively new course that requires you to share yourideas, knowledge, and experiences. You will meet interesting
peers from various cultures and learn from working with themas well as the instructor.
This course is conducted in English. Students must becompetent speakers of English (native or proficient with
TOEFL ® iBT 81+ or equivalent). If your scores are TOEFL® iBT 81 - 100, you can take this course but be ready to makea little more thorough preparation each week.
I expect international and Japanese students of all majors
to work collaboratively despite their different cultural andlinguistic backgrounds. Come with an open mind and learn
from each other!
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Become familiar with the course website to download readings
and post your work. You are also expected to check youruniversity email on a daily basis to keep up with courseannouncements.
【その他の重要事項】
Depending on the pandemic situation and your preferences,the course delivery method may change.
Please checkannouncements on Hoppii before the start of the course and
Google Classroom during the semester.

— 126 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
第 10 回 Culture

ARSa200LA

Intercultural Communication E

2017 年度以降入学者
第 11 回 Gastronomy

サブタイトル：コリンヌ

第 12 回 Gastronomy andculture第 13 回 Revision

ヴァリエンヌ

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：金 1/Fri.1
単位数：2 単位
定員制

第 14 回 Review and ExamParis 1 - Paris’s secrets Museum and places you don’tknow in Paris
Paris 2 -What do Parisien eat ?
Speciality of Paris
The art of eating from Middle
age to XIXe century
Fashion and gastronomy
revisions
Review and Exam

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours
each. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
このクラスでは、ファッションと料理にフランス文化を発見するでしょう。
In this class you will discover French culture in fashion andgastronomy.Intercultural part is also important and you will
improve your knowledge about French culture.
【到達目標】
ファッションと料理の語彙や表現を発見. 学生は、ファッションと料理のテーマについての会話を作ることができるようになります
you will be able to describe a fashion show and talk about
stylists as well as to recognize regional dishes and chef.You will
discover and improve your knowledge about French culture.

【テキスト（教科書）】
dictionary - 辞書【参考書】
辞書- a dictionary will help you to understand some Frenchsentences or expressions【成績評価の方法と基準】
出席と参加 -HOMEWORK AND PARTICIPATION : 50%.
最終試験 - FINAL EXAM : 50 %【学生の意見等からの気づき】
無い【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
フランスのファッションとグルメの文化についてのテキストとビデオを制作します。
We will study documents about French fashion and French
Gastronomy. For example, you will discover famous Frenchcity, Chefs and Stylists. Intercultural part is very importantin this class and you will have to think about your own habits
and compare with your own culture.You’ll have some reports (4or 5)during the semester and a Final report.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face回
テーマ
内容
第 1 回 Presentation
program of the semester
第 2 回 French region
Lyon 1 - All about the
beginning of French "cinema"
第 3 回 gastronomy
Lyon 2 - the specificity of Lyon
cuisine
第 4 回 Culture
Lyon 3 - what about thecultural aspects of Lyon
第 5 回 Fashion
Coco Chanel 第 6 回 Gastronomy
Do you know "Champagne" ?
how to make champagne andthe symbol of this famousdrink
第 7 回 Gastronomy
Champagne 2 - What is theChampagne gastronomy ?
Champagne is not only adrink, it is a famous region ofFrance too.
第 8 回 Culture
What can you visit inChampagne ?
第 9 回 GastronomyJoël Robuchon, one of thefamous French chef.

— 127 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

6

ARSa200LA

Intercultural Communication F

2017 年度以降入学者
7

サブタイトル：Quebec culture and society

STEVE

CORBEIL

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 5/Wed.5
単位数：2 単位定員制

【到達目標】
Students will learn the basic theories surrounding the politicalconcept of sovereignty. Then, they will apply these theories
in order to better understand Quebec literature and films.
They will be able to develop a critical approach to literary andfilm analysis that takes into account the cultural specificityof Quebec as well as its place in wider debates concerning
political independence, minority language and interculturalcommunication.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This is a lecture class, but students will have to ask questions
during class and give their opinion on many aspects of thelecture. After every class they will have to write comment
papers.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction toThis class will be a survey ofQuebec society from Quebec history from the Quiet
the 1960s
Revolution to the present day.
2
Introduction to theStudents will learn about theconcept ofconcept of sovereignty throughsovereignty
analysis of canonical texts.
3
Criticism regarding We will look at the main
the concept ofcriticism against sovereignty
sovereignty andand nationalism as well as
nationalism
their impact on Quebec
nationalist movement.
4
The importance of
We will try to understand why
French language as French is the cornerstone of
the foundation ofQuebec identity.
Quebec identity
5
Hockey, French
We will watch and analyze alanguage, andshort film based on a novellareligionby Roch Carrier: The Hockey
Sweater

We will read and analyze
excerpts from a novel by
Hubert Aquin: Next EpisodeWe will look at the cultural
production surrounding thefirst (1980) and second (1995)
Quebec Referendum.
We will read and analyze
songs and poems, as well as
essays about the Referendum.
We will look at the different
steps taken by the Quebec
government to create an
inclusive society, and how it
conflicts to a certain extent
with the idea of sovereignty.
We will look at essays andopinion pieces written about
immigration in Quebec.

8

Post-referendum
identity crisis

9

Immigration,
identity, andinterculturalism

10

Current debates
surrounding
immigration andinterculturalism
Feminism in Quebec Students will learn about thehistory of the feminist
movement in Quebec.
Literature andWe will read a text by Kim
migration
Thuy and look a the situationof refugees in Quebec.
Literature andWe will read a text by Marco
Quebec migration
Micone.
Quebec and cinema We will watch and analyze afilm by Pierre Falardeau.

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this class is to learn about the history and cultureof French speakers living in the Canadian province of Quebec.
Students will look at the very diverse cultural production ofQuebec writers, intellectuals, and filmmakers from the 1960s
to the present day. The class will focus on one important
keyword in order to understand Quebec society and culture:
the concept of sovereignty.
*** This class will be conducted online.

Personal
sovereignty andpolitical sovereignty
Referendum andindependence

11

12

13
14

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be asked to read a series of texts by French
writers and intellectuals in English translation. They will haveto write short commentaries about the texts. Also, they will
have to watch short films produced in Quebec. Preparatory
study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook for this class.
【参考書】
Jacques Derrida, The Beast and the Sovereign, Volume I (TheSeminars of Jacques Derrida), University Of Chicago Press,
2011.
Jacques Derrida, The Death Penalty, Volume I (The Seminarsof Jacques Derrida),University Of Chicago Press, 2013.
Hubert Aquin, Next Episode, New Canadian Library, 2010.
Roch Carrier, The Hockey Sweater, Tundra Books, 1985.
Gerard Bouchard, Interculturalism: A View from Quebec,University of Toronto Press, 2015.
Gerard Bouchard, National Myths:
Constructed Pasts,
Contested Presents, Routledge, 2013.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Final exam (40%)
Short essays (40%)
Class participation (20%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
There has not been negative feedback for this class. I intend toput even more emphasis on interaction with students this year.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None— 128 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ARSe200LA

Intercultural Communication G

2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：

尾形

Week
13
Week
14

Minority groups
Conclusion

Ainus, Okinawans, andZainichi Korean
Conclusion and further
reading【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
1 hours a week(Quizzes and/or Mini report)

太郎【テキスト（教科書）】
Original handouts

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：金 3/Fri.3
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The purpose of the course is to provide students with
opportunities to broaden their knowledge of Japan, especiallyin the areas of geography, history, education, family, gender,
culture and so on.
Through the course, students will deepen their knowledgeof Japan, which may support communication with Japanesepeople inside and outside of the campus.
Materials of each class will be available from Hoppi.
Every class includes quizzes or/and assignments.
Students are required to answer quizzes after the class.
Feedbacks on each task will be given through Hoppi.

【参考書】
Lyon,V., Bestor, T.C. with Yamagata, A.(ed.),Routledge Handbook of Japanese culture and society, Routledge, 2011.
Sugimoto, Y., An Itroduction to Japanese society 4th ed.,Cambridge University Press, 2014.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Quizzes and assignments 50%
Report 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing special【その他の重要事項】
There is a possibility that the schedule may be modified.

【到達目標】
Through the course, students will deepen their knowledgeof Japan, which may support communication with Japanesepeople inside and outside of the campus.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Materials of each class will be available from Hoppi.
Every class includes quizzes or/and assignments.
Students are required to answer quizzes after the class.
Feedbacks on each task will be given through Hoppi.
There is a possibility that the schedule may be modified.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Orientation
Class orientation
Week 2 Geography
Introduction to geographicalvariations in Japan
Week 3 Religion 1
Religions in modern Japan: an
overview
Week 4 Religion 2
Shinto and shrine
Week 5 Religion 3
Fieldwork in a shrine(Fieldwork)
Week 6 Culture 1
Introduction to Tea ceremony
Week 7 Culture 2
Introduction to JapanesegardenWeek 8 Culture 3
Fieldwork in a Japanese(Fieldwork)
gardenWeek 9 Social systems
Politics, Education etc.
Week
Demography
Demographic crisis
10
Week
Gender issues
Introduction to gender
11
stratification in Japan today
Week
Family system
Concept of ie（家）, marriage,
12
birth, gender roles.

— 129 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ARSe200LA

Intercultural Communication H

W7

Beliefs

W8

Foods

W9
W 10

Theater
Communication ①

W 11

Communication ②

W 12

Architecture and
Urban Planning

W 13

PeopleW 14

Final Exam andFeedback2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：Japanese Culture

山本

そのこ

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 4/Tue.4
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The objective of this course is to provide students with abrief survey of Japanese culture, covering both traditional andmodern aspects. It also aims to raise students’ awarenessof the Japanese culture as well as their own, which will
promote a better intercultural communication with local
people. Classes will consist of lectures and various activities,
including discussions, reaction paper writing, and student
presentations.
【到達目標】At the end of this course, the students are expected
to have a clearer and deeper understanding of Japaneseculture and people, which eventually facilitates interculturalcommunication with Japanese people.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP3、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This course will consist of primarily lectures, discussions andpresentations. Students are expected to actively participate
in class-/group discussions and oral presentations. Classtasks, quiz, and students’ reaction paper will be provided on
the Google classroom. Feedback to the task and reaction
paper (=students’ feedback) will be given in the following classsession in order to deepen the discussion.
The basic language used in class will be English, however,occasionally Japanese will be also used because of the natureof our topics.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Class Orientation[A selection process may
andoccur.]
Self-Introduction・class-orientation
・self-introduction
・greetings(as a part of culture)
W2
Stereotypes
・What is a stereotype?
・Image of Japan: Collectivism,homogeneity and verticallystructured society.
W3
Geography
・Outline of Japanesegeography.
W4
Seasonal Events ① ・Seasonal events from April to
September.
W5
Seasonal Events ② ・Seasonal events from October
to March.
W6
Rituals・Common rituals in Japaneselife.

・Religions.
・Taboos, superstitions, ghosts
and the supernatural.
・Japanese traditional foods
and drinks, including
home-cooking, bento, Kaiseki
and Teas.
Noh, Kabuki, Bunraku
・Characteristics of verbal
communication.
・Characteristics of non-verbal
communication.
・Housing
・Brief history andcharacteristics of Edo/Tokyo.
・Natural disasters and theirinfulence on architecture.
・History & varieties.
・’Minorities’
・Political correctness issues.
Review Check of the wholecourse.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
・Reading of assigned materials
・Preparation for allotted presentation.
・University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts【参考書】
・日鉄住金総研『日本 その姿と心』NIPPON JAPAN THE LAND
AND ITS PEOPLE
学生社（2014） ＜ DVD ＞
・松本美江『英語で日本紹介ハンドブック』アルク（2014）（MATSUMOTO Mie,
An Introductory Handbook to Japanand Its People,
ALC）
・E. Meyer "The Culture Map : Breaking Through the Invisible
Boundaries of Global Business" Public Affairs, 2014
・Nisbett Ph.D., Richard "The Geography of Thought: How
Asians and Westerners Think Differently...and Why" Free
Press, 2004
*Additional relevant literature will be introduced in class asnecessary.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation 30%
Presentation 30 %Reaction paper writing 10%
Final examination 30%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
If the conditions permit, the students will have morediscussions with their classmates who have various cultural
backgrounds, concerning not only Japanese culture but also thecultures of their own. Also if the situation allows, face-to-faceclass and some fieldwork activities are to be planned, just as
until 2019.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
・Device to access Google Classroom.
【その他の重要事項】
・Be sure to join Google Classroom.
・Check Hoppii and your Hosei account mail!
・Do not miss the first class as the detailed syllabus will behanded out and a selection process may occur.
・The schedule may be subject to change based on class size andother factors.

— 130 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

10

LANe300LA

教養ゼミⅠ
11

LASSEGARD JAMES
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：2 単位
定員制（15 名）

12

その他属性：〈グ〉

13【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This intermediate to advanced course examines various
aspects of Japanese society (education, economy, foreign
immigrants, etc.) using mostly materials (news items) written
by non-Japanese writers. The purpose of the course is to enable
students to think deeply about important societal issues that
affect them and to give students the opportunity to discussthem in English.
【到達目標】
This intermediate to advanced English course (Level 4)
examines various important issues in modern Japanese society.
Students will learn about different societal problems facing
Japan and to give their own opinion in English.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
This course is conducted entirely in English. English readings(newspaper and magazine articles) on Japan written by mostly
foreign writers, as well as other media, will be assigned prior to
every class. Class sessions may include lecture, comprehension
check, small and large group discussions, group debates and a
final presentation by students.
Feedback to students is provided on written work as well as
during class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face回
テーマ
内容
Self-introductions, course
1
Introduction:
Defining Quality of explanation, placement test
Life and Happiness2
Japanese university Reading and discussion
education andstudent ability
3
The economy,
Reading and discussion
careers and the job
hunting of
University Students
4
Gender issues:
Reading and discussion
exploring the lowbirthrate in Jaapn
5
Gender Part II: the Reading,discussion and debaterole of women in
Japanese society
6
Multicultural
Reading and discussion
Japan: accepting
foreign immigrants
7
Immigration in
Reading and discussion, andJapan (II)debate8Mid-semester
Midterm Essay due.
Review
9
School education
Review of writing assignments
related Issues

14

Educational
Issues:Conformity
and Ijime
School education:
the struggle forforeign language
aquisition
Various topics

Readings and discussion

Reading, discussion & debate

Students presentations andfeedback
Final papers submitted

Nationalism inJapan
Course wrap up:
Hand back final papers
Pursuit of happinessand life satisfaction【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Readings must be done prior to class sessions. Students are
responsible for looking up unfamiliar vocabulary and preparing
answers for discussion questions.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review should
be around an hour a week for a one-credit course【テキスト（教科書）】No required textbook. Reading materials will be provided by
the instructor.
【参考書】
Students should have a good English-Japanese dictionary
either in paper or electronic format to use both in and outsideof class.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated partly their willingness to express
themselves in both spoken and written English.
Class Participation: 30%
Midterm essay and Final report: 60%
Presentation (not graded): 10%
Attendance Policy: Students can miss no more than threeclasses per semester without a good reason (illness, emergency,etc). Coming to late class more than twice=one absence.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students should have some prior experience writing essays
and/or reports in English, Students will be doing short debatesin groups.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Students should have a good dictionary (paper or electronic)
and a file folder for keeping handout materials and notes.
【その他の重要事項】
Students are allowed up to 3 unexcused absences. One
more absence may be permitted if verification is provided.(jobhunting, etc)
In general, auditing the course (聴 講) is not allowed andstudents must register for course credit Students may choose
to audit the course after receiving approval from the instructor.
International (ESOP)Students are also welcome to enroll inthis course if they have sufficient English proficiency.
【Outline (in English)】Issues in Modern Japanese Society: This intermediate toadvanced course examines various aspects of Japanese society(education, economy, immigrants, etc.) using mostly materials
written by non-Japanese writers.The purpose of the course is toenable students to think deeply about important societal issues
that affect them and to give students the opportunity to discussthem in English.Students will have the opportunity to choose
what individual topics interest them the most.

— 131 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

8

LANe300LA

教養ゼミⅡ
9LASSEGARD JAMES
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：2 単位
定員制（15 名）

10
11

その他属性：〈グ〉

12【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This intermediate to advanced level course examines various
aspects of Japanese society (education, economy, foreign immigrants, etc.) using mostly materials written by non-Japanesewriters. The purpose of the course is to enable students
to think deeply about important societal issues that affectthem and to give students the opportunity to discuss themin English.Students will also have the opportunity to choose
which topics they wish to study and discuss in class.
【到達目標】
Students will be able to improve their academic speaking andwriting skills as a result of participation in this course.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
This course is conducted entirely in English. English readings(newspaper articles, etc) from mostly foreign writers will beassigned prior to every class. Class sessions will includelecture,small and big group discussions, occasional debates
and final presentations by students.Readings and topics maychange somewhat based on the preference and convenience ofclass members.
Course feedback will be provided in class and on written
assignments, as well as through Google Classroom or anothersystem. Students may correspond with the instructor via
e-mail.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction: How
Reading and discussion
to affect societal
change withcreation andrevision of policy
2
How Japan is
Reading and discussion
viewed overseas
3Japan as viewed
Reading, video, & discussion
overseas (II)4
Nationalism in
Reading,discussion & debate
Japan: defining
xenophobia
5
Nationalism in
Reading, discussion & debate
Japan(II): theso-called "insular"
student
6
The declining
Midterm reflection paper due
bithrate: youth
trends in Japan
7
Youth trends (II):Return midterm essay; lecture
the decline ofon improving writing
marriage13

14Japanese belief
systems: Where dovalues come from?
Belief systems (II):Spiritulity andorganized religion
Death by Overwork:
Made in Japan?
Overwork Suicide:
A National Crisis
Various topics

Is Japan’s Economy
getting worse? The
Declinist Debate
Healthy life-workbalance: A review

Reading and discussion

Readings, discussion anddebateLecture, readings, video &discussion
Reading, discussion & debate
Students’individual
presentations and classfeedback
Final papers(reports) due

Return final reports &Semester Wrap up【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students must come prepared to class by doing the assigned
readings, looking up unfamiliar vocabulary words, etc.
Students are expected to already know how to write a
simple essay,including paragraph writing,introduction, bodyand conclusion.
Approximately two hours each week will be necessary for outof class study time.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook for this course. Instructor will provide
reading materials each week.
【参考書】
Students should have a good English-Japanese dictionary,either paper or electronic and bring it to class every week.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on their understanding of thematerial as well as their ability to express themselves in bothspoken and written English.
Class Participation: 30%
Midterm and Final Papers: 60%
Presentation: 10% (not graded)
Attendance Policy: Students cannot be absent more than threetimes to earn credit for this course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
More opportunities for student debate will be incorporated intoclassroom activities, depending on the numbers of students
who enroll.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Student should have a good dictionary and a file folder for
keeping all class handouts and notes.
【その他の重要事項】
Attendance is very important. Students who have more than
3 unexcused absences may not receive credit for this course.
One additional excused absence may be permitted if proper
verification is provided (for job hunting, etc).
Students should have some experience in writing essays orreports in English.
Students may enroll in this course only for fall semester if they
wish.
International students (ESOP) are welcome to enroll in thiscourse.
Students wishing to audit（聴講）the course may do so with thepermission of the instructor.
【Outline (in English)】This intermediate to advanced English course (Level 4)
examines various important issues in modern Japanese society.
Students will learn about different societal problems facing
Japan and and will be able to exercise critical thinking to giveand clarify their opinions in English.

— 132 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

Week 4 Energy supply

BIO200LA

Natural Science A

2017 年度以降入学者
Week 5 What is "soil"?

宇野真介

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3
単位数：2 単位
リ・自／※定員制（30 名）

Week 6 What is biodiversity
and why is it
important?

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, or
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), has come to berecognized as a common challenge for the human society, which
is a manifestation of the severity of various problems we as a
species are faced with. In light of this current situation, thiscourse focuses on the concept of "sustainability" so as to provide
students with an opportunity to learn about basic scientificaspects of environmental problems and also to learn about
relevant social issues in an attempt to provide a holistic viewof human impact on the global environment.
【到達目標】
This course is designed to teach about ecological and social
issues. Therefore, the course objectives are: 1) to understandbasic scientific concepts required to comprehend various
environmental problems; 2) to understand social problems
related to the environmental problems dealt with in thiscourse; and 3) to form personal perspective and opinion about
the current state of human society by understanding theinterrelated nature of the environmental and socioeconomic
problems.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。経営学部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will be taught mainly in a face-to-face lectureformat, however, there will also be opportunities for students
to actively participate in class through, for example, group
activities and discussions. In addition to in-class interactions,students will utilize the learning assistance system (Hoppii)
to express their opinions/reactions and to submit questions
regarding the materials presented in each class, and the
instructor will give feedback/answer questions, as needed.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Understanding
As an introduction to thesustainability andcourse, the concept ofbasic features ofsustainability and the basic
ecosystemfeatures of ecosystem will be
discussed.
Week 2 Atmospheric
In light of the ongoing "climatechanges and theircrisis", the composition of theconsequences
Earth’s atmosphere andconsequences of atmosphericchanges will be discussed.
Week 3 Water cycle and the Water will be focused as anuse of water
essential matter for sustaining
resource
life and ecosystem, and thewater cycle and use of water
resource will be discussed.

Week 7 Applied ecology forsustainable resource
management

Week 8 Ecological issues ofmodern agriculture
Week 9 Food production andenvironmental
conservation
Week
10

Is development
sustainable?

Week
11

Consequences of"unwanted"
development

Week
12

Understanding
multi-stakeholder
problem solving

Week
13

Toward asustainable society

Week
14

What is happening
in the global
environment andwhere do we go fromhere?

Energy supply in ecosystemand energy issue in the humansociety will be discussed.
The importance of soil in an
ecosystem will be discussed inrelation to ongoingenvironmental problems.
Basic features and current
state of biodiversity will be
discussed in relation to its
importance for the humansociety.
Group activity is used tointegrate the concepts learnedin the previous lectures andapply them to ecologicalproblem solving.
Positive and negative impactsof agricultural modernization
will be discussed.
Approaches to achieving foodsecurity without degrading
environment will be discussedwith concrete examples.
Focusing on mineral resources,
issues related to demand andsupply of natural resources
will be discussed.
Environmental and social
problems caused by"development" in thedeveloping world will be
discussed.
Group work will be used tointegrate the concepts learnedin the previous lectures andapply them to socio-ecologicalproblem solving.
Alternative models that may
help build a sustainable
society will be discussed.
The course contents will be
reviewed to grasp the current
state of the global
environment, and future
prospects will be discussed.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review contents of individual lectures,
thoroughly read distributed materials, and utilize the online
learning support system, as needed. Standard amounts of time
to be spent for this purpose are two hours each for preparation
and review.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None. Reading materials will be distributed as needed.
【参考書】
To be announced as needed.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Student performance will be graded based on quizzes (40 %), a
final assignment (40 %), and participation/in-class contribution(20%). Quizzes will be used to evaluate understanding ofcourse materials (Course objectives 1 and 2). The final
assignment will be an opportunity for students to demonstrate
their understanding of the course material by presenting
their personal analysis/opinion about the current state ofhuman society (Course objective 3). Participation will be used
to evaluate student performance in each class and in-classactivities.

— 133 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Providing opportunities for students to interact with otherstudents and exchange their opinions proved effective inenhancing their learning.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Students will need to have access to Hoppii.

— 134 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

HSS100LA

Elementary Health and Physical
Education2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：

武井敦彦

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：月 1/Mon.1
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The purpose of this course is to deepen students’ understandingof the significance and role of physical activity and to foster
the acquisition of essential knowledge and attitudes that
contribute to the maintenance and promotion of physical,
mental, and social health and self-management throughout life
through lectures and practical training.
【到達目標】
By the end of the course, students should be able to do thefollowings:
1.Deepen understanding of the significance and role of physicalactivity from various perspectives.
2.Acquire the ability to use sports activities to establish aprosperous and healthy student and social life.
3.Acquire basic knowledge and develop attitudes that contribute to self-management.
4.To acquire the ability to demonstrate leadership andsolve problems through communication with others, which isconsidered to be extremely important for playing an active rolein the real world after graduation.
5.Aim to acquire various skills that lead to the developmentof employment ability (ability to build relationships of trust,
ability to act jointly, etc.).
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
If the Method(s) is changed, we will announce the details of any
changes.
Students are expected to be in good physical condition before
attending the class so that they will not have any physical ormental problems during the physical activities in the class.
In addition, students are expected to follow the lecture’s
instructions in charge of the class regarding assignments to bedone after class and preparations for the next class.
This class has comprised both lectures and practical lessons,and students are expected to learn and understand elementary
health and physical education. Also, the class schedule may bechanged due to COVID-19 and the university guidelines.
Due to the coronavirus pandemic, if too many students areregistered for this class, we may have to choose students via
random selection to avoid a large group gathering. Further
details of this will be announced through Hoppii before the first
lesson starts.
When students submit reaction papers, the teacher willcomment or give feedback on those reaction papers at the
beginning of the next session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Guidance
Introduction of the course, 1st
Presentation (Lecture)2
Physical Fitness
Implementing of the physicalTestfitness test
(Practical
Lesson）
3
Learning the
Building the relationship with
Individual Sports 1 classmates through badminton(Practical Lesson）
4
Learning the
Facilitating the mutual
Individual Sports 2 understanding withclassmates through badminton(Practical Lessons)5
Learning the
Building the relationship with
Individual Sports 3 classmates through table
tennis (Practical Lesson）
6
Learning the
Facilitating mutual
Individual Sports 4 understanding withclassmates through table
tennis (Practical Lessons)7
Strength &Implementing and collecting
Conditioning 1
the data of the strength andconditioning (Practical Lesson)
8
Strength &Learning the theory ofConditioning 2
strength and conditioning(Lecture)
9
Learning the Team Building the relationship withSports 1classmates through the futsal(Practical Lesson）
10
Learning the Team Facilitating the mutualSports 2
understanding withclassmates through the futsal(Practical Lesson）
11
Health & Fitness 1 Leaning the proper physicalfunction to improve the QOL(quality of life)（Lecture）
12
Health & Fitness 2 Implementing the stability
and mobility exercises(Practical Lesson）
13
Learning the
Learning the basic principle
Warm-Upsand implementing the proper
warm-ups, 2nd Presentation(Lecture & Practical Lesson)
14
Summarizing theOverview of the course andCoursecompile a report (Lecture)【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
This class’s standard preparatory study and review time is
2 hours each. The purpose of this class is to understandthat sports activities contribute to the promotion of physicaland mental health and interpersonal relationships throughlectures and practical training. Therefore, record the timespent on daily physical activity, meals, sleep time, etc., lookback on the contents, and record the effects and future tasks.
Also, get in the habit of looking at various sports-related
information sent from TV, newspapers, the Web, etc. This work
will deepen your understanding of the contents of this class.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook will be used.
【参考書】
Reference books may be introduced as and if necessary.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Your overall grade in the class will be decided based on thefollowing.
1. Participation status for activities during class / Reaction
paper 60%,
2. Assignments / Reports 40%.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No— 135 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

In principle, this grade evaluation method is used, andstudents who have difficulty in normal activities will be treatedand evaluated individually.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None (due to a newly appointed teacher).
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
1. Students must bring their proper sportswear and indoor
shoes for practical lessons.
2. Students must bring their own personal computer or mobile
device to create and submit assignments.
【その他の重要事項】
1. The order and content of each class can be changed/modified
due to the number of participants and available facilities, aswell as the situation of COVID-19 and university guidelines.
2. This class is planned to be held offline (face to face);
therefore, please follow the university guidelines carefully
when participating in classes (e.g., sanitizing your hands before
participation).
3. If students have any issues, including health, before, during,
and after the class, students must inform their condition to theteacher.

— 136 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MEC300XB

Introduction to Intelligent Robotics
チャピ ゲンツィ
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is an introduction to the theory of robotics. Therefore,
it covers the fundamentals of the field, including homogeneoustransformations, forward and inverse kinematics of robot manipulators,
motion planning, trajectory generation and robot sensing. In the last
three lectures, topics such as Genetic Algorithms, Neural Networks andEvolutionary Robotics will be explained.
【到達目標】
The aim is to gain knowledge in the field of robot design, development
and programming and also artificial intelligence and its application.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」と「DP2」と「DP4」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The changes in the lesson plan will be presented in the learning support
system.
Instructional methods include assigned readings, lectures, programming exercises and discussions. The feedback for assignments (tests
and reports, etc.) are given during office hours.

【参考書】
1. Schilling R J (1990). Fundamentals of Robotics - Analysis & Control.
2. Fu K, Gonzalez R and Lee C. Robotics (Control Sensing Vision &Intelligence).
【成績評価の方法と基準】
The assessment consists of two components: participation (20%),and the final report project (80%). Students, whose total points ofevaluations of the exam and reports is 60 points or higher will pass.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
The course concentrates on creating links between theory and practice.
Therefore, many real application examples will be considered.
【Outline (in English)】This course is an introduction to the theory of robotics. Therefore,
it covers the fundamentals of the field, including homogeneoustransformations, forward and inverse kinematics of robot manipulators,
motion planning, trajectory generation, robot sensing.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
A brief history, types of robots,
some useful websites, textbooks
and research journals.
2
Sensors and signal
Common robot sensors and theirprocessing
properties.
3
Image processing
Spatial domain transformations
methods
and edge detection.
4
Actuators
Different kinds of actuators, DC
servo and brushless motors, modelof a DC servo motor.
5
Manipulator
Homogeneous transformations andkinematics
matrix methods, Euler angles;
directional cosines; roll, pitch, yaw.
6
Manipulator
D-H parameters and link
kinematics
transforms.
Examples of kinematics of common
robot manipulators.
7
Robot Inverse
Study of Manipulator inverse
Kinematics
kinematic solutions.
8
Velocity and statics ofJacobian matrix of robot
robot manipulators.
manipulators.
9
Robot Dynamics
Lagrangian formulation forequations of motion of robot
manipulators.
10
Modeling and analysis Wheeled mobile robots and theirof wheeled mobile
Simulation using Matlab.
robots11
Control Theory
Feedback, feedforward and open
loop control.
Linear first order lag processes.
Limitations of control theory.
12Intelligent robot
Reinforcement learning for control.
control
13Intelligent robot
Evolutionary approaches.
control
14Intelligent robot
Case studies and applications
control【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】【本授業の準備・復習等の授業時間外学習は、4 時間を標準とする】Students
are expected to download and read assigned readings prior to lectures.
A number of problems will be solved during the lecture. The problems
which will not be solved during the lecture, will be submitted as a reportin t【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts and other printed materials will be provided. They will bealso made available for download.

— 137 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

PRI100XE

Introduction to Computer Science and Information Technology
周

金佳、彌冨

仁、内田

薫、鳥飼

弘幸、藤井

章博、黄

潤和、栗田

太郎、余

恪平

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This class is a part of the group of English based global open classes,
which aims at giving students chances of global experience. Students
can acquire comprehensive introductory knowledge and insight on theimportant fields in computer science and information.
【到達目標】
Students can acquire a clear and comprehensive perspective of R/Dissues in the field of computer science and information technology.
Students can learn scientific (mathematical, physical) bases of
cutting-edge technologies with large practical significance.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」と「DP2」と「DP4」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
This class is taught in an omnibus style by professors Jinjia Zhou,
Hitoshi Iyatomi, Akinori Fujii, Runhe Huang, Kaoru Uchida, Torikai,
and Dr.Taro Kurita. Each lecturer will have two classes. Topics varyfrom basic software engineering to advanced AI technology as shown inthe class contents below.
The HOPPII online learning system will be used to submit reports andget feedback from lecturers.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / NoClass
day 12

Ubiquitous systems
software and artificial
intelligence 2(Runhe Huang)Class
day 13

Computer systemdesign and innovation
1(Akihiro Fujii)
Computer systemdesign and innovation
2(Akihiro Fujii)Class
day 14

Brain modeling for Internet machine/robot/system/organism/biomass,
self-observation, self-learning,self-organization based
self-evolutionary brain model.
Fundamentals of computer systemdesign, distributed system design,
semantic web.
Computer system design andinnovation 2
Web-service, collective intelligenceand innovative businessapplications【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】【本授業の準備・復習等の授業時間外学習は、4 時間を標準とする】
After each class, students are expected to spend 1 hour
understanding the course content.
Submission of the short report is required in each professor’s class.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts will be provided at each professor’s class.
【参考書】
References will be shown in the handouts provided by each professor.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grading will be made based on submitted short papers to each professor(100%).

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Class
Introduction andOverview of the topics in the field
day 1
Multimedia processing of computer science and(Jinjia Zhou)
information technology which will
be taught in the class.
Class
Multimedia processing ASIC/FPGA architectures for
day 2(Jinjia Zhou)
multimedia signal processing andlow-power, high-performance, VLSI
design for video coding/decoding.
Class
Software Engineering 1 The basic concepts of agile
day 3(Taro Kurita)
software development, including
manifesto for agile
software development, principles
behind the agile
manifesto, and scrum, which is anagile framework.
Class
Software Engineering 2 The basic concepts of user
day 4
(Taro Kurita)
interface (UI) and user experience(UX), including humanmachine interface (HMI), user
experience design (UXD),and
human centered design (HCD).
Class
Image and Intelligent
Fundamentals of image processing,day 5
information processing image recognition and analysis.
1(Hitoshi Iyatomi)
Class
Image and Intelligent
Computer vision, machine
day 6
information processing learning, deep learning, text
2
mining and their medical(Hitoshi Iyatomi)
engineering applications.
Class
Biomimetic and AI
Fundamentals of biomimetic
day 7electronic circuits 1
electronic circuit(Hiroyuki
Torikai)Class
Biomimetic and AI
Fundamentals of AI electronic
day 8electronic circuits 2
circuit(Hiroyuki
Torikai)Class
Pattern recognition 1
Fundamentals of pattern
day 9(Kaoru Uchida)recognition and real world
application.
Class
Pattern recognition 2
Biometrics and business innovation
day 10(Kaoru Uchida)through computer and information
sciences.
Class
Ubiquitous systems
Knowledge representation andday 11
software and artificial
configuration, knowledge discovery
intelligence 1
and fusion, human cognitive(Runhe Huang)
process modeling.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
n/a【その他の重要事項】
1) Since classes are taught in English, students need to have a certain
level of English proficiency. We welcome students who challenge toovercome the language barrier.
2) If the class is offered online, the learning support system will provide
information about the change in the online lesson method, lesson plan,and grade evaluation method each time. Please regularly check to see if
the instructor has contacted you through the learning support system.
【Outline (in English)】This class is a part of the group of English based global open classes,
which aims at giving students chances of global experience. Students
can acquire comprehensive introductory knowledge and insight on theimportant fields in computer science and information.
After each class, students are expected to spend 1 hour
understanding the course content.
The final grade will be evaluated based on reports (90%), and in-classcontribution (10%).

— 138 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAT200XF

Probability Models and Applications
安田和弘

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Learning a basic part of probability theory and some applications inEnglish.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is to understand the basic part of probability
theory and some applications.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」と「DP2」と「DP4」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture-style.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
An introduction to learn
mathematics in English.
2
Probability 1
Sample space, event, probability
and independence.
3
Probability 2
Random variable and distribution.
4
Probability 3
Expectation and variance.
5
Probability 4
Discrete distribution, binomial
distribution, and Poisson
distribution.
6
Probability 5
Continuous distribution, uniformly
distribution, exponential
distribution and normal
distribution.
7
Probability 6
Joint distribution, covariance andcorrelation.
8
Probability 7
Conditional probability, Bayesianinference and conditional
expectation.
9
Probability 8
Review of probability parts.
10
Application 1
Random walk.
11
Application 2
Markov chain.
12
Application 3
Poisson process and compound
Poisson process.
13
Application 4
Brownian motion.
14
Application 5
Review of application parts.
【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】【本授業の準備・復習等の授業時間外学習は、4 時間を標準とする】（Preparatory
study and review time for this class are totally 4 hours.）
As preparing learning, fundamental calculus and linear algebra should
be reviewed.
During the term, learning probability theory from "English" textbooks.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Nothing special.
【参考書】
I will introduce references in classes as appropriate.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class contribution (50%) and Reports (50%). Reports will be handedback with feedback.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing special.
【その他の重要事項】
Note that this lecture is not a lecture for studying English.
【Outline (in English)】
Learning a basic part of probability theory and some applications inEnglish.

— 139 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

NAS300YA

Introduction to Biology and Chemistry for Sustainability Ⅰ
常重

アントニオ、山下

明泰、杉山

賢次、越智

英輔、廣岡

裕吏

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course gives a multidisciplinary overview of Bioscienceand Applied Chemistry, and how they contribute to a
progressive yet sustainable society.
Faculty members of
three departments: Frontier Bioscience, Chemical Scienceand Technology, and Clinical Plant Science, will present inan easy-to-understand manner how their respective fields
are contributing to the improvement of both humankind andnature.
【到達目標】
The foremost goal of this course is to get the enrolled student
acquainted with an introductory course delivered in Englishthat demands active participation. In addition, through thiscourse, the student will acquire a basic knowledge of Bioscienceand Applied Chemistry, emphasizing the importance ofcoexistence between human beings and the environment, thecrucial role of improving, expanding and renewing resources,in order to create a sustainable society for future generations.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
DP2【授業の進め方と方法】
Lectures will be delivered once every week by different faculty
members who will address his/her specialty topic. Dependingon the instructor, main activities in each class might involve
reading, writing, listening, presentations and discussions.
As this course will be delivered in the online format, students
from campuses other than Koganei (and even from overseas)
are welcome to participate.
Timetable will be adjusted
appropriately.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introductory notes. The purpose of this course.
(AT)
Key notes on the scope of thiscourse.Interests andbackground.
2
Brief description of Origin of the elements. "We
the birth andareevolution ofstardust".Proto-atmosphere.
universe and the
Are "rare metals" really rare?
Earth. (AT)3
Evolution of oxygen Was oxygen ever present in theand water on Earth Earth atmosphere? Where did(AT)water come from? How do weknow?
4Emergence of
The origin of life. The
vestigial forms of
persistence of life. Periodic
life and the Big
fluctuations in forms of life on
Mass Extinctions
Earth. The many times life on(AT)
Earth almost was annihilated.
5
The concept of Gaia James Lovelock and tghe Gaia
(AT)
Theory. A simulation for theinterrelationship between
Biosphere and Lithosphere.

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

The Three Pillars(3BL) of
Sustainability (AT)John Elkington’s Triple
Bottom Line for sustainable
development. The need for an
integrated approach.
The importance of
Evolution of human society.
going from Linear to The need for a sustainable
Circular(AT)development.
Good intentions are notenough.
The many footprints What are they, and why it is soof humanimportant to know what yourdevelopment (AT)values are. Is global warming
real?
Exploitation of
Unsustainable exploitation ofnatural resources
Nature. Production and(AT)consumption. Pollution. Waste
management. Recycling.
Genetically-modified What are they? Concerns andorganisms (GMO)
safety. The Importance of(TA)being discriminating. Are
GMOs that bad?
Inorganic ceramic
Functional materials
materials.(TI)
fabricated through building-up
ceramic particles.(TI)
Powder and Slurry
Basic concept and theory ofTechnology(TM)powder and slurry technology.
Application of powder andslurry technology to daily life.
Clinical Plant
Biological characteristics ofScience (HH)
plant pathogenic bacteria(HH)
Physiological and biological
Skeletal muscle
responses in skeletal muscle tophysiology andexercise.
biology (EO)

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】【本授業の準備・復習等の授業時間外学習は、4 時間を標準とする】
Students are expected to review class materials. Further study
on each topic is encouraged. Full participation of students as
discussions is encouraged and will be graded.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Due to the nature of emerging technologies and the multidisciplinary nature of the course, no textbook in particular isnecessary, but important reference materials are listed below.
Hand-outs will be distributed for each class, or made available
in advance through the supporting system Hoppii.
【参考書】(1) "Life in the Universe", by Sagan, C., Gould, S.J., Minsky, M.
& Weinberg, S. Scientific American, 1984; (2)Gaia: A New Look at Life on Earth", by James Lovelock(Oxford Landmark Science, 2016); (3) "The Circular Economy",
by Walter R. Stahel, Taylor and Francis Group, 2019.
"Human Scale Development" (1989) Manfred Max-Neef et al.
Development Dialogue, Other references for further study will
be introduced in each class, and can be downloaded from the
supporting system Hoppii.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grading will be assessed on the student’s performance in eachclass, based on reports, active participation, presentations, anddiscussion.

— 140 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Topics that required more attention have been expanded.
Compared with previous years, some topics have been renewed
as new lecturers join the present course.
This is an Open-Global Course, and therefore, students fromother campuses different from Koganei are also welcome toenroll. Considering the timetable difference from different
campuses, appropriate adjustments will be arranged.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
For online classes, computers with audiovisual capabilities andinternet access are required. Some, if not most materials canbe downloaded prior or during class via the Hoppii system.

— 141 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

HUI311KA-CS-322

ユビキタスコンピューティング馬

建華

必選区分： ｜ 配当年次／単位：4 年次／ 2 単位 ｜ 開講時期：春学期授業/Spring
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course covers ubiquitous computers, devices, networks,
applications and key technologies in ubiquitous systems andservices.
Students are expected to learn a systematic
knowledge on ubiquitous computing as well as various
ubiquitous applications.
【到達目標】
This course attempts to provide a unified overview of thebroad field of ubiquitous computing. Students are expected tounderstand ubiquitous devices from RFID, sensors, wearables,
various ubiquitous networks, as well as key technologies
including context-awareness, smart u-things, IoT, security,
privacy, etc.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
情報科学部ディプロマポリシーのうち「DP4-2」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
This course will first give general introductions of ubiquitous computing, essential devices, important networks andrepresentative services, and then check various ubiquitousdevices including RFID, e-tag, sensors, handhelds, wearable
devices, robots, IoT, etc. as well as their typical applications.
The context as a special kind of information in ubiquitous
computing will be described in details and related contextaware computing technologies, systems and application will
be presented. Various key issues in ubiquitous computing
smartness, intelligence, security, safety, trust and relatedsocial issues will be discussed. In each class, a student isrequested to write a summary of main content learnt in thethe class. Students are also requested to write four reports
corresponding to the four parts of this course. Students areencouraged to ask questions in class and via email after class.
All questions will be answered and feedback promptly in classor after class.

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Context andContext-Aware
ComputingContext-Aware
Technologies,
Systems andApplications
Smart u-Things andUbiquitousIntelligence
Internet of Things(IoT)

Context classifications,features and models, andcontext-aware computing
Architectures of context-awaresystems, and context-aware
applications

Classifications of smart things,
and their techniques andintelligence
Characteristics of IoT, theirsystem models, typicalapplications, and technicalchallenges
Security, Safety and Features and technologies ofTrust in Ubiquitous ubiquitous security, safety andComputingtrust
Social Issues in
Privacy, green/eco, social
Ubiquitousissues and ethic problems in
Computingubiquitous computing
Ubiquitous Activity Activity categories of human
Recognition
and animal, data collection
using ubiquitous devices,
activity recognition algorithms
and applications
Ubiquitous Emotion Affective computing, sentiment
Recognition
analysis, vital sign sensors,emotion recognition
Emerging
New ubiquitous technologies
Ubiquitousand applications
Technologies【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Read the corresponding lecture note before each class, review
the content after each class, well prepare the requested
report after class, and submit each report before its deadline.
Students will be expected to spend four hours to preview
the lecture notes and review the content learnt and complete
assignment in each class according to grading policy.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【テキスト（教科書）】
Online course materials provided by this teacher.

【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction to
What is ubiquitous computing?
Ubiquitous
History & features ofComputingubiquitous computing related
visions & technologies
2
Introduction to
Various ubiquitous computers
Ubiquitousdevices, pervasive networks
Computers,
and smart services
Networks andServices
3
RFID Technologies
RFID categories, working
and Applications
mechanisms, standards,
technologies, systems andapplications
4
Sensors and Sensor Various sensors, their features,
Networks
interconnections andapplications
5
Handheld Devices,
Handheld devices, wearable
Wearables anddevices, and robots in Ubicomp
Robots【参考書】
・Related materials on the Internet【成績評価の方法と基準】
Overall evaluation (100%) will be based on- online class reports (10%)- four reports about ubiquitous technologies (40%)- term exam (50%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Provide more representative ubiquitous research.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Bring a PC.

— 142 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Outline (in English)】
The course consists of four parts, ubiquitous devices, ubiquitous networks, ubiquitous technologies, and ubiquitous
applications in IoT, smart things and daily life assistance. The
students are expected to have a comprehensive understandingon various aspects in ubiquitous computing. Students will be
expected to spend four hours to preview the lecture notes andreview the content learnt and complete assignment in eachclass according to grading policy. Overall evaluation (100%)
will be based on online class reports (10%), four reports aboutubiquitous technologies (40%), and term exam (50%).

— 143 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe300CA

10

時事英語セミナーＡ

11

中谷 安男
12
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉

13【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.
【到達目標】
This course is designed to give students a comprehensive viewof business presentation and discussion skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP3」「DP5」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP3」「DP5」「DP9」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Students learn the important skills for effective presentations
in English. They can have opportunities to improve theirnegotiation skills. This course also develops an awareness of
the importance of coherence and cohesion in speech discourse
to attract audience.
We share the feedback participants and discuss the issues toenhance lessons.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Shiseido Thailand
1
Introduction
Marketing Mix in
Emerging Countries

2

3

4

5
6
7

8

9

Innovative
MarketingApproaches
Exploring Global
Business andEnhancing People’s
Sustainable Value

Kao USA

Confectionery
Marketing inOverseas Business
Guerrilla Marketing
Strategies
Counter Innovators’
DilemmaEnhancing InternalCommunication of
Global Company
Focus Strategy and
Cost Leadership
Strategy in Frozen
Food Industry

Morinaga

World Standard
Hospitality

Imperial Hotel

MUJI:

14

Creating a Japanese
Luxury Brand
Japanese Art andTechnology.
Clean Water Supply
System for BOP
Business
Connecting People
With What’sHappening
Uniting the Worldfor a Better
Tomorrow

Toyota Lexus
Toshiro Alloy Inc

Yamaha Motor Indonesia andAfricaTwitter Japan

IC

Net

Limited【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Lessons preparation and review exercises
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Business Case Studies of Global Leaders. By Y. Nakatani & R.
Smithers.
Seibido【参考書】
Dynamic Presentations, by M. Hood. Kinseido【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class partcipation and contribution 30%
Class presnetaions 40%
Final presentation 30%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Improving writing skills as well
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
PC, DVD, Internet connection【Outline (in English)】Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentationand negotiation skills.

Ryohinkeikaku

U.S.A

Coca-Cola Laos
Toshiba Vietnam
Honda Motor

Hatchando Vietnam— 144 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【参考書】
Yoshio Sugita & Richard R. Caraker. Writing for Presentation
in English. Nan’un-do

LANe300CA

時事英語セミナーＢ【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class partcipation and contribution 30%
Class presnetaions 40%
Final presentation 30%

中谷 安男
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Improving writing skills as well

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.
【到達目標】
This course is designed to give students a comprehensive viewof business presentation and discussion skills.

【学生が準備すべき機器他】
PC, DVD, Internet connection【Outline (in English)】Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japan contexts. They also learn English presentation
skills.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP3」「DP5」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP3」「DP5」「DP9」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Students learn the important skills for effective negotiations
in English. This course also develops an awareness of theimportance of coherence and cohesion in speech discourse to
attract audience.
We share the feedback participants and discuss the issues toenhance lessons.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Intel Japan
2
Creating Value and Coca-Cola
Making a Difference3
Luxury Business
Chanel & CD
4
MOT
Sapporo Breweries
5
Reviving a Leading MUJI
Brand
6
Negotiation withIntel Japan
Headquarters
7
Making a
JRK
Challenging
Business Profitable
8
Omotenashi
Shiseido China
9
Emerging Market
Toshiba Vietnam
10De-centralizing
Intel Japan Promotions
Marketing
Strategies
11
Confectionary
Meigetsudo
Business
12
Global MUJI
MUJI
13
Enhancing Global
Global Shiseido
Brand
Communication
14
Global Business
Konica Minolta
Model【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Lesson preparation and review exercises
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Leadership; Case Studies of Business Leaders in Japan
Yasuo NAKATANI & Ryan Smithers. Kinseido— 145 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ビジネス英語初級Ａ【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Since the comments did not recommend any changes, nochanges will be made unless specific changes are requested.

JOHN THOMAS LACEY【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None

LANe200CA

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位【その他の重要事項】
None

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn about cross-culturaldifferences in international business.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to help students improve theirintercultural business communication skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Weekly assignments will be required to complete. Feedback
will be given immediately after assignments have been
submitted or presented in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Student
Essay (1)introductions
Week 2 Course introduction Read assigned documents
Week 3 Introduction Letters Formal letters
Week 4 Resume
ReusmeDevelopment
Week 5 Mock Job Interviews Preparation for interview
Week 6 Businesses
Presentation 1
Week 7 ResearchPresentation 1
Product Development
Week 8 Presentation Day
Product
Development
Week 9 CM Script
CM Script
Week
Commercial Day
Summary Response
10
Week
Business etiquette
Article11
Week
Business etiquette
Writing Assignment
12
Week
Review as necessary Peer Review
13
(1)
Week
Review as necessary Final Class Review
14(2)【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should prepare for each class by completing outsideclass study. Following the lesson, students will have home
preparation for student presentations or writing assignments.
required (approximately four hours at the student’s discretion).
【テキスト（教科書）】
None
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on the basis of the assignments
they complete (100%). It is important that you attend class
to receive assignment information.

— 146 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should prepare for each class by completing outsideclass study. Following the lesson, students will have home
preparation for student presentations or writing assignments.
required (approximately four hours at the student’s discretion).

LANe200CA

ビジネス英語初級Ｂ
JOHN THOMAS LACEY
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall【テキスト（教科書）】
None

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。

【参考書】
None

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course, students will learn about cross-culturaldifferences in international business and related issues【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on the basis of the assignments
they complete (100%). It is important that you attend class
to receive assignment information.

【到達目標】The goal of this course is to help students improve theircommunication skills.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Since the comments did not recommend any changes, nochanges will be made unless specific changes are requested.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will be given a number of topics and then be required
to do a presentation. Emphasis will be on public speaking.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Course introduction Read assigned documents
Week 2 General SpeechBusiness ResearchNon-verbal
Communication.
Week 3 Presentation Day 1 A difficult moment
Week 4 Speech 2
Intonation Speech Preparation
Intonation
Week 5 Famous Speakers
ResearchResearch
Week 6 Famous Speakers
Day 1
Final Speech IntroResearch Topic
Week 7 Famous Speaker
Day 2
Final Speech intro
continued
Research Final Speech first
Week 8 Dialogue
Development
draft work.
Hook and Issue
Week 9 Dialogue
Research Final Speech First
Preparation with
Draft
partner
Final Speech
Statistics andQuotesWeek
Dialogue Day
Rewrite First Draft
10
Final Speech
Deadline First Draft
Week
Peer Support
Final Speech Prep
11
Week
Peer Support Day 2 Final Speech Prep
12
Impromptu
Speaking Exercise
Week
Final Speech Day
Summary Response
13
Week
Review
Review
14— 147 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200CA

4

Resume5

Job interview styles

6

Job interview
questions andsimulations

7

Interview Test

8

Trends in business9

Describe thebusiness of acompany

10

Developing apresentation

11

Presentation
practice andpresentation skills

12

Student grouppresentations

ビジネス英語初級Ａ
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises.Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introduction Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this class.
Students will be asked to buy
the textbook and be familiar
with it for the next class2
Career choices
Career versus salary man. The
difference between these
difficult choices will be
explored in a class lecture andgroup discussions.
3
Job search
What is the best way to findtechniques
your dream job? A variety ofdifferent job search techniques
will be explored in class.

— 148 —The difference between a
traditional Japanese resume
and a Western style resume in
English will be explored.
Students will create their own
resume in English.
The different types of job
interviews used by companies
around the world will be
examined in class. Students
will be expected to participate
in a group discussion
Common job interview
questions will be given anddiscussed. Job interview
simulations will be practiced
in class.
All students will be required tounder go a one on one job
interview test with the
instructor. Individual feedback
to students will be provided by
the instructor.
The importance of being awareof and following common
trends in business and society
will be discussed. Students
will examine popular businesspublications, and search forimportant business trends.
An over view of the textbook,
Global Links 2 will be given.
Students will complete avariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 1,
Talking About Your Company.
Students will learn how to
describe the business of acompany.
Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing thebusiness of a company of theirown choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required.
Students will edit and practicetheir presentation to be givenin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Students will give theirpresentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

13Student individual
presentations

14

Semester review
and group
discussions

Students will give a shortindividual presentation to theclass, regarding an interesting
trend they have discovered ina popular business publication.
A Q&A will follow, along witha brief discussion of the trend.
A review of the main points
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None— 149 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

3

LANe200CA

ビジネス英語初級Ｂ
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。

4

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.

5

6

7

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises.Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

8【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introduction Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this classduring the second semester.
Students will be asked tofamiliarize themselves with
Unit 6 in the textbook,
Describing Processes.
2
Describing
Students will complete a
processes
variety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 6,
Describing Processes.
Students will learn how to
describe a variety of businessprocesses.

9— 150 —

Describing
processes group
work

Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing abusiness process of their own
choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Corporate problem
Students will complete asolvingvariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 5,
Turning a Company Around.
Students will learn how to
identify a problem and develop
a plan to solve the problem.
Corporate problem
Group work: Students will
solving group work work together to develop a
presentation describing a
corporate problem and how acompany solved that problem.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicetheir presentation to be given
practice andin the next class. The
presentation skills
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

10

11

12

13

14

Managing change in Students will complete aa corporation
variety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 8,
Managing Change. Students
will learn about theimportance of managing
change at the personal andcorporate level in a Darwinian
world.
Managing changeGroup work: Students willgroup work
work together to develop a
presentation, describing achange(s) a company had tomake in order to adapt andachieve its corporate goals.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Course review andA review of the main points
discussion
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None— 151 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200CA

4

Resume5

Job interview styles

6

Job interview
questions andsimulations

7

Interview Test

8

Trends in business9

Describe thebusiness of acompany

10

Developing apresentation

11

Presentation
practice andpresentation skills

12

Student grouppresentations

ビジネス英語初級Ａ
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises. Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introduction Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this class.
Students will be asked to buy
the textbook and be familiar
with it for the next class2
Career choices
Career versus salary man. The
difference between these
difficult choices will be
explored in a class lecture andgroup discussions.
3
Job search
What is the best way to findtechniques
your dream job? A variety ofdifferent job search techniques
will be explored in class.

— 152 —The difference between a
traditional Japanese resume
and a Western style resume in
English will be explored.
Students will create their own
resume in English.
The different types of job
interviews used by companies
around the world will be
examined in class. Students
will be expected to participate
in a group discussion.
Common job interview
questions will be given anddiscussed. Job interview
simulations will be practiced
in class.
All students will be required tounder go a one on one job
interview test with the
instructor. Individual feedback
to students will be provided by
the instructor.
The importance of being awareof and following common
trends in business and society
will be discussed. Students
will examine popular businesspublications, and search forimportant business trends.
An over view of the textbook,
Global Links 2 will be given.
Students will complete avariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 1,
Talking About Your Company.
Students will learn how to
describe the business of acompany.
Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing thebusiness of a company of theirown choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required.
Students will edit and practicetheir presentation to be givenin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Students will give theirpresentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

13Student individual
presentations

14

Semester review
and group
discussions

Students will give a shortindividual presentation to theclass, regarding an interesting
trend they have discovered ina popular business publication.
A Q&A will follow, along witha brief discussion of the trend.
A review of the main points
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None— 153 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

3

LANe200CA

ビジネス英語初級Ｂ
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。

4

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.

5

6

7

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises. Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

8【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introduction Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this classduring the second semester.
Students will be asked tofamiliarize themselves with
Unit 6 in the textbook,
Describing Processes.
2
Describing
Students will complete a
processes
variety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 6,
Describing Processes.
Students will learn how to
describe a variety of businessprocesses.

9— 154 —

Describing
processes group
work

Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing abusiness process of their own
choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Corporate problem
Students will complete asolvingvariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 5,
Turning a Company Around.
Students will learn how to
identify a problem and develop
a plan to solve the problem.
Corporate problem
Group work: Students will
solving group work work together to develop a
presentation describing a
corporate problem and how acompany solved that problem.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicetheir presentation to be given
practice andin the next class. The
presentation skills
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

10

11

12

13

14

Managing change in Students will complete aa corporation
variety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 8,
Managing Change. Students
will learn about theimportance of managing
change at the personal andcorporate level in a Darwinian
world.
Managing changeGroup work: Students willgroup work
work together to develop a
presentation, describing achange(s) a company had tomake in order to adapt andachieve its corporate goals.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Course review andA review of the main points
discussion
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable— 155 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe300CA

12

ビジネス英語中級Ａ

13

YONGUE

JULIA

14

SALLE

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will discuss issues relating to the global economy
through the study of one specific industry, fashion. The
central question that students will consider is: How has
the globalization of the fashion industry affected businessstrategies, society, and the environment in developed nations,particularly Japan, as well as in developing ones?
【到達目標】
Students will discuss issues relating to the global economy
through the study of one specific industry, fashion. The
central question that students will consider is: How has
the globalization of the fashion industry affected businessstrategies, society, and the environment in developed nations,particularly Japan, as well as in developing ones?
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will discuss readings related to the course theme.
One special feature of the course is that it incorporates
an ’active learning’ component, whereby students design afieldwork project with a connection to the fashion industry andpresent their findings in class.
*Feedback on assignments will be given in class or during officehours.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Class expectations andexplanations;self-introductions
2
What isThe pros and cons ofglobalization?
globalization
3
What is fast
The fast fashion industry’s
fashion?
business model (Zara)
4
Ethical fashion
The true cost of fast fashion(UNIQLO)
5
History of the global The roots of today’s global
garment industry
supply chains
6
Solutions (1): The
A business model for thecircular economy
secondhand economy
7
Fieldwork projects: Planning and discussing
midterm progress
fieldwork projects
reports
8
Solutions (2):Science meets fashion:
alternative fabrics
sustainable luxury brands
9
Solutions (3):Zero-waste design and ethicalsustainable fashion business practices
10
The future of
Impact of Covid-19 on the
fashionfashion industry (Gucci)
11
Assessment
In-class writing assignment (orquiz)

Business andsustainability
Business andsustainability
Final wrap up andreview

Presentations on fieldwork
projects and discussion
Presentations on fieldwork
projects and discussion
Reassessing the impact of
globalization on the fashionindustry【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】(1) Taking business courses offered at Hosei(2) Reading recent business news
(3) Preparing for class activities
Since the theme of the spring semester is the global fashionindustry and its impact on the environment and society, having
an interest in this topic is preferable.
Regular (daily) study (of about 2 hours total per week) is key toacademic success. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. Readings will be provided on Hoppii.
【参考書】
Selected references:*Pietra Rivoli, The travels of a t-shirt in the global economy: an
economist examines the markets, power, and politics of world
trade, Wiley, 2014.
*Mark K Brewer, Slow fashion in a fast fashion world:
promoting sustainability and responsibility, New Frontiers ofFashion Law, 9 Oct 2019.
*Connie Ulasewicz and Janet Hethorn, Sustainable fashion
take action, Bloomsbury, 2023.
*Articles from publications such as The Nikkei Newspaper, The
Atlantic, New York Times, The Japan Times, will be provided
via the library databases.
【成績評価の方法と基準】(1) Participation (40%). Students MUST attend all of theclasses and express their opinions in discussions in order toreceive a high grade. Attitude, punctuality, and overall effort
are also important factors for evaluating student performance.
(2) Evaluation (60%): Students must score at least 60% on theirevaluation (presentations) in order to pass the course. Dueto the pandemic, the evaluation method and teaching method(face-to-face) are subject to change.
Should the class be held via zoom, students must keep their
video camera on at all times, unless doing so would compromise
their internet reception.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A. Students are welcome to make requests or voicecomplaints and concerns at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Should the pandemic prevent us from meeting in person, students should secure a reliable high-speed internet connectionin order to participate via zoom.
【その他の重要事項】
THIS CLASS IS LIMITED TO 20 STUDENTS. THOSE WHO
WISH TO REGISTER MUST ATTEND THE FIRST CLASS.
This course is designed for IGESS students who are earning
their degree in English. Japanese language degree students inthe economic department or others may enroll with permission
from the instructor.

— 156 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

11

LANe300CA

ビジネス英語中級Ｂ
12

YONGUE

JULIA

SALLE

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位13

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉

14【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will learn about work and the workplace environment
in Japan. Some of the issues they will consider are Japanesemanagement practices, work-style reforms, new ways ofworking, the impact of changing economic and demographic
circumstances, and marginalized populations. By taking thiscourse, they can become familiar with work-related issues inJapan and their impact on society.
【到達目標】
Students will learn about work and the workplace environment
in Japan. Some of the issues they will consider are Japanesemanagement practices, work-style reforms, new ways ofworking, the impact of changing economic and demographic
circumstances, and marginalized populations. By taking thiscourse, they can become familiar with work-related issues inJapan and their impact on society.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
One special feature of the course is that it incorporates
an ’active learning’ component, whereby students design
a fieldwork project with a connection to the Japanese
workplace/working in Japan and present their findings in class.
*Feedback on assignments will be given during office hours
and/or during class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Class expectations andexplanations;self-introductions
2
Why do we work?
Ikigai and the meaning of work
3
Japan’s workplace
Communication in thecultureJapanese workplace
4
The Japanese labor What is Japanese-stylemarketmanagement?
5
The third arrow ofWork-style reform andAbenomics
overwork: international
comparisons
6
Covid-19 and theChanges in working patterns
Japan’s workplace
during and after Covid-19
environment
7
Fieldwork projectDiscussing and planning
discussion
fieldwork projects
8
Gender issues in
Womenomics and ikumen
Japan
9The rise of social
Marginalized populations ininequalities
Japan
10
Assessment
In-class writing assignment (orquiz)

Issues relating towork/working inJapanIssues relating towork/working inJapanIssues relating towork/working inJapanFinal wrap up andreviewStudent presentations anddiscussion
Student presentations anddiscussion
Student presentations anddiscussion
Discussion: reassessing theJapanese workplace【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】(1) Taking business courses offered at Hosei(2) Reading recent business news
(3) Preparing for class activities
Since the theme of the fall semester is "working inJapan,"students who are interested in working for a Japanesecompany after graduation would benefit from taking thiscourse.
Regular (daily) study (of about 2 hours total per week) is key toacademic success. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook.
Hoppii.

Readings will be made available on【参考書】
Selected references:*Takatoshi Ito and Takeo Hoshi, The Japanese Economy,
second edition, MIT Press, 2020.
*Erin Meyer, Culture Map: Decoding how people think, lead,and get things done, Public Affairs, 2015.
*Shinji Kojima, Scott North, Charles Weathers, Abe Shinzo’s
campaign to reform the Japanese way of working, Vo 15, Issue
23, No 3, Dec 1, 2017.
*Helen Macnaughtan, Womenomics for Japan: is the Abe
policy for gendered employment viable in an era of precarity,
Vol 13, Issue 13, No 1, April 5, 2015.
*Parissa Haghirian, Routledge Handbook and JapaneseBusiness and Management, Routledge, 2016.
*Articles from publications including The Nikkei Newspaper,
The Atlantic, New York Times, The Japan Times, etc.
【成績評価の方法と基準】(1) Participation (40%). Students MUST attend all of theclasses and express their opinions in discussions in order toreceive a high grade. Attitude, punctuality, and overall effort
are also important factors for evaluating student performance.
(2) Evaluation (60%): Students must score at least 60% on theirevaluation (presentations) in order to pass the course. Dueto the pandemic, the evaluation method and teaching method(face to face) are subject to change.
Should the class be held via zoom, students must keep their
video camera on at all times, unless doing so would compromise
their internet reception.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A. Students are welcome to make requests or voicecomplaints and concerns at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Should the pandemic prevent us from meeting in person, students should secure a reliable high-speed internet connectionin order to participate via zoom.
【その他の重要事項】
THIS CLASS IS LIMITED TO 20 STUDENTS. THOSE WHO
WISH TO REGISTER MUST ATTEND THE FIRST CLASS.
This course is designed for IGESS students who are earning
their degree in English. Japanese language degree students inthe economic department or others may enroll with permission
from the instructor.

— 157 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe300CA

5

Stock Indices
Benchmarks

6

Price History
ReportingPrice Movements

7

Stock Analyst
Ratings
Earnings Per Share

8

Company and stock
overview
Healthcare Sector

ビジネス英語中級Ａ
JAY M TANAKA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn basic business content
related to investing and investment banking. Within thisspecific area of business, students will practice various
English communication skills used in meetings, emails, andpresentations.
The course will utilize various authentic
materials covering basic concepts in investment and financial
markets, as well as current news and market movements.

9【到達目標】The goal of this course is for students to improve their business
English communication skill by practicing authentic businessactivities. In addition, students will learn about basic businessconcepts in finance.

10【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連

11【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will read and watch videos on various basic concepts
in investing and investment banking. In addition, they
will have the opportunity to learn basic information abouta variety of companies. Students will also work in small
groups to complete weekly communicative tasks. The primarytasks are: giving brief market reports, researching companies
for investment, writing short analysis report emails, andgiving presentations on investments. The teacher will provide
guidance and structure for English vocabulary learning, how
to write business emails, and how to organize presentations.
Students will submit homework exercises and assignments inclass and on Google Classroom. Feedback will be given to
students in class and via Google Classroom.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course Outline and Class Expectations
Introductions
Explaining Daily Tasks
Self-Introductions
Making Teams2
Stocks and Bonds
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report3
Industry Sectors
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Midterm presentation
introduction
4
Diversification
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report

12

13

14

Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
Midterm Presentations

Final presentation project
introduction
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Information
Present market report
Technology Sector
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Communication
Present market report
Services Sector
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
ConsumerPresent market report
Discretionary Sector ReadingsGroup worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Consumer Staples
Present market report
SectorReadings
Group worksheets
Quiz
Final Presentations
Company overview
Investment result
reporting【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Weekly homework will be approximately 4 hours of readingbusiness news and research reports, and preparation ofpresentation content, and rehearsing for market reports. 本
授業の準備学習・復習時間は、合わせて 4 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. News and market information will begathered online.
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation 30%
Homework 30%: market report quality, email assignments
In class assignments 10%: discussion worksheets
Midterm presentation 10%
Final presentation 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
All students must bring a notebook computer (Chromebook isfine also) to every class.

— 158 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【その他の重要事項】
Attendance and participation are very important in this class.
Students should be serious about increasing their professional
communication skills.
[English Language Skill Required: Intermediate level] - This
course is designed for intermediate or advanced-level English
learners who wish to improve their communication skill andgain some business knowledge.
[Business knowledge Required: None] - Students do not need
any prior business knowledge or experience to join this course.
The basic business knowledge needed to complete tasks will becovered in the course. However, students should have a strong
interest in investment and business.

— 159 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe300CA

5

Real Estate Sector

6

Materials Sector

7

Industrials Sector

8Company and Stockoverview
Japan Stocks

ビジネス英語中級Ｂ
JAY M TANAKA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn basic business content
related to investing and investment banking. Within thisspecific area of business, students will practice various
English communication skills used in meetings, emails, andpresentations.
The course will utilize various authentic
materials covering basic concepts in investment and financial
markets, as well as current news and market movements.

9【到達目標】The goal of this course is for students to improve their business
English communication skill by practicing authentic businessactivities. In addition, students will learn about basic businessconcepts in finance.

10【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連

11【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will read and watch videos on various basic concepts
in investing and investment banking. In addition, they
will have the opportunity to learn basic information abouta variety of companies. Students will also work in small
groups to complete weekly communicative tasks. The primarytasks are: giving brief market reports, researching companies
for investment, writing short analysis report emails, andgiving presentations on investments. The teacher will provide
guidance and structure for English vocabulary learning, how
to write business emails, and how to organize presentations.
Students will submit homework exercises and assignments inclass and on Google Classroom. Feedback will be given to
students in class and via Google Classroom.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course Outline and Class Expectations
Introductions
Explaining Daily Tasks
Self-Introductions
Making Teams
2
Bull Markets andReadings
Bear Markets
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
3
Inflation and
Present market report
Investments
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Midterm presentation
introduction
4
Exchange Rates and Present market reportbusinesses
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report

12

13

14

Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
Midterm Presentations

Final presentation project
introduction
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Financials Sector
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Investment Banking Present market report
Readings
vs Commercial
Group worksheetsbanking
Quiz
New market report
Buy-side vs Sell-side Present market report
Investment banking ReadingsGroup worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Cryptocurrency
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
Final Presentations
Company overview
Investment result
reporting【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Weekly homework will be approximately 4 hours of readingbusiness news and research reports, and preparation ofpresentation content, and rehearsing for market reports. 本
授業の準備学習・復習時間は、合わせて 4 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. News and market information will begathered online.
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation 30%
Homework 30%: market report quality, email assignments
In class assignments 10%: discussion worksheets
Midterm presentation 10%
Final presentation 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
All students must bring a notebook computer (Chromebook isfine also) to every class.

— 160 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【その他の重要事項】
Attendance and participation are very important in this class.
Students should be serious about increasing their professional
communication skills.
[English Language Skill Required: Intermediate level] - This
course is designed for intermediate or advanced-level English
learners who wish to improve their communication skill andgain some business knowledge.
[Business knowledge Required: None] - Students do not need
any prior business knowledge or experience to join this course.
The basic business knowledge needed to complete tasks will becovered in the course. However, students should have a strong
interest in investment and business.

— 161 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN100CA8

The lost decade (1)Japan and the Global Economy A

9The lost decade (2)10Subprime loan andworld financial
crisis11

From inflation to
deflation: does
Abenomics work?
Appreciation of yen
and balance of
payment &Japanese economy
Japan’s labormarket倪彬

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】Japan’s economy witnessed a fast growth after world war
Ⅱ. But ever since 1989, Japan’s imploding stock bubble
threw the country into a deep financial crisis, resulting in
the famous “lost decades”. And the stagnation continues
especially after the world economic crisis hit in 2008. This
will be one-year course. In the 1st semester, we will mainly
take a macroeconomic perspective, and look at the reality andproblems of Japanese economy from 1980s in a big picture,such as economic growth, financial and monetary policies, “thelost decade” and Abenomics.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is twofold: to arouse the students’interest towards the happenings that are related to Japanese
economy, in a globalized context; and to equip students withthe basic knowledge to reasonably question the phenomenon
during the process of Japan’s globalization, from the standpointof economics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5」「DP8」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
This will be an on-demand course. Videos and teachingmaterials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s website(‘lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in line withthe teaching materials. The combination of response papers,
homework and a final exam will be used.
The answers to the representative questions in the response
papers will be provided in each class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Orientation
The general introduction ofthis course
2GDP, demand and
To understand the definition of
supply, and otherGDP, equilibrium and otherbasic concepts
basic economic terms
3
Rise of Japanese
How Japanese economy
economy after World developed after the war
War 2
4
The growth engine
To explain the Japan’s fastand Japan’s
economic growth using growth“economic miracle”
theory5
National savings
How Japan’s economic growthand economic
can be explained by national
growth in Japansavings
6
Japan’s financial
To introduce the basic fiscal
policypolicies of Japan, from theperspective of investment andsavings (taxation, government
expenditure)
7
Japan’s monetary
To introduce the basic
policymonetary policies of Japan(interest rate, money supply)

12

13

14

Japan’s energy
economy andsustainable
development

How the bubble in Japan wasformed?
The burst of the bubble andthe stagnation of the economy
in Japan
How the world financial crisis
was triggered by subprime
loan problem (in comparison to
Japan’s bubble economy)
How deflation hurt Japan andthree arrows of Abenomics
Introduction of exchange rateand how that affects theJapanese economy
Introduction of the history andtrend from lifetime to“irregular” employment, froma macro perspective
How Japan’s energy economy
and sustainable development
have developed【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Teaching materials of both full textbook and charts in the PDF
format are posted on the Hosei’s website. Students are asked
to download and print out these teaching materials before eachclass.
【参考書】
Flath, David, The Japanese Economy, 3rd ed., Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 2014.
Barba Navaretti, G. and A. J. Venables, Multinational Firms in
the World Economy, Princeton University Press, 2004
Krugman, P.R., M. Obstfeld, and M. Melitz, International
Economics: Theory and Policy, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2014
Robert C. Feenstra and Alan M. Taylor, International
Economics, 2nd Edition, Worth Publishers, 2010
【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular— 162 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ECN100CA

7

Japan’s monetary
policy8

The lost decade (1)9The lost decade (2)10Subprime loan andworld financial
crisis11

From inflation to
deflation: does
Abenomics work?
Appreciation of yen
and balance of
payment &Japanese economy
Japan’s labormarketJapan and the Global Economy A倪彬

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：集中・その他/intensive・other courses ｜ キャン
パス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】Japan’s economy witnessed a fast growth after world war
Ⅱ. But ever since 1989, Japan’s imploding stock bubble
threw the country into a deep financial crisis, resulting in
the famous “lost decades”. And the stagnation continues
especially after the world economic crisis hit in 2008. This
will be one-year course. In the 1st semester, we will mainly
take a macroeconomic perspective, and look at the reality andproblems of Japanese economy from 1980s in a big picture,such as economic growth, financial and monetary policies, “thelost decade” and Abenomics.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is twofold: to arouse the students’interest towards the happenings that are related to Japanese
economy, in a globalized context; and to equip students withthe basic knowledge to reasonably question the phenomenon
during the process of Japan’s globalization, from the standpointof economics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
This will be an on-demand course. Videos and teachingmaterials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s website(‘lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in line withthe teaching materials. The combination of response papers,
homework and a final exam will be used.
The answers to the representative questions in the response
papers will be provided in each class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Orientation
The general introduction ofthis course
2GDP, demand and
To understand the definition of
supply, and otherGDP, equilibrium and otherbasic concepts
basic economic terms
3
Rise of Japanese
How Japanese economy
economy after World developed after the war
War 2
4
The growth engine
To explain the Japan’s fastand Japan’s
economic growth using growth“economic miracle”
theory5
National savings
How Japan’s economic growthand economic
can be explained by national
growth in Japansavings
6
Japan’s financial
To introduce the basic fiscal
policypolicies of Japan, from theperspective of investment andsavings (taxation, government
expenditure)

12

13

14

Japan’s energy
economy andsustainable
development

To introduce the basic
monetary policies of Japan(interest rate, money supply)
How the bubble in Japan wasformed?
The burst of the bubble andthe stagnation of the economy
in Japan
How the world financial crisis
was triggered by subprime
loan problem (in comparison to
Japan’s bubble economy)
How deflation hurt Japan andthree arrows of Abenomics
Introduction of exchange rateand how that affects theJapanese economy
Introduction of the history andtrend from lifetime to“irregular” employment, froma macro perspective
How Japan’s energy economy
and sustainable development
have developed【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Teaching materials of both full textbook and charts in the PDF
format are posted on the Hosei’s website. Students are asked
to download and print out these teaching materials before eachclass.
【参考書】
Flath, David, The Japanese Economy, 3rd ed., Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 2014.
Barba Navaretti, G. and A. J. Venables, Multinational Firms in
the World Economy, Princeton University Press, 2004
Krugman, P.R., M. Obstfeld, and M. Melitz, International
Economics: Theory and Policy, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2014
Robert C. Feenstra and Alan M. Taylor, International
Economics, 2nd Edition, Worth Publishers, 2010
【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular— 163 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

8

ECN100CA

Japan and the Global Economy B倪9彬

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉

10【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
We will start by investigating how Japan’s international tradeand foreign direct investment evolve with the developmentof globalization, followed by discussion on some of the latest
topics concerning Japan’s integration with the world economy.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is twofold: to arouse the students’interest towards the happenings that are related to Japanese
economy, in a globalized context; and to equip students withthe basic knowledge to reasonably question the phenomenon
during the process of Japan’s globalization, from the standpointof economics.

11

12

13

Japan’s recent
The declining economic growtheconomic stagnation is thought to be caused byinsufficient domestic
consumption: what to do
Shrinking
How Japan can increase its
population andworking force, e.g. by using theimmigration policy
immigration policy: the case ofGermany
Ageing problem in
The problem lies in theJapanunbalanced pension system:
how Japan can learn fromother developed economies
ICT and innovation How ICT promotes trade and
FDI through the channel ofinnovation: case study (byJETRO report)
Structural reform of Structural reforms are vital for
Japan
Japan, especially for
agricultural farmers small andmedium-sized firms
Sharing economy in The development andJapanprosperity of sharing economy
in Japan, in comparison to
China
EU, ASEAN and
How Japan can learn from EU
Japan’s economic
and ASEAN to be integrated
integration
into global economy【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5」「DP8」に関連

14【授業の進め方と方法】
This will be an on-demand course. Videos and teachingmaterials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s website(’lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in line withthe teaching materials. The combination of response papers,
homework and a final exam will be used.
The answers to the representative questions in the response
papers will be provided in each class.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【テキスト（教科書）】
Teaching materials of both full textbook and charts in the PDF
format are posted on the Hosei’s website. Students are asked
to download and print out the teaching materials before eachclass.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Introduction of the contents tobe covered in the second
semester2
Japan’s trade with
Why Japan promoted export
other countries
and the benefit of tradeliberalization
3
Japanese trade
The export and import policies
policies and thethat Japan adopted and its
impact on world
impact on world economy: theeconomycase of TPP
4
Firm structure and What does a firm consist of?
recruiting system in What’s the recruiting system
Japan
in Japan like compared toother countries? The case of
Toyota multinational firms
5
The basics of FDI
To introduce the types of FDI
and Japaneseand other basic knowledge ofmultinational firms FDI
6“Hollowing out” ofJapan’s outward FDI and its
Japan’sconnection with "hollowing
manufacturingout" impact: the case of Manga
sector throughindustry
oversea FDI
7
Doing business in
To introduce the benefits andJapandifficulties of doing business inJapan: the case study of
TripAdvisor【参考書】
Flath, David, The Japanese Economy, 3rd ed., Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 2014.
Barba Navaretti, G. and A. J. Venables, Multinational Firms in
the World Economy, Princeton University Press, 2004
Krugman, P.R., M. Obstfeld, and M. Melitz, International
Economics: Theory and Policy, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2014
Robert C. Feenstra and Alan M. Taylor, International
Economics, 2nd Edition, Worth Publishers, 2010
【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular— 164 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

7

ECN100CA

Japan and the Global Economy B倪8彬

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：集中・その他/intensive・other courses ｜ キャン
パス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉

9

10【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
We will start by investigating how Japan’s international tradeand foreign direct investment evolve with the developmentof globalization, followed by discussion on some of the latest
topics concerning Japan’s integration with the world economy.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is twofold: to arouse the students’interest towards the happenings that are related to Japanese
economy, in a globalized context; and to equip students withthe basic knowledge to reasonably question the phenomenon
during the process of Japan’s globalization, from the standpointof economics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
This will be an on-demand course. Videos and teachingmaterials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s website(’lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in line withthe teaching materials. The combination of response papers,
homework and a final exam will be used.
The answers to the representative questions in the response
papers will be provided in each class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Introduction of the contents tobe covered in the second
semester2
Japan’s trade with
Why Japan promoted export
other countries
and the benefit of tradeliberalization
3
Japanese trade
The export and import policies
policies and thethat Japan adopted and its
impact on world
impact on world economy: theeconomycase of TPP
4
Firm structure and What does a firm consist of?
recruiting system in What’s the recruiting system
Japan
in Japan like compared toother countries? The case of
Toyota multinational firms
5
The basics of FDI
To introduce the types of FDI
and Japaneseand other basic knowledge ofmultinational firms FDI
6“Hollowing out” ofJapan’s outward FDI and its
Japan’sconnection with "hollowing
manufacturingout" impact: the case of Manga
sector throughindustry
oversea FDI

11

12

13

14

Doing business in
Japan

To introduce the benefits anddifficulties of doing business inJapan: the case study of
TripAdvisor
Japan’s recent
The declining economic growtheconomic stagnation is thought to be caused byinsufficient domestic
consumption: what to do
Shrinking
How Japan can increase its
population andworking force, e.g. by using theimmigration policy
immigration policy: the case ofGermany
Ageing problem in
The problem lies in theJapanunbalanced pension system:
how Japan can learn fromother developed economies
ICT and innovation How ICT promotes trade and
FDI through the channel ofinnovation: case study (byJETRO report)
Structural reform of Structural reforms are vital for
Japan
Japan, especially for
agricultural farmers small andmedium-sized firms
Sharing economy in The development andJapanprosperity of sharing economy
in Japan, in comparison to
China
How Japan can learn from EU
EU, ASEAN andand ASEAN to be integrated
Japan’s economic
into global economy
integration【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Teaching materials of both full textbook and charts in the PDF
format are posted on the Hosei’s website. Students are asked
to download and print out the teaching materials before eachclass.
【参考書】
Flath, David, The Japanese Economy, 3rd ed., Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 2014.
Barba Navaretti, G. and A. J. Venables, Multinational Firms in
the World Economy, Princeton University Press, 2004
Krugman, P.R., M. Obstfeld, and M. Melitz, International
Economics: Theory and Policy, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2014
Robert C. Feenstra and Alan M. Taylor, International
Economics, 2nd Edition, Worth Publishers, 2010
【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular— 165 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

11

ECN100CA

Practical Economics A
12

REYNALDO SENRA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉

13【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. Economics: Pearson の Chapter1 から Chapter12 までの「Evidence-Based Economics」を取り上げます。
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、様々な現代問題を経済学の立場から考えるようになる。
The goal of this class is for students to consider various modernsocial issues from the perspective of economics and apply theirunderstanding of economics to these problems.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

14

The Government in
the Economy;
Taxation andRegulation
The Government in
the Economy;
Taxation andRegulation
Markets for Factorsof Production
Review and Final
Exam

The Efficiency of Government
Versus Privately Run
Expeditions
Do Wages Really Go Down if
Labor Supply Increases?
Final review of material
covered and Final Exam.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignments will be assigned regularly. Students
are required to review the work covered in lectures andread the corresponding sections of the textbook in addition
to completing homework assignments. Most assignments
will demand from students to find (it can be using online
searches or cases that students can recall from their memories)
examples where some ideas discussed in the lectures don’t
apply with the respective explanation. Preparation time of 2hours and review time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】なし。

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

What is the optimal size ofgovernment?

【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Is Facebook free? What is free?
1
The Principles andPractice of
Economics
2
Economic Methods
Causation versus Correlation.
and Economic
How much more do workers
with a college education earn?
Questions3
Economic Methods
How much do wages increase
and Economic
when an individual iscompelled by law to get an
Questions
extra year of schooling?
4
Optimization: Doing How does location affect thethe Best You Can
rental cost of housing?
5
Demand, Supply
How much more gasoline
and Equilibrium
would people buy if its pricewere lower?
6
Consumers andWould a smoker quit the habit
Incentives
for $100 per month?
7
Sellers and
How would an ethanol subsidy
Incentives
affect ethanol producers?
8
Perfect Competition Can a market composed of only
and the Invisible
self-interested people
Handmaximize the overall
well-being of society?
9
TradeWill free trade cause you tolose your job?
10
Externalities andHow can the queen of England
Public Goods
lower her commute time toWembley Stadium?

— 166 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ECN100CA

10

Externalities andPublic Goods

11

The Government in
the Economy;
Taxation andRegulation
The Government in
the Economy;
Taxation andRegulation
Markets for Factorsof Production
Review and Final
Exam

Practical Economics A
REYNALDO SENRA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 2/Tue.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

12

その他属性：〈グ〉

13【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. Economics: Pearson の Chapter1 から Chapter12 までの「Evidence-Based Economics」を取り上げます。
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、様々な現代問題を経済学の立場から考えるようになる。
The goal of this class is for students to consider various modernsocial issues from the perspective of economics and apply theirunderstanding of economics to these problems.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

14

The Efficiency of Government
Versus Privately Run
Expeditions
Do Wages Really Go Down if
Labor Supply Increases?
Final review of material
covered and Final Exam.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignments will be assigned regularly. Students
are required to review the work covered in lectures andread the corresponding sections of the textbook in addition
to completing homework assignments. Most assignments
will demand from students to find (it can be using online
searches or cases that students can recall from their memories)
examples where some ideas discussed in the lectures don’t
apply with the respective explanation. Preparation time of 2hours and review time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】なし。

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

How can the queen of England
lower her commute time toWembley Stadium?
What is the optimal size ofgovernment?

【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Is Facebook free? What is free?
1
The Principles andPractice of
Economics
2
Economic Methods
Causation versus Correlation.
How much more do workers
and Economic
with a college education earn?
Questions3
Economic Methods
How much do wages increase
and Economic
when an individual is
Questionscompelled by law to get an
extra year of schooling?
4
Optimization: Doing How does location affect thethe Best You Can
rental cost of housing?
5
Demand, Supply
How much more gasoline
and Equilibrium
would people buy if its pricewere lower?
6
Consumers andWould a smoker quit the habit
Incentives
for $100 per month?
7
Sellers and
How would an ethanol subsidy
Incentives
affect ethanol producers?
8
Perfect Competition Can a market composed of only
and the Invisible
self-interested people
Handmaximize the overall
well-being of society?
9
TradeWill free trade cause you tolose your job?

— 167 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN100CA

13

Practical Economics B

14

REYNALDO SENRA【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignments will be assigned regularly. Students
are required to review the work covered in lectures andread the corresponding sections of the textbook in addition
to completing homework assignments. Most assignments
will demand from students to find (it can be using online
searches or cases that students can recall from their memories)
examples where some ideas discussed in the lectures don’t
apply with the respective explanation. Preparation 2 hours,
review 2 hours, for a total of 4 hours.

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. 2015. Economics: Pearson の Chapter13 から Chapter27 までの「Evidence-Based Economics」を取り上げます。
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、様々な現代問題を経済学の立場から考えるようになる。
The goal of this class is for students to consider various modernsocial issues from the perspective of economics and apply theirunderstanding of economics to these problems.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.

Short-Run
Fluctuations
Review and Final
Exam

Mutual Funds and Index
Investing
Final review of material
covered and Final Exam.

【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. 2015. Economics:
Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%
Homework assignments are based on that week’s lecture. The
final exam will cover the entire semester’s material.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Orientation
Class introduction andexplanation
2
Markets for Factors Is there discrimination in theof Production
labor market?
3
Basic FinanceThe basics of business andfinance part 1
4
Basic FinanceThe basics of business andfinance part 2
5
Monopoly
Can a monopoly ever be goodfor society?
6
Game Theory andIs there value in putting
Strategic Play
yourself into someone else’s
shoes?
7
Oligopoly andHow many firms are necessary
Monopolistic
to make a market competitive?
Competition
8
Trade-Offs
Time and Risk
Involving Time andRisk
9
The Wealth ofWhat is the total market value
Nations: Definingof annual economicand Measuring
production?
Macroeconomic
Aggregates
10
Aggregate Incomes Inequality
11
Economic Growth
Japan’s Post-World War II
Economic Growth
12
The Monetary
Hyperinflation and deflation.
System— 168 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

11

Economic Growth

Practical Economics B

12

REYNALDO SENRA

13

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 2/Tue.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

14

The Monetary
SystemShort-Run
Fluctuations
Review and Final
Exam

ECN100CA

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. 2015. Economics: Pearson の Chapter13 から Chapter27 までの「Evidence-Based Economics」を取り上げます。
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、様々な現代問題を経済学の立場から考えるようになる。
The goal of this class is for students to consider various modernsocial issues from the perspective of economics and apply theirunderstanding of economics to these problems.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.

Japan’s Post-World War II
Economic GrowthHyperinflation and deflation.
Mutual Funds and Index
Investing
Final review of material
covered and Final Exam.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignments will be assigned regularly. Students
are required to review the work covered in lectures andread the corresponding sections of the textbook in addition
to completing homework assignments. Most assignments
will demand from students to find (it can be using online
searches or cases that students can recall from their memories)
examples where some ideas discussed in the lectures don’t
apply with the respective explanation. Preparation 2 hours,
review 2 hours, for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. 2015. Economics:
Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%
Homework assignments are based on that week’s lecture. The
final exam will cover the entire semester’s material.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Orientation
Class introduction andexplanation
2
Markets for Factors Is there discrimination in theof Production
labor market?
3
Basic FinanceThe basics of business andfinance part 1
4
Basic FinanceThe basics of business andfinance part 2
5
Monopoly
Can a monopoly ever be goodfor society?
6
Game Theory andIs there value in putting
Strategic Play
yourself into someone else’s
shoes?
7
Oligopoly andHow many firms are necessary
Monopolistic
to make a market competitive?
Competition
8
Trade-Offs
Time and Risk
Involving Time andRisk
9
The Wealth ofWhat is the total market value
Nations: Definingof annual economicand Measuring
production?
Macroeconomic
Aggregates
10
Aggregate Incomes Inequality— 169 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200CA

4

Resume5

Job interview styles

6

Job interview
questions andsimulations

7

Interview Test

8

Trends in business9

Describe thebusiness of acompany

10

Developing apresentation

11

Presentation
practice andpresentation skills

12

Student grouppresentations

Business Communication Ⅰ A
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises. Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introduction Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this class.
Students will be asked to buy
the textbook and be familiar
with it for the next class.
2
Career choices
Career versus salary man. The
difference between these
difficult choices will be
explored in a class lecture andgroup discussions
3
Job search
What is the best way to findtechniques
your dream job? A variety ofdifferent job search techniques
will be explored in class.

— 170 —The difference between a
traditional Japanese resume
and a Western style resume in
English will be explored.
Students will create their own
resume in English.
The different types of job
interviews used by companies
around the world will be
examined in class. Students
will be expected to participate
in a group discussion
Common job interview
questions will be given anddiscussed. Job interview
simulations will be practiced
in class.
All students will be required tounder go a one on one job
interview test with the
instructor. Individual feedback
to students will be provided by
the instructor.
The importance of being awareof and following common
trends in business and society
will be discussed. Students
will examine popular businesspublications, and search forimportant business trends.
An over view of the textbook,
Global Links 2 will be given.
Students will complete avariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 1,
Talking About Your Company.
Students will learn how to
describe the business of acompany.
Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing thebusiness of a company of theirown choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required
Students will edit and practicetheir presentation to be givenin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Students will give theirpresentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

13Student individual
presentations

14

Semester review
and group
discussions

Students will give a shortindividual presentation to theclass, regarding an interesting
trend they have discovered ina popular business publication.
A Q&A will follow, along witha brief discussion of the trend.
A review of the main points
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None— 171 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

3

LANe200CA

Business Communication Ⅰ B
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。

4

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.

5

6

7

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises. Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

8【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introduction Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this classduring the second semester.
Students will be asked tofamiliarize themselves with
Unit 6 in the textbook,
Describing Processes.
2
Describing
Students will complete a
processes
variety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 6,
Describing Processes.
Students will learn how to
describe a variety of businessprocesses.

9— 172 —

Describing
processes group
work

Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing abusiness process of their own
choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Corporate problem
Students will complete asolvingvariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 5,
Turning a Company Around.
Students will learn how to
identify a problem and develop
a plan to solve the problem.
Corporate problem
Group work: Students will
solving group work work together to develop a
presentation describing a
corporate problem and how acompany solved that problem.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicetheir presentation to be given
practice andin the next class. The
presentation skills
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

10

11

12

13

14

Managing change in Students will complete aa corporation
variety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 8,
Managing Change. Students
will learn about theimportance of managing
change at the personal andcorporate level in a Darwinian
world.
Managing changeGroup work: Students willgroup work
work together to develop a
presentation, describing achange(s) a company had tomake in order to adapt andachieve its corporate goals.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Course review andA review of the main points
discussion
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None— 173 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200CA

4

Resume5

Job interview styles

6

Job interview
questions andsimulations

7

Interview Test

8

Trends in business9

Describe thebusiness of acompany

10

Developing apresentation

11

Presentation
practice andpresentation skills

12

Student grouppresentations

Business Communication Ⅰ A
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises. Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introduction Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this class.
Students will be asked to buy
the textbook and be familiar
with it for the next class.
2
Career choices
Career versus salary man. The
difference between these
difficult choices will be
explored in a class lecture andgroup discussions.
3
Job search
What is the best way to findtechniques
your dream job? A variety ofdifferent job search techniques
will be explored in class.

— 174 —The difference between a
traditional Japanese resume
and a Western style resume in
English will be explored.
Students will create their own
resume in English.
The different types of job
interviews used by companies
around the world will be
examined in class. Students
will be expected to participate
in a group discussion.
Common job interview
questions will be given anddiscussed. Job interview
simulations will be practiced
in class.
All students will be required tounder go a one on one job
interview test with the
instructor. Individual feedback
to students will be provided by
the instructor.
The importance of being awareof and following common
trends in business and society
will be discussed. Students
will examine popular businesspublications, and search forimportant business trends.
An over view of the textbook,
Global Links 2 will be given.
Students will complete avariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 1,
Talking About Your Company.
Students will learn how to
describe the business of acompany.
Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing thebusiness of a company of theirown choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required.
Students will edit and practicetheir presentation to be givenin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Students will give theirpresentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

13Student individual
presentations

14

Semester review
and group
discussions

Students will give a shortindividual presentation to theclass, regarding an interesting
trend they have discovered ina popular business publication.
A Q&A will follow, along witha brief discussion of the trend.
A review of the main points
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable— 175 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

3

LANe200CA

Business Communication Ⅰ B
GLENN

FERN

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。

4

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business. Students will be
asked to actively participate in a wide variety of activities,
designed to develop the core English competencies of reading,writing, listening, speaking, specialized business vocabulary,critical thinking skills, and simple presentations related tobusiness.
Students will be expected to actively practicethese skills by listening; to a short pod cast, reading,writing, and discussing topics related to business with in acontrolled environment. Students will be given homework andassignments. The teacher will ask students to use the assigned
textbook, in order to help develop these skills. Students
will be expected to actively participate in a variety of oral
communication activities, so they will feel comfortable using
English to gather information and express their thoughts.
Please note that changes to the course will be made asnecessary to accommodate the needs of students and the class.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to assist students acquire thecritical English language skills, necessary to develop a better
understanding of International Business.

5

6

7

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lecture, individual tasks, pair work, group work, and listening
exercises. Feedback for class assignments and tests will begiven on Hoppii,FORUM.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

8【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introduction Course introduction tolearning methodology, topics
and expectations of the kind ofcontribution students will be
expected to make to this classduring the second semester.
Students will be asked tofamiliarize themselves with
Unit 6 in the textbook,
Describing Processes.
2
Describing
Students will complete a
processes
variety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 6,
Describing Processes.
Students will learn how to
describe a variety of businessprocesses.

9— 176 —

Describing
processes group
work

Group work: Students will
work together to develop a
presentation describing abusiness process of their own
choice. The instructor will
guide and assist students inthe development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Corporate problem
Students will complete asolvingvariety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 5,
Turning a Company Around.
Students will learn how to
identify a problem and develop
a plan to solve the problem.
Corporate problem
Group work: Students will
solving group work work together to develop a
presentation describing a
corporate problem and how acompany solved that problem.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicetheir presentation to be given
practice andin the next class. The
presentation skills
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

10

11

12

13

14

Managing change in Students will complete aa corporation
variety of listening andspeaking exercises in Unit 8,
Managing Change. Students
will learn about theimportance of managing
change at the personal andcorporate level in a Darwinian
world.
Managing changeGroup work: Students willgroup work
work together to develop a
presentation, describing achange(s) a company had tomake in order to adapt andachieve its corporate goals.
Students will select a companyof their own choice to present
as a case study. The instructor
will guide and assist students
in the development of theirpresentation, as required.
Presentation
Students will edit and practicepractice andtheir presentation to be given
presentation skillsin the next class. The
instructor will provide advice
and guidance as necessary,along with instruction inpresentation skills.
Group presentations Students will give theirand discussion
presentation in class, andanswer questions from the
instructor and other students.
Emphasis will be placed uponcritical thinking skills,
problem solving, and a wellorganized presentation. A
discussion will follow after thepresentation, regarding
important points raised during
the question period.
Course review andA review of the main points
discussion
learned during the semester.
Group discussions will follow
regarding the application of
the principles learned to thelife of each individual student.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Home preparation for student presentations is a minimum of 4hours per week required.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Links 2, English for International Business, Angela
Blackwell, Longman, ISBN 9780130883964
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class discussion and activities : 40%
Tests : 20%
Presentations : 40%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable— 177 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

12

LANe300CA

Business Communication Ⅱ A

13

YONGUE

14

JULIA

SALLE

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will discuss issues relating to the global economy
through the study of one specific industry, fashion. The
central question that students will consider is: How has
the globalization of the fashion industry affected businessstrategies, society, and the environment in developed nations,particularly Japan, as well as in developing ones?
【到達目標】
Students will discuss issues relating to the global economy
through the study of one specific indust ry, fashion. The
central question that students will consider is: How has
the globalization of the fashion industry affected businessstrategies, society, and the environment in developed nations,particularly Japan, as well as in developing ones?
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will discuss readings related to the course theme.
One special feature of the course is that it incorporates
an ’active learning’ component, whereby students design afieldwork project with a connection to the fashion industry andpresent their findings in class.
*Feedback on assignments will be given in class or during officehours.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Class expectations andexplanations;self-introductions
2
What isThe pros and cons ofglobalization?
globalization
3
What is fast
The fast fashion industry’s
fashion?
business model (Zara)
4
Ethical fashion
The true cost of fast fashion(UNIQLO)
5
History of the global The roots of today’s global
garment industry
supply chains
6
Solutions (1): The
A business model for thecircular economy
secondhand economy
7
Fieldwork projects: Planning and discussing
midterm progress
fieldwork projects
reports
8
Solutions (2):Science meets fashion:
alternative fabrics
sustainable luxury brands
9
Solutions (3):Zero-waste design and ethicalsustainable fashion business practices
10
The future of
Impact of Covid-19 on the
fashionfashion industry (Gucci)
11
Assessment
In-class writing assignment (orquiz)

Business andsustainability
Business andsustainability
Final wrap up andreview

Presentations on fieldwork
projects and discussion
Presentations on fieldwork
projects and discussion
Reassessing the impact of
globalization on the fashionindustry【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】(1) Taking business courses offered at Hosei(2) Reading recent business news
(3) Preparing for class activities
Since the theme of the spring semester is the global fashionindustry and its impact on the environment and society, having
an interest in this topic is preferable.
Regular (daily) study (of about 2 hours total per week) is key toacademic success. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. Readings will be provided on Hoppii.
【参考書】
Selected references:*Pietra Rivoli, The travels of a t-shirt in the global economy: an
economist examines the markets, power, and politics of world
trade, Wiley, 2014.
*Mark K Brewer, Slow fashion in a fast fashion world:
promoting sustainability and responsibility, New Frontiers ofFashion Law, 9 Oct 2019.
*Connie Ulasewicz and Janet Hethorn, Sustainable fashion
take action, Bloomsbury, 2023.
*Articles from publications such as The Nikkei Newspaper, The
Atlantic, New York Times, The Japan Times, will be provided
via the library databases.
【成績評価の方法と基準】(1) Participation (40%). Students MUST attend all of theclasses and express their opinions in discussions in order toreceive a high grade. Attitude, punctuality, and overall effort
are also important factors for evaluating student performance.
(2) Evaluation (60%): Students must score at least 60% on theirevaluation (presentations) in order to pass the course. Dueto the pandemic, the evaluation method and teaching method(face-to-face) are subject to change.
Should the class be held via zoom, students must keep their
video camera on at all times, unless doing so would compromise
their internet reception.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A. Students are welcome to make requests or voicecomplaints and concerns at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Should the pandemic prevent us from meeting in person, students should secure a reliable high-speed internet connectionin order to participate via zoom.
【その他の重要事項】
THIS CLASS IS LIMITED TO 20 STUDENTS. THOSE WHO
WISH TO REGISTER MUST ATTEND THE FIRST CLASS.
This course is designed for IGESS students who are earning
their degree in English. Japanese language degree students inthe economic department or others may enroll with permission
from the instructor.

— 178 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

LANe300CA

12

Business Communication Ⅱ A

13

YONGUE

14

JULIA

SALLE

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will discuss issues relating to the global economy
through the study of one specific industry, fashion. The
central question that students will consider is: How has
the globalization of the fashion industry affected businessstrategies, society, and the environment in developed nations,particularly Japan, as well as in developing ones?
【到達目標】
Students will discuss issues relating to the global economy
through the study of one specific indust ry, fashion. The
central question that students will consider is: How has
the globalization of the fashion industry affected businessstrategies, society, and the environment in developed nations,particularly Japan, as well as in developing ones?
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will discuss readings related to the course theme.
One special feature of the course is that it incorporates
an ’active learning’ component, whereby students design afieldwork project with a connection to the fashion industry andpresent their findings in class.
*Feedback on assignments will be given in class or during officehours.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Class expectations andexplanations;self-introductions
2
What isThe pros and cons ofglobalization?
globalization
3
What is fast
The fast fashion industry’s
fashion?
business model (Zara)
4
Ethical fashion
The true cost of fast fashion(UNIQLO)
5
History of the global The roots of today’s global
garment industry
supply chains
6
Solutions (1): The
A business model for thecircular economy
secondhand economy
7
Fieldwork projects: Planning and discussing
midterm progress
fieldwork projects
reports
8
Solutions (2):Science meets fashion:
alternative fabrics
sustainable luxury brands
9
Solutions (3):Zero-waste design and ethicalsustainable fashion business practices
10
The future of
Impact of Covid-19 on the
fashionfashion industry (Gucci)
11
Assessment
In-class writing assignment (orquiz)

Business andsustainability
Business andsustainability
Final wrap up andreview

Presentations on fieldwork
projects and discussion
Presentations on fieldwork
projects and discussion
Reassessing the impact of
globalization on the fashionindustry【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】(1) Taking business courses offered at Hosei(2) Reading recent business news
(3) Preparing for class activities
Since the theme of the spring semester is the global fashionindustry and its impact on the environment and society, having
an interest in this topic is preferable.
Regular (daily) study (of about 2 hours total per week) is key toacademic success. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. Readings will be provided on Hoppii.
【参考書】
Selected references:*Pietra Rivoli, The travels of a t-shirt in the global economy: an
economist examines the markets, power, and politics of world
trade, Wiley, 2014.
*Mark K Brewer, Slow fashion in a fast fashion world:
promoting sustainability and responsibility, New Frontiers ofFashion Law, 9 Oct 2019.
*Connie Ulasewicz and Janet Hethorn, Sustainable fashion
take action, Bloomsbury, 2023.
*Articles from publications such as The Nikkei Newspaper, The
Atlantic, New York Times, The Japan Times, will be provided
via the library databases.
【成績評価の方法と基準】(1) Participation (40%). Students MUST attend all of theclasses and express their opinions in discussions in order toreceive a high grade. Attitude, punctuality, and overall effort
are also important factors for evaluating student performance.
(2) Evaluation (60%): Students must score at least 60% on theirevaluation (presentations) in order to pass the course. Dueto the pandemic, the evaluation method and teaching method(face-to-face) are subject to change.
Should the class be held via zoom, students must keep their
video camera on at all times, unless doing so would compromise
their internet reception.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A. Students are welcome to make requests or voicecomplaints and concerns at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Should the pandemic prevent us from meeting in person, students should secure a reliable high-speed internet connectionin order to participate via zoom.
【その他の重要事項】
THIS CLASS IS LIMITED TO 20 STUDENTS. THOSE WHO
WISH TO REGISTER MUST ATTEND THE FIRST CLASS.
This course is designed for IGESS students who are earning
their degree in English. Japanese language degree students inthe economic department or others may enroll with permission
from the instructor.

— 179 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

11

LANe300CA

Business Communication Ⅱ B
12YONGUE

JULIA

SALLE

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

13

14

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will learn about work and the workplace environment
in Japan. Some of the issues they will consider are Japanesemanagement practices, work-style reforms, new ways ofworking, the impact of changing economic and demographic
circumstances, and marginalized populations. By taking thiscourse, they can become familiar with work-related issues inJapan and their impact on society.
【到達目標】
Students will learn about work and the workplace environment
in Japan. Some of the issues they will consider are Japanesemanagement practices, work-style reforms, new ways ofworking, the impact of changing economic and demographic
circumstances, and marginalized populations. By taking thiscourse, they can become familiar with work-related issues inJapan and their impact on society.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
One special feature of the course is that it incorporates
an ’active learning’ component, whereby students design
a fieldwork project with a connection to the Japanese
workplace/working in Japan and present their findings in class.
*Feedback on assignments will be given during office hours
and/or during class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Class expectations andexplanations;self-introductions
2
Why do we work?
Ikigai and the meaning of work
3
Japan’s workplace
Communication in thecultureJapanese workplace
4
The Japanese labor What is Japanese-stylemarketmanagement?
5
The third arrow ofWork-style reform andAbenomics
overwork: international
comparisons
6
Covid-19 and theChanges in working patterns
Japan’s workplace
during and after Covid-19
environment
7
Fieldwork projectDiscussing and planning
discussion
fieldwork projects
8
Gender issues in
Womenomics and ikumen
Japan
9The rise of social
Marginalized populations ininequalities
Japan
10
Assessment
In-class writing assignment (orquiz)

Issues relating towork/working inJapanIssues relating towork/working inJapanIssues relating towork/working inJapanFinal wrap up andreviewStudent presentations anddiscussion
Student presentations anddiscussion
Student presentations anddiscussion
Discussion: reassessing theJapanese workplace【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】(1) Taking business courses offered at Hosei(2) Reading recent business news
(3) Preparing for class activities
Since the theme of the fall semester is "working inJapan,"students who are interested in working for a Japanesecompany after graduation would benefit from taking thiscourse.
Regular (daily) study (of about 2 hours total per week) is key toacademic success. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook.
Hoppii.

Readings will be made available on【参考書】
Selected references:*Takatoshi Ito and Takeo Hoshi, The Japanese Economy,
second edition, MIT Press, 2020.
*Erin Meyer, Culture Map: Decoding how people think, lead,and get things done, Public Affairs, 2015.
*Shinji Kojima, Scott North, Charles Weathers, Abe Shinzo’s
campaign to reform the Japanese way of working, Vo 15, Issue
23, No 3, Dec 1, 2017.
*Helen Macnaughtan, Womenomics for Japan: is the Abe
policy for gendered employment viable in an era of precarity,
Vol 13, Issue 13, No 1, April 5, 2015.
*Parissa Haghirian, Routledge Handbook and JapaneseBusiness and Management, Routledge, 2016.
*Articles from publications including The Nikkei Newspaper,
The Atlantic, New York Times, The Japan Times, etc.
【成績評価の方法と基準】(1) Participation (40%). Students MUST attend all of theclasses and express their opinions in discussions in order toreceive a high grade. Attitude, punctuality, and overall effort
are also important factors for evaluating student performance.
(2) Evaluation (60%): Students must score at least 60% on theirevaluation (presentations) in order to pass the course. Dueto the pandemic, the evaluation method and teaching method(face to face) are subject to change.
Should the class be held via zoom, students must keep their
video camera on at all times, unless doing so would compromise
their internet reception.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A. Students are welcome to make requests or voicecomplaints and concerns at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Should the pandemic prevent us from meeting in person, students should secure a reliable high-speed internet connectionin order to participate via zoom.
【その他の重要事項】
THIS CLASS IS LIMITED TO 20 STUDENTS. THOSE WHO
WISH TO REGISTER MUST ATTEND THE FIRST CLASS.
This course is designed for IGESS students who are earning
their degree in English. Japanese language degree students inthe economic department or others may enroll with permission
from the instructor.

— 180 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

11

LANe300CA

Business Communication Ⅱ B
12YONGUE

JULIA

SALLE

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位13

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉

14【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will learn about work and the workplace environment
in Japan. Some of the issues they will consider are Japanesemanagement practices, work-style reforms, new ways ofworking, the impact of changing economic and demographic
circumstances, and marginalized populations. By taking thiscourse, they can become familiar with work-related issues inJapan and their impact on society.
【到達目標】
Students will learn about work and the workplace environment
in Japan. Some of the issues they will consider are Japanesemanagement practices, work-style reforms, new ways ofworking, the impact of changing economic and demographic
circumstances, and marginalized populations. By taking thiscourse, they can become familiar with work-related issues inJapan and their impact on society.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
One special feature of the course is that it incorporates
an ’active learning’ component, whereby students design
a fieldwork project with a connection to the Japanese
workplace/working in Japan and present their findings in class.
*Feedback on assignments will be given during office hours
and/or during class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Class expectations andexplanations;self-introductions
2
Why do we work?
Ikigai and the meaning of work
3
Japan’s workplace
Communication in thecultureJapanese workplace
4
The Japanese labor What is Japanese-stylemarketmanagement?
5
The third arrow ofWork-style reform andAbenomics
overwork: international
comparisons
6
Covid-19 and theChanges in working patterns
Japan’s workplace
during and after Covid-19
environment
7
Fieldwork projectDiscussing and planning
discussion
fieldwork projects
8
Gender issues in
Womenomics and ikumen
Japan
9The rise of social
Marginalized populations ininequalities
Japan
10
Assessment
In-class writing assignment (orquiz)

Issues relating towork/working inJapanIssues relating towork/working inJapanIssues relating towork/working inJapanFinal wrap up andreviewStudent presentations anddiscussion
Student presentations anddiscussion
Student presentations anddiscussion
Discussion: reassessing theJapanese workplace【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】(1) Taking business courses offered at Hosei(2) Reading recent business news
(3) Preparing for class activities
Since the theme of the fall semester is "working inJapan,"students who are interested in working for a Japanesecompany after graduation would benefit from taking thiscourse.
Regular (daily) study (of about 2 hours total per week) is key toacademic success. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook.
Hoppii.

Readings will be made available on【参考書】
Selected references:*Takatoshi Ito and Takeo Hoshi, The Japanese Economy,
second edition, MIT Press, 2020.
*Erin Meyer, Culture Map: Decoding how people think, lead,and get things done, Public Affairs, 2015.
*Shinji Kojima, Scott North, Charles Weathers, Abe Shinzo’s
campaign to reform the Japanese way of working, Vo 15, Issue
23, No 3, Dec 1, 2017.
*Helen Macnaughtan, Womenomics for Japan: is the Abe
policy for gendered employment viable in an era of precarity,
Vol 13, Issue 13, No 1, April 5, 2015.
*Parissa Haghirian, Routledge Handbook and JapaneseBusiness and Management, Routledge, 2016.
*Articles from publications including The Nikkei Newspaper,
The Atlantic, New York Times, The Japan Times, etc.
【成績評価の方法と基準】(1) Participation (40%). Students MUST attend all of theclasses and express their opinions in discussions in order toreceive a high grade. Attitude, punctuality, and overall effort
are also important factors for evaluating student performance.
(2) Evaluation (60%): Students must score at least 60% on theirevaluation (presentations) in order to pass the course. Dueto the pandemic, the evaluation method and teaching method(face to face) are subject to change.
Should the class be held via zoom, students must keep their
video camera on at all times, unless doing so would compromise
their internet reception.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A. Students are welcome to make requests or voicecomplaints and concerns at any time during the semester.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Should the pandemic prevent us from meeting in person, students should secure a reliable high-speed internet connectionin order to participate via zoom.
【その他の重要事項】
THIS CLASS IS LIMITED TO 20 STUDENTS. THOSE WHO
WISH TO REGISTER MUST ATTEND THE FIRST CLASS.
This course is designed for IGESS students who are earning
their degree in English. Japanese language degree students inthe economic department or others may enroll with permission
from the instructor.

— 181 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe300CA

5

Stock Indices
Benchmarks

6

Price History
ReportingPrice Movements

7

Stock Analyst
Ratings
Earnings Per Share

8

Company and stock
overview
Healthcare Sector

Business Communication Ⅱ A
JAY M TANAKA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn basic business content
related to investing and investment banking. Within thisspecific area of business, students will practice various
English communication skills used in meetings, emails, andpresentations.
The course will utilize various authentic
materials covering basic concepts in investment and financial
markets, as well as current news and market movements.

9【到達目標】The goal of this course is for students to improve their business
English communication skill by practicing authentic businessactivities. In addition, students will learn about basic businessconcepts in finance.

10【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連

11【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will read and watch videos on various basic concepts
in investing and investment banking. In addition, they
will have the opportunity to learn basic information abouta variety of companies. Students will also work in small
groups to complete weekly communicative tasks. The primarytasks are: giving brief market reports, researching companies
for investment, writing short analysis report emails, andgiving presentations on investments. The teacher will provide
guidance and structure for English vocabulary learning, how
to write business emails, and how to organize presentations.
Students will submit homework exercises and assignments inclass and on Google Classroom. Feedback will be given to
students in class and via Google Classroom.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course Outline and Class Expectations
Introductions
Explaining Daily Tasks
Self-Introductions
Making Teams2
Stocks and Bonds
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report3
Industry Sectors
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Midterm presentation
introduction
4
Diversification
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report

12

13

14

Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
Midterm Presentations

Final presentation project
introduction
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Information
Present market report
Technology Sector
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Communication
Present market report
Services Sector
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
ConsumerPresent market report
Discretionary Sector ReadingsGroup worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Consumer Staples
Present market report
SectorReadings
Group worksheets
Quiz
Final Presentations
Company overview
Investment result
reporting【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Weekly homework will be approximately 4 hours of readingbusiness news and research reports, and preparation ofpresentation content, and rehearsing for market reports. 本
授業の準備学習・復習時間は、合わせて 4 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. News and market information will begathered online.
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation 30%
Homework 30%: market report quality, email assignments
In class assignments 10%: discussion worksheets
Midterm presentation 10%
Final presentation 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
All students must bring a notebook computer (Chromebook isfine also) to every class.

— 182 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【その他の重要事項】
Attendance and participation are very important in this class.
Students should be serious about increasing their professional
communication skills.
[English Language Skill Required: Intermediate level] - This
course is designed for intermediate or advanced-level English
learners who wish to improve their communication skill andgain some business knowledge.
[Business knowledge Required: None] - Students do not need
any prior business knowledge or experience to join this course.
The basic business knowledge needed to complete tasks will becovered in the course. However, students should have a strong
interest in investment and business.

— 183 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe300CA

5

Real Estate Sector

6

Materials Sector

7

Industrials Sector

8Company and Stockoverview
Japan Stocks

Business Communication Ⅱ B
JAY M TANAKA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn basic business content
related to investing and investment banking. Within thisspecific area of business, students will practice various
English communication skills used in meetings, emails, andpresentations.
The course will utilize various authentic
materials covering basic concepts in investment and financial
markets, as well as current news and market movements.

9【到達目標】The goal of this course is for students to improve their business
English communication skill by practicing authentic businessactivities. In addition, students will learn about basic businessconcepts in finance.

10【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連

11【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will read and watch videos on various basic concepts
in investing and investment banking. In addition, they
will have the opportunity to learn basic information abouta variety of companies. Students will also work in small
groups to complete weekly communicative tasks. The primarytasks are: giving brief market reports, researching companies
for investment, writing short analysis report emails, andgiving presentations on investments. The teacher will provide
guidance and structure for English vocabulary learning, how
to write business emails, and how to organize presentations.
Students will submit homework exercises and assignments inclass and on Google Classroom. Feedback will be given to
students in class and via Google Classroom.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course Outline and Class Expectations
Introductions
Explaining Daily Tasks
Self-Introductions
Making Teams
2
Bull Markets andReadings
Bear Markets
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
3
Inflation and
Present market report
Investments
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Midterm presentation
introduction
4
Exchange Rates and Present market report
Businesses
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report

12

13

14

Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
Midterm Presentations

Final presentation project
introduction
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Financials Sector
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Investment Banking Present market report
Readings
vs Commercial
Group worksheets
Banking
Quiz
New market report
Buy-side vs Sell-side Present market report
Investment banking ReadingsGroup worksheets
Quiz
New market report
Cryptocurrency
Present market report
Readings
Group worksheets
Quiz
Final Presentations
Company overview
Investment result
reporting【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Weekly homework will be approximately 4 hours of readingbusiness news and research reports, and preparation ofpresentation content, and rehearsing for market reports. 本
授業の準備学習・復習時間は、合わせて 4 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook. News and market information will begathered online.
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation 30%
Homework 30%: market report quality, email assignments
In class assignments 10%: discussion worksheets
Midterm presentation 10%
Final presentation 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
All students must bring a notebook computer (Chromebook isfine also) to every class.

— 184 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【その他の重要事項】
Attendance and participation are very important in this class.
Students should be serious about increasing their professional
communication skills.
[English Language Skill Required: Intermediate level] - This
course is designed for intermediate or advanced-level English
learners who wish to improve their communication skill andgain some business knowledge.
[Business knowledge Required: None] - Students do not need
any prior business knowledge or experience to join this course.
The basic business knowledge needed to complete tasks will becovered in the course. However, students should have a strong
interest in investment and business.

— 185 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

9ECN200CA

10
11

The Wealth of
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates
Aggregate Incomes
Aggregate Incomes

12

Aggregate Incomes

13

Economic Growth

14

Review and Final
Exam

Principles of Economics A
REYNALDO SENRA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉〈Ｓ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. Economics: Pearson の ミクロ経済学とマクロ経済学の基本をカバーする理論 Chapter13、Chapter14、Chapter19、Chapter20、
Chapter21 を取り上げます。講義は英語で行われる。
In this class we use an English textbook to study core ideas in
microeconomics and macroeconomics. In particular, we coverchapters 13, 14, 19, 20 and 21 of Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D.,
and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson.
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、ゲーム理論や競争が現実経済に与える影響とマクロ経済学の基本を理解できるようになる。
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the topics ofgame theory, competition and macroeconomics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5」「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

Real vs. Nominal

Inequality Around The World
Productivity and theAggregate Production
Function
The Role and Determinants ofTechnology
How Does a Nation’s Economy
Grow?
Review the class material andtake the final exam.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
課題が定期的に与えられます。他に、毎週の授業と教科書の復習が必要です。本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
宿題はその週の授業の内容に基づいています。期末試験は、授業の内容を全てカバーします。
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%
Homework assignments are based on that week’s lecture. The
final exam will covered the entire semester’s material.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Game Theory and
Simultaneous Move Games
Strategic Play
2
Game Theory andNash Equilibrium
Strategic Play
3
Game Theory andExtensive-Form Games
Strategic Play
4
Oligopoly andOligopoly
Monopolistic
Competition
5
Oligopoly andMonopolistic Competition
Monopolistic
Competition
6
Oligopoly and
The "Broken Invisible Hand"
Monopolistic
Competition
7
The Wealth of
National Income Accounts:
Nations: Defining
Production = Expenditure =and Measuring
IncomeMacroeconomic
Aggregates
8
The Wealth ofWhat Isn’t Measured by GDP?
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates— 186 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

8

ECN200CA

10
11

The Wealth of
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates
The Wealth of
Nations: Defining
and Measuring
Macroeconomic
Aggregates
Aggregate Incomes
Aggregate Incomes

12

Aggregate Incomes

13

Economic Growth

14

Review and Final
Exam

Principles of Economics A
REYNALDO SENRA

9

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉〈Ｓ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. Economics: Pearson の ミクロ経済学とマクロ経済学の基本をカバーする理論 Chapter13、Chapter14、Chapter19、Chapter20、
Chapter21 を取り上げます。講義は英語で行われる。
In this class we use an English textbook to study core ideas in
microeconomics and macroeconomics. In particular, we coverchapters 13, 14, 19, 20 and 21 of Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D.,
and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson.
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、ゲーム理論や競争が現実経済に与える影響とマクロ経済学の基本を理解できるようになる。
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the topics ofgame theory, competition and macroeconomics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

What Isn’t Measured by GDP?

Real vs. Nominal

Inequality Around The World
Productivity and theAggregate Production
Function
The Role and Determinants ofTechnology
How Does a Nation’s Economy
Grow?
Review the class material andtake the final exam.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
課題が定期的に与えられます。他に、毎週の授業と教科書の復習が必要です。本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. Economics: Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題：３０％
期末試験：７０％
宿題はその週の授業の内容に基づいています。期末試験は、授業の内容を全てカバーします。
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%
Homework assignments are based on that week’s lecture. The
final exam will covered the entire semester’s material.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.

【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Game Theory and
Simultaneous Move Games
Strategic Play
2
Game Theory andNash Equilibrium
Strategic Play
3
Game Theory andExtensive-Form Games
Strategic Play
4
Oligopoly andOligopoly
Monopolistic
Competition
5
Oligopoly andMonopolistic Competition
Monopolistic
Competition
6
Oligopoly and
The "Broken Invisible Hand"
Monopolistic
Competition
7
The Wealth of
National Income Accounts:
Nations: Defining
Production = Expenditure =and Measuring
IncomeMacroeconomic
Aggregates— 187 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

12

ECN200CA

Principles of Economics B

13

REYNALDO SENRA

14

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉〈Ｓ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. 2015. Economics: Pearson の マクロ経済学の基本をカバーする Chapter21、Chapter23、Chapter24、Chapter25 を取り上げます。講義を英語で行われる。
In this class we use an English textbook to continue ourstudy of core ideas in macroeconomics. In particular, we coverchapters 21, 23, 24, and 25 of Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., andList, J.A. Economics: Pearson.
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、経済成長や金融制度、財政
政策と金融政策が現実経済に与える影響を理解できるようになる。
The goal of this course is to continue our of macroeconomics,
focusing on the topics of growth, the monetary system, fiscal
policy and monetary policy.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.

The Monetary
SystemThe Monetary
SystemReview and Final
Exam

Inflation
The Central Bank
Review the class material andtake the final exam.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
課題が定期的に与えられます。他に、毎週の授業と教科書の復習が必 要です。本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. 2015. Economics:
Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題:30%
期末試験:70%
宿題はその週の授業の内容に基づいています。期末試験は、授業の内容を全てカバーします。
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%
Homework assignments are based on that week’s lecture. The
final exam will covered the entire semester’s material.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Orientation
Class introduction andexplanation.
2
Economic Growth
How does a nation’s economy
grow?
3
Economic Growth
The history of growth andtechnology
4
Economic Growth
Growth, inequality andpoverty
5
Employment and
Measuring Employment andUnemployment
Unemployment
6
Employment and
Why Is There Unemployment?
Unemployment
7
Employment andWage Rigidity and Structural
Unemployment
Unemployment
8
Credit Markets
What Is the Credit Market?
9
Credit Markets
Banks and Financial
Intermediation
10
Credit Markets
What Banks Do
11
The Monetary
Money
System— 188 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

14

ECN200CA

Principles of Economics B
REYNALDO SENRA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉〈Ｓ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、経済学の応用的な概念を理解する。
本講義では、教科書である Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List,
J.A. 2015. Economics: Pearson の マクロ経済学の基本をカバーする Chapter21、Chapter23、Chapter24、Chapter25 を取り上げます。講義を英語で行われる。
In this class we use an English textbook to continue ourstudy of core ideas in macroeconomics. In particular, we coverchapters 21, 23, 24, and 25 of Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., andList, J.A. Economics: Pearson.
【到達目標】
経済学に関する基本的な知識を応用し、経済成長や金融制度、財政
政策と金融政策が現実経済に与える影響を理解できるようになる。
The goal of this course is to continue our of macroeconomics,
focusing on the topics of growth, the monetary system, fiscal
policy and monetary policy.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5」「DP7」に関連

Review and Final
Exam

Review the class material andtake the final exam.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
課題が定期的に与えられます。他に、毎週の授業と教科書の復習が必 要です。本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Acemoglu, D., Laibson, D., and List, J.A. 2015. Economics:
Pearson.
【参考書】
特になし。
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題:30%
期末試験:70%
宿題はその週の授業の内容に基づいています。期末試験は、授業の内容を全てカバーします。
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%
Homework assignments are based on that week’s lecture. The
final exam will covered the entire semester’s material.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
None.

【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Orientation
Class introduction andexplanation.
2
Economic Growth
How does a nation’s economy
grow?
3
Economic Growth
The history of growth andtechnology
4
Economic Growth
Growth, inequality andpoverty
5
Employment and
Measuring Employment andUnemployment
Unemployment
6
Employment and
Why Is There Unemployment?
Unemployment
7
Employment andWage Rigidity and Structural
Unemployment
Unemployment
8
Credit Markets
What Is the Credit Market?
9
Credit Markets
Banks and Financial
Intermediation
10
Credit Markets
What Banks Do
11
The Monetary
Money
System12
The Monetary
Inflation
System13
The Monetary
The Central Bank
System— 189 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。

ECN300CA

International Economics A倪彬

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
We will discuss the globalization of economics from mainly two
important perspectives: international trade and foreign direct
investment (FDI). In the first half, we will investigate why
countries trade, types of trade, and study some of the benefits
and costs of trade. In the second half, we will study why firms
choose the form of FDI, the determinants of FDI, the spillover
impact of FDI on the host countries. Various policies thatdifferent governments implement to promote globalization will
also be studied.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is twofold: to arouse thestudents’ interest towards the happenings that are related tointernational economics; and to equip students with the basic
knowledge to reasonably question the phenomenon during theprocess of globalization, from the standpoint of economics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5」「DP7」に関連【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, “International Economics: Theory and Policy,” Global Edition, Pearson
Education Limited; 10th Revised 版 , 2014.
【参考書】
石川城太・椋寛・菊地徹『国際経済学をつかむ』（テキストブックつかむシリーズ）第２版、有斐閣、2013 年、ISBN=9784641177192
阿部顕三・遠藤正寛『国際経済学』（有斐閣アルマ）、有斐閣、2012
年、ISBN=9784641124806【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular【授業の進め方と方法】
Teaching materials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s
website (’lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in linewith the teaching materials. Quizzes will be combined withfeedback papers, take-home tests and a final exam.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回テーマ
内容
1 回目 Introduction
What’s international
economics?
2 回目 The basics ofSome basic terms and what
international trade should be learned ininternational trade
3 回目 The analytical
Partial equilibrium andframework
surplus analysis
4 回目 Ricardo model
Comparative advantage andRicardian model
5 回目 HO model
Factor endowment and HO
model
6 回目 Scale of economy
Types of trade and the theoryof scale of economy
7 回目 Trade policy (1)Tariff
8 回目 Trade policy (2)Export subsidy, quota
9 回目 Trade policy (3)FTA and NTM
10 回目 Multinational firms The basics of FDI
and FDI
11 回目 Inward FDI
The determinants of inward
FDI and the case of China
12 回目 Outward FDI
Japanese firms’ oversea
expansion and the hollowingout
13 回目 Offshoring
The economic integration andoffshoring
14 回目 Sharing economy
The mechanism of sharing
economy and its prospect— 190 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

14 回目 Sharing economy

ECN300CA

International Economics A
倪The mechanism of sharing
economy and its prospect【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準
とします。

彬

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
We will discuss the globalization of economics from mainly two
important perspectives: international trade and foreign direct
investment (FDI). In the first half, we will investigate why
countries trade, types of trade, and study some of the benefits
and costs of trade. In the second half, we will study why firms
choose the form of FDI, the determinants of FDI, the spillover
impact of FDI on the host countries. Various policies thatdifferent governments implement to promote globalization will
also be studied.
【到達目標】The purpose of this course is twofold: to arouse thestudents’ interest towards the happenings that are related tointernational economics; and to equip students with the basic
knowledge to reasonably question the phenomenon during theprocess of globalization, from the standpoint of economics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, “International Economics: Theory and Policy,” Global Edition, Pearson
Education Limited; 10th Revised 版 , 2014.
【参考書】
石川城太・椋寛・菊地徹『国際経済学をつかむ』（テキストブックつかむシリーズ）第２版、有斐閣、2013 年、ISBN=9784641177192
阿部顕三・遠藤正寛『国際経済学』（有斐閣アルマ）、有斐閣、2012
年、ISBN=9784641124806【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular【授業の進め方と方法】
Teaching materials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s
website (’lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in linewith the teaching materials. Quizzes will be combined withfeedback papers, take-home tests and a final exam.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回テーマ
内容
1 回目 Introduction
What’s international
economics?
2 回目 The basics ofSome basic terms and what
international trade should be learned ininternational trade
3 回目 The analytical
Partial equilibrium andframework
surplus analysis
4 回目 Ricardo model
Comparative advantage andRicardian model
5 回目 HO model
Factor endowment and HO
model
6 回目 Scale of economy
Types of trade and the theoryof scale of economy
7 回目 Trade policy (1)Tariff
8 回目 Trade policy (2)Export subsidy, quota
9 回目 Trade policy (3)FTA and NTM
10 回目 Multinational firms The basics of FDI
and FDI
11 回目 Inward FDI
The determinants of inward
FDI and the case of China
12 回目 Outward FDI
Japanese firms’ oversea
expansion and the hollowingout
13 回目 Offshoring
The economic integration andoffshoring— 191 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。

ECN300CA

International Economics B倪彬

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course introduces undergraduate students to the theory ofInternational Finance and its application to the real world. To
be specific: 1. To help students understand the determinants
and behavior of real variables and financial variables, and theinteraction between them.
2. To help students study the interaction among countries
through international flows of goods and financial assets.
【到達目標】
Upon completion of this course students will be able to achieve,
but are not limited to the following:* To understand the balance of payment;* To understand how a foreign exchange market operates* To compare the exchange rate regimes and internationalmonetary
standards* To explain financial crises in emerging economies, theircauses andsolutions【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, “International Economics: Theory and Policy,” Global Edition, Pearson
Education Limited; 10th Revised 版 , 2014.
【参考書】
高木信二 著、『入門国際金融』第 4 版、日本評論社 2011 年.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP5」「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Teaching materials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s
website (’lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in linewith the teaching materials. Quizzes will be combined withfeedback papers, take-home tests and a final exam.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回テーマ
内容
1 回目 Introduction
What is international finance?
2 回目 The basics of
The Balance of Payment,international
capital flow
finance3 回目 The foreign
The basics of foreign exchange
exchange market
market
4 回目 National accounts
The system of national
accounts
5 回目 Exchange rate (1)The concept of PPP
6 回目 Exchange rate (2)Interest rate parity
7 回目 Exchange rate (3)The foreign exchange rate
8 回目 Intervention in the Why is the intervention
foreign exchange
necessary?
market
9 回目 Fiscal policy
Governmental spending
10 回目 Monetary policy
Interest rate and investment
11 回目 Financial crisis
The history of financial crisisand the reasons
12 回目 International
The US dollar and themonetary system
globalization of RMB
13 回目 Monetary union
The birth of euro, and otherpossiblity
14 回目 Review
To review the contents of thewhole semester— 192 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

14 回目 Review

ECN300CA

International Economics B
倪To review the contents of thewhole semester【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
It is highly recommended that students prepare in advance andreview the contents after the class. Students are encouraged
to read newspapers and references that are related to the
topics included in the course schedule. It is important thatstudents raise their own questions and actively participate in
the discussion. 本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準
とします。

彬

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course introduces undergraduate students to the theory ofInternational Finance and its application to the real world. To
be specific: 1. To help students understand the determinants
and behavior of real variables and financial variables, and theinteraction between them.
2. To help students study the interaction among countries
through international flows of goods and financial assets.
【到達目標】
Upon completion of this course students will be able to achieve,
but are not limited to the following:* To understand the balance of payment;* To understand how a foreign exchange market operates* To compare the exchange rate regimes and internationalmonetary
standards* To explain financial crises in emerging economies, theircauses andsolutions【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, “International Economics: Theory and Policy,” Global Edition, Pearson
Education Limited; 10th Revised 版 , 2014.
【参考書】
高木信二 著、『入門国際金融』第 4 版、日本評論社 2011 年.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
We will have a final exam for this course. But different fromthe regular written exam, it will be online and take the form ofmultiple choice question, using Hoppii (the same format as thehomework). I will give you enough time, meanwhile you willbe allowed to make reference to all the resources. As for theevaluation:(1)Homework: 50%(2)Final exam: 50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Nothing particular【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Teaching materials will be uploaded in advance via Hosei’s
website (’lecture supporting system’). Lectures are given in linewith the teaching materials. Quizzes will be combined withfeedback papers, take-home tests and a final exam.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回テーマ
内容
1 回目 Introduction
What is international finance?
2 回目 The basics of
The Balance of Payment,international
capital flow
finance3 回目 The foreign
The basics of foreign exchange
exchange market
market
4 回目 National accounts
The system of national
accounts
5 回目 Exchange rate (1)The concept of PPP
6 回目 Exchange rate (2)Interest rate parity
7 回目 Exchange rate (3)The foreign exchange rate
8 回目 Intervention in the Why is the intervention
foreign exchange
necessary?
market
9 回目 Fiscal policy
Governmental spending
10 回目 Monetary policy
Interest rate and investment
11 回目 Financial crisis
The history of financial crisisand the reasons
12 回目 International
The US dollar and themonetary system
globalization of RMB
13 回目 Monetary union
The birth of euro, and otherpossiblity— 193 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
7ECN300CA

Area Studies A
8

馬

欣欣

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 2/Mon.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

9

Economic Growth andPopulation: An
International
Comparison (2)International Tradeand Transformationfrom Export-Driven
Economic Growth
Pattern
Active Discussion

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course introduces the features of Chinese economy transition
pattern compared with the other transition countries and developing
countries。We will learn the economic theories and models tounderstand the situations and issues in economic growth and economic
development under the transition period from a macroeconomic
perspective.
We will discuss some special issues such as thedeterminants of economic growth, regional disparity, and income
inequality.
【到達目標】
1.Understand the different features of economic transition pattern
between China and other countries
2.Understand the determinants of economic growth in China and othercountries
3.Explain the situations and issues of economic growth and sustainable
development in China and other countries from a macroeconomic
perspective【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The lecture consists of the lecture by teacher (ten times) based on thelearning materials and the presentation by students (two times). The
active discussions are held two times. At least one real-time online
lecture.
The lecture is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2.Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3.Critical and Analytical: Understanding the mechanism and performance of economy institution transition and economic growth
4.Accessible: Develop the ability to understand the differences between
countries and regions within a country from macroeconomic perspective
5.Feedback on homework will be given at the beginning of the lecture,and feedback will be given through the learning support system(Hoppii).
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Chinese Economy and
The contents and method of area
World Economy
studies; the current state of the
global economy; the position of theChinese economy in the world
2
Economy in the
Comparison of the plannedSocialist Era
economy model between the former
Soviet Union and China; the statesand problems of state-owned
enterprises (SOEs) and rural
people’s communes in China
3
Economic Reform:
The concept of a socialist market
What is a Socialist
economy; two kinds of transition
Market Economy
patterns; the role of government intransition countries
4
State Capitalism and
The functions of government andthe Development
market mechanism in transition
Dictatorship Modelcountries
5.
Active Discussion
Issue1: What is a Socialist Market
Economy?
Issue2: What should a government
do under the economic transition or
economic development period?
6
Economic Growth andInternational comparisons ofPopulation: An
economic development andInternational
population transformation; theComparison (1)background and problems of the
One-Child policy in China

10

Economic Growth andInequality (1)11Economic Growth andInequality (2)12Fiscal Policy andEconomic Growth13

Regional Development
Policies andSustainable Economy
Development
Summary of the issuesof Chinese economy
development andgrowth14

The Lewis’ Dualism Model and theeconomic turning point;
unemployment and surplus labor
in China and Japan
Export-driven economic growth
pattern; the role of foreign capital;
international comparisons of FDI

Issue1: Economic significance andpolicy implications of economy
turning point for
China and other developing
countries?
Issue2: The influences of FDI on
economic growth for China andother developing
countries
Kuznets’ curve; the states ofinequality between rural areas andurban areas; the reasonsof regional disparities in China
Income inequality; the poverty in
China; poverty reduction policies
and their effects in China anddeveloping countries
The process of the decentralizationand fiscal policy; the tax institution
reform and its influence on Chinese
economyThe background of regional
development and promotion policy
implementation and their effects
on economic growth in China
sumamry of the issues of Chinese
economy development and growthfrom Macroeconomcis perspective【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students who have not taken other related courses (e.g., development
economics, macroeconomics, international economics etc.) are expected
to read the textbooks or overviews of those courses in advance. Students
should download the learning materials through the learning support
system (Hoppii). The standard preparation and review hours for thelecture is more than 4 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook. Students are expected to download the learning materials
through the learning support system and review them.
【参考書】
1.Guo, R. (2017) How the Chinese Economy Works. Switzerland:
Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-3-319-32305-3
2.Cai, F. (2020) China’s Economic New Normal Growth, Structure, andMomentum. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-15-3226-9
3.Pen, C., Yang, C., and Yang, X. (2020) The Basic Economic System ofChina. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-13-6894-3
4.Yao, S., and Jiang, C. (2017) Chinese Banking Reform from the PreWTO Period to the Financial Crisis and Beyond. Switzerland: Springer
Nature. ISBN 978-3-319-63924-6
5.Brandt,L., and Rawski, T. G. (2008) China’ Great Economic
Transformation. Cambridge U.S.: Cambridge University Press. ISBN
9780511754234【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.Homework and presentation in active discussion 70%
2.Final examination 30%
The combination points of the two parts are 100.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I would like to try to create better learning materials with considerationof the students’ academic levels. In addition, I would like to makethe lecture more interactive, to answer the questions and to take morediscussions with students.
【専門分野】
Chinese Economy, Labor Economics, Development Economics【研究テーマ】
1.Empirical research on the effect of social security policy reforms on
economy society in China
2.The impacts of technological progress on labor market outcomes in
China
3.Economic growth, institutional transition, and inequality in China【主要研究業績】
1.Ma, X. and Tang, C. (Eds.)(2022) Growth Mechanism andSustainable Development of Chinese Economy: Comparison withJapanese Experiences.
Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan.
ISBN:
978-981-19-3857-3— 194 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
2.Ma, X. (2022) Public Medical Insurance Reform in China. Singapore:
Springer. ISBN: 978-981-16-7790-8
3.Ma, X. (Ed.) (2021) Employment, Retirement and Lifestyle in Aging
East Asia. Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN:978-981-16-0553-6
4.Ma, X. (2022) “Internet Usage and Income Gaps between the
Self-employed Individuals and Employees: Evidence from China,”
Review of Development Economics. https://doi.org/10.1111/rode.12969
5.Ma, X. (2022) “Parenthood and the Gender Wage Gap in Urban China,”
Journal of Asian Economics, 80:101479. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asieco.
2022.101479
6.Ma, X. (2018) “Labor Market Segmentation by Industry Sectors andWage Gaps between Migrants and Local Urban Residents in Urban
China” China Economic Review, 47, 96 − 115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
chieco.2017.11.007— 195 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
8ECN300CA

Area Studies A
馬

9

欣欣

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

International Tradeand Transformationfrom Export-Driven
Economic Growth
Pattern
Active Discussion

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course introduces the features of Chinese economy transition
pattern compared with the other transition countries and developing
countries。We will learn the economic theories and models tounderstand the situations and issues in economic growth and economic
development under the transition period from a macroeconomic
perspective.
We will discuss some special issues such as thedeterminants of economic growth, regional disparity, and income
inequality.
【到達目標】
1.Understand the different features of economic transition pattern
between China and other countries
2.Understand the determinants of economic growth in China and othercountries
3.Explain the situations and issues of economic growth and sustainable
development in China and other countries from a macroeconomic
perspective

10

Economic Growth andInequality (1)11Economic Growth andInequality (2)12Fiscal Policy andEconomic Growth13

Regional Development
Policies andSustainable Economy
Development
Summary of the issuesof Chinese economy
development andgrowthExport-driven economic growth
pattern; the role of foreign capital;
international comparisons of FDI

Issue1: Economic significance andpolicy implications of economy
turning point for
China and other developing
countries?
Issue2: The influences of FDI on
economic growth for China andother developing
countries
Kuznets’ curve; the states ofinequality between rural areas andurban areas; the reasonsof regional disparities in China
Income inequality; the poverty in
China; poverty reduction policies
and their effects in China anddeveloping countries
The process of the decentralizationand fiscal policy; the tax institution
reform and its influence on Chinese
economyThe background of regional
development and promotion policy
implementation and their effects
on economic growth in China
sumamry of the issues of Chinese
economy development and growthfrom Macroeconomcis perspective【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5「DP8」に関連

14【授業の進め方と方法】
The lecture consists of the lecture by teacher (ten times) based on thelearning materials and the presentation by students (two times). The
active discussions are held two times. At least one real-time online
lecture.
The lecture is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2.Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3.Critical and Analytical: Understanding the mechanism and performance of economy institution transition and economic growth
4.Accessible: Develop the ability to understand the differences between
countries and regions within a country from macroeconomic perspective
5.Feedback on homework will be given at the beginning of the lecture,and feedback will be given through the learning support system(Hoppii).

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students who have not taken other related courses (e.g., development
economics, macroeconomics, international economics etc.) are expected
to read the textbooks or overviews of those courses in advance. Students
should download the learning materials through the learning support
system (Hoppii). The standard preparation and review hours for thelecture is more than 4 hours each.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Chinese Economy and
The contents and method of area
World Economy
studies; the current state of the
global economy; the position of theChinese economy in the world
2
Economy in the
Comparison of the plannedSocialist Era
economy model between the former
Soviet Union and China; the statesand problems of state-owned
enterprises (SOEs) and rural
people’s communes in China
3
Economic Reform:
The concept of a socialist market
What is a Socialist
economy; two kinds of transition
Market Economy
patterns; the role of government intransition countries
4
State Capitalism and
The functions of government andthe Development
market mechanism in transition
Dictatorship Modelcountries
5.
Active Discussion
Issue1: What is a Socialist Market
Economy?
Issue2: What should a government
do under the economic transition or
economic development period?
6
Economic Growth andInternational comparisons ofPopulation: An
economic development andInternational
population transformation; theComparison (1)background and problems of the
One-Child policy in China
7
Economic Growth and
The Lewis’ Dualism Model and thePopulation: An
economic turning point;
International
unemployment and surplus labor
Comparison (2)in China and Japan【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook. Students are expected to download the learning materials
through the learning support system and review them.
【参考書】
1.Guo, R. (2017) How the Chinese Economy Works. Switzerland:
Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-3-319-32305-3
2.Cai, F. (2020) China’s Economic New Normal Growth, Structure, andMomentum. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-15-3226-9
3.Pen, C., Yang, C., and Yang, X. (2020) The Basic Economic System ofChina. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-13-6894-3
4.Yao, S., and Jiang, C. (2017) Chinese Banking Reform from the PreWTO Period to the Financial Crisis and Beyond. Switzerland: Springer
Nature. ISBN 978-3-319-63924-6
5.Brandt,L., and Rawski, T. G. (2008) China’ Great Economic
Transformation. Cambridge U.S.: Cambridge University Press. ISBN
9780511754234【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.Homework and presentation in active discussion 70%
2.Final examination 30%
The combination points of the two parts are 100.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I would like to try to create better learning materials with considerationof the students’ academic levels. In addition, I would like to makethe lecture more interactive, to answer the questions and to take morediscussions with students.
【専門分野】
Chinese Economy, Labor Economics, Development Economics【研究テーマ】
1.Empirical research on the effect of social security policy reforms on
economy society in China
2.The impacts of technological progress on labor market outcomes in
China
3.Economic growth, institutional transition, and inequality in China【主要研究業績】
1.Ma, X. and Tang, C. (Eds.)(2022) Growth Mechanism andSustainable Development of Chinese Economy: Comparison withJapanese Experiences.
Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan.
ISBN:
978-981-19-3857-3
2.Ma, X. (2022) Public Medical Insurance Reform in China. Singapore:
Springer. ISBN: 978-981-16-7790-8
3.Ma, X. (Ed.) (2021) Employment, Retirement and Lifestyle in Aging
East Asia. Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN:978-981-16-0553-6— 196 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
4.Ma, X. (2022) “Internet Usage and Income Gaps between the
Self-employed Individuals and Employees: Evidence from China,”
Review of Development Economics. https://doi.org/10.1111/rode.12969
5.Ma, X. (2022) “Parenthood and the Gender Wage Gap in Urban China,”
Journal of Asian Economics, 80:101479. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asieco.
2022.101479
6.Ma, X. (2018) “Labor Market Segmentation by Industry Sectors andWage Gaps between Migrants and Local Urban Residents in Urban
China” China Economic Review, 47, 96 − 115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
chieco.2017.11.007— 197 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
7ECN300CA

Area Studies B
馬

8

欣欣

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course introduces the factors and mechanisms behind economic
growth and economic development from a microeconomic perspective.
As case studies, we will discuss some special issues on state-owned
enterprise reform, innovation, industrial structural transformation,social security, market segmentation in China and understand the facts,
issues, and mechanism of economy transitions in emerging market
economies from a microeconomic perspective.
【到達目標】
1.Understand and explain the issues of economic transition andeconomic development in China and other emerging market economies
from microeconomic perspective
2.Understand the mechanisms and factors which influence thebehaviors of individuals and firms in China and other emerging market
economies under transition period
3.Understand the differences in economy transition patterns andperformances between China and other emerging market economies【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5「DP8」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The lecture consists of the lecture by teacher (ten times) based on thelearning materials and the presentation by students (two times). The
active discussions are held two times. At least one real-time online
lecture.
The lecture is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2.Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3.Critical and Analytical: Understanding the mechanism and performance of economy institution transition and economic growth in China
and other emerging market economies
4.Accessible: Develop the ability to understand the differences
between countries and regions within a country from a microeconomic
perspective
5.Feedback on homework will be given at the beginning of the lecture,and feedback will be given through the learning support system(Hoppii).
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

9

10

11

12

13

14

Reforms in Rural
China (2)The states of poverty and thecauses of poverty in rural China;
the regional disparities of poverty
and the reduce poverty policies inrural China
Migration within
The mechanism of migration fromChina
the rural areas to urban areas
within China; the mystery in
Chinese Economy-the migrant
shortage phenomenon; themigrants’ living and work in urban
China
Active Discussion
Issue1: Please evaluate theimplementation of Household
Production Responsibility system
in rural China
Issue2: Why there existed a
migrant shortage phenomenon in
China?
Bank Reform in China The reform of state-owned bank;the establishment of stork market;
the problem in financial market in
China
Economic Development Education system and reform inand Education in
China; changes in the "National
China
College Entrance Examination"("Gaokao"); Higher Education
Expansion Policy; causes of the
problem of unemployment ofcollege graduates in China
Social Security Policy
The social security policy reformin China
with economic transition; theinequality of social security
between rural areas and urban
areas in China
Labor Market Reform
The transformation of employment
in China
and wage determinate institutions;the determinate mechanism of
employment and wage based on
neoclassic economics
Summary of the issues Summary of the issues of Chineseof Chinese economy
economy development and growthdevelopment andfrom Microeconomics perspective
growth【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students who have not taken other related courses (e.g., development
economics, microeconomics, international economics etc.) are expected
to read the textbooks or overviews of those courses in advance. Students
should download the learning materials through the learning support
system (Hoppii). The standard preparation and review hours for thelecture is more than 4 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook. Students are expected to download the learning materials
through the learning support system (Hoppii) and review them.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Area Studies from
Introduction of the contents andMicroeconomic
analyze methods of area studies
Perspectivefrom microeconomic perspective
2
State-Owned
The features of state-owned
Enterprises Reform in enterprises during the planned
China (1)economy; the reforms ofstate-owned enterprises and theirproblems
3State-Owned
Corporate governance andEnterprises Reform in performance of state-owned
China (2)enterprises; problems ofstate-owned enterprise reform in
China
4
Active Discussion
Issue1: What are the determinantsof the development of non-state
sector in China? Issue2: What are
the main problems of state-owned
enterprises?
5
Transformation of
The industry upgrade policy
Industrial Structurereform; “China Manufacturing2025" and innovation; a case studyof industrial upgrade in Shenzhen
city of Guangdong province in
China
6Reforms in Rural
The land reform and collapse of the
China (1)people’s commune; Household
Production Responsibility System
and land right transfer in China【参考書】
1.Guo, R. (2017) How the Chinese Economy Works. Switzerland:
Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-3-319-32305-3
2.Cai, F. (2020) China’s Economic New Normal Growth, Structure, andMomentum. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-15-3226-9
3.Pen, C., Yang, C., and Yang, X. (2020) The Basic Economic System ofChina. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-13-6894-3
4.Ma, X. (2018) Economic Transition and Labor Market Reform in
China, Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan.ISBN 978-981-13-1986-0
5.Yao, S., and Jiang, C. (2017) Chinese Banking Reform from the PreWTO Period to the Financial Crisis and Beyond. Switzerland: Springer
Nature. ISBN 978-3-319-63924-6
6.Brandt,L., and Rawski, T. G. (2008) China’ Great Economic
Transformation. Cambridge U.S.: Cambridge University Press. ISBN
9780511754234【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.Homework and presentation in active discussion 70%
2.Final examination 30%
The combination points of the two parts are 100.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I would like to try to create better learning materials with considerationof the students’ academic levels. In addition, I would like to makethe lecture more interactive, to answer the questions and to take morediscussions with students.
【専門分野】
Chinese Economy, Labor Economics, Development Economics【研究テーマ】
1.Empirical research on the effect of social security policy reforms on
economy society in China
2.The impacts of technological progress on labor market outcomes in
China— 198 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
3.Economic growth, institutional transition, and inequality【主要研究業績】
1.Ma, X. and Tang, C. (Eds.)(2022) Growth Mechanism andSustainable Development of Chinese Economy: Comparison withJapanese Experiences.
Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan.
ISBN:
978-981-19-3857-3
2.Ma, X. (2022) Public Medical Insurance Reform in China. Singapore:
Springer. ISBN: 978-981-16-7790-8
3.Ma, X. (Ed.) (2021) Employment, Retirement and Lifestyle in Aging
East Asia. Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN:978-981-16-0553-6
4.Ma, X. (2022) “Internet Usage and Income Gaps between the
Self-employed Individuals and Employees: Evidence from China,”
Review of Development Economics. https://doi.org/10.1111/rode.12969
5.Ma, X. (2022) “Parenthood and the Gender Wage Gap in Urban China,”
Journal of Asian Economics, 80:101479. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asieco.
2022.101479
6.Ma, X. (2018) “Labor Market Segmentation by Industry Sectors andWage Gaps between Migrants and Local Urban Residents in Urban
China” China Economic Review, 47, 96 − 115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
chieco.2017.11.007— 199 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
6ECN300CA

Area Studies B
7

馬

欣欣

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：月 2/Mon.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

8

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course introduces the factors and mechanisms behind economic
growth and economic development from a microeconomic perspective.
As case studies, we will discuss some special issues on state-owned
enterprise reform, innovation, industrial structural transformation,social security, market segmentation in China and understand the facts,
issues, and mechanism of economy transitions in emerging market
economies from a microeconomic perspective.
【到達目標】
1.Understand and explain the issues of economic transition andeconomic development in China and other emerging market economies
from microeconomic perspective
2.Understand the mechanisms and factors which influence thebehaviors of individuals and firms in China and other emerging market
economies under transition period
3.Understand the differences in economy transition patterns andperformances between China and other emerging market economies【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The lecture consists of the lecture by teacher (ten times) based on thelearning materials and the presentation by students (two times). The
active discussions are held two times. At least one real-time online
lecture.
The lecture is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2.Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3.Critical and Analytical: Understanding the mechanism and performance of economy institution transition and economic growth in China
and other emerging market economies
4.Accessible: Develop the ability to understand the differences
between countries and regions within a country from a microeconomic
perspective
5.Feedback on homework will be given at the beginning of the lecture,and feedback will be given through the learning support system(Hoppii).
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

9

10

11

12

13

14

Reforms in Rural
China (1)The land reform and collapse of thepeople’s commune; Household
Production Responsibility System
and land right transfer in China
Reforms in Rural
The states of poverty and the
China (2)causes of poverty in rural China;
the regional disparities of poverty
and the reduce poverty policies inrural China
Migration within
The mechanism of migration fromChina
the rural areas to urban areas
within China; the mystery in
Chinese Economy-the migrant
shortage phenomenon; themigrants’ living and work in urban
China
Active Discussion
Issue1: Please evaluate theimplementation of Household
Production Responsibility system
in rural China
Issue2: Why there existed a
migrant shortage phenomenon in
China?
Bank Reform in China The reform of state-owned bank;the establishment of stork market;
the problem in financial market in
China
Economic Development Education system and reform inand Education in
China; changes in the "National
China
College Entrance Examination"("Gaokao"); Higher Education
Expansion Policy; causes of the
problem of unemployment ofcollege graduates in China
Social Security Policy
The social security policy reformin China
with economic transition; theinequality of social security
between rural areas and urban
areas in China
Labor Market Reform
The transformation of employment
in China
and wage determinate institutions;the determinate mechanism of
employment and wage based on
neoclassic economics
Summary of the issues Summary of the issues of Chineseof Chinese economy
economy development and growthdevelopment andfrom Microeconomics perspective
growth【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students who have not taken other related courses (e.g., development
economics, microeconomics, international economics etc.) are expected
to read the textbooks or overviews of those courses in advance. Students
should download the learning materials through the learning support
system (Hoppii). The standard preparation and review hours for thelecture is more than 4 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook. Students are expected to download the learning materials
through the learning support system (Hoppii) and review them.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Area Studies from
Introduction of the contents andMicroeconomic
analyze methods of area studies
Perspectivefrom microeconomic perspective
2
State-Owned
The features of state-owned
Enterprises Reform in enterprises during the planned
China (1)economy; the reforms ofstate-owned enterprises and theirproblems
3State-Owned
Corporate governance andEnterprises Reform in performance of state-owned
China (2)enterprises; problems ofstate-owned enterprise reform in
China
4
Active Discussion
Issue1: What are the determinantsof the development of non-state
sector in China? Issue2: What are
the main problems of state-owned
enterprises?
5
Transformation of
The industry upgrade policy
Industrial Structurereform; “China Manufacturing2025" and innovation; a case studyof industrial upgrade in Shenzhen
city of Guangdong province in
China

【参考書】
1.Guo, R. (2017) How the Chinese Economy Works. Switzerland:
Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN 978-3-319-32305-3
2.Cai, F. (2020) China’s Economic New Normal Growth, Structure, andMomentum. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-15-3226-9
3.Pen, C., Yang, C., and Yang, X. (2020) The Basic Economic System ofChina. Singapore: Springer Nature. ISBN 978-981-13-6894-3
4.Ma, X. (2018) Economic Transition and Labor Market Reform in
China, Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan.ISBN 978-981-13-1986-0
5.Yao, S., and Jiang, C. (2017) Chinese Banking Reform from the PreWTO Period to the Financial Crisis and Beyond. Switzerland: Springer
Nature. ISBN 978-3-319-63924-6
6.Brandt,L., and Rawski, T. G. (2008) China’ Great Economic
Transformation. Cambridge U.S.: Cambridge University Press. ISBN
9780511754234【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.Homework and presentation in active discussion 70%
2.Final examination 30%
The combination points of the two parts are 100.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
I would like to try to create better learning materials with considerationof the students’ academic levels. In addition, I would like to makethe lecture more interactive, to answer the questions and to take morediscussions with students.
【専門分野】
Chinese Economy, Labor Economics, Development Economics— 200 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【研究テーマ】
1.Empirical research on the effect of social security policy reforms on
economy society in China
2.The impacts of technological progress on labor market outcomes in
China
3.Economic growth, institutional transition, and inequality【主要研究業績】
1.Ma, X. and Tang, C. (Eds.)(2022) Growth Mechanism andSustainable Development of Chinese Economy: Comparison withJapanese Experiences.
Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan.
ISBN:
978-981-19-3857-3
2.Ma, X. (2022) Public Medical Insurance Reform in China. Singapore:
Springer. ISBN: 978-981-16-7790-8
3.Ma, X. (Ed.) (2021) Employment, Retirement and Lifestyle in Aging
East Asia. Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan. ISBN:978-981-16-0553-6
4.Ma, X. (2022) “Internet Usage and Income Gaps between the
Self-employed Individuals and Employees: Evidence from China,”
Review of Development Economics. https://doi.org/10.1111/rode.12969
5.Ma, X. (2022) “Parenthood and the Gender Wage Gap in Urban China,”
Journal of Asian Economics, 80:101479. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asieco.
2022.101479
6.Ma, X. (2018) “Labor Market Segmentation by Industry Sectors andWage Gaps between Migrants and Local Urban Residents in Urban
China” China Economic Review, 47, 96 − 115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
chieco.2017.11.007— 201 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

9

LANe200CA

Business Research Seminar A

10

中谷

11

安男

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

12

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉

13【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japanese contexts focusing on global leaders. They
also learn English presentation skills to demonstrate theirunderstanding of business studies.
【到達目標】
Students can demonstrate their understanding of current
important business issues. They can improve their negotiation
skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Students learn the important skills for effective presentations
in English. They can have opportunities to improve theirnegotiation skills. This course also develops an awareness of
the importance of coherence and cohesion in speech discourse
to attract audience.
We share the feedback participants and discuss the issues toenhance lessons.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

14

3

4

5
6
7

8

Kao USA

Confectionery
Marketing inOverseas Business
Guerrilla Marketing
Strategies
Counter Innovators’
DilemmaEnhancing InternalCommunication of
Global Company
Focus Strategy and
Cost Leadership
Strategy in Frozen
Food Industry

Morinaga

MUJI:

Toyota Lexus
Toshiro Alloy Inc

Yamaha Motor Indonesia andAfricaTwitter Japan

IC

Net

Limited【テキスト（教科書）】
Business Case Studies of Global Leaders. By Y. Nakatani & R.
Smithers.
Seibido【参考書】
Dynamic Presentations, by M. Hood. Kinseido【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class partcipation and contribution 30%
Class presnetaions 40%
Final presentation 30%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Improving writing skills as well
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
PC, DVD, Internet connection【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Shiseido Thailand
1
Introduction
Marketing Mix in
Emerging Countries

Innovative
MarketingApproaches
Exploring Global
Business andEnhancing People’s
Sustainable Value

Connecting People
With What’sHappening
Uniting the Worldfor a Better
Tomorrow

Imperial Hotel【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Lessons preparation and review exercises
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

2World Standard
Hospitality
Creating a Japanese
Luxury Brand
Japanese Art andTechnology.
Clean Water Supply
System for BOP
Business

Ryohinkeikaku

U.S.A

Coca-Cola Laos
Toshiba Vietnam
Honda Motor

Hatchando Vietnam— 202 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200CA

9

Business Research Seminar A

10

中谷 安男

11

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位12

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japanese contexts focusing on global leaders. They
also learn English presentation skills to demonstrate theirunderstanding of business studies.
【到達目標】
Students can demonstrate their understanding of current
important business issues. They can improve their negotiation
skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP3」「DP5」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP3」「DP5」「DP9」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Students learn the important skills for effective presentations
in English. They can have opportunities to improve theirnegotiation skills. This course also develops an awareness of
the importance of coherence and cohesion in speech discourse
to attract audience.
We share the feedback participants and discuss the issues toenhance lessons.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

13

14

3

4

5
6
7

8

Kao USA

Confectionery
Marketing inOverseas Business
Guerrilla Marketing
Strategies
Counter Innovators’
DilemmaEnhancing InternalCommunication of
Global Company
Focus Strategy and
Cost Leadership
Strategy in Frozen
Food Industry

Morinaga

MUJI:

Toyota Lexus
Toshiro Alloy Inc

Yamaha Motor Indonesia andAfricaTwitter Japan

IC

Net

Limited【テキスト（教科書）】
Business Case Studies of Global Leaders. By Y. Nakatani & R.
Smithers.
Seibido【参考書】
Dynamic Presentations, by M. Hood. Kinseido【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class partcipation and contribution 30%
Class presnetaions 40%
Final presentation 30%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Improving writing skills as well
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
PC, DVD, Internet connection【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Shiseido Thailand
1
Introduction
Marketing Mix in
Emerging Countries

Innovative
MarketingApproaches
Exploring Global
Business andEnhancing People’s
Sustainable Value

Connecting People
With What’sHappening
Uniting the Worldfor a Better
Tomorrow

Imperial Hotel【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Lessons preparation and review exercises
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

2World Standard
Hospitality
Creating a Japanese
Luxury Brand
Japanese Art andTechnology.
Clean Water Supply
System for BOP
Business

Ryohinkeikaku

U.S.A

Coca-Cola Laos
Toshiba Vietnam
Honda Motor

Hatchando Vietnam— 203 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Leadership; Case Studies of Business Leaders in Japan
Yasuo NAKATANI & Ryan Smithers. Kinseido

LANe200CA

Business Research Seminar B【参考書】
Yoshio Sugita & Richard R. Caraker. Writing for Presentation
in English. Nan’un-do

中谷 安男
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class partcipation and contribution 30%
Class presnetaions 40%
Final presentation 30%

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japanese contexts focusing on global leaders. They
also learn English negotiation skills to demonstrate theirunderstanding of business studies at an advanced level.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Improving writing skills as well
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
PC, DVD, Internet connection【到達目標】
Students can demonstrate their understanding of current
important business issues. They can improve their negotiation
skills at an advanced level.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP3」「DP5」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP3」「DP5」「DP9」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
Students learn the important skills for effective negotiations
in English. This course also develops an awareness of theimportance of coherence and cohesion in speech discourse to
attract audience.
We share the feedback participants and discuss the issues toenhance lessons.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Intel Japan
2
Creating Value and Coca-Cola
Making a Difference3
Luxury Business
Chanel & CD
4
MOT
Sapporo Breweries
5
Reviving a Leading MUJI
Brand
6
Negotiation withIntel Japan
Headquarters
JRK
7
Making a
Challenging
Business Profitable
8
Omotenashi
Shiseido China
9
Emerging Market
Toshiba Vietnam
10De-centralizing
Intel Japan Promotions
Marketing
Strategies
11
Confectionary
Meigetsudo
Business
12
Global MUJI
MUJI
13
Enhancing Global
Global Shiseido
Brand
Communication
14
Global Business
Konica Minolta
Model【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Lesson preparation and review exercises
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.

— 204 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】
Global Leadership; Case Studies of Business Leaders in Japan
Yasuo NAKATANI & Ryan Smithers. Kinseido

LANe200CA

Business Research Seminar B
中谷

【参考書】
Yoshio Sugita & Richard R. Caraker. Writing for Presentation
in English. Nan’un-do

安男

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class partcipation and contribution 30%
Class presnetaions 40%
Final presentation 30%

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Participants learn current English through authentic businesscases in Japanese contexts focusing on global leaders. They
also learn English negotiation skills to demonstrate theirunderstanding of business studies at an advanced level.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Improving writing skills as well
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
PC, DVD, Internet connection【到達目標】
Students can demonstrate their understanding of current
important business issues. They can improve their negotiation
skills at an advanced level.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Students learn the important skills for effective negotiations
in English. This course also develops an awareness of theimportance of coherence and cohesion in speech discourse to
attract audience.
We share the feedback participants and discuss the issues toenhance lessons.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Intel Japan
2
Creating Value and Coca-Cola
Making a Difference3
Luxury Business
Chanel & CD
4
MOT
Sapporo Breweries
5
Reviving a Leading MUJI
Brand
6
Negotiation withIntel Japan
Headquarters
7
Making a
JRK
Challenging
Business Profitable
8
Omotenashi
Shiseido China
9
Emerging Market
Toshiba Vietnam
10De-centralizing
Intel Japan Promotions
Marketing
Strategies
11
Confectionary
Meigetsudo
Business
12
Global MUJI
MUJI
13
Enhancing Global
Global Shiseido
Brand
Communication
14
Global Business
Konica Minolta
Model【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Lesson preparation and review exercises
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.

— 205 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

13

ECN200CA

Demography A
14

菅

幹雄

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(4)The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(5)The Life Table Conceived as a
Stationary Population
Life tables around the world【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Look at homepages of related demographic statistics. Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】This class does not use a textbook. Provide the Powerpoint files
used in class as pdf files.

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.

【参考書】
Samuel Preston, Patrick Heuveline, Michel Guillot, Demography: Measuring and Modeling Population Processes,
Wiley,5417 JPY【到達目標】
1.Understand basic concepts and measures
2.Understand age-specific rates and probabilities
3.Understand and be able to compile life table【成績評価の方法と基準】
Worksheets in online 100%

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Upload the answer of worksheets as soon as possible.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
personal computer【授業の進め方と方法】
Worksheets will be delivered by using the Lecture Supporting
System for better understanding and student should calculate
and fill it in. After the submission deadline of worksheet, thecorrect answer will be feedbacked.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Basic Concepts and Meaning of
Measures(1)”Population",Population
Statistics
2
Basic Concepts and The Balancing Equation of
Measures(2)Population Change
3
Basic Concepts and The Structure of Demographic
Measures(3)rates, Period Rates andPerson-years, Principal Period
Rates in Demography
4
Basic Concepts and Instantaneous Growth Rate,
Measures(4)Mean Annualized Growth Rate
5
Basic Concepts and Estimating Period
Measures(5)Person-years, The Concept of a
Cohort, Probabilities of
Occurrence of Events
6
Age-Specific Rates
Period Age-specific Rates
and Probabilities(1)7Age-Specific Rates
Age-standardization
and Probabilities(2)8Age-Specific Rates
The Lexis Diagramand Probabilities(3)9Age-Specific Rates
Age-specific Probabilities
and Probabilities(4)10The Life Table and
The Life Table
Single Decrement
Processes(1)11
The Life Table andPeriod Life Tables
Single Decrement
Processes(2)12The Life Table andInterpreting the Life Table
Single Decrement
Processes(3)— 206 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

14

ECN200CA

DemographyA
菅Life tables around the world【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Look at homepages of related demographic statistics. Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.

幹雄

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

The Life Table andSingle Decrement
Processes(5)単位：2 単位【テキスト（教科書）】This class does not use a textbook. Provide the Powerpoint files
used in class as pdf files.

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.

【参考書】
Samuel Preston, Patrick Heuveline, Michel Guillot, Demography: Measuring and Modeling Population Processes,
Wiley,5417 JPY【到達目標】
1.Understand basic concepts and measures
2.Understand age-specific rates and probabilities
3.Understand and be able to compile life table【成績評価の方法と基準】
Worksheets in online 100%
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Upload the answer of worksheets as soon as possible.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP6」「DP7」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP5」「DP6」「DP7」に関連【学生が準備すべき機器他】
personal computer【授業の進め方と方法】
Worksheets will be delivered by using the Lecture Supporting
System for better understanding and student should calculate
and fill it in. After the submission deadline of worksheet, thecorrect answer will be feedbacked.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Basic Concepts and Meaning of
Measures(1)”Population",Population
Statistics
2
Basic Concepts and The Balancing Equation of
Measures(2)Population Change
3
Basic Concepts and The Structure of Demographic
Measures(3)rates, Period Rates andPerson-years, Principal Period
Rates in Demography
4
Basic Concepts and Instantaneous Growth Rate,
Measures(4)Mean Annualized Growth Rate
5
Basic Concepts and Estimating Period
Measures(5)Person-years, The Concept of a
Cohort, Probabilities of
Occurrence of Events
6
Age-Specific Rates
Period Age-specific Rates
and Probabilities(1)7Age-Specific Rates
Age-standardization
and Probabilities(2)8Age-Specific Rates
The Lexis Diagramand Probabilities(3)9Age-Specific Rates
Age-specific Probabilities
and Probabilities(4)10The Life Table and
The Life Table
Single Decrement
Processes(1)11
The Life Table andPeriod Life Tables
Single Decrement
Processes(2)12The Life Table andInterpreting the Life Table
Single Decrement
Processes(3)13The Life Table and
The Life Table Conceived as aSingle Decrement
Stationary Population
Processes(4)— 207 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.

ECN200CA【テキスト（教科書）】This class does not use a textbook. Provide the Powerpoint files
used in class as pdf files.

Demography B
菅

幹雄

【参考書】
Samuel Preston, Patrick Heuveline, Michel Guillot, Demography: Measuring and Modeling Population Processes,
Wiley,5417 JPY

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【成績評価の方法と基準】
Worksheets 100%

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Upload the answer of worksheets as soon as possible.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
personal computer【到達目標】
1.Understand fertility rate
2.Understand and be able to conduct population projection
3.Understand stable population model【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Lectures will be conducted on both face to face and using
Zoom. Worksheets are delivered in the lecture for better
understanding and student should calculate and fill it in. Afterthe submission deadline of worksheet, the correct answer will
be feedbacked.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Multiple Decrement Multiple Decrement Tables for
Processes(1)a Periods
2
Multiple Decrement Associated Single Decrement
Processes(2)Life Tables from Period Data
3
Fertility Rates(1)Period Fertility Rates
4
Fertility Rates(2)Cohort Fertility, Reproduction
Measures
5
Population
Population projection without
Projection(1)immigration
6
Population
Population projection without
Projection(2)immigration
7
Population
Projection and Forecasts,
Projection(3)Population Projection
Methodology, The Cohort
Component Methods
8
The Stable
Review of Stationary
Population Model(1) Population Model
9
The Stable
A Simplified Example of a
Population Model(2) Stable Population
10
The Stable
Lotka’s Demonstration ofPopulation Model(3) Conditions Producing a Stable
Population
11
The Stable
Intrinsic Growth Rate
Population Model(4)12The Stable
Stable Equivalent Population
Population Model(5)13The Stable
Momentum of Population
Population Model(6) Growth14
Summing up
Summing up【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Look at homepages related to demographic statistics— 208 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】This class does not use a textbook. Provide the Powerpoint files
used in class as pdf files.

ECN200CA

DemographyB
菅【参考書】
Samuel Preston, Patrick Heuveline, Michel Guillot, Demography: Measuring and Modeling Population Processes,
Wiley,5417 JPY

幹雄

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【成績評価の方法と基準】
Worksheets 100%

【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】An introductory course in demographic methods, teaching how
demographers measure population growth, mortality, fertility,
marriage, and age structure.
【到達目標】
1.Understand fertility rate
2.Understand and be able to conduct population projection
3.Understand stable population model【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Upload the answer of worksheets as soon as possible.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
personal computer【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP6」「DP7」に関連。国際経済学科は「DP5」「DP6」「DP7」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Lectures will be conducted on both face to face and using
Zoom. Worksheets are delivered in the lecture for better
understanding and student should calculate and fill it in. Afterthe submission deadline of worksheet, the correct answer will
be feedbacked.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Multiple Decrement Multiple Decrement Tables for
Processes(1)a Periods
2
Multiple Decrement Associated Single Decrement
Processes(2)Life Tables from Period Data
3
Fertility Rates(1)Period Fertility Rates
4
Fertility Rates(2)Cohort Fertility, Reproduction
Measures
5
Population
Population projection without
Projection(1)immigration
6
Population
Population projection without
Projection(2)immigration
7
Population
Projection and Forecasts,
Projection(3)Population Projection
Methodology, The Cohort
Component Methods
8
The Stable
Review of Stationary
Population Model(1) Population Model
9
The Stable
A Simplified Example of a
Population Model(2) Stable Population
10
The Stable
Lotka’s Demonstration ofPopulation Model(3) Conditions Producing a Stable
Population
11
The Stable
Intrinsic Growth Rate
Population Model(4)12The Stable
Stable Equivalent Population
Population Model(5)13The Stable
Momentum of Population
Population Model(6) Growth14
Summing up
Summing up【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Look at homepages related to demographic statistics
Preparation 2 hours, review 2 hours, a total of 4 hours.

— 209 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

Business Communication IA【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Since the comments did not recommend any changes, nochanges will be made unless specific changes are requested.

JOHN THOMAS LACEY【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None

LANe200CA

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位【その他の重要事項】
None

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn about cross-culturaldifferences in international business.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to help students improve theirintercultural business communication skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
Weekly assignments will be required to complete. Feedback
will be given immediately after assignments have been
submitted or presented in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Student
Essay (1)introductionsn
Week 2 Course introduction Read assigned documents
Week 3 Introduction Letters Formal letters
Week 4 Resume
ReusmeDevelopment
Week 5 Mock Job Interviews Preparation for interview
Week 6 Businesses
Presentation 1
Week 7 ResearchPresentation 1
Product Development
Week 8 Presentation Day
Product
Development
Week 9 CM Script
CM Script
Week
Commercial Day
Summary Response
10
Week
Business etiquette
Article11(1)
Week
Business etiquette
Writing Assignment
12
(2)
Week
Review as necessary Peer Review (1)
13
(1)
Week
Review as necessary Final Class Review
14(2)【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should prepare for each class by completing outsideclass study. Following the lesson, students will have home
preparation for student presentations or writing assignments.
required (approximately four hours at the student’s discretion).
【テキスト（教科書）】
None
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on the basis of the assignments
they complete (100%). It is important that you attend class
to receive assignment information.

— 210 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on the basis of the assignments
they complete (100%). It is important that you attend class
to receive assignment information.

LANe200CA

Business Communication I A
JOHN THOMAS LACEY【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Since the comments did not recommend any changes, nochanges will be made unless specific changes are requested.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：金 3/Fri.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course students will learn about cross-culturaldifferences in international business.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to help students improve theirintercultural business communication skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Weekly assignments will be required to complete. Feedback
will be given immediately after assignments have been
submitted or presented in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Student
Essay (1)introductionsn
Week 2 Course introduction Read assigned documents
Week 3 Introduction Letters Formal letters
Week 4 Resume
ReusmeDevelopment
Week 5 Mock Job Interviews Preparation for interview
Week 6 Businesses
Presentation 1
Week 7 ResearchPresentation 1
Week 8 Presentation Day
Product Development
Product
Development
Week 9 CM Script
CM Script
Week
Commercial Day
Summary Response
10
Week
Business etiquette
Article11(1)
Week
Business etiquette
Writing Assignment
12
(2)
Week
Review as necessary Peer Review (1)
13
(1)
Week
Review as necessary Final Class Review
14(2)【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should prepare for each class by completing outsideclass study. Following the lesson, students will have home
preparation for student presentations or writing assignments.
required (approximately four hours at the student’s discretion).
【テキスト（教科書）】
None
【参考書】
None

— 211 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should prepare for each class by completing outsideclass study. Following the lesson, students will have home
preparation for student presentations or writing assignments.
required (approximately four hours at the student’s discretion).

LANe200CA

Business Communication I B
JOHN THOMAS LACEY【テキスト（教科書）】
None

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：金 3/Fri.3 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

【参考書】
None

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course, students will learn about cross-culturaldifferences in international business and related issues andgive presentations and formal speeches.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to help students improve theircommunication skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on the basis of the assignments
they complete (100%). It is important that you attend class
to receive assignment information.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Since the comments did not recommend any changes, nochanges will be made unless specific changes are requested.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will be given a number of topics and then be required
to do a presentation. Emphasis will be on public speaking.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Course introduction Read assigned documents
Week 2 General SpeechBusiness ResearchNon-verbal
Communication.
Week 3 Presentation Day 1 A difficult moment
Week 4 Speech 2
Intonation Speech Preparation
Intonation
Week 5 Famous Speakers
ResearchResearch
Week 6 Famous Speakers
Day 1
Final Speech IntroResearch Topic
Week 7 Famous Speaker
Day 2
Final Speech intro
continued
Week 8 Dialogue
Research Final Speech first
Development
draft work.
Hook and Issue
Week 9 Dialogue
Research Final Speech First
Preparation with
Draft
partner
Final Speech
Statistics andQuotesWeek
Dialogue Day
Rewrite First Draft
10
Final Speech
Deadline First Draft
Week
Peer Support
Final Speech Prep
11
Week
Peer Support Day 2 Final Speech Prep
12
Impromptu
Speaking Exercise
Week
Final Speech Day
Summary Response
13
Week
Final summary
Review
14— 212 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students should prepare for each class by completing outsideclass study. Following the lesson, students will have home
preparation for student presentations or writing assignments.
required (approximately four hours at the student’s discretion).

LANe200CA

Business Communication IB
JOHN THOMAS LACEY
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall【テキスト（教科書）】
None

単位：2 単位

初回の授業に出席し担当教員の指示を受ける。

【参考書】
None

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course, students will learn about cross-culturaldifferences in international business and related issues andgive presentations and formal speeches.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to help students improve theircommunication skills.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP3」「DP5」に関連【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on the basis of the assignments
they complete (100%). It is important that you attend class
to receive assignment information.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Since the comments did not recommend any changes, nochanges will be made unless specific changes are requested.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will be given a number of topics and then be required
to do a presentation. Emphasis will be on public speaking.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Course introduction Read assigned documents
Business Research
Week 2 General SpeechNon-verbal
Communication.
Week 3 Presentation Day 1 A difficult moment
Week 4 Speech 2
Intonation Speech Preparation
Intonation
Week 5 Famous Speakers
ResearchResearch
Week 6 Famous Speakers
Day 1
Final Speech Intro
Week 7 Famous SpeakerResearch TopicDay 2
Final Speech intro
continued
Research Final Speech first
Week 8 Dialogue
Development
draft work.
Hook and Issue
Week 9 Dialogue
Research Final Speech First
Preparation with
Draft
partner
Final Speech
Statistics andQuotesWeek
Dialogue Day
Rewrite First Draft
10
Final Speech
Deadline First Draft
Week
Peer Support
Final Speech Prep
11
Week
Peer Support Day 2 Final Speech Prep
12
Impromptu
Speaking Exercise
Week
Final Speech Day
Summary Response
13
Week
Final summary
Review
14— 213 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
課題が定期的に与えられます。他に、毎週の授業と教科書の復習が必 要です。本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.

ECN300CA

Macro Economics A
REYNALDO SENRA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、マクロ経済学の概念を理解する。 本講義では、教科書である Blanchard, O. Macroeconomics, Global
Edition (8e): Pearson の Chapter1 から Chapter12 まで取り上げます。講義は英語で行われる。
In this class we use study core ideas in macroeconomics.
In particular, we cover chapters 1-12 of Blanchard, O.
Macroeconomics, Global Edition (8e): Pearson.
【到達目標】
マクロ経済学に関する基本的な知識を身につる。マクロ経済学の概要をはじめ、マクロ経済のモデルを勉強して分析します。
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the basic
ideas and concepts of macroeconomics. We begin with an
overview of macroeconomic concepts and develop a model of theeconomy.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」
に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。

【テキスト（教科書）】
Blanchard, O. Macroeconomics, Global Edition: Pearson (8thEdition)
【参考書】
特になし。
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題:30%
期末試験:70%
宿題はその週の授業の内容に基づいています。期末試験は、授業の内容を全てカバーします。
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%
Homework assignments are based on that week’s lecture. The
final exam will cover the entire semester’s material.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
なし。
None

【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Orientation and Introduction
2
Basic Macro
Defining the Basic Objectives
Concepts
and Concepts ofMacroeconomics
3
The Early Economic Brief history ofThinkers
Macroeconomics
4
The Short Run
The Goods Market
5
The Short Run
Financial Markets
6
The Short Run
The IS-LM Model
7
The Medium Run
The Extended IS-LM Model
8
The Medium Run
The Labor Market
9
The Medium Run
The Phillips Curve
10
The Long Run
The IS-LM-PC Model
11
The Long Run
The Facts About Growth
12
The Long Run
Saving, Capital Accumulation
and Output
13
The Long Run
Technological Progress and
Growth14
Review and Final
Review Class Material and
Exam
Take the Final Exam

— 214 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
課題が定期的に与えられます。他に、毎週の授業と教科書の復習が必 要です。本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.

ECN300CA

Macro Economics A
REYNALDO SENRA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 1/Tue.1 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：【テキスト（教科書）】
Blanchard, O. Macroeconomics, Global Edition: Pearson (8thEdition)

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、マクロ経済学の概念を理解する。 本講義では、教科書である Blanchard, O. Macroeconomics, Global
Edition (8e): Pearson の Chapter1 から Chapter12 まで取り上げます。講義は英語で行われる。
In this class we use study core ideas in macroeconomics.
In particular, we cover chapters 1-12 of Blanchard, O.
Macroeconomics, Global Edition (8e): Pearson.
【到達目標】
マクロ経済学に関する基本的な知識を身につる。マクロ経済学の概要をはじめ、マクロ経済のモデルを勉強して分析します。
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the basic
ideas and concepts of macroeconomics. We begin with an
overview of macroeconomic concepts and develop a model of theeconomy.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」
に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。

【参考書】
特になし。
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題:30%
期末試験:70%
宿題はその週の授業の内容に基づいています。期末試験は、授業の内容を全てカバーします。
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%
Homework assignments are based on that week’s lecture. The
final exam will cover the entire semester’s material.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
なし。
None

【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Orientation and Introduction
2
Basic Macro
Defining the Basic Objectives
Concepts
and Concepts ofMacroeconomics
3
The Early Economic Brief history ofThinkers
Macroeconomics
4
The Short Run
The Goods Market
5
The Short Run
Financial Markets
6
The Short Run
The IS-LM Model
7
The Medium Run
The Extended IS-LM Model
8
The Medium Run
The Labor Market
9
The Medium Run
The Phillips Curve
10
The Long Run
The IS-LM-PC Model
11
The Long Run
The Facts About Growth
12
The Long Run
Saving, Capital Accumulation
and Output
13
The Long Run
Technological Progress and
Growth14
Review and Final
Review Class Material and
Exam
Take the Final Exam

— 215 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN300CA

12

The Open Economy

Macro Economics B

13

The Open Economy

REYNALDO SENRA

14

Review and Final
Exam

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、マクロ経済学の概念を理解する。 本
講 義では、教科書である Blanchard, O. Macroeconomics, Global
Edition (8e): Pearson の Chapter14 から Chapter19 まで取り上げま す。講義は英語で行われる。具体的にマクロ経済のモデルに予想の分析を加えて開放経済を勉強します。
In this course we continue our study of macroeconomics by
expanding our analysis to include expectations and extending
our model to the open economy.
【到達目標】
マクロ経済学に関する基本的な知識を身につける。Macro Economcis
A で学んだマクロ経済のモデルに予想の分析を加えて開放経済を勉強します。
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the basic
ideas and concepts of macroeconomics. We build on our
analysis from Macro Economics A by introducing the concept of
expectations and expanding our analysis to the open economy.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」
に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.

Output, the Interest Rate, andthe Exchange Rate
Output, the Interest Rate, andthe Exchange Rate
Review Class Material andTake the Final Exam

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
課題が定期的に与えられます。他に、毎週の授業と教科書の復習が必 要です。本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Blanchard, O. Macroeconomics, Global Edition: Pearson (8thEdition)
【参考書】
特になし。
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題:30%
期末試験:70%
宿題はその週の授業の内容に基づいています。期末試験は、授業の内容を全てカバーします。
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%
Homework assignments are based on that week’s lecture. The
final exam will covered the entire semester’s material.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
【学生が準備すべき機器他】なし。

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Orientation and Introduction
2
Expectations
Financial Markets andExpectations
3
Expectations
Financial Markets andExpectations
4
Expectations
Expectations, Consumption,and Investment
5
Expectations
Expectations, Consumption,and Investment
6
Expectations
Expectations, Output, andPolicy7
Expectations
Expectations, Output, andPolicy8
The Open Economy Openness in Goods andFinancial Markets
9
The Open Economy Openness in Goods andFinancial Markets
10
The Open Economy The Goods Market in an Open
Economy11
The Open Economy The Goods Market in an Open
Economy— 216 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

11

The Open Economy

Macro Economics B

12

The Open Economy

REYNALDO SENRA

13The Open Economy

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 1/Tue.1 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

14

Review and Final
Exam

ECN300CA

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
英語で書かれた教科書を使い、マクロ経済学の概念を理解する。 本
講 義では、教科書である Blanchard, O. Macroeconomics, Global
Edition (8e): Pearson の Chapter14 から Chapter19 まで取り上げま す。講義は英語で行われる。具体的にマクロ経済のモデルに予想の分析を加えて開放経済を勉強します。
In this course we continue our study of macroeconomics by
expanding our analysis to include expectations and extending
our model to the open economy.
【到達目標】
マクロ経済学に関する基本的な知識を身につける。Macro Economcis
A で学んだマクロ経済のモデルに予想の分析を加えて開放経済を勉強します。
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the basic
ideas and concepts of macroeconomics. We build on our
analysis from Macro Economics A by introducing the concept of
expectations and expanding our analysis to the open economy.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」
に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
スライドと板書を用いた講義形式の授業を行う。コロナウイルスの発生が治るまで授業の動画をネット上オンデマンドで配信する。課
題等の提出・フィードバックは「学習支援システム」を通じて行う。
The class is conducted in a lecture format using slides thatcan be downloaded. For the duration of the coronavirus
outbreak, classes may be conducted online if necessary.
Regular homework assignments will be followed by feedback
on students’ performance.

The Goods Market in an Open
Economy
Output, the Interest Rate, andthe Exchange Rate
Output, the Interest Rate, andthe Exchange Rate
Review Class Material andTake the Final Exam

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
課題が定期的に与えられます。他に、毎週の授業と教科書の復習が必 要です。本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、各 2 時間を標準とします。
Homework assignment will be assigned regularly. Students are
required to review the work covered in lecture and read thecorresponding section of the textbook in addition to completing
homework assignments. Preparation time of 2 hours, review
time of 2 hours for a total of 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Blanchard, O. Macroeconomics, Global Edition: Pearson (8thEdition)
【参考書】
特になし。
【成績評価の方法と基準】
宿題:30%
期末試験:70%
宿題はその週の授業の内容に基づいています。期末試験は、授業の内容を全てカバーします。
Homework: 30%
Final Exam: 70%
Homework assignments are based on that week’s lecture. The
final exam will covered the entire semester’s material.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
特になし。
【学生が準備すべき機器他】なし。

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Orientation and Introduction
2
Expectations
Financial Markets andExpectations
3
Expectations
Financial Markets andExpectations
4
Expectations
Expectations, Consumption,and Investment
5
Expectations
Expectations, Consumption,and Investment
6
Expectations
Expectations, Output, andPolicy7
Expectations
Expectations, Output, andPolicy8
The Open Economy Openness in Goods andFinancial Markets
9
The Open Economy Openness in Goods andFinancial Markets
10
The Open Economy The Goods Market in an Open
Economy— 217 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN300CA

Micro Economics A
河﨑亮

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The course focuses on basic elements of game theory and how they areused in microeconomic theory. To fully appreciate how game theory isused, a brief overview of classical microeconomic theory will be provided
whenever appropriate.
【到達目標】
By the end of the course, students can expect to be able to do thefollowing:A) understand basic elements of microeconomic theoryB) understand the concepts of game theoryC) to apply game theory to certain economic phenomenaD) to be able to use some mathematical tools that are used in economic
theory【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
The classes will be held online. Class handouts will be available at
Hoppii. Also, students will be assigned online assignments, which will
be available at Hoppii. The schedule below is tentative and is subject tochange.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction and
Description of the course;
Mathematical
Mathematical preparation
Preliminaries
2
Demand and Supply
Demand, supply, equilibrium
prices, surplus
3
Producer theory (1)Production function, profit
4
Producer theory (2)Cost function, marginal cost5
Monopoly
Inverse demand function, marginal
revenue6
Duopoly (1)Quantity (Cournot) competition
7
Duopoly (2)Price (Bertrand) competition
8
Strategic form game (1) Examples of games, dominatedstrategies
9Strategic form game (2) Dominated strategies, Nashequilibrium
10Strategic form game (3) Nash equilibrium
11
Extensive form gameGame tree, backwards induction(1)
12
Extensive form game
Examples(2)
13
Extensive form gameFirst mover advantage, second(3)mover advantage
14
Review
Review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Before and after each class, students are expected to spend approximately four hours to understand the class content.
【テキスト（教科書）】
N/A
【参考書】
To be announced【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grades will be based on online exercises and assignments (approximately 50%) along with a final assignment (approximately 50%). The
percentages are as of early February and may be subject to change.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Students should have some familiarity with Hoppii.

— 218 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ECN300CA

Micro Economics A
河﨑亮

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：金 1/Fri.1 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The course focuses on basic elements of game theory and how they areused in microeconomic theory. To fully appreciate how game theory isused, a brief overview of classical microeconomic theory will be provided
whenever appropriate.
【到達目標】
By the end of the course, students can expect to be able to do thefollowing:A) understand basic elements of microeconomic theoryB) understand the concepts of game theoryC) to apply game theory to certain economic phenomenaD) to be able to use some mathematical tools that are used in economic
theory【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
The classes will be held online. Class handouts will be available at
Hoppii. Also, students will be assigned online assignments, which will
be available at Hoppii. The schedule below is tentative and is subject tochange.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction and
Description of the course;
Mathematical
Mathematical preparation
Preliminaries
2
Demand and Supply
Demand, supply, equilibrium
prices, surplus
3
Producer theory (1)Production function, profit
4
Producer theory (2)Cost function, marginal cost5
Monopoly
Inverse demand function, marginal
revenue6
Duopoly (1)Quantity (Cournot) competition
7
Duopoly (2)Price (Bertrand) competition
8
Strategic form game (1) Examples of games, dominatedstrategies
9Strategic form game (2) Dominated strategies, Nashequilibrium
10Strategic form game (3) Nash equilibrium
11
Extensive form gameGame tree, backwards induction(1)
12
Extensive form game
Examples(2)
13
Extensive form gameFirst mover advantage, second(3)mover advantage
14
Review
Review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Before and after each class, students are expected to spend approximately four hours to understand the class content.
【テキスト（教科書）】
N/A
【参考書】
To be announced【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grades will be based on online exercises and assignments (approximately 50%) along with a final assignment (approximately 50%). The
percentages are as of early February and may be subject to change.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Students should have some familiarity with Hoppii.

— 219 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Students should have some familiarity with Hoppii.

ECN300CA

Micro Economics B
河﨑亮

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：金 1/Fri.1 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The course continues to focus on basic elements of game theory and how
they are used in microeconomic theory. To fully appreciate how gametheory is used, a brief overview of classical microeconomic theory will be
provided whenever appropriate.
【到達目標】
By the end of the course, students can expect to be able to do thefollowing:A) understand basic elements of microeconomic theoryB) understand the concepts of game theoryC) to apply game theory to certain economic phenomenaD) to be able to use to be able to use some mathematical tools that areused in economic theory【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
The classes will be held online. Handouts will be available at Hoppii.
Also, students will be assigned online assignments, which will beavailable at Hoppii. The schedule below is tentative and is subject tochange.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction andIntroduction, mathematicalmathematicalpreliminaries
preliminaries
2
Demand and supply
Review of demand and supply
3
Consumer theory (1)Utility functions
4
Consumer theory (2)Deriving demand functions
5
Auction (1)Second-price auction, indivisible
goods
6
Two-sided matching (1) Market with indivisibilities andmany sellers
7
Two-sided matching (2) Labor market with indivisibilities
with inflexible wages
8
Bargaining (1)Review of game tree, bargaininggames
9
Bargaining (2)Nash bargaining solution
10
Choice under
Expected utility, lottery
uncertainty (1)11Choice under
Risk-averse, risk-loving, insurance
uncertainty (2)12Auction (2)First-price auctions
13
Voting indices
Shapley-Shubik voting index,
Banzhaf voting index
14
Summary
Summary【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Before and after each class, students are expected to spend approximately four hours to understand the class content.
【テキスト（教科書）】
N/A
【参考書】
To be announced【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grades will be based on online exercises and assignments (approximately 50%) along with a final assignment (approximately 50%). The
percentages are as of early February and may be subject to change. Also,
the method of evaluation may be subject to change based on how Micro
Economics A goes.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A— 220 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ECN300CA

Micro Economics B
河﨑亮

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The course continues to focus on basic elements of game theory and how
they are used in microeconomic theory. To fully appreciate how gametheory is used, a brief overview of classical microeconomic theory will be
provided whenever appropriate.
【到達目標】
By the end of the course, students can expect to be able to do thefollowing:A) understand basic elements of microeconomic theoryB) understand the concepts of game theoryC) to apply game theory to certain economic phenomenaD) to be able to use to be able to use some mathematical tools that areused in economic theory【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、経済学科は「DP1」
「DP7」
「DP8」
「DP9」に関連。国際経済学科・現代ビジネス学科は「DP1」「DP7」に関連。
【授業の進め方と方法】
The classes will be held online. Handouts will be available at Hoppii.
Also, students will be assigned online assignments, which will beavailable at Hoppii. The schedule below is tentative and is subject tochange.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction andIntroduction, mathematicalmathematicalpreliminaries
preliminaries
2
Demand and supply
Review of demand and supply
3
Consumer theory (1)Utility functions
4
Consumer theory (2)Deriving demand functions
5
Auction (1)Second-price auction, indivisible
goods
6
Two-sided matching (1) Market with indivisibilities andmany sellers
7
Two-sided matching (2) Labor market with indivisibilities
with inflexible wages
8
Bargaining (1)Review of game tree, bargaininggames
9
Bargaining (2)Nash bargaining solution
10
Choice under
Expected utility, lottery
uncertainty (1)11Choice under
Risk-averse, risk-loving, insurance
uncertainty (2)12Auction (2)First-price auctions
13
Voting indices
Shapley-Shubik voting index,
Banzhaf voting index
14
Summary
Summary【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Before and after each class, students are expected to spend approximately four hours to understand the class content.
【テキスト（教科書）】
N/A
【参考書】
To be announced【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grades will be based on online exercises and assignments (approximately 50%) along with a final assignment (approximately 50%). The
percentages are as of early February and may be subject to change. Also,
the method of evaluation may be subject to change based on how Micro
Economics A goes.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Students should have some familiarity with Hoppii.

— 221 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete assignments,and find relevant material. The preparatory study and review time foreach session is 4 hours.

ECN200CA

Japan and ASEAN Economy A【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook

MANISH SHARMA【参考書】
A detailed reading list will be shared on the weekly basis, on the course
website.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 1/Wed.1 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development
in South East Asia. Specifically, the course highlights some of themost pertinent macroeconomic concepts to bind the empirical path of
economic development in Japan and ASEAN.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.
Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions on
Hoppii)3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【その他の重要事項】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material before eachsession is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicated to
students during class 1【到達目標】
1. Introduce the historical economic perspective about Japan and
ASEAN
2. Impart macro-economic tools to understand and analyze economic
development in the region【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the whys and hows of the
global economy.
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion. Active
participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course by participatingin regular surveys and writing weekly posts on Hoppii. After thesubmission of each assignment, the instructor will give feedback or
remedial explanation via an online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
INTRODUCTION
Overview and significance of thecourse2
FLYING GEESE
East Asian Miracle; Critique of
PARADIGM
Akamatsu paradigm
3
STATE CAPITALISM
Definition; Theoretical framework;
Historical precedents
4
THEORIES OF
Authoritarian developmentalism
GOVERNANCE(Watanabe)
5Introduction to ASEAN Mechanism, Economic cooperation;
Trade and investment patterns
6
MODERNIZINGPre and post war economic policies;
JAPAN 1
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu
7
MODERNIZING
Role of MITI and other institutions;JAPAN 2The Main Bank System
8
BRIEF HISTORY OF
Colonial and cultural legacy
ASEAN
9ECONOMIC
Monetary and fiscal policy
POLICIES IN ASEAN
10
FINANCIAL
Institutional perspective
SYSTEMS IN ASEAN
11JAPAN IN ASEAN
Investment, trade and aid
12
ECONOMIC
Prospects of convergence
INTEGRATION13ECONOMIC
Economic and social indicators
DEVELOPMENTPATTERNS IN ASEAN
14JAPAN-ASEAN
Future bound perspective; Impact
ECONOMIC TIESof trade war— 222 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook

ECN200CA

Japan and ASEAN Economy A【参考書】
A detailed reading list will be shared on the weekly basis, on the course
website.

MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.
Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions on
Hoppii)3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development
in South East Asia. Specifically, the course highlights some of themost pertinent macroeconomic concepts to bind the empirical path of
economic development in Japan and ASEAN.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.

【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【その他の重要事項】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material before eachsession is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicated to
students during class 1【到達目標】
1. Introduce the historical economic perspective about Japan and
ASEAN
2. Impart macro-economic tools to understand and analyze economic
development in the region【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5」「DP8」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the whys and hows of the
global economy.
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion. Active
participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course by participatingin regular surveys and writing weekly posts on Hoppii. After thesubmission of each assignment, the instructor will give feedback or
remedial explanation via an online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
INTRODUCTION
Overview and significance of thecourse2
FLYING GEESE
East Asian Miracle; Critique of
PARADIGM
Akamatsu paradigm
3
STATE CAPITALISM
Definition; Theoretical framework;
Historical precedents
4
THEORIES OF
Authoritarian developmentalism
GOVERNANCE(Watanabe)
5Introduction to ASEAN Mechanism, Economic cooperation;
Trade and investment patterns
6
MODERNIZINGPre and post war economic policies;
JAPAN 1
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu
7
MODERNIZING
Role of MITI and other institutions;JAPAN 2The Main Bank System
8
BRIEF HISTORY OF
Colonial and cultural legacy
ASEAN
9ECONOMIC
Monetary and fiscal policy
POLICIES IN ASEAN
10
FINANCIAL
Institutional perspective
SYSTEMS IN ASEAN
11JAPAN IN ASEAN
Investment, trade and aid
12
ECONOMIC
Prospects of convergence
INTEGRATION13ECONOMIC
Economic and social indicators
DEVELOPMENTPATTERNS IN ASEAN
14JAPAN-ASEAN
Future bound perspective; Impact
ECONOMIC TIESof trade war【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete assignments,and find relevant material. The preparatory study and review time foreach session is 4 hours.

— 223 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN200CA

Japan and ASEAN Economy B
MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 1/Wed.1 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

10

MALAYSIA

11

INDONESIA12THAILAND

13

PHILIPPINES

14

EPILOGUE

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development
in South East Asia. Specifically, the course highlights some of themost pertinent macroeconomic concepts to bind the empirical path of
economic development in Japan and ASEAN.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.
【到達目標】
1.Introduce the historical economic perspective about Japan and
ASEAN
2.Impart macro-economic tools to understand and analyze economic
development in the region【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the whys and hows of the
global economy.
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion. Active
participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course by participatingin regular surveys and writing weekly posts on Hoppii. After thesubmission of each assignment, the instructor will give feedback or
remedial explanation via an online forum and/or in the weekly session.

Country Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data
Country Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data
Country Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data
Country Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data
Future bound perspective;
Japan-ASEAN relations【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete assignments,and find relevant material. The preparatory study and review time foreach session is 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook【参考書】
A detailed reading list to be available on the course website.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.
Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. FORUM: Weekly posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions on
Hoppii)
3. Written Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【その他の重要事項】
1. The intensive perusal of the research and case material before eachsession is a prerequisite.
2. The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicated to
students during class 1【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
INTRODUCTION
Overview and significance of thecourseThings we covered in the Spring
2
ECONOMIC
Current economic situation in
UPDATESASEAN and JAPAN
GDP; Interest Rates; Inflation;
Unemployment
3
THE INDICATORS OF Comparative Advantages;
ECONOMICGDP Growth Rate; Exchange Rate
STRENGTHS
4SHIFT IN ECONOMIC WFH Economy;
DISCOURSE (AKA
Shared Economy; Platform
Why textbooks are
Economy; Surveillance Capitalism
useless?)5
SUSTAINABILITY
Circular Economy (IndonesianCase); Millennial Economics;
GreenWashing
6
AGRICULTURE IN
Economic Productivity; Case Study
ASIA
of Agricultural Productivity;
7
TRADE IN ASEAN
Characteristics; Balance ofPayments; Historical Milestones;
Impact of COVID
US-China Trade War; A case studyof iPhone.
8
SINGAPORE
Country Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data
9
VIETNAMCountry Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data

— 224 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

ECN200CA

Japan and ASEAN Economy B
MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

11

INDONESIA12THAILAND

13

PHILIPPINES

14

EPILOGUE

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
After the second world war, Japan has followed a very distinct
development path with unique economic policy choices and pragmaticstate-led industrialization. This course intends to cover the influence of
the Japanese economic model on remarkable patterns of development
in South East Asia. Specifically, the course highlights some of themost pertinent macroeconomic concepts to bind the empirical path of
economic development in Japan and ASEAN.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’presentations of the assignment. At the end of the course, students arealso required to submit a short report.
【到達目標】
1.Introduce the historical economic perspective about Japan and
ASEAN
2.Impart macro-economic tools to understand and analyze economic
development in the region【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP5」「DP8」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the whys and hows of the
global economy.
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion. Active
participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course by participatingin regular surveys and writing weekly posts on Hoppii. After thesubmission of each assignment, the instructor will give feedback or
remedial explanation via an online forum and/or in the weekly session.

Country Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data
Country Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data
Country Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data
Future bound perspective;
Japan-ASEAN relations【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete assignments,and find relevant material. The preparatory study and review time foreach session is 4 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook【参考書】
A detailed reading list to be available on the course website.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1.
Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. FORUM: Weekly posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions on
Hoppii)
3. Written Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【その他の重要事項】
1. The intensive perusal of the research and case material before eachsession is a prerequisite.
2. The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicated to
students during class 1【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
INTRODUCTION
Overview and significance of thecourseThings we covered in the Spring
2
ECONOMIC
Current economic situation in
UPDATESASEAN and JAPAN
GDP; Interest Rates; Inflation;
Unemployment
3
THE INDICATORS OF Comparative Advantages;
ECONOMICGDP Growth Rate; Exchange Rate
STRENGTHS
4SHIFT IN ECONOMIC WFH Economy;
DISCOURSE (AKA
Shared Economy; Platform
Why textbooks are
Economy; Surveillance Capitalism
useless?)5
SUSTAINABILITY
Circular Economy (IndonesianCase); Millennial Economics;
GreenWashing
6
AGRICULTURE IN
Economic Productivity; Case Study
ASIA
of Agricultural Productivity;
7
TRADE IN ASEAN
Characteristics; Balance ofPayments; Historical Milestones;
Impact of COVID
US-China Trade War; A case studyof iPhone.
8
SINGAPORE
Country Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data
9
VIETNAMCountry Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data
10
MALAYSIACountry Summary;Presentations;
Digging in the Data

— 225 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN200CA

4

CRISESMANAGEMENT

5

STATE
CAPITALISM

6FINANCIALSYSTEM

7

9

ECONOMICPOLICYSTRUCTURALREFORMS
JAPAN INC.

10

LABOR MARKET

11

ABENOMICS

12JAPAN INC. 2.0

13

DEMOGRAPHIC
DEBATE14

ADVANCEDTOPICS

Japanese Business and Economy A
MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The focus of this course is on providing a deep dive into
the Japanese economy and business. The participants learn
the implications of the policy decisions and their impact on
the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by short class-discussion to develop the take-aways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.
【到達目標】
The course intends to cover:
1. The brief economic history of Japan
2. The institutional basis of the contemporary Japanese
economy3. The characteristics of Japanese business practices【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP9」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.
Interactive:
With a strong emphasis on student
participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding
events.
3. Critical and Analytical: questioning the basic assumptions
used in the text
4. Accessible: Breaking down complex jargon in simple terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly posts
on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or a remedial explanation in theweekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
INTRODUCTION
Overview & significance of thecourse; Political economy ofJapan
2JAPANESE
Characteristics and attributes;
ECONOMIC
Flying Geese Model; Impact on
MIRACLEother countries
3
ECONOMIC
Japan in the early 20th
HISTORY OF
century; Allied occupation;
JAPAN
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu

8

Plaza Accord; Bubble economy;
East Asian financial crisis;
Lost decades
Characteristics; Theoreticalframework; Role of MITI andother institutions
The Main bank system;
Evolution of Japanese capital
market; Convergence debate
Key elements; Futurechallenges
Productivity slowdown;
Big-Bang
Keiretsu and cross-ownership;
Management system andcorporate governance
The employment system;
Continuity and change
Performance indicators;
Critique; Course correction
Cool Japan; Brand Japan;
Startup scene
Low-fertility and aging; Major
policy reforms; Immigration
policyBusiness of/by/for elderly;
Inequality debate;
Reimagining innovation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
Hayashi, Fumio and Edward C. Prescott (2002), The 1990s in
Japan: A Lost Decade, Review of Economic Dynamics, 206-235.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2011): Why Did Japan Stop
Growing?
Hoshi and Kashyap (2013): Will the U.S and Europe Avoid a
Lost Decade? Lessons from Japan’s Post Crisis Experience
Iwai, Katsuhito (2002), The Nature of the Business Corporation: Its Legal Structure and Economic Functions, Japanese
Economic Review 53(3), 243-273.
Clark and Ishii (2012) Social Mobility in Japan, 1868-2012:
The Surprising Persistence of the Samurai, University ofCalifornia, Davis
Hiroshi Yoshikawa (2001), The Aging of Society and Fiscal
Policy, in Japan’s Lost Decade, International House of Japan.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2004) Costs and Benefits ofKeiretsu Financing, in Corporate Financing and Governance inJapan, Cambridge MA: MIT Press
Allen, F. and M. Zhao (2007) The Corporate Governance Modelof Japan: Shareholders are not Rulers.
Ito, Takatoshi (2004) Exchange rate regimes and monetary
policy cooperation: Lessons from East Asia and Latin America,
Japanese Economic Review, 55(3), 240-266,
McKinnon, Ronald, and Kenichi Ohno (1997), Dollar and Yen,
MIT Press.
The Becker-Posner Blog (2008, Nov. 16) Bail Out the Big Three
Auto Producers? Not a Good Idea.
Hashimoto, Masanori and Yoshio Higuchi (2005), Issues Facing
the Japanese Labor Market, in Reviving Japan’s Economy, MIT
Press.
Raymo, James M. and Miho Iwasawa (2005), Marriage
Market Mismatches in Japan: An Alternative View of
the Relationship between Women’s Education and Marriage,
American Sociological Review, 70, October, 801-822.
S Shirahase (2007) The Political Economy of Japan’s Low
Fertility— 226 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

Toshimitsu Shinkawa (2006) The politics of pension reformin Japan: Institutional legacies, credit-claiming and blame
avoidance, in Ageing and Pension Reform around the World.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions
on Hoppii)
3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【Notes】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1— 227 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

3

ECN200CA

Japanese Business and Economy A
4

MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 2/Wed.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

5

STATE
CAPITALISM

6FINANCIALSYSTEM

7

9

ECONOMICPOLICYSTRUCTURALREFORMS
JAPAN INC.

10

LABOR MARKET

11

ABENOMICS

12JAPAN INC. 2.0

13

DEMOGRAPHIC
DEBATE14

ADVANCEDTOPICS

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The focus of this course is on providing a deep dive into
the Japanese economy and business. The participants learn
the implications of the policy decisions and their impact on
the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) students’
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by short class-discussion to develop the take-aways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.
【到達目標】
The course intends to cover:
1. The brief economic history of Japan
2. The institutional basis of the contemporary Japanese
economy3. The characteristics of Japanese business practices【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.
Interactive:
With a strong emphasis on student
participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding
events.
3. Critical and Analytical: questioning the basic assumptions
used in the text
4. Accessible: Breaking down complex jargon in simple terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly posts
on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or a remedial explanation in theweekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
INTRODUCTION
Overview & significance of thecourse; Political economy ofJapan
2JAPANESE
Characteristics and attributes;
ECONOMIC
Flying Geese Model; Impact on
MIRACLEother countries

ECONOMICHISTORY OF
JAPANCRISESMANAGEMENT

8

Japan in the early 20th
century; Allied occupation;
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu
Plaza Accord; Bubble economy;
East Asian financial crisis;
Lost decades
Characteristics; Theoreticalframework; Role of MITI andother institutions
The Main bank system;
Evolution of Japanese capital
market; Convergence debate
Key elements; Futurechallenges
Productivity slowdown;
Big-Bang
Keiretsu and cross-ownership;
Management system andcorporate governance
The employment system;
Continuity and change
Performance indicators;
Critique; Course correction
Cool Japan; Brand Japan;
Startup scene
Low-fertility and aging; Major
policy reforms; Immigration
policyBusiness of/by/for elderly;
Inequality debate;
Reimagining innovation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
Hayashi, Fumio and Edward C. Prescott (2002), The 1990s in
Japan: A Lost Decade, Review of Economic Dynamics, 206-235.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2011): Why Did Japan Stop
Growing?
Hoshi and Kashyap (2013): Will the U.S and Europe Avoid a
Lost Decade? Lessons from Japan’s Post Crisis Experience
Iwai, Katsuhito (2002), The Nature of the Business Corporation: Its Legal Structure and Economic Functions, Japanese
Economic Review 53(3), 243-273.
Clark and Ishii (2012) Social Mobility in Japan, 1868-2012:
The Surprising Persistence of the Samurai, University ofCalifornia, Davis
Hiroshi Yoshikawa (2001), The Aging of Society and Fiscal
Policy, in Japan’s Lost Decade, International House of Japan.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2004) Costs and Benefits ofKeiretsu Financing, in Corporate Financing and Governance inJapan, Cambridge MA: MIT Press
Allen, F. and M. Zhao (2007) The Corporate Governance Modelof Japan: Shareholders are not Rulers.
Ito, Takatoshi (2004) Exchange rate regimes and monetary
policy cooperation: Lessons from East Asia and Latin America,
Japanese Economic Review, 55(3), 240-266,
McKinnon, Ronald, and Kenichi Ohno (1997), Dollar and Yen,
MIT Press.
The Becker-Posner Blog (2008, Nov. 16) Bail Out the Big Three
Auto Producers? Not a Good Idea.
Hashimoto, Masanori and Yoshio Higuchi (2005), Issues Facing
the Japanese Labor Market, in Reviving Japan’s Economy, MIT
Press.

— 228 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

Raymo, James M. and Miho Iwasawa (2005), Marriage
Market Mismatches in Japan: An Alternative View of
the Relationship between Women’s Education and Marriage,
American Sociological Review, 70, October, 801-822.
S Shirahase (2007) The Political Economy of Japan’s Low
Fertility
Toshimitsu Shinkawa (2006) The politics of pension reformin Japan: Institutional legacies, credit-claiming and blame
avoidance, in Ageing and Pension Reform around the World.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions
on Hoppii)
3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not Applicable【Notes】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1— 229 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ECN200CA

4

CRISESMANAGEMENT

5

STATE
CAPITALISM

6FINANCIALSYSTEM

7

9

ECONOMICPOLICYSTRUCTURALREFORMS
JAPAN INC.

10

LABOR MARKET

11

ABENOMICS

12JAPAN INC. 2.0

13

DEMOGRAPHIC
DEBATE14

ADVANCEDTOPICS

Japanese Business and Economy B
MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall

単位：2 単位その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The focus of this course is on providing a deep dive into
the Japanese economy and business. The participants learn
the implications of the policy decisions and their impact on
the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) a lecture and (2) student
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by a short class discussion to develop the takeaways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.
【到達目標】
The course intends to cover:
1. The brief economic history of Japan
2. The institutional basis of the contemporary Japanese
economy3. The characteristics of Japanese business practices【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」「DP9」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding
events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the Japanese
Economy and Business
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple
terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly posts
on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or remedial explanation via an
online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
INTRODUCTION
Overview & significance of thecourse; Political economy ofJapan
2JAPANESE
Characteristics and attributes;
ECONOMIC
Flying Geese Model; Impact on
MIRACLEother countries
3
ECONOMIC
Japan in the early 20th
HISTORY OF
century; Allied occupation;
JAPAN
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu

8

Plaza Accord; Bubble economy;
East Asian financial crisis;
Lost decades
Characteristics; Theoreticalframework; Role of MITI andother institutions
The Main bank system;
Evolution of Japanese capital
market; Convergence debate
Key elements; Futurechallenges
Productivity slowdown;
Big-Bang
Keiretsu and cross-ownership;
Management system andcorporate governance
The employment system;
Continuity and change
Performance indicators;
Critique; Course correction
Cool Japan; Brand Japan;
Startup scene
Low-fertility and aging; Major
policy reforms; Immigration
policyBusiness of/by/for elderly;
Inequality debate;
Reimagining innovation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
Hayashi, Fumio and Edward C. Prescott (2002), The 1990s in
Japan: A Lost Decade, Review of Economic Dynamics, 206-235.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2011): Why Did Japan Stop
Growing?
Hoshi and Kashyap (2013): Will the U.S and Europe Avoid a
Lost Decade? Lessons from Japan’s Post Crisis Experience
Iwai, Katsuhito (2002), The Nature of the Business Corporation: Its Legal Structure and Economic Functions, Japanese
Economic Review 53(3), 243-273.
Clark and Ishii (2012) Social Mobility in Japan, 1868-2012:
The Surprising Persistence of the Samurai, University ofCalifornia, Davis
Hiroshi Yoshikawa (2001), The Aging of Society and Fiscal
Policy, in Japan’s Lost Decade, International House of Japan.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2004) Costs and Benefits ofKeiretsu Financing, in Corporate Financing and Governance inJapan, Cambridge MA: MIT Press
Allen, F. and M. Zhao (2007) The Corporate Governance Modelof Japan: Shareholders are not Rulers.
Ito, Takatoshi (2004) Exchange rate regimes and monetary
policy cooperation: Lessons from East Asia and Latin America,
Japanese Economic Review, 55(3), 240-266,
McKinnon, Ronald, and Kenichi Ohno (1997), Dollar and Yen,
MIT Press.
The Becker-Posner Blog (2008, Nov. 16) Bail Out the Big Three
Auto Producers? Not a Good Idea.
Hashimoto, Masanori and Yoshio Higuchi (2005), Issues Facing
the Japanese Labor Market, in Reviving Japan’s Economy, MIT
Press.
Raymo, James M. and Miho Iwasawa (2005), Marriage
Market Mismatches in Japan: An Alternative View of
the Relationship between Women’s Education and Marriage,
American Sociological Review, 70, October, 801-822.
S Shirahase (2007) The Political Economy of Japan’s Low
Fertility— 230 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

Toshimitsu Shinkawa (2006) The politics of pension reformin Japan: Institutional legacies, credit-claiming and blame
avoidance, in Ageing and Pension Reform around the World.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions
on Hoppii)
3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【Notes】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1— 231 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

3

ECN200CA

Japanese Business and Economy B
4

MANISH SHARMA
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 2/Wed.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：Economics
備考（履修条件等）：

5

STATE
CAPITALISM

6FINANCIALSYSTEM

7

9

ECONOMICPOLICYSTRUCTURALREFORMS
JAPAN INC.

10

LABOR MARKET

11

ABENOMICS

12JAPAN INC. 2.0

13

DEMOGRAPHIC
DEBATE14

ADVANCEDTOPICS

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The focus of this course is on providing a deep dive into
the Japanese economy and business. The participants learn
the implications of the policy decisions and their impact on
the state of the economy. The course seeks to provide anunderstanding of the historical and institutional backgroundof the contemporary Japanese economy.
We use a wide range of sources, covering academic literature,business case studies, and topical news items as well as op-ed
pieces to understand the various aspects of Japanese business.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) a lecture and (2) student
exercises. In the second half of each lecture, students are
expected to participate in various exercises. Exercises arefollowed by a short class discussion to develop the takeaways.
Students are also required to take short quizzes.
【到達目標】
The course intends to cover:
1. The brief economic history of Japan
2. The institutional basis of the contemporary Japanese
economy3. The characteristics of Japanese business practices【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The class is designed to be:
1.Interactive: With a strong emphasis on student participation.
2. Up-to-date: With the real-time explanation of unfolding
events.
3. Critical and Analytical: Understanding the Japanese
Economy and Business
4. Accessible: Breaking down the complex jargon in simple
terms.
Each class consists of two parts: (1) lecture and (2) discussion.
Active participation is required.
Two-Way Interaction:
Students will be able to partly design this course byparticipating in regular surveys and writing weekly posts
on Hoppii. After the submission of each assignment, theinstructor will give feedback or remedial explanation via an
online forum and/or in the weekly session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
INTRODUCTION
Overview & significance of thecourse; Political economy ofJapan
2JAPANESE
Characteristics and attributes;
ECONOMIC
Flying Geese Model; Impact on
MIRACLEother countries

ECONOMICHISTORY OF
JAPANCRISESMANAGEMENT

8

Japan in the early 20th
century; Allied occupation;
Zaibatsu to Keiretsu
Plaza Accord; Bubble economy;
East Asian financial crisis;
Lost decades
Characteristics; Theoreticalframework; Role of MITI andother institutions
The Main bank system;
Evolution of Japanese capital
market; Convergence debate
Key elements; Futurechallenges
Productivity slowdown;
Big-Bang
Keiretsu and cross-ownership;
Management system andcorporate governance
The employment system;
Continuity and change
Performance indicators;
Critique; Course correction
Cool Japan; Brand Japan;
Startup scene
Low-fertility and aging; Major
policy reforms; Immigration
policyBusiness of/by/for elderly;
Inequality debate;
Reimagining innovation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review class material, complete
assignments, and find relevant material. Preparatory study
and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No Textbook【参考書】
Hayashi, Fumio and Edward C. Prescott (2002), The 1990s in
Japan: A Lost Decade, Review of Economic Dynamics, 206-235.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2011): Why Did Japan Stop
Growing?
Hoshi and Kashyap (2013): Will the U.S and Europe Avoid a
Lost Decade? Lessons from Japan’s Post Crisis Experience
Iwai, Katsuhito (2002), The Nature of the Business Corporation: Its Legal Structure and Economic Functions, Japanese
Economic Review 53(3), 243-273.
Clark and Ishii (2012) Social Mobility in Japan, 1868-2012:
The Surprising Persistence of the Samurai, University ofCalifornia, Davis
Hiroshi Yoshikawa (2001), The Aging of Society and Fiscal
Policy, in Japan’s Lost Decade, International House of Japan.
Hoshi, Takeo and Anil K. Kashyap (2004) Costs and Benefits ofKeiretsu Financing, in Corporate Financing and Governance inJapan, Cambridge MA: MIT Press
Allen, F. and M. Zhao (2007) The Corporate Governance Modelof Japan: Shareholders are not Rulers.
Ito, Takatoshi (2004) Exchange rate regimes and monetary
policy cooperation: Lessons from East Asia and Latin America,
Japanese Economic Review, 55(3), 240-266,
McKinnon, Ronald, and Kenichi Ohno (1997), Dollar and Yen,
MIT Press.
The Becker-Posner Blog (2008, Nov. 16) Bail Out the Big Three
Auto Producers? Not a Good Idea.
Hashimoto, Masanori and Yoshio Higuchi (2005), Issues Facing
the Japanese Labor Market, in Reviving Japan’s Economy, MIT
Press.

— 232 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

Raymo, James M. and Miho Iwasawa (2005), Marriage
Market Mismatches in Japan: An Alternative View of
the Relationship between Women’s Education and Marriage,
American Sociological Review, 70, October, 801-822.
S Shirahase (2007) The Political Economy of Japan’s Low
Fertility
Toshimitsu Shinkawa (2006) The politics of pension reformin Japan: Institutional legacies, credit-claiming and blame
avoidance, in Ageing and Pension Reform around the World.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
1. Contribution to the class discussion, surveys, and micropresentations - 40% (In-class participation)
2. Weekly forum posts and discussions - 40% (Peer interactions
on Hoppii)
3. Final Assignment - 20% (An essay. Details TBA)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【Notes】
1.The intensive perusal of the research and case material
before each session is a prerequisite
2.The changes/ updates in the syllabus will be communicatedto students during class 1— 233 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

9Application

Content-Based English A Ⅰ（Drama）

10

Performance 03

GEORGE

11

Short Play 04

12

Application

13

Performance 04

14

Short Play 05

LANe200EA

HANN

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 2/Wed.2
備考（履修条件等）：All Levels。受講許可が必要。詳細は「クラス
指定科目・抽選科目・受講許可科目について」参照。
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This class aims to improve students’ English listening andspeaking abilities, as well as their ability to recognize and use
non-verbal communication (NVC) strategies, through the useof short dramatic scenes and plays. Students will also learn
acting techniques drawn from the Western drama tradition,
including the Stanislavski, Meisner and Adler approaches.
【到達目標】
From the plays, students will gain a deeper understandingof the culture of English-speaking societies, and a greater
ability to apply interaction rules with people from thosesocieties. Students will also be able to make their English
communication sound more “natural”.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
社 会 学 部 の デ ィ プ ロ マ ポ リ シ ー の う ち ，DP4 に 関 連 。
DPについてはこちら https://www.hosei.ac.jp/shakai/info/article20200325181407/【授業の進め方と方法】
The lesson cycle follows this flow:
1. Read the scene/play aloud (for pronunciation/intonation
patterns etc.)
2. Script analysis (for character motivations, subtexts, etc.)
3. Assigning roles
4. Scene rehearsal
5. Performance.
After the performance, students in groups write original scenes
based on themes and vocabulary from the given scene. They
then perform their new scene the following week. Feedback
will be in the form of annotated evaluations from the instructor,
with points awarded for clarity, vocal and body dynamics, etc.
There will also be short scene quizzes.

Play 03 quiz; original scene
writing
Student performance oforiginal scenes; scene critiquePlay 04 reading; plot analysis;
language explanation
Play 04 quiz; original scene
writing
Student performance oforiginal scenes; scene critiquePlay 05 reading; plot analysis;
language explanation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
プリントは担当教員が配布します。
【参考書】
なし【成績評価の方法と基準】
平常点： 50%
パフォーマンス： 30%
クイズ： 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
なし【その他の重要事項】
授業計画は授業の展開によって，若干の変更があり得る。
【Outline (in English)】This class aims to improve students’ English listening andspeaking abilities, as well as their ability to recognize and use
non-verbal communication (NVC) strategies, through the useof short dramatic scenes and plays. Students will also learn
acting techniques drawn from the Western drama tradition,
including the Stanislavski, Meisner and Adler approaches.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introducShort play 01; improvisation
tion/guidance
activities
2
Short Play 01
Plot analysis; language
explanation
3
Application
Play 01 quiz; original scene
writing4
Performance 01
Student performance oforiginal scenes; scene critique5
Short Play 02
Play 02 reading; plot analysis;
language explanation
6
Application
Play 02 quiz; original scene
writing7
Performance 02
Student performance oforiginal scenes; scene critique8
Short Play 03
Play 03 reading; plot analysis;
language explanation— 234 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

9Application

Content-Based English A Ⅱ（Drama）

10

Performance 03

GEORGE

11

Short Play 04

12

Application

13

Performance 04

14

Short Play 05

LANe300EA

HANN

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：水 2/Wed.2
備考（履修条件等）：All Levels。受講許可が必要。詳細は「クラス
指定科目・抽選科目・受講許可科目について」参照。
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This class aims to improve students’ English listening andspeaking abilities, as well as their ability to recognize and use
non-verbal communication (NVC) strategies, through the useof short dramatic scenes and plays. Students will also learn
acting techniques drawn from the Western drama tradition,
including the Stanislavski, Meisner and Adler approaches.
【到達目標】
From the plays, students will gain a deeper understandingof the culture of English-speaking societies, and a greater
ability to apply interaction rules with people from thosesocieties. Students will also be able to make their English
communication sound more “natural”.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
社 会 学 部 の デ ィ プ ロ マ ポ リ シ ー の う ち ，DP4 に 関 連 。
DPについてはこちら https://www.hosei.ac.jp/shakai/info/article20200325181407/【授業の進め方と方法】
The lesson cycle follows this flow:
1. Read the scene/play aloud (for pronunciation/intonation
patterns etc.)
2. Script analysis (for character motivations, subtexts, etc.)
3. Assigning roles
4. Scene rehearsal
5. Performance.
After the performance, students in groups write original scenes
based on themes and vocabulary from the given scene. They
then perform their new scene the following week. Feedback
will be in the form of annotated evaluations from the instructor,
with points awarded for clarity, vocal and body dynamics, etc.
There will also be short scene quizzes.

Play 03 quiz; original scene
writing
Student performance oforiginal scenes; scene critique
Plot analysis; language
explanation
Play 04 quiz; original scene
writing
Student performance oforiginal scenes; scene critique
Plot analysis; language
explanation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
プリントは担当教員が配布します。
【参考書】
なし【成績評価の方法と基準】
平常点： 50%
パフォーマンス： 30%
クイズ： 20%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
なし【その他の重要事項】
授業計画は授業の展開によって，若干の変更があり得る。
【Outline (in English)】This class aims to improve students’ English listening andspeaking abilities, as well as their ability to recognize and use
non-verbal communication (NVC) strategies, through the useof short dramatic scenes and plays. Students will also learn
acting techniques drawn from the Western drama tradition,
including the Stanislavski, Meisner and Adler approaches.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introducShort play 01; improvisation
tion/guidance
activities
2
Short Play 01
Plot analysis; language
explanation
3
Application
Play 01 quiz; original scene
writing4
Performance 01
Student performance oforiginal scenes; scene critique5
Short Play 02
Plot analysis; language
explanation
6
Application
Play 02 quiz; original scene
writing7
Performance 02
Student performance oforiginal scenes; scene critique8
Short Play 03
Plot analysis; language
explanation— 235 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe300EA

Content-Based English E（Topics in Comparative
Culture）
GEORGE

4

Topics 02-03

5

Topics 03-04

6

Topics 04-05

7
8

Topics 05-06
Topics 06-07

9

Topics 07-08

10

Topics 08-09

11

Research Day

12

Topics 09-10

13
14

Presentations 01
Presentations 02

HANN

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 2/Tue.2
備考（履修条件等）：Advanced, 参考 TOEIC スコア 600〜。受講許可が必要。詳細は「クラス指定科目・抽選科目・受講許可科目について」参照。
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This class is for students who:
1) plan to study abroad in an English-speaking country2) have returned to Japan after living in an English-speaking
country3) wish to learn more about world cultures【到達目標】
This course has three goals: 1) to show students who willsoon study abroad what to expect from a North Americanclassroom environment; 2) to allow students returning fromstudy abroad to maintain their English level; 3) to introduce
students to current topics in cross-cultural communication andunderstanding.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
社会学部のディプロマポリシーのうち，DP1・DP4 に関連。 DPについてはこちら https://www.hosei.ac.jp/shakai/info/article20200325181407/【授業の進め方と方法】
Each lecture is based on a reading which focuses on a subtopic
within the field of Comparative Culture. Students will engage
in group and class discussions on the topics. Students will also
perform independent research on one of the lecture topics andmake a team presentation of their findings.
Past topics have included (but are not limited to):• Language and Culture• Work and Leisure• Religion and Spirituality• Monocultures vs Multicultures• Marriage and Family Structure• Cultural Imperialism• Sexuality
Feedback will be in the form of annotated evaluations ofstudent presentations and research reports by the instructor.
PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING:
1)THIS CLASS IS CONDUCTED ENTIRELY IN ENGLISH.
Students with low-level English listening and speaking skills
should think carefully before registering for this class.
2)Students must arrive on time and participate fully. 2
consecutive lates = one absence. Students who miss 5 classes
for any reason will automatically receive a failing grade.

Topics 02 and 03: LGBT
culture in Japan and abroad
Topics 03 and 04: Leaving thenest
Topics 04 and 05: Work ethic Japan vs. Europe
Topics 05 and 06: Proxemics
Topics 06 and 07: Can culture
be protected?
Topics 07 and 08: World
religions
Topics 08 and 09: Marriage
and kinshipPreparations for reports andpresentations.
Topics 09 and 10: Education
systems
Research group presentations
Research group presentations【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 2 時間を標準とします。
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts provided by instructor【参考書】
To be announced in class【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation: 50%
Team Research Presentation: 25%
Research Report: 25%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
なし【その他の重要事項】
授業計画は授業の展開によって，若干の変更があり得る。
【Outline (in English)】This class is for students who:
1) plan to study abroad in an English-speaking country2) have returned to Japan after living in an English-speaking
country3) wish to learn more about world cultures【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introducInterviews and introductions;tion/Guidance
Topic 01 introduction
2
Topic 01: What is
Introduction to macro culture
Culture?
and micro culture3
Topics 01-02
Topics 01 and 02: Assimilationvs accommodation— 236 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
第 10 回 Retranslation

LIN200EA

Multicultural Translation through English I
第 11 回 Retranslation

金子真奈美
第 12 回 Retranslation

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：金 4/Fri.4 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：社会 Social Sciences
備考（履修条件等）：

第 13 回 Presentation

その他属性：〈グ〉

第 14 回 Review【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】In this course, students will learn the basic skills of translation.
This includes understanding cultural aspects on multiple
levels, which is a critical process when translating.
【到達目標】The goals for students who take this course are as follows.
1. To acquire practical skills needed for translation.
2. To gain the ability to perceive cultural aspects in written
texts.
3. To attain the competence to understand different cultures
and to describe culture-based words, phrases, and sentences in
a comprehensible manner.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
In order to achieve the goals mentioned above, students
will be required to translate excerpts from literary texts,
paying special attention to the cultural aspects mentioned
both explicitly and implicitly. The translations are to bedone out of class as assignments. During class, lectures will
be given, and discussions will be held with regards to thetranslations the students prepared. Feedback for assignments
and presentations will be given in class.

Translation of an English
version of a novel written inanother country(1)Translation of an English
version of a novel written inanother country(2)Translation of an English
version of a novel written inanother country(3)Presentations given by
students
Summary of the course【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be required to translate excerpts of literary texts
each week as assignments, and towards the end of term, toprepare for a presentation. These will take approximately
three hours per week.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook will be required.
【参考書】
References will be introduced during class.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
30% In-class contributions
40% Assignments
30% Presentation【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not applicable【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Dictionary【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face回
テーマ
内容
第 1 回 Introduction to the
Overview of the course, andcoursegetting ready for the firsttranslation
第 2 回 Basic translation
Translation of an illustrated
story (1)
第 3 回 Basic translation
Translation of an illustrated
story( 2)
第 4 回 First person
Translation focusing on
narrative
pronouns and dialogues(1)
第 5 回 First person
Translation focusing on
narrative
pronouns and dialogues (2)
第 6 回 Story set in a
Translation of a work set in aforeign country
land other thanEnglish-speaking countries(1)
第 7 回 Story set in a
Translation of a work set in aforeign country
land other thanEnglish-speaking countries(2)
第 8 回 Fairy tale
Comparison of a fairy tale
written in three different
countries
第 9 回 Fairy tale
Translation of the fairy talepaying attention to its cultural
background— 237 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
第 12 回 Development 2)

POL200EA

International Institutions

第 13 回 Development 3)

二村

第 14 回 Recap

まどか

Millennium Development
Goals (MDGs)
Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs)
UN Reform?

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are required to read materials on the reading list
provided at the first class. They are expected to spend 4 hours
for each class to prepare and recap.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 単位数：2 単位
曜日・時限：火 2/Tue.2 ｜ キャンパス：多摩
毎年・隔年： ｜ 科目主催学部：社会 Social Sciences
備考（履修条件等）：
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course focuses on the structure and function of the United
Nations and its wider system. By looking at three areas ofglobal issues, that is, peace and security, human rights, anddevelopment, the course examines how the UN system tackles
with global problems.
【到達目標】
The course aims to enhance the understanding on theimpacts and limitations of the United Nations in the areasof peace and security, human rights, humanitarian issues,and development.
In each issue, the course focuses on
existing problems, the expected role of the UN system, andits limitation, rather than to go through the structure ofinternational organizations in detail.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【テキスト（教科書）】- Thomas G Weiss, David P Forsythe, Roger A Coate and
Kelly-Kate Pease, The United Nations and Changing World
Politics, Revised and Updated with a New Introduction(Routledges, 2019) [Thomas G Weiss, David P Forsythe, Roger
A Coate and Kelly-Kate Pease, The United Nations andChanging World Politics, 8th edn. (Westview Press, 2016)]- Thomas G. Weiss and Sam Daws (eds), The Oxford Handbook
on the United Nations, 2nd ed. (Oxford University Press, 2018)
【参考書】
tbc
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be graded based on their class participation (andshort reflection papers) [30%] and one 2000-word essay to behanded in at the end of the course [70%].
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
In the past, students enjoyed the class discussion a lot. I would
like to keep on encouraging students to share their opinions
during the class.

【授業の進め方と方法】
The course starts with the overview of the UN system andhow the UN has been understanding international peace andsecurity. It then moves onto issues of peace operations, humanrights and humanitarian problems, and development including
MDGs and SDGs.
Students are encouraged to raise questions and comment on
the topic along the lecture. They will be also given a discussion
theme for a group discussion.
At the end of the class, students will submit a short reflection
paper. Feedbacks will be given at the beginning of the nextclass.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face回
テーマ
内容
第 1 回 Introduction
Introduction of the class andthe subject
第 2 回 The Structure of the Main bodies and Aims of the
UN System
Organization
第 3 回 International Peace ’Threat to Peace’ and Sanctions
and Security 1)
第 4 回 International Peace Peacekeeping Operations
and Security 2)
第 5 回 International Peace Peacebuilding Operations
and Security 3)
第 6 回 International Peace Humanitarian Intervention
and Security 4)
and Responsibility to Protect
第 7 回 Human Rights 1)
Concepts and Laws
第 8 回 Human Rights 2)
The UN System
第 9 回 Human Rights 3)
Women’s Rights and Gender
Issues
第 10 回 International Law
International Criminal
and Justice
Tribunals and Courts
第 11 回 Development 1)
UN Organizations andDevelopment of Concept— 238 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

HSS100IA

Health and Exercise Sciences
笹井浩行

カテゴリ：ヘルスデザインコース専門科目・講義
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 配当年次／単位：1〜4 年次／ 2
単位
曜日・時限：金 1/Fri.1
備考（履修条件等）：※スポーツ健康学部 2012 年度以前入学生履
修不可
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】知らずに登録する学生が毎年いますので、冒頭にて日本語で伝えます。本授業はすべて英語でおこないます。講義、資料はもとより、受講生が執筆するレポートや発表などもすべて英語です。そのことを理解した上で受講してください。
＊＊＊
College students face many health hazards such as unhealthy dietary
patterns, lack of physical activity, poor sleep quality, excessive alcohol
consumption, cigarette smoking, and inappropriate sexual behaviors.
This course discusses basic knowledge, understanding, attitudes, andskills to adopt healthy behaviors. In addition, students will learn how
to choose reliable health-related information provided from mass media
and interpret them correctly.
【到達目標】The students will be expected to:
1. Understand the concept/definition of health.
2. Learn college-age determinants of health.
3. Gain lifelong foundations of skills and attitudes for maintaining/enhancing health.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」に関連

10

Alcohol intake

11

Tobacco smoking

12

Drug abuse

13

Health literacy

14

Final student
presentation

Alcohol intake and health, optimal
amount of alcohol intake, andchugging avoidance
Smoking and health, types ofsmoking, secondhand smoking, andsmoking policy
Types of illegal drugs, risky drugs,
abuse, and dependenceInterpretation of health-related
information, and web search tips
Students will have a presentation
session regarding an original
research article related to humanhealth.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Homework assignments will be provided a few times per semester.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None. Handouts will be distributed to students as needed.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
20% attendance, 40% homework assignment, and 40% final presentation.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
The course content may be changed according to the students’ opinions
and level of understanding.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None.
【その他の重要事項】
An active contribution to the class is greatly encouraged.
【Outline (in English)】College students face many health hazards such as unhealthy dietary
patterns, lack of physical activity, poor sleep quality, excessive alcohol
consumption, cigarette smoking, and inappropriate sexual behaviors.
This course discusses basic knowledge, understanding, attitudes, andskills to adopt healthy behaviors. In addition, students will learn how
to choose reliable health-related information provided from mass media
and interpret them correctly.

【授業の進め方と方法】
Lectures, homework assignments, and the final presentation.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Orientation andOverview of this course, grading
definition of healthpolicy, and definition of health by
the WHO.
2
Health hazards in
Overview of college-age healthcollege life
hazards3
Healthy eating
Dietary reference intake, macroand micro nutrients, PFC balance,
and the balance guide4
Exercise and physicalDefinitions of exercise and physicalactivity
activity, total energy expenditureand its components, and metabolic
equivalent
5
Sedentary behavior
Definition of sedentary behavior,
detrimental association ofsedentary behavior with health,and sedentary-reducing
interventions
6
Weight management
Health risks of overweight andobesity, energy restriction, weightloss and maintenance programs
7
Sleep
Optimal sleep duration,measurements of sleep patterns,
sleep quality and health, and tips
for good sleep
8
Mental health
Mental disorders, suicide
prevention, and stressmanagement
9
Sexual and maternal
Sex-transmitted
healthdiseases/infections, andcontraceptives, Stages ofpregnancy, pregnancy
complications, gestational weight
gain, abnormal labor, andpostpartum issues— 239 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
10

HSS100IA

Strength training
伊藤

11

良彦

12

サブタイトル：【2018 年度以降入学生対象】
カテゴリ：ヘルスデザインコース専門科目・講義
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 配当年次／単位：1〜4 年次／
2 単位
曜日・時限：木 2/Thu.2
備考（履修条件等）：※スポーツ健康学部 2017 年度以前入学生履
修不可※グローバルオープン科目として履修する場合の配当年次は 2〜4
年次

13
14

Free Weight
Variations: Squat
patterns
Free Weight
Variations: Deadlift
patterns
Free Weight
Variations: Power
movements
CardiovascularTraining
Measuring Progress 2,
Final Exam andFeedback

To practice strength training andmovement techniques.
To practice strength training andmovement techniques.
To practice strength training andmovement techniques.
To practice circuit training andhigh intensity interval training.
To measure the repetition
maximum of Push Up, Pull Up, andback squat.
Final Exam and Feedback.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Throughout the semester, students will be expected to study two hours
outside of class.（本授業の準備学習・復習時間は各 2 時間を標準とします）【テキスト（教科書）】None

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Strength training class is designed to familiarize students with basic
knowledge and skills to enhance the enjoyment of strength training.
This course will provide students with different concepts and thecorrect movements of strength training. Along with strength training,
students will also become familiar with proper warm-up and cool-down
techniques and cardio-vascular endurance. Each student will work on
developing their own strength training program depending on his/herneeds.
【到達目標】
During the semester students will be able to:
1.Identify skeletal muscles and joints used in strength training
exercises.
2.Develop knowledge of basic strength training.
3.Create his/her own personal strength training program.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes are basically "Gym-style" Class. Class will always meet in the
Fitness Studio of the building of Sports and Health Studies. Please dressappropriately to exercise (gym clothes and athletic shoes).
To improve your physical fitness requires regular participation inclass activities. Arriving late and leaving class early will affect theparticipation portion of the grade.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Weight Training
Introduction to Strength Training
Technique; Safety and (General Orientation).
Etiquette.
Designing a Weight
Training Program,based upon goals.
Methods of "warm-up" and2Stretching andFlexibility.
dynamic stretching.
3
Body Weight Training
Introduction to Machines. The
andBodyweight Challenge.
Machine Training
4
Finalize Individual
To complete individual plan of
Routines and Shortstrength training.
Review
5
Free Weight
To practice strength training andVariations: Overhead
movement techniques.
pressing
6Free Weight
To practice strength training andVariations: Horizontal movement techniques.
pressing
7
Mid-term Review and
To measure the repetition
Measuring Progress 1
maximum of bench press(Push Up),
back squat and Pull Up.
8
Free Weight
To practice strength training andVariations: Verticalmovement techniques.
pulling
9Free Weight
To practice strength training andVariations: Horizontal movement techniques.
pulling【参考書】
Evans N. BODYBUILDING Anatomy. Human Kinetics
Contreras B. BODYWEGHT STRENGTH TRAINING Anatomy. Human
Kinetics
The National Strength and Conditioning Association. Essentials ofStrength Training and Conditioning Fourth Edition. Human Kinetics【成績評価の方法と基準】
Attendance: 60% (Very small assignment involved as well)Participation, Attitude, Work Ethic, Punctuation, Determination: 20%
Exam: 20%
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【学生が準備すべき機器他】
N/A【その他の重要事項】
1.Students in the faculty of Sports and Health Studies MUST earn thecredits of "Functional Anatomy A(機能解剖学)" and "Physical Fitness
Measurements and Evaluation(体力測定評価論)" before they resister thisclass.
2.Students of strength training class must wear athletic attire suitable
for strength training, including athletic shoes (walking, running, crosstrainers, etc.), shorts or sweats and socks. Students who cannot
participate due
to improper clothing will receive a zero on any graded items they missdue to improper attire.
【Outline (in English)】Strength training class is designed to familiarize students with basic
knowledge and skills to enhance the enjoyment of strength training.
This course will provide students with different concepts and thecorrect movements of strength training. Along with strength training,
students will also become familiar with proper warm-up and cool-down
techniques and cardio-vascular endurance. Each student will work on
developing their own strength training program depending on his/herneeds.

— 240 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

MAN100IA

10

Consumer perceptions

11

Perceptions: interest
and evaluation

12

Sport consumer
decision-making
models13

Theories of sport
consumer behavior

14

Course summary

Sport Consumer Behavior佐藤晋太郎

サブタイトル：【2018 年度以降入学生対象】
カテゴリ：スポーツビジネスコース専門科目・講義
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 配当年次／単位：1〜4 年次／ 2
単位
曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
備考（履修条件等）：※スポーツ健康学部 2017 年度以前入学生履
修不可※グローバルオープン科目として履修する場合の配当年次は 2〜4
年次
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
From an American perspective, this course is intended to provide
students a general overview of the traditional and more recently
developed theories and practices related to sport consumers. Students
will learn important concepts and theories related to the cultural,
psychological, behavioral, and social characteristics of sport consumers.
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able tounderstand how individuals become loyalty sport consumers and evenpositive contributors to the development of unique sport culture.
【到達目標】
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:(1) Understand the cultural and social characteristics of sport
consumers in the American context,(2) Gain knowledge about important concepts, ideas, and practices
related to the psychology and behavior of sport consumer behavior,(3) Explain how traditional and more recently developed theories can beapplicable to sport consumer behavior.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will be taught through lectures, group discussions, and thefinal exam. All lectures will be taught online by using Zoom.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

The definition, elements, anddecision-making process of sport
consumer perception (readingmaterial: chapter 8)
Consumer interest, consumer
evaluation, and brands as stimulus
characteristics
The historical development andcurrent models of consumer
behavior theories in marketing(reading material: chapter 2)
Various attitudinal models of
consumer behavior and theirapplications to the sport context(reading material: chapter 2)
Course summary, conclusion,
feedback, and exam review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Every week, the students have to answer short questions and read the
textbook in order to get more detailed information on important ideas,
concepts, and theoretical explanations in each topic.（本授業の準備学習・
復習時間は各 2 時間 を標準とします）【テキスト（教科書）
】
None.
【参考書】
Trail, G.T., & James, J.D. (2015). Sport Consumer Behavior. Seattle,
WA: Sport Consumer Research Consultants LLC.
PDF copies of the textbook are available and uploaded in the material
folder on the Learning Management System.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
The students will be assigned grades based on successful completion of
the following class components:
Short answer questions (5 points X 10 weeks) 50 points
Final exam（multiple-choice questions） 50 points
Total 100 points【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Every week, I try to provide as many industry examples as possible toclearly explain class topics. Also, I encourage students to engage in an
in-class discussion because diverse students from different departments
attend this course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Microsoft Office, laptop computer【その他の重要事項】
Students in the faculty of Sports and Health Studies MUST earn thecredits of “Sport Business Theory 1 (スポーツビジネス論Ⅰ)” and “Sport
Industry Theory (スポーツ産業論)” before they register this course.
【None.】
None.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course introduction
Course requirements, course
objectives, course strategy,
textbook, topical course outline
2
Stadium consumption
Sport consumer behavior in the Big
4 leagues and college sport (readingmaterial: chapter 1)
3
Sport consumption
Sport consumer behavior andtypes
luxury suites, club seats, newmedia, and sponsorship (readingmaterial: chapter 1)
4
Fan socialization
The definition, process, andoutcomes of fan socialization inchildhood and adolescence (readingmaterial: chapter 3)
5Socialization andFan socialization among young andconnection to sport
older adults, psychologicalconnection to sports and teams(reading material: chapter 3)
6
Culture and
The definition and elements ofsubcultures
culture and subculture and theirinfluence on sport consumer
behavior (reading material:
chapter 5)
7Needs, values, andThe concepts and theories of
goals
personal needs, values, and goals
in sport consumer behavior(reading material: chapter 6)
8Spectator motivation
The definition, measurement, andapplication of sport consumer
motivation (reading material:
chapter 7)
9Observer motives andObserver motives, fan motives, andfan motives“Fig Five” motives【Outline (in English)】Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:(1) Understand the cultural and social characteristics of sport
consumers in the American context,(2) Gain knowledge about important concepts, ideas, and practices
related to the psychology and behavior of sport consumer behavior,(3) Explain how traditional and more recently developed theories can beapplicable to sport consumer behavior.

— 241 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
12

HSS100IA

13

KENDO

14

小田

佳子

サブタイトル：【2018 年度以降入学生対象】
カテゴリ：視野形成科目（必修選択）・実技
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 配当年次／単位：1〜4 年次／
2 単位
曜日・時限：水 2/Wed.2
備考（履修条件等）：※ 2018 年度以降入学生対象
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
テーマ「剣道−日本文化としての特性を学ぶ−」
KENDO - Learning the characteristics of Japanese culture
主に外国人留学生を対象に、「剣道」の技術および礼法を通して、日本武道である剣道への理解を深め、同時に身体技法を習得することを目的とする。
【到達目標】①日本の身体運動文化としての「剣道」の歴史や特性に触れ理解する。
②剣道の基本動作と基本技能を習得する。
③剣道の歴史や伝統的、文化的知識を習得する。
(1) To understand the history and characteristics of kendo as a Japaneseculture of physical training(2) To acquire the basic movements and basic skills of kendo(2) To acquire the knowledge of its history, tradition and culture ofkendo.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」「DP2」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
This class does not require the high kendo skill level as it is mainly
about learning the basic skills of kendo.
However, some exercise
is required. The class will be primarily conducted in English, butsometimes explaining certain kendo concepts will require Japanese.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Orientation
Reiho-manners
What is KENDO ?
Footwork
History and Now
Suburi-swing
Kamae-position
2
Basic Movements
Kendo armors
Kamae-position
Footwork
Foot work
Kamae-position
Suburi-swing (up and down, left
and right)
Men, Kote, and Do by Shinai
3
Basic Techniques ①
Swinging (single action/leaping
Men/Kote/Do/Tsuki
strike)Practice of shinai strike in the
opponent’s movement
4
Basic Technique ②
Wearing Men mask
Men/Kote/Do/Tsuki
Shikake-techniques(Men/Kote/Do)
5
Basic Technique ③
Basic technique ①② review
Renzoku-waza
Kata practice with wooden sword
continuous-techniques ③
6
Basic Technique ④
Basic technique ①-③ review
Harai-waza, brush off
Kata practice with wooden sword④
7
Basic Technique ⑤
Basic technique ①-④ review
Nuki-waza
Kata practice with wooden sword⑤
8
Basic Technique ⑥⑦
Basic technique ①-⑤ review
Debana-waza
Kata practice with wooden sword
Hiki-waza, backstep⑥⑦
9
Basic Technique ⑧
Basic technique ①-⑦ review
Kaeshi-waza
Kata practice with wooden sword⑧
10
All Japan Student
Visiting Nihon Budokan for
Kendo Tournament
watching All Japan Student Kendo_Field Work
Tournament
11
Basic Striking:
Basic Striking with Bogu andPractice1
shinai ①-③

Basic Striking:Practice2
Basic Striking:Practice3
Basic Technique
Basic Striking(Test and Summary)

Basic Striking with Bogu andshinai ④-⑥
Basic Striking with Bogu andshinai ⑦-⑧
Basic technique ①-⑧ with wooden
sword
Basic Striking with Bogu andshinai ①-⑧【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
This class requires two hours of learning overtime.
Require to read Japanese and English literature on kendo history andtechniques.
For example;
All Japan Kendo Federation, Japanese-English Dictionary of kendo,
2000
All Japan Kendo Federation, The Official Guide for Kendo Instruction,
2011【テキスト（教科書）】
Text materials will be handed out when necessary.
【参考書】
All Japan Kendo Federation, Japanese-English Dictionary of kendo,
2000
All Japan Kendo Federation, The Official Guide for Kendo Instruction,
2011【成績評価の方法と基準】
Attitude and participation (40%)
Kendo skills(40%)
Understanding the key concepts and vocabulary of kendo in Japanese(20%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Not required because this is the first class in this course【学生が準備すべき機器他】
The shinai,bamboo sword, kendo-gi, training wear, and kendo
equipment will be provided by Hosei university.
Please bring your own tenugui towel (to wear under Men) and mask (toprevent infection).
【その他の重要事項】
Managing physical condition
If you feel sick or have any injuries, offer to the teacher in advance.
【Outline (in English)】【Course outline】
KENDO - Learning the characteristics of Japanese culture
KENDO is one area of BUDO, martial ways in Japan, students can learn
its history and characteristics at first, then learn the basic movements
and techniques.
【Learning Objectives】
The purpose of this class is to deepen understanding of Japanesemartial ways of kendo and to acquire physical techniques through kendo
techniques and etiquette, mainly for international students.
【Learning activities outside of classroom】
This class requires two hours of learning overtime.
Require to read Japanese and English literature on kendo history andtechniques.
【Grading Criteria /Policy】
Attitude and participation (40%)
Kendo skills(40%)
Understanding the key concepts and vocabulary of kendo in Japanese(20%)— 242 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【Outline (in English)】This course is designed to overview the concept of inclusive development
in relation to well-being studies.

SOW300JB

Community Based Inclusive Development佐野竜平

科目分類･科目群（福祉コミュニティ）：専門教育科目 専門展開科目
科目分類･科目群（臨床心理）：総合教育科目 視野形成科目（社会系）
配当年次／単位数：2〜4 年次／ 2 単位
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉〈Ｓ〉〈ダ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is designed to overview the concept of inclusive development
in relation to well-being studies.
【到達目標】
This course aims at learning practical and applicable knowledge andskills on the mentioned subject.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】（福祉コミュニティ学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」と「DP3」と「DP4」に関連（臨床心理学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will be offered entirely online (realtime Zoom sessions).
Announcements, course materials, assignments and feedback will be
informed/given via the learning support system and Google Form.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
No.1
Introduction
Overview the planned sessions
No.2
SDGs andConcept of inclusive
Well-being(1)development(1)No.3
SDGs andConcept of inclusive
Well-being(2)development(2)No.4
SDGs andConcept of inclusive
Well-being(3)development(3)No.5Good Practice on
Initiatives in a community(1)CBID(1)
No.6
Good Practice on
Initiatives in a community(2)CBID(2)
No.7
Good Practice on
Initiatives in a community(3)CBID(3)
No.8
Human rights issues(1) Challenges in inclusive settins (1)No.9
Human rights issues(2) Challenges in inclusive settins (2)No.10
Human rights issues(3) Challenges in inclusive settins (3)No.11
Going into the
Exploring the world(1)unknown(1)No.12
Going into the
Exploring the world(2)unknown(2)No.13
Going into the
Exploring the world(3)unknown(3)No.14
Review
Reviewing the past lectures andfeedback【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review reference materials. The time for the
preparation and review of this course is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts【参考書】
Sustainable Development Goals https://sdgs.un.org/
World Health Orgzniation https://www.who.int/health-topics/disability【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class participation:50%, Reaction papers through Google form:50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Suggestions are to be reflected in the design of the course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Online tools (PC, Smartphone)【その他の重要事項】
Themes and contents are subject to change. Lectures are according topractical knowledge and experience gained in and out of Japan.
【担当教員の専門分野/Expertise】
Disability-Inclusive and Sustainable Development, International Cooperation, Regional Development in Asia (Southeast Asia in particular)— 243 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

Disability and Development in Asia

【その他の重要事項】
Themes and contents are subject to change. Lectures are according topractical knowledge and experience gained in and out of Japan.

佐野【担当教員の専門分野/Expertise】
Disability-Inclusive and Sustainable Development, International Cooperation, Regional Development in Asia (Southeast Asia in particular)

SOW300JB

竜平【Outline (in English)】
In line with the principles of the United Nations Convention on the
Rights of Persons with Disabilities and Sustainable Development Goals,
this course is designed to overview the theory and practice on disability
and development in Asia.

科目分類･科目群（福祉コミュニティ）：専門教育科目 専門基幹科目
科目分類･科目群（臨床心理）：総合教育科目 視野形成科目（社会系）
配当年次／単位数：2〜4 年次／ 2 単位
その他属性：〈グ〉〈実〉〈Ｓ〉〈ダ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
In line with the principles of the United Nations Convention on the
Rights of Persons with Disabilities and Sustainable Development Goals,
this course is designed to overview the theory and practice on disability
and development in Asia.
【到達目標】
Basic knowledge and skills on disability and development in Asia are tobe obtained based on inputs from their local perspectives.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】（福祉コミュニティ学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP2」と「DP3」と「DP4」に関連（臨床心理学科）ディプロマポリシーのうち、「DP1」に関連【授業の進め方と方法】
The course will be offered entirely online (realtime Zoom sessions).
Announcements, course materials, assignments and feedback will be
informed/given via the learning support system and Google Form.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
No.1
Introduction
Overview of the planned sessions
No.2
Comparative Study(1)Persons with disabilities inPakistan
No.3
Comparative Study(2)Persons with disabilities in Nepal
No.4
Comparative Study(3)Persons with disabilities in
Afghanistan
No.5
Comparative Study(4)Persons with disabilities in India
No.6
Comparative Study(5)Persons with disabilities in
Bangladesh
No.7
Comparative Study(6)Persons with disabilities inVietnam
No.8
Comparative Study(7)Persons with disabilities in
Cambodia
No.9
Comparative Study(8)Persons with disabilities in
Malaysia
No.10
Comparative Study(9)Persons with disabilities inThailand
No.11
Comparative Study(10) Persons with disabilities in
Myanmar
No.12
Comparative Study(11) Persons with disabilities in thePhilippines
No.13
Comparative Study(12) Persons with disabilities inIndonesia
No.14
Review
Reviewing the past lectures andfeedback【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to review reference materials. The time for the
preparation and review of this course is 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts【参考書】
United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with
Disabilities
https://www.ohchr.org/EN/HRBodies/CRPD/Pages/
ConventionRightsPersonsWithDisabilities.aspx
States parties reports of the Convention on the Rights of Persons
with Disabilities https://www.ohchr.org/EN/HRBodies/CRPD/Pages/
CRPDIndex.aspx【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class participation:50%, Reaction paper through Google form:50%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Suggestions are to be reflected in the design of the course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Online tools (PC, Smartphone)— 244 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

PRI100LA

Elementary Information Technology

Repetition [1]10Repetition [2]11Repetition [3]12Animation [1]13Animation [2]14Animation [3]2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：

斎藤

9

明

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：水 5/Wed.5
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Processing is a computer language designed for those who
study programming for the first time. Despite its simple
grammatical structure, it provides us with a beginner-friendly
graphical environment. In this lecture, you will experience
programming in Processing and learn basic knowledge aboutprogramming.
【到達目標】
You will learn basic elements of a programming language andhow to write simple programs. The grammar of Processing
has a lot in common with java and other computer languages
widely used in the society. Thus, the knowledge and techniques
which you learn in this lecture will be easily transferred toother programming environments.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP4、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
The class consists of a lecture and exercises. The lecture isdelivered through slides. You are frequently required to write
small programs as exercises during the class. A homework is
assigned at the end of the class, which you are required to finish
by the next class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

You will learn the "while"statement, which enables you
to repeat the execution ofcertain sentences.
You will learn the "for"statement, another important
repetitive control sentence.
You will learn the combinationof repetition and conditional
statements.
You will learn the active modeof Processing, in which you canmanipulate animation.
Combining repetitive andconditional sentences, you will
create a simple animation.
You will upgrade you
animation created in theprevious lecture by integrating
your own idea.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
A homework is assigned in each class. You are required tofinish it by the next class. Also the slides for the next classare available a couple of days in advance. You are required tobrowse them and grasp the image of the upcoming class. An
estimated time for this work is 2 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
The grade of this class consists of :the quality of exercises submitted during the class : 30%
the quality of the submitted homework : 70%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None.
【その他の重要事項】
None.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
What is Processing? Programs in Processing isgiven as an example and you
will learn how it works.
2
Calculation
You will learn how to calculate
in a computer language.
3
Variables
You learn how to declarevariables. You also learn
several types of variables.
4
Drawing [1]You learn how to draw picturesin Processing.
5
Drawing [2]You learn the importance ofusing variables when you draw
a picture.
6
Conditional
You learn the "if" statement
Sentence [1]and how to use it.
7
Conditional
You will learn how to combine
Sentence [2]logical conditions.
8
Conditional
You will learn how to
Sentence [3]construct a nested structure of
conditional sentences.

— 245 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

PRI200LA

Information Technology

8

Repetition [2]9Repetition [3]10Animation [1]11Animation [2]12Function [1]13Function [2]14Function [3]2016 年度以前入学者

サブタイトル：斎藤明

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 5/Wed.5
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Processing is a computer language designed for those who
study programming for the first time. Despite its simple
grammatical structure, it provides us with a beginner-friendly
graphical environment. In this lecture, you will experience
programming in Processing and learn basic knowledge aboutprogramming.
【到達目標】
You will learn basic elements of a programming language andhow to write simple programs. The grammar of Processing
has a lot in common with java and other computer languages
widely used in the society. Thus, the knowledge and techniques
which you learn in this lecture will be easily transferred toother programming environments.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP4、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
The class consists of a lecture and exercises. The lecture isdelivered through slides. You are frequently required to write
small programs as exercises during the class. A homework is
assigned at the end of the class, which you are required to finish
by the next class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes

You will learn the "for"statement, another important
repetitive control sentence.
You will learn the combinationof repetition and conditional
statements.
You will learn the active modeof Processing, in which you canmanipulate an animation.
Combining repetitive andconditional sentences, you will
create a simple animation.
You will learn a function andhow to use it.
You will learn how to use
return values and parametersof a function.
You will learn how to write a
program in a systematic way
using functions.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
A homework is assigned in each class. You are required tofinish it by the next class. Also the slides for the next classare available a couple of days in advance. You are required tobrowse them and grasp the image of the upcoming class. An
estimated time for this work is 2 hours.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
The grade of this class consists of :the quality of exercises submitted during the class : 30%
the quality of the submitted homework : 70%【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None.
【その他の重要事項】
None.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
What is Processing? Programs in Processing isgiven as an example and you
will learn how it works.
2
Calculation and
You will learn how to calculate
variables
and use variables in acomputer language.
3
Drawing [1]You learn how to draw picturesin Processing.
4
Drawing [2]You learn the importance ofusing variables when you draw
a picture.
5
Conditional
You learn the "if" statement
Sentence [1]and how to use it.
6
Conditional
You will learn how to combine
Sentence [2]logical conditions and nest
conditional sentences.
7
Repetition [1]You will learn the "while"statement, which enables you
to repeat the execution ofcertain sentences.

— 246 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

CAR100LA

Elementary Career Development

2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：

竹原正篤

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：月 4/Mon.4
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Elementary Career Development course provides students in
English degree programs with the opportunity to understandthe significance of work and careers to acquire the mindset
and knowledge needed to design their own career. Recognizingthat the careers of students in English degree programs
are diverse, this course will deal with fundamental topics
including the significance of working, the theory and method
for self-understanding, the theory and method for occupational
aptitude, the method of career design, and human resource
management of various organizations. Through this course,
students can raise their awareness of the profession and cantake concrete actions toward career design that suits their
vocational aptitude.
【到達目標】
Students will be able to deepen their understandings of:(1)the significance of work and career and knowledge to design
their own career.
(2)their personal profiles, values, aspirations, skills andlifestyles.
(3)skills and competencies required for careers that students
want to explore.
(4)necessity to explore internships and job opportunities
spontaneously.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This course consists of lectures by the instructor, students’presentations and discussions. Students will occasionally work
to create a worksheet during the class. All of the class activities
will be conducted in English.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Orientation
Outline of the course.
Introduction of instructor. Free
discussion on “career” andcareer development.
Week 2 Significance of work Understand the importantand career design
points when considering future(1)
career paths.
Week 3 Significance of work Understand the importance ofand career design
considering your career(2)
development throughout yourentire life.

Week 4 Theory and methodforself-understanding(1)
Week 5 Theory and methodforself-understanding(2)
Week 6 Theory and method
for vocational
aptitudeWeek 7 Overview of various
occupations/jobs

Know yourself better byreflecting on your life andtelling your own story.
Make a presentation on yourlife story.

Understand your personality
and work environment that fit
your job selection.
Understand that there arevarious occupations/jobs insociety and many of themchange as time passes.
Week 8 Human resource
Understand characteristics ofmanagement in
human resource management
organizain Japanese and othertions/companies
international organizations(1)
and their implications forstudents.
Week 9 Human resource
Understand thatmanagement inorganizations/companies haveorganizatheir own organizationaltions/companies
cultures which impact on their(2)
employees.
Understand how Japanese
Recruitment
Week
organizations/companies
10
activities ofJapanese organiza- recruit and nurture young
tions/companies and employees. Also, understandJapanese SME (small andstudents’ job
medium sized enterprises) as
hunting activities
job targets.
Week
Intercultural
Understand how you can
11Competency
effectively work with/for
people with different cultural
background and how todevelop interculturalcompetencies.
Listen to the guest speaker
Week
Guest Speakersession on the career of a
12sessions (1)professor/researcher university professor engaged
in research.
Listen to the guest speaker
Week
Guest Speaker
13
sessions (2)session on the career of abusinessperson
businessperson working forcompany.
Week
Wrap-up
Review major points students
14learned in the course andfurther deepen theirunderstanding throughwrap-up Q&A and discussions.
【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students taking this course should spend two hours each for
preparation and review per week.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts will be disseminated by the lecturer for each class.
【参考書】
References will be introduced in class.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grading will be decided based on the following criteria:(1) Active class participation:60%(2) Final writing assignments:40%
Details will be explained during the first class.
Please note that students who miss 4 classes or more without
justification cannot receive credit.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Following student comments, more pair and group discussion
will be conducted.

— 247 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

Week 4 Know you better(1)CAR200LA

Career Development Skills

2016 年度以前入学者

サブタイトル：竹原

Week 5正篤

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：金 5/Fri.5
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉

Week 6【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Career Development Skills offers students in English degree
program the opportunity to acquire the mindset and knowledge
they need to develop their careers. This course is intended
for students who have taken Elementary Career Developmentin the fall semester and wish to further deepen theirself-understanding and gather information about their own
careers. In addition to reviewing various career theories,
methods of self-understanding and job aptitude learned in
Elementary Career Development, students will also learn
about the latest trends in Japanese companies and overseas
companies doing business in Japan. Moreover, the latest
information on job hunting in Japan will be provided. Bylearning these wide-ranging topics, students will aim at raising
their awareness of the profession and design their careers.
【到達目標】
Students will aim at:(1)understanding the significance of work and career andknowledge to design their own career.
(2)deepening their understanding of personal profiles, values,
aspirations, skills and lifestyles.
(3)knowing skills and competencies required for careers thatstudents want to explore.
(4)exploring internships and job opportunities spontaneously.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This course consists of lectures by the instructor, students’presentations and discussions. Students will occasionally work
to create a worksheet during the class. All of the class activities
will be conducted in English.

Week 7

Week 8

Week 9

Week
10

Week
11

Week
12
Week
13
Week
14

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Orientation
Outline of the course.
Introduction of instructor. Free
discussion on “career” andcareer development.
Week 2 Significance of work Understand the importantand career design
points when considering future(1)
career paths
Week 3 Significance of work Understand the importance ofand career design
considering your career(2)
development throughout yourentire life

By reviewing and analyzing
the life line charts that you
worked on in Elementary
Career Development, you canlook back on your life andconfirm the values you cherish
Know you better(2) Further deepen your career
aptitude and preferences using
frameworks such as the
RIASEC model and the careeranchors learned in Elementary
Career Development
Understand various Understand that there areoccupations/jobs(1)various occupations/jobs insociety and many of themchange as time passes
Understand various Understand that there areoccupations/jobs(2)various occupations/jobs insociety and many of themchange as time passes
Human resource
Understand characteristics ofmanagement in
human resource management
organizain Japanese and othertions/companies
international organizations(1)
and their implications forstudents
Human resource
Understand thatorganizations/companies havemanagement intheir own organizationalorganizacultures which impact on theirtions/companies
employees(2)
Understand how Japanese
Recruitment
organizations/companies
activities ofJapanese organiza- recruit university graduatestions/companies and and nurture them. Also,
understand Japanese SME
students’ job(small and medium sizedhuntingenterprises) as job targets
activities(“Shukatsu”)
Introduction of
Learn basics of industry
industry analysis
analysis using models such as
Porter’s 5 Force model andvalue chain
Guest Speaker
People who are active insessions (1)various fields are invited totalk about their careers
Guest Speaker
People who are active insessions (2)various fields are invited totalk about their careers
Wrap-up
Review major points students
learned in the course andfurther deepen theirunderstanding throughwrap-up Q&A and discussions【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students taking this course should spend two hours each for
preparation and review per week.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Handouts will be disseminated by the lecturer for each class.
【参考書】
References will be introduced in class.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Grading will be decided based on the following criteria:(1) Active class participation:60%(2) Final writing assignments:40%
Details will be explained during the first class.
Please note that students who miss 4 classes or more without
justification cannot receive credit.

— 248 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N.A.This course will be newly launched in 2023.

— 249 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

3.

ART100LA

Elementary Humanities A

2017 年度以降入学者

サブタイトル：Japanese Literature I.

URBANOVA

4.

JANA

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：水 1/Wed.1
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉

5.
【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is a survey of ancient to medieval Japanese
literature. Major literary works are introduced with anemphasis on their literary artistry as well as their historicaland cultural importance.
Focus is also placed on theunique philosophy that shaped the aesthetic values in Japanthroughout the centuries. This topic will be further highlighted
by discussing differences in Eastern and Western world views
and by introducing Okinawan poetry which displays uniquefeatures when compared with classical Japanese poetry.
【到達目標】
1. to learn about major literary works in their historical andcultural context
2. to gain deeper understanding of the different philosophicalbackgrounds that have influenced the way of thinking in Japanand the West
3. to improve your English vocabulary regarding the topic【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This course is based on lectures by the instructor featuring
the use of written and audio-visual materials. In addition,
every student will be required to deliver a class presentation
on a given topic, to submit a short written summary of thepresentation topic and an essay, and to pass the final exam.
The topics for the presentation will be distributed at the
beginning of the course.
Comments and explanation about assignments and answers toquestions from students are given at the end of each class.
This course is in principle a face-to-face course.
However, the first lecture will be taught online on Zoom.
Please see HOPPII for further instructions about how to join
our Zoom session.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No

13.

【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1.
Introduction
Introduction to course;scheduling of presentations
2.
Historical overview Brief overview of majorof Japanese
literary works in theirliterature
historical context with a focus
on the Nara and Heian periods

14.

Japanese perception Definition of nature andof nature, Part 1
corresponding terms inJapanese; Japanese love fornature and its various aspects;
Japanese vs. Western conceptsof nature
Japanese perception The four seasons as one of theof nature, Part 2
central concepts in Japaneseculture and literature; theconcept of transformation andchange, harmony of yin andyang; perception of time
Natural images in
Literal and figural meaning ofclassical Japaneseimages in Japanese andpoetryWestern poetic tradition
Key concepts ofFour aesthetic concepts inJapanese aesthetics Japanese culture andliterature; demonstration ofthese concepts in Essays in
Idleness by the Buddhist priest
Kenkō
Japanese mythology Records of Ancient Matters(Kojiki); Japanese mythology
vs. Western ideologicalconcepts (Greek mythology
and Christianity)
Japanese poetry,
The role of poetry from ancientPart 1times through the era ofMan’yōshū (Collection of Ten
Thousand Leaves) to theflourishing era of imperial
poetry anthologies
Japanese poetry,
Long and short poetic forms
Part 2(chōka and tanka); believed tobe the first Japanese poem inthe fixed form; major themes
in classical poetry
Japanese prose,
Japanese tales and its various
Part 1genres; the oldest preserved
tale (The Tale of the Bamboo
Cutter; Taketori Monogatari)
and the collection of poem tales(Tales of Ise; Ise Monogatari)
Japanese prose,
Flourishing of women writers
Part 2in the Heian period with afocus on two prominent figures
Murasaki Shikibu and Sei
Shōnagon and their works The
Tale of Genji (Genji
Monogatari) and The Pillow
Book (Makura no Sōshi)
Okinawan language Languages of the Ryūkyū
and poetry ‒Islands as part of the Japanese
Introduction
language group; language
rules in Okinawan poetryryūkaThe world of
The oldest preserved collection
Okinawan poetryof old epic songs Omorosōshi;
Okinawan lyrical poetry ryūka
Course wrap up
Submit short summary ofpresentation topic and essay;
final written exam

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
1.Prepare a short self-introduction
2.Reading: handout on anthology of Japanese literature
3.Reading: Asquith 1-35
4.Readings: Asquith 36 ‒ 53; handout related to the topic
5.Readings: Asquith 54 ‒ 67; handout on Western poetry
6.Reading: Keene 3 ‒ 22
7.Reading: handout on the Kojiki— 250 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

8.Reading: Keene 47 ‒ 69
9.Reading: Keene 25 ‒ 44
10.Readings: Keene 73 ‒ 95; handout on Japanese tales
11.Reading: handout on women’s classical prose
12.&13.Reading: text by lecturer on Okinawan language andpoetry14.Submit short summary of presentation topic and essay; final
written exam
Before/after each class meeting, students will be expected tospend four hours to understand the course content.
(University guidelines suggest preparation and review should
be around four hours a week for a two-credit course.)【テキスト（教科書）】
Keene, Donald. The Pleasures of Japanese Literature. New
York: Columbia University Press, 1988.
All other study materials and handouts will be provided by thelecturer.
【参考書】
Asquith, Pamela J. and Arne Kalland, ed. Japanese Images of
Nature. Richmond: Curzon Press, 1997.
Keene, Donald. Anthology of Japanese Literature. Rutland,
Vermont & Tokyo: Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1956. Twentysecond edition, 1991.
McCullough, Helen Craig. Classical Japanese Prose: an
Anthology. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1990.
Miner, Earl.
An Introduction to Japanese Court Poetry.
Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1968.
Further references related to the topic of each class will be
provided by the lecturer.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class attendance and oral participation are expected; failure
to participate in class will result in the subtraction of marks
from the total. Grading criteria: oral presentation and writtensummary (40%); final examination and essay (60%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
There are no student comments that would require majorchanges to the course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】● Please prepare the designated textbook.
● In case this course needs to switch to online format, it will
be taught on Zoom, so students who attend the Zoom session
on campus will need to prepare a headset.
● Please check HOPPII for further instructions and details
about the course.

— 251 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ART200LA

3.

Haikai poetry

4.

Poetry of Okinawa

5.

Literature of thefloating world

6.

Tales of thesupernatural in
pre-modern
literature
Tales of thesupernatural inmodern literature

2016 年度以前入学者

Humanities A
サブタイトル：Japanese Literature II.

URBANOVA

JANA

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 1/Wed.1
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course focuses on the major literary figures andtheir representative works of early modern, modern andcontemporary Japanese literature. The works will be discussedwith regard to the circumstances and background that shaped
the authors’ way of thinking. The course will also include alesson introducing two significant works of medieval literature
to shed light on one of the crucial concepts in Japanese culture- transience. There will also be a lesson introducing two major
women poets of Okinawa.
【到達目標】
Goals:
1. to learn about the major literary figures of pre-modern,modern and contemporary Japanese literature
2. to gain an appreciation of the depth and atmosphere of theirliterary works as well as the beauty of the English translations【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This course is based on lectures by the instructor featuring
the use of written and audio-visual materials. In addition,
every student will be required to deliver a class presentation
on a given topic, to submit a short written summary of thepresentation topic and an essay and to complete a short written
exam at the end of the semester. The topics for the presentation
will be distributed at the beginning of the course.
Comments and explanation about assignments and answers toquestions from students are given at the end of each class.
This course is in principle a face-to-face course. However, thefirst lecture will be taught online on Zoom. Please see HOPPII
for further instructions about how to join our Zoom session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1.
Introduction
Introduction to course; brief
self-introduction; scheduling ofpresentations
2.
Transience in
The concept of transience asJapanese poetry
portrayed in Essays in Idleness(Tsurezuregusa, written by
Buddhist priest Kenkō)thewaka anthology A Hundred
Poems by a Hundred Poets(Hyakunin Isshu, compiled by
Fujiwara no Teika)

7.

8.

9.

10.
11.

12.

13.

14.

Transition from comic haikai
poetry to the mastering of
haiku; Matsuo Bashō; Hints
for appreciating and writinghaiku
Two women poets of Okinawa:
Yoshiya Tsuru and Onna Nabeand their ryūka poems
The rising merchant society
during the Edo period; storiesof the floating world (ukiyozōshi); Ihara Saikaku: The Lifeof an Amorous Man (Kōshoku
Ichidai Otoko) and Five Women
who Loved Love (Kōshoku
Gonin Onna)
Ueda Akinari and his Tales ofMoonlight and Rain (Ugetsu
Monogatari)

Akutagawa Ryūnosuke and theinfluence of Japanese Tales
from Times Past (Konjaku
Monogatari Shū); short stories
In a Grove (Yabu no Naka) andRashōmon
The world of fantasy Miyazawa Kenji: fantasy noveland reality ofMilky Way Railroad (Ginga
Miyazawa Kenji
Tetsudō no Yoru), poem Be not
Defeated by the Rain (Ame ni
mo makezu)
Modern novelists,
Natsume Sōseki: his life andPart 1literary works, particularly thenovel I Am a Cat (Wagahai wa
Neko de aru)
Modern novelists,
Mishima Yukio (Confessions ofPart 2a Mask; Kamen no Kokuhaku)
Modern novelists,
Tanizaki Junichirō and hisPart 3works The Key (Kagi)and In
Praise of Shadows (Inei
Raisan)Modern novelists,
Nobel Prize winner Kawabata
Part 4
Yasunari and his masterpiece
Snow Country (Yukiguni)Contemporary
Yoshimoto Banana and Haruki
literature
Murakami and theirrepresentative works
Course wrap up
Submit short summary ofpresentation and essay; final
written exam

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Please prepare a short self-introduction for the first class.
In addition, each student will be asked to deliver an oralpresentation on a designated topic and to submit a shortwritten summary of the presentation and essay at the end of
the semester. Students are also expected to actively engage inclass discussions and to revise all of the readings done in class,as they will form the basis for the discussions and questions
on the final exam. Preparatory study and review time for thisclass are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbooks will be used. Handouts and reading materials oneach lesson’s topic together with the specified sources will be
distributed by the lecturer through HOPPII.
【参考書】
Selected references:
Keene, Donald. Appreciations of Japanese Culture. Tokyo, NewYork & London: Kodansha International, Ltd., 1971. First
paperback edition, 1981.

— 252 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

Keene, Donald. World Within Walls ‒ Japanese Literature of
the Pre-Modern Era, 1600-1867. New York: Holt, Rinehart andWinston, 1976.
Petersen, Gwen Boardman.
The Moon in the Water ‒Understanding Tanizaki, Kawabata and Mishima. Honolulu:
The University Press of Hawaii, 1979.
Further references related to the topic of each class will be
provided by the lecturer.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class attendance and oral participation are expected; failure
to participate in class will result in the subtraction of marks
from the total. Grading criteria: oral presentation and writtensummary (50%); final examination and essay (50%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
There are no student comments that would require majorchanges to the course.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Please check HOPPII for further instructions about the course.

— 253 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

6

ARSa100LA

Elementary Humanities B

2017 年度以降入学者
7

サブタイトル：UK Society & Culture

Richard.J.Burrows
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
単位数：2 単位定員制

8

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will seek to introduce the culture & society of contemporary Britain to students through a series of stimulatingaudio-visual units, together with selected thematically linked
readings.
In addition to offering a greater understanding of contemporary UK culture, the course encourages students through thepresentation & report to critically compare & contrast UK
culture & society with their own.
【到達目標】
During this course, through regular exposure to a variety ofaudio-visual material, students will have the opportunity to
sharpen their listening skills. Follow-up pair-work comprehension questions, discussion & structured conversation practicewill also give them the opportunity to improve their oral
skills.Finally students will be encouraged to reflect on theirown culture & society as they learn about UK.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
The previous lesson’s reading assignment will be reviewed &discussed before a pair-work preview will introduce the theme
for that lesson. Any required vocabulary will be previewed
before students view/listen to the material.
Pair-work comprehension questions will allow students tocheck their own understanding, while a post-viewing discussion will offer more chances to analyze the material. Timepermitting, there will be structured conversation practice
before outlining the following week’s homework.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Overview
Course Introduction
2
Listening &Presentation Guidance
Speaking
3
Listening &The Seven Wonders of Britain
Speaking - The- reading assignment, preview,
Seven Wonders of
vocabulary, comprehension
Britainquestions
4
Listening &Wales - reading assignment,
Speaking - Wales
preview, vocabulary,comprehension questions
5
Listening &BBC - reading assignment,
Speaking - BBCpreview, vocabulary,comprehension questions

9

10

11

12

13

14

Listening &The Mini - reading
Speaking - The Mini assignment, preview,
vocabulary, comprehension
questions
Listening &The Village - reading
Speaking - The
assignment, preview,
Villagevocabulary, comprehension
questions
Writing Semester report preparation.
Comparison &English Tea - reading
Contrast Reports
assignment, preview,
Listening &vocabulary, comprehension
Speaking - English
questions
Tea
Listening &The Purple Violin - reading
Speaking - The
assignment, preview,
Purple Violin
vocabulary, comprehension
questions
Listening &Sherlock Holmes - reading
Speaking - Sherlock assignment, preview,
Holmesvocabulary, comprehension
questions
Listening &Agatha Christie - reading
Speaking - Agatha
assignment, preview,
Christie
vocabulary, comprehension
questions
Listening &The Sea - reading assignment,
Speaking - The Sea preview, vocabulary,comprehension questions
London Taxis - reading
Listening &assignment, preview,
Speaking - London
vocabulary, comprehension
Taxis
questions
British Public Schools Listening &reading assignment, preview,
Speaking British
vocabulary, comprehension
Public Schoolquestions【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Regular reading assignments with both vocabulary exercises &comprehension questions, & audio-visual vocabulary preparation will be required from students each week.
No more than 3 absences will be permitted. The weekly reading
assignment, preparatory study and review time for this classare about 4 hours for each week. University guidelines suggest
preparation and review are around 4 hours a week for a twocredit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None, but students need to download and prepare the required
files before each class.
【参考書】
An electronic or smartphone dictionary, or dictionary app will
be required at every lesson【成績評価の方法と基準】
Evaluation will be based on the following criteria:
Classwork & Participation 30%
Homework 30%
Presentation 20%
Report 20%
In principle, no more than 3 absences are permitted【学生の意見等からの気づき】
New & updated topics have been added to the course. In
addition, online access to the course materials will allow tostudents to both preview & review class work.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A PC with a reliable internet connection will be needed todownload lesson materials each week. In addition, access to a
PC in order to prepare a PowerPoint presentation & complete,
upload or print the final report— 254 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1【その他の重要事項】
Please join this class if you have an interest in this topic, adesire to improve your English skills, and are willing to attend
classes on a regular basis and submit all homework & otherassignments on time.
【None】
None【None】
None【None】
None【None】
None【None】
None— 255 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

ARSc200LA

Humanities B

2016 年度以前入学者

サブタイトル：America in the 20th Century

Richard.J.Burrows
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Despite the rise of powers in Asia such as China & India,
the US remains the pre-eminent global power and a key tounderstanding its prominence lies in an understanding of its
rise as a superpower during the 20th century. Therefore,
this course will focus on key political, economic & culturaldevelopments during the latter half of that period, how they
contributed to the rise of American power and continue toinfluence nations around the world, especially in Asia. Regularreading assignments will be set, analyzed & discussed during
the lessons, allowing students to reflect on how the UScontinues to influence their nations as we enter a new century.
【到達目標】
Through a variety of media, this course seeks to firstly, give
students a thorough understanding of key events in the US
from the end of World War I to the close of the century. In
addition, students will be able to comprehend how those events
impacted not only on the course of modern US history, but theirwider effect throughout the world, especially in the Asia-Pacificregion.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1

Week
11
Week
12
Week
13
Week
14

Watergate

The End of Nixon

The Space Race

The Apollo Landings

Domestic Terrorism

Oklahoma Bombing

Course Review

The 20th Century Influence on
the Present Day【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be expected to make a presentation and submit
a report on a relevant theme during the semester. In addition,
regular reading assignments will be set with comprehension &vocabulary questions, which will require 4 hours each week.No
more than 3 absences will be permitted. University guidelines
suggest preparation and review are around 4 hours a week fora two-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None, but students are required to download & prepare therequired material before class.
【参考書】
An electronic or smart phone English dictionary, or dictionary
app is required at every class【成績評価の方法と基準】
Evaluation will be based on the following criteria:
Classwork & Participation 30%
Homework 30%
Presentation 20%
Report 20%
In principle, no more than 3 absences are permitted【学生の意見等からの気づき】
New & updated topics have been added to the course. In
addition, online access to the course materials will allow tostudents to both preview & review class work.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Since all materials will be available online, students need toeither download & print the necessary file, or download andhave it ready on their laptop or tablet device, before the startof each class. In addition, students need to have access to a pc
in order to prepare their presentation & report【授業の進め方と方法】
Regular reading assignments will be set, analyzed & discussed
during the lessons, allowing students to reflect on how the
US continues to influence their nations as we enter the
21st century. Furthermore, an audio-visual element willallow students to sharpen their listening skills and engage incomprehension activities.

【その他の重要事項】
Please join this class if you have an interest in this topic, adesire to improve your English skills, and are willing to attend
classes on a regular basis and submit all homework & otherassignments on time.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【None】
None【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【None】
None【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Week 1 Explanation
Course Introduction
Week 2 Course Assignments Presentation Skills
Week 3 Innovation
The Wright Brothers
Week 4 The Pacific Conflict US in World War II
Week 5 Post-War
Bombing of Hiroshima
Settlement
Week 6 Technology
Breaking the Sound Barrier
Week 7 The Fight Against
The Vietnam War
CommunismWeek 8 The Civil Rights
Martin Luther King
Movement
Week 9 A Divided Nation
The Anti-War Movement
Week
Civil Unrest &The Assassination of JFK
10Violence【None】
None【None】
None【None】
None— 256 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

POL100LA

Elementary Social Science A

Hart I

7.

Hart II2016 年度以前入学者

サブタイトル：Introduction to Legal Theory : from Monism to
Pluralism

ガェル

6.

ベッソン
8.

Hart III

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 5/Tue.5
単位数：2 単位
定員制

9.

Kelsen I

その他属性：〈グ〉

10.

Kelsen II

11.

Ost

12.

Debate13.
14.

Presentation I
Presentation II【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Legal theory is a discipline that uses tools, concepts and methods fromphilosophy, sociology, political science, economics and critical studies,in order to study the concepts that are centrals or deemed the mostimportants to talk about Law in a general way : authority, rule, norm,
obligation, and the concept of law itself. But as a specific discipline,
Legal theory’s vocabulary is distinct from the Legal vocabulary, so it istherefore important to be able to understand the texts of the foundersof the discipline among whom we will find Hart, Kelsen, Perelman,
Dworkin, Habermas … and be able to keep the discussion ongoing.
This class will accompany the student into one of the most fundamental
branches of this discussion : How to distinguish what is law and what itshould be ? How do judges, legal practitioners and law professors deal
with their functions and their personal preferences ? And overall, howdoes analytical philosophy of law, one of the most influential positivist
approaches of legal phenomenon, deal with international law and thetension between globalisation and localisation ?
【到達目標】
By the end of the course, students are expected to have acquired:
1. an understanding of the purpose of legal theory
2. an overview of main figures of the discipline
3. analytical tools to understand legal theory texts and contemporary
debates【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、
キャリアデザイン学部： DP1

Biography and bibliography. Law is
not about Obeying authority, It
may be about Accepting it. How do
you accept the rule of international
Law when it doesn’t recognize
people as legal subjects ?
Rule of recognition : internal /external point of view. Primary andsecondary rules.
Hart and international Law.
Municipal approach of Law.
Against reductionism andjusnaturalism. . Imputation andBasic norm
Kelsen and international Law. The
end of “Competence of competence”
Law as a network. From monism topluralism. From pyramid to
network.
Is Law a science ? A Social science? How does analytical philosophy
deal with international law ?
Group report
Group report【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
As a preparation for each class, students will be assigned some readings.
Preparatory study and review time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）
】
None
【参考書】
Herbert L.A. HART, Leslie Green, The Concept of Law 3rd ed, 2012,
Oxford University Press ISBN-13 : 9780199644704 Hans KELSEN,
Pure Theory of Law. Translation from the Second German Edition
by Max Knight, reprint by The Lawbook Exchange, 2009 ISBN-13:
9781584775782. Martti KOSKENNIEMI, From Apology to Utopia: The
Structure of International Legal Argument. 2nd ed, 2006, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press ISBN-13: 9780511493713.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class (including homework and discussions): 50%;
research project: 50% (presentation in class: 20%; written report: 30%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Course contents and slides updated.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Some paper and a pen.

【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes consist in discussion, documents study, and lecture. Students
will be required to apply analytical frameworks they learned duringclass by conducting a research on an author of their choice that will
result in a presentation during the second half of the semester (starting
week 13) and a written report to be submitted at the end of the semester.
This will be performed collectively or individually depending on thenumber of students attending the course. Feedback by peers and the
instructor will be given in class. Course contents will vary depending on
the number of students’ presentations to be performed in class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1.
Introduction
Definitions, Purpose, Perspectives
2.
Is / Ought I
Bentham, Austin : the English
tradition of analytical philosophy.
Being able to say a law is unjust.
Rule of command, and sovereignty
through State’s Competence ofcompetence.
3.
Is / Ought II
Kelsen : the continental approachof analytical philosophy. Biography
and bibliography. Being able todistinguish law and morality.
4.
Is / Ought III
Neo-Jusnaturalism : Lon Fuller,
Alexy’s principle theory.
5.
DebateIs objectivity in law possible ?
Which social practices arecompatible with the legal system?
What is the quality of internationallaw ?

— 257 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1
9.

POL200LA

Social Science B

2016 年度以前入学者

10.

サブタイトル：Japanese Constitutional Case Law : Comparative approach

11.

ガェル

12.

ベッソン

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：金 5/Fri.5
単位数：2 単位定員制

III. Presumption of
constitutionality
IV. Legislative andadministrative
discretion
Debate13.

Human rights
protection
Changes in theJapanese family
structure
Presentation I

14.

Presentation II

その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Constitutional law is now a trans-disciplinary field that connect to every
branches of law, whether it is family law, commercial law, penal law... At
the core of it is the protection of fundamental rights. But, even if one of
the wonders of the Japanese legal system is to provide the texts of thegreat legal decisions in English, the vocabulary that the judge uses tomake or justify his decision can look frightening for the non-specialist.
The class will accompany the student in acquiring the tools to read andunderstand in English, some of the most important constitutional cases
in Japan. We will see the influence of French, German and US doctrines,
and the very specific Japanese ones on Japanese constitutional law,compare with solutions in other countries, and see that, contrary to theidea that Japan is always a country of consensus, that there have beenstrong debates between Justice especially because some defend a very
national concept of Law when the other want to promote human rights
protection with the same standards as others countries do.
【到達目標】
By the end of the course, it is expected that students have acquired :1. Specific vocabulary to be able to read legal decisions.
2. Overview of some of the most important cases in Japan.
3. A robust knowledge of the structural doctrines that ensure or limit
fundamental rights protection.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、
キャリアデザイン学部： DP1

Thayer-Holmes-Franfurter andAshibe argument.
Parricide cases, Pharmaceutical act
case, MacLean case, Tamagushiryocase.
What do you think of fundamental
rights protection in Japan ? In U.S?
Art. 14 of the JapaneseConstitution and the rationality
test.

Example of subjects : Woman andLGBT rights protection...
Nature rights, workers rights …

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
In addition to the research project to be presented in class, students will
be required to prepare the class by familiarizing themselves with the
documents handed out for this purpose. Preparatory study and review
time for this class are 2 hours each.
【テキスト（教科書）】
None. Historical and contemporary cases translations in English will begiven to students.
【参考書】
Shigenori MATSUI, The Constitution of Japan : A Contextual Analysis(Constitutional Systems of the World).
2011, Hart.
ISBN 13
978-1841137926. Hiroshi ITOH, The Supreme Court and Benign Elite
Democracy in Japan, 2020, Routledge, ISBN 13 : 978-0367602680.
Kyoko INOUE, Macarthur’s Japanese Constitution · A Linguistic andCultural Study of Its Making, 1991, University of Chicago, ISBN-13 :978-0226383910【成績評価の方法と基準】
Participation in class (including homework and discussions): 50%;
research project: 50% (presentation in class: 20%; written report: 30%).
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Contents and slides updated.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A pen and some paper.

【授業の進め方と方法】
Classes consist in discussion, documents study, and lecture. Students
will be required to apply analytical frameworks they learned duringclass by conducting a research on an decision or judge of their choice thatwill result in a presentation and a written report to be submitted at theend of the semester. This will be performed collectively or individuallydepending on the number of students attending the course. Feedback bypeers and the instructor will be given in class. Course contents will varydepending on the number of students’ presentations to be performed inclass.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1.
Introduction :Explanation of the class, elements
Judicial power inof the Japanese legal system,Japan
National Police reserve case ;independence of Japanese judges.
2.
Limits of judicial power Sunagawa case; Tomabechi case :I. The political problem avoiding political issues.
3.
II. The divided society
Yonaiyama case : Justices Tanaka
and Mano on the separation of
powers. Infra-state pluralism
theory.
4.
Access to court :Naganuma case / Comparison with
I. The standing to sue
US case law.
5.
II. The mootness
Asahi case, Ienaga case, May day
parade Case.
6.
Debate, (field trip, visit What is the role of the judge ? A
a tribunal) if possible
Supreme court judge ?
to organize due to
COVID restriction.
7.
Judicial review :Nationality act case; Hyakuri case,
I. Purpose and effect
Reapportionment cases. Vote at
Home case.
8.
II. Application of
Mitsubishi resin casefundamentals rights— 258 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

11

サブタイトル：Chemistry for environmental issues

13

Solid, toxic, andhazardous wastes
Water pollution andwater shortage
Energy and fuels

西村

14

Final test

BSC200LA

Natural Science B

2016 年度以前入学者

直美

12What do we do with thewastes?
The basic chemistry of natural
water.
Current energy system andalternative energy sources.
Overall review.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
After each class, students are expected to spend time
understanding each topic.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
One of the most pressing issues the Earth is facing isenvironmental problems. Such environmental problems areuniversal issues, so all the people on the earth should cooperate
to solve these problems. At the beginning of this course,
each environmental problem will be focused from the chemical
viewpoint. Then, the students with different backgrounds will
delve into the matters. The ultimate goal of this course isthat we think about these problems deeply by sharing possible
solutions with each other.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is for students to lean environmental
problems through chemistry.
The objective 1) entirely
environmental problems in the world; 2) to learn them you
understand basic chemistry; 3) they think about solving theimminent problems by themselves.

【テキスト（教科書）】
None. Reading materials will be distributed as needed.
【参考書】
None.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation (20%), Weekly assignment (40%), minitests (20%), final examination (20%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students often say that chemistry is hard!
chemistry as clearly as possible.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
none【none】
none【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP2、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will be tested on their knowledge of chemistry at
the beginning of the course, and the contents for the first
three weeks of the course will be decided, based on the test
results. After that, many different environmental problems are
explained each week.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction
Overview of the course andexplanation of someterminology. Test yourchemistry level.
2
Basic chemistry 1
Learning the chemical skills to
study this course.
3
Basic chemistry 2
Learning the chemical skills to
study this course.
4
Mini test-1
Review learning.
5
Environmental
Small topics of environmental
problems overview
problems.
6
Ozone holes
Stratospheric air chemistry.
Especially ozone holes.
7
Air pollution
Tropospheric air chemistry
and effect of air pollution on
our health.
8Greenhouse effect
Climates change
9Greenhouse effectWatching DVD about climatesDVDchange.
10
Mini test-2
Review learning.

— 259 —

I try to teachグローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

HSS200LA

Health and Physical Education

2016 年度以前入学者

サブタイトル：

武井敦彦

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：月 1/Mon.1
単位数：2 単位定員制
その他属性：〈グ〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The purpose of this course is to deepen students’ understandingof the significance and role of physical activity and to foster
the acquisition of essential knowledge and attitudes that
contribute to the maintenance and promotion of physical,
mental, and social health and self-management throughout life
through lectures and practical training.
【到達目標】
By the end of the course, students should be able to do thefollowings:
1.Deepen understanding of the significance and role of physicalactivity from various perspectives.
2.Acquire the ability to use sports activities to establish aprosperous and healthy student and social life.
3.Acquire basic knowledge and develop attitudes that contribute to self-management.
4.To acquire the ability to demonstrate leadership andsolve problems through communication with others, which isconsidered to be extremely important for playing an active rolein the real world after graduation.
5.Aim to acquire various skills that lead to the developmentof employment ability (ability to build relationships of trust,
ability to act jointly, etc.).
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP3、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
If the Method(s) is changed, we will announce the details of any
changes.
Students are expected to be in good physical condition before
attending the class so that they will not have any physical ormental problems during the physical activities in the class.
In addition, students are expected to follow the lecture’s
instructions in charge of the class regarding assignments to bedone after class and preparations for the next class.
This class has comprised both lectures and practical lessons,and students are expected to learn and understand elementary
health and physical education. Also, the class schedule may bechanged due to COVID-19 and the university guidelines.
Due to the coronavirus pandemic, if too many students areregistered for this class, we may have to choose students via
random selection to avoid a large group gathering. Further
details of this will be announced through Hoppii before the first
lesson starts.
When students submit reaction papers, the teacher willcomment or give feedback on those reaction papers at the
beginning of the next session.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Guidance
Introduction of the course, 1st
Presentation (Lecture)2
Physical Fitness
Implementing of the physicalTestfitness test
(Practical
Lesson）
3
Learning the
Building the relationship with
Individual Sports 1 classmates through badminton(Practical Lesson）
4
Learning the
Facilitating the mutual
Individual Sports 2 understanding withclassmates through badminton(Practical Lessons)5
Learning the
Building the relationship with
Individual Sports 3 classmates through table
tennis (Practical Lesson）
6
Learning the
Facilitating mutual
Individual Sports 4 understanding withclassmates through table
tennis (Practical Lessons)7
Strength &Implementing and collecting
Conditioning 1
the data of the strength andconditioning (Practical Lesson)
8
Strength &Learning the theory ofConditioning 2
strength and conditioning(Lecture)
9
Learning the Team Building the relationship withSports 1classmates through the futsal(Practical Lesson）
10
Learning the Team Facilitating the mutualSports 2
understanding withclassmates through the futsal(Practical Lesson）
11
Health & Fitness 1 Leaning the proper physicalfunction to improve the QOL(quality of life)（Lecture）
12
Health & Fitness 2 Implementing the stability
and mobility exercises(Practical Lesson）
13
Learning the
Learning the basic principle
Warm-Upsand implementing the proper
warm-ups, 2nd Presentation(Lecture & Practical Lesson)
14
Summarizing theOverview of the course andCoursecompile a report (Lecture)【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
This class’s standard preparatory study and review time is
2 hours each. The purpose of this class is to understandthat sports activities contribute to the promotion of physicaland mental health and interpersonal relationships throughlectures and practical training. Therefore, record the timespent on daily physical activity, meals, sleep time, etc., lookback on the contents, and record the effects and future tasks.
Also, get in the habit of looking at various sports-related
information sent from TV, newspapers, the Web, etc. This work
will deepen your understanding of the contents of this class.
【テキスト（教科書）】No textbook will be used.
【参考書】
Reference books may be introduced as and if necessary.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Your overall grade in the class will be decided based on thefollowing.
1. Participation status for activities during class / Reaction
paper 60%,
2. Assignments / Reports 40%.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No— 260 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

In principle, this grade evaluation method is used, andstudents who have difficulty in normal activities will be treatedand evaluated individually.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None (due to a newly appointed teacher).
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
1. Students must bring their proper sportswear and indoor
shoes for practical lessons.
2. Students must bring their own personal computer or mobile
device to create and submit assignments.
【その他の重要事項】
1. The order and content of each class can be changed/modified
due to the number of participants and available facilities, aswell as the situation of COVID-19 and university guidelines.
2. This class is planned to be held offline (face to face);
therefore, please follow the university guidelines carefully
when participating in classes (e.g., sanitizing your hands before
participation).
3. If students have any issues, including health, before, during,
and after the class, students must inform their condition to theteacher.

— 261 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

8

LANe300LA

教養ゼミⅠ

2017 年度以降入学者

9

LASSEGARD JAMES

10

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：2 単位
定員制（15 名）

11

その他属性：〈他〉〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This intermediate to advanced course examines various
aspects of Japanese society (education, economy, foreign
immigrants, etc.) using mostly materials (news items) written
by non-Japanese writers. The purpose of the course is to enable
students to think deeply about important societal issues that
affect them and to give students the opportunity to discussthem in English.
【到達目標】
This intermediate to advanced English course (Level 4)
examines various important issues in modern Japanese society.
Students will learn about different societal problems facing
Japan and to give their own opinion in English.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1

12
13
14

Mid-semester
Review
School education
related Issues
Educational
Issues:Conformity
and Ijime
School education:
the struggle forforeign language
aquisition
Various topics

Midterm Essay due.
Review of writing assignments
Readings and discussion

Reading, discussion & debate

Students presentations andfeedback
Final papers submitted

Nationalism inJapan
Course wrap up:
Hand back final papers
Pursuit of happinessand life satisfaction【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Readings must be done prior to class sessions. Students are
responsible for looking up unfamiliar vocabulary and preparing
answers for discussion questions.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review should
be around an hour a week for a one-credit course【テキスト（教科書）】No required textbook. Reading materials will be provided by
the instructor.
【参考書】
Students should have a good English-Japanese dictionary
either in paper or electronic format to use both in and outsideof class.

【授業の進め方と方法】
This course is conducted entirely in English. English readings(newspaper and magazine articles) on Japan written by mostly
foreign writers, as well as other media, will be assigned prior to
every class. Class sessions may include lecture, comprehension
check, small and large group discussions, group debates and a
final presentation by students.
Feedback to students is provided on written work as well as
during class.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated partly their willingness to express
themselves in both spoken and written English.
Class Participation: 30%
Midterm essay and Final report: 60%
Presentation (not graded): 10%
Attendance Policy: Students can miss no more than threeclasses per semester without a good reason (illness, emergency,etc). Coming to late class more than twice=one absence.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students should have some prior experience writing essays
and/or reports in English, Students will be doing short debatesin groups.

【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction:
Self-introductions, course
Defining Quality of explanation, placement test
Life and Happiness2
Japanese university Reading and discussion
education andstudent ability
3
The economy,
Reading and discussion
careers and the job
hunting of
University Students
4
Gender issues:
Reading and discussion
exploring the lowbirthrate in Jaapn
5
Gender Part II: the Reading,discussion and debaterole of women in
Japanese society
6
Multicultural
Reading and discussion
Japan: accepting
foreign immigrants
7
Immigration in
Reading and discussion, andJapan (II)debate【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Students should have a good dictionary (paper or electronic)
and a file folder for keeping handout materials and notes.
【その他の重要事項】
Students are allowed up to 3 unexcused absences. One
more absence may be permitted if verification is provided.(jobhunting, etc)
In general, auditing the course (聴 講) is not allowed andstudents must register for course credit Students may choose
to audit the course after receiving approval from the instructor.
International (ESOP)Students are also welcome to enroll inthis course if they have sufficient English proficiency.
【Outline (in English)】Issues in Modern Japanese Society: This intermediate toadvanced course examines various aspects of Japanese society(education, economy, immigrants, etc.) using mostly materials
written by non-Japanese writers.The purpose of the course is toenable students to think deeply about important societal issues
that affect them and to give students the opportunity to discussthem in English.Students will have the opportunity to choose
what individual topics interest them the most.

— 262 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

7

LANe300LA

教養ゼミⅡ

2017 年度以降入学者
8

LASSEGARD JAMES
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：2 単位
定員制（15 名）

9

その他属性：〈他〉〈グ〉〈優〉

10【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This intermediate to advanced level course examines various
aspects of Japanese society (education, economy, foreign immigrants, etc.) using mostly materials written by non-Japanesewriters. The purpose of the course is to enable students
to think deeply about important societal issues that affectthem and to give students the opportunity to discuss themin English.Students will also have the opportunity to choose
which topics they wish to study and discuss in class.
【到達目標】
Students will be able to improve their academic speaking andwriting skills as a result of participation in this course.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1、人間環境学部： DP2、キャリアデザイン学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This course is conducted entirely in English. English readings(newspaper articles, etc) from mostly foreign writers will beassigned prior to every class. Class sessions will includelecture,small and big group discussions, occasional debates
and final presentations by students.Readings and topics maychange somewhat based on the preference and convenience ofclass members.
Course feedback will be provided in class and on written
assignments, as well as through Google Classroom or anothersystem. Students may correspond with the instructor via
e-mail.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Introduction: How
Reading and discussion
to affect societal
change withcreation andrevision of policy
2
How Japan is
Reading and discussion
viewed overseas
3Japan as viewed
Reading, video, & discussion
overseas (II)4
Nationalism in
Reading,discussion & debate
Japan: defining
xenophobia
5
Nationalism in
Reading, discussion & debate
Japan(II): theso-called "insular"
student
6
The declining
Midterm reflection paper due
bithrate: youth
trends in Japan

11
12

13

14

Youth trends (II):the decline ofmarriage
Japanese belief
systems: Where dovalues come from?
Belief systems (II):Spiritulity andorganized religion
Death by Overwork:
Made in Japan?
Overwork Suicide:
A National Crisis
Various topics

Is Japan’s Economy
getting worse? The
Declinist Debate
Healthy life-workbalance: A review

Return midterm essay; lecture
on improving writing
Reading and discussion

Readings, discussion anddebateLecture, readings, video &discussion
Reading, discussion & debate
Students’individual
presentations and classfeedback
Final papers(reports) due

Return final reports &Semester Wrap up【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students must come prepared to class by doing the assigned
readings, looking up unfamiliar vocabulary words, etc.
Students are expected to already know how to write a
simple essay,including paragraph writing,introduction, bodyand conclusion.
Approximately two hours each week will be necessary for outof class study time.
【テキスト（教科書）】
There is no textbook for this course. Instructor will provide
reading materials each week.
【参考書】
Students should have a good English-Japanese dictionary,either paper or electronic and bring it to class every week.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on their understanding of thematerial as well as their ability to express themselves in bothspoken and written English.
Class Participation: 30%
Midterm and Final Papers: 60%
Presentation: 10% (not graded)
Attendance Policy: Students cannot be absent more than threetimes to earn credit for this course.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
More opportunities for student debate will be incorporated intoclassroom activities, depending on the numbers of students
who enroll.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Student should have a good dictionary and a file folder for
keeping all class handouts and notes.
【その他の重要事項】
Attendance is very important. Students who have more than
3 unexcused absences may not receive credit for this course.
One additional excused absence may be permitted if proper
verification is provided (for job hunting, etc).
Students should have some experience in writing essays orreports in English.
Students may enroll in this course only for fall semester if they
wish.
International students (ESOP) are welcome to enroll in thiscourse.
Students wishing to audit（聴講）the course may do so with thepermission of the instructor.

— 263 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Outline (in English)】This intermediate to advanced English course (Level 4)
examines various important issues in modern Japanese society.
Students will learn about different societal problems facing
Japan and and will be able to exercise critical thinking to giveand clarify their opinions in English.

— 264 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200LA

English Reading and VocabularyⅠ2017 年度以降入学者

ウォルター・カズマー
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（36 名）
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will learn English using 4 skill areas (speaking,listening, reading, and writing). Discussion and short essay
writing skills will be focused on.
【到達目標】
Students will read and learn 5-10 new vocabulary items perclass.
Students will also acquire ability to handle discussions aboutsome text topics related to economic, political, and current
events related issues【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Skimming, scanning, reading for detail, reading for deep
comprehension, taking dictations with cloze exercises, androle-plays based on new vocabulary.
Feedback will be given in Google classroom comments, via
email or in feedback sessions in Zoom classes.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face回
テーマ
内容
Introduction
Present basic goals Cover syllabus and basic
ground rules for regularof course with
examples.
classes and tests.
Keeping the social
Examining social goals for
Sustainablepeace
societies. Exploring culturalcommubonds.
nitiesI
Sustainable
Social peace
Deepening understanding of
comsocial boundaries and possible
muconflcts.
nitiesII
Dilemmas
Tourists and value
How tourism affects our lives
fora they bring toin both positive and negative
respon- societies
ways.
sible
touristI
Dilemmas
New trends ofPonder tourism negatives andfora tourism
positive outcomes
responsible
touristII

Protecting
Protecting ourworld
cultural artifacts
heritageI
Protecting
Looking at historicalworld
buildings and theherevents they show
itage
II
No
Engineered food andmorepossible
Baconsequences
nanas
I
No
Scientists develop
morestrains and their
Bagoalsnanas
II
Blowing Corruption and its
whisproblems
tles
I
Blowing Witness towhisgovernment waste
tles
II
BreakingBad laws
the lawI
BreakingWell meaning laws
the lawI
SummaryTaking at look at
useful words
learnedHow buildings are preserved
and design shows our history

Why are these buildings
important for rememberinghistory?

Quiz 1
Researching food sources andwhy variety is important

Science and its end goals andhow they might ruin ourhealthLooking at corporate problems
and how difficult they are tosolve
Trying to eliminate waste

Examining when do you havean obligation to protest
Quiz 2
Researching laws that don’t
cover all circumstances
Reviewing useful vocabulary
and its parameters【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Some reading and vocabulary review.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Issues that matter - KinseidoISBN 9784764740617 or 1921082018006
【参考書】
N/A
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation 33%
Homework 34%
Review quizzes 33%
For all English courses on Ichigaya campus, the guideline is asfollows: “In principle, no more than 3 absences per term areallowed.”【学生の意見等からの気づき】
N/A【学生が準備すべき機器他】
English to English dictionary or web dictionary, paper,smartphone or PC【その他の重要事項】
Contact email
kasmersensei@gmail.com
orwalter.kasmer.y4@hosei.ac.jp【Outline (in English)】Students will learn English using 4 skill areas (speaking,listening, reading, and writing). Discussion and short essay
writing skills will be focused on.

— 265 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200LA

English Reading and VocabularyⅡ2017 年度以降入学者

ウォルター・カズマー
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（36 名）
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will learn English using four skill areas (listening,speaking, writing, and reading). Students will focus on
improving discussion and short essay writing.
【到達目標】
Students will read and learn 5-10 new vocabulary items perclass.
Students will acquire discussion skills to handle discussions
about economic, political, and current events topics.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1

Protesting
Handling protests
II
Fake
Where does fakenews
news come from?
Fake
Social media andnews II fake news
review Review courseof unit themes
questionsI
review Review courseof unit themesissuesandSummary

Why people protest and how
governments handle it
Talking about fake vs realnews
Why social media is full of it
Discussions of unit themes

Discuss course related themes.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Prepare presentation material and review vocabulary lists.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Issues that matter- KinseidoISBN 978-4-7647-4061-7
【参考書】
N/A

【授業の進め方と方法】
Skimming, scanning, reading for detail, reading for deep
comprehension,
taking dictations with cloze exercises, and role-plays
based on new vocabulary.
Feedback will be given in Google classroom comments, via
email or feedback sessions in Zoom classes.

【成績評価の方法と基準】
Class participation 33%
Homework 34%
Quizzes 33%
For all English courses on Ichigaya campus, the guideline is asfollows: “In principle, no more than 3 absences per term areallowed.”【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Require more use of English by students【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No【学生が準備すべき機器他】
English to English dictionary or web dictionary, paper, writing
instrument【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face回
テーマ
内容
Introduction
Present basic goals Cover syllabus and basic
ground rules for regularof course with
examples.
classes and tests.
Food
Food politics
How do we get our food?
politics
Sourcing our food
Positives and negatives ofFoodpolitics
climate change on foodIIsourcing
Food
Food and its effects Look at how inequalities affectinon society
our food
equalityI
Recyclingrecycling andShow and discuss government
government
regulations that try to reduce
regulation
waste
RecyclingCovering aspects of Looking at waste usage
IIstructure and use ofwaste
Blowing Whistle blowing vsHow whistle blowing affects us
whisleaking
tles
Blowing Consequences ofGovernment actions vs leaking
whisleaking
tles II
II
Protesting
Protesting
Reasons why people protest【その他の重要事項】
Contact email
kasmersensei@gmail.com
orwalter.kasmer.y4@hosei.ac.jp【Outline (in English)】Students will learn English using four skill areas (listening,speaking, writing, and reading). Students will focus on
improving discussion and short essay writing.

— 266 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200LA

English Reading and VocabularyⅠ

6

Unit 6

7
8

Midterm
Unit 7

9

Unit 8

10

Unit 911

Unit 10

12

Unit 11

13

Unit 12

14

Final exam2017 年度以降入学者

ERIC J RITTER
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（36 名）
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will improve their reading skills and vocabularyknowledge. Each lesson will be divided into learning new
vocabulary and then practicing it via pair and group work. The
vocabulary will be used in the readings that follow.
【到達目標】
1. Students will understand and utilize the writing process ofplanning, writing, and re-writing.
2. They will learn to understand the gist, details of shortarticles they read and summarize a magazine article.
3. Students will improve their reading speed and increase their
vocabulary knowledge.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
This will be an online class so students should be prepared touse Zoom. Students will learn new vocabulary from textbook
and reinforce it via discussion and readings. Feedback will begiven in class and via Google classroom.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Unit 1
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
2
Unit 2
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
3
Unit 3
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
4
Unit 4
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
5
Unit 5
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.

Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Feedback
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Homework: prepare for final
exam.
feedback【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and aroundan hour a week for a one-credit course. Students will study
vocabulary on Quizlet and read articles.
【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Nation: 4000 Essentials Words Book 4 (2nd edition).
Perfect Paperback【参考書】
Book and Quizlet should be studied.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
50% quizzes and exams
25% writing exercises using new words
25% effort and participation
No more than 3 absences or missed assignments are allowed.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
No feedback【学生が準備すべき機器他】
Internet enabled device to participate in class with Zoom.
Students should also be familiar with Google classroom andHoppii.
【Outline (in English)】Students will improve their reading skills and vocabularyknowledge. Each lesson will be divided into learning new
vocabulary and then practicing it via pair and group work. The
vocabulary will be used in the readings that follow.

— 267 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200LA

English Reading and VocabularyⅡ

7

Unit 198
9Midterm Exam
Unit 20

10

Unit 21

11

Unit 22

12

Unit 23

13

Unit 24

14

Final Exam2017 年度以降入学者

ERIC J RITTER
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（36 名）
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Students will improve their reading skills and vocabularyknowledge. Each lesson will be divided into learning new
vocabulary and then practicing it via pair and group work. The
vocabulary will be used in the readings that follow.
【到達目標】
1. They will learn to understand the gist, details of shortarticles they read and summarize a magazine article.
2. Students will improve their reading speed and increase their
vocabulary knowledge.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will learn new vocabulary from textbook andreinforce it via discussion and readings. Feedback will be given
in class and via Google classroom.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Unit 13
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
2
Unit 14
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
3
Unit 15
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
4
Unit 16
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
5
Unit 17
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
6
Unit 18
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion

Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Feedback
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Learn new vocabulary.
Reading story.
Answer Reading
Comprehension.
Group Discussion
Review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hour a week for a two-credit class for a 2 hour classand 1 hour a week for a 1 hour class. Students will study
vocabulary on Quizlet and read articles for homework before
class.
【テキスト（教科書）】Paul Nation: 4000 Essentials Words Book 4 (2nd edition).
Perfect Paperback
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
50% quizzes and exams
25% writing exercises using new words
25% effort and participation
In principle, no more than 3 absences are allowed.
Feedback will be given in class and via Google classroom.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【Outline (in English)】Students will improve their reading skills and vocabularyknowledge. Each lesson will be divided into learning new
vocabulary and then practicing it via pair and group work. The
vocabulary will be used in the readings that follow.

— 268 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

Class 6 Health 2

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者

Class 7 Customs 1

PAUL K KALLENDER
Class 8 Customs 2
Mid-Term Writing
Test
Class 9 Food 1

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 2/Tue.2
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This is a pre-intermediate course focused on writing skills
but also containing reading, aimed at using a CLIL approach
toward building key basic writing skills, including the ability towrite paragraphs and articles on topics using correct grammar
and logical narrative structure. There will also be some chance
to discuss the topics written about in the class.
【到達目標】
Students are expected to advance both their writing skills andalso their reading skills, particularly however extra emphasis
will be placed on writing skills.
Students are expected to
1. Improve their basic grammar
2. Develop the ability to write increasingly complex sentences
3. Understand and improve their ability to write paragraphs
4. Understand how to combine paragraphs to form coherent
narratives
5.
Improve not only their vocabulary but also cultural
knowledge【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Each week students will read a topic, answer vocabulary
questions on it, write sentences on the topic, study several
grammar points, practice those grammar points, and write
short paragraphs on the topic. There will also be chances totalk about each week’s topic.
The instructor will check the completion of student work,
especially writing, in class. The instructor will give verbal
feedback and make corrections to student work during eachclass. If the students have any difficulties, they may contact
the instructor via the email address provided.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Class 1 Introduction and
Skills: The sentence,
general outline ofcapitalization; writing about
the course: Special
holidays.
days
Class 2 Birthdays around
Skills: The paragraph; writing
the world:
about your birthday.
Class 3 Places 1
Skills: Adjectives; writing
about a city.
Class 4 Places 2
Skills: Comparative &superlative adjectives; writing
about Japan.
Class 5 Health 1
Skills: Using when; writing
about sleep habits.

Class
10

Food 2

Class
11
Class
12
Class
13

Inventors & their
Inventions 1
Inventors & their
Inventions 2
Amazing People 1

Class
14

Amazing People 2
End-of-Term
Writing Test

Skills: Adverbs; writing about
laughing.
Skills: Countable &uncountable nouns; writing
about a special day.
Prepositions and prepositional
phrases; writing about a meal.
Mid-Term Writing Test
Skills: Instructions; writing
about favorite food.
Skills: The pronouns it andthen: writing about a favorite
drink.
Skills: Using as … as …;
writing about technology.
Skills: Using too and very
Skills: Questions andPrepositions; writing about aclassmate.
Skills: Writing about
someone’s life, different waysof expressing time.
End-of-Term Writing Test

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、合わせて 1 時間を標準とします。
/University guidelines suggest preparation and review should
be around an hour a week for a one-credit course.
Students are expected to review and learn any unfamiliar
vocabulary or grammar covered in the class and to preview
vocabulary and grammar for the upcoming lesson.
Inparticular, students are to review their paragraph writing
assignments and prepare for the mid-term and end-of-term
formal writing tasks so that their grammar, syntax, andnarrative structure are at the appropriate level.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Required Textbook:
Milada Broukal, Weaving It Together 1 (Fourth Edition),
Cengage Learning. ISBN 978-1-305-25164-9【参考書】
Supplied by the Instructor【成績評価の方法と基準】
Mid-Semester Exam: 25%
This will be a timed writing exercise submitted to Hoppi
Final Exam: 25%
This will be a timed writing exercise submitted to Hoppi
In-Class Performance: 50%
This will be a textbook completion check and review***Students please note: No more than 3 absences per term
are allowed.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【学生が準備すべき機器他】
1. Each student should bring a B5 notebook, sharp pencil, anderaser, and have an electronic dictionary ready.
2. The instructor will explain vocabulary upon request if
another student does not know the answer.
3. The use of smartphones for social media, etc. not related tothe academic work in the class is strictly prohibited.
【その他の重要事項】
1. Please address me as Mr. Kallender
2. Please always state your first name, family name, class
name, and period name.
For Example:
Dear Mr. Kallender,
My name is Taro Suzuki.
I am a student in (Writing)(7)A— 269 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

I could not attend today / cannot attend tomorrow (etc.)
because of a fever.
I will bring a medical certificate next week.
【Outline (in English)】
Building on the English language skills acquired in priorrequired courses, students will work on developing the typeof language skills they will need to begin to write steadily
more advanced, grammatically correct sentences and small (5paragraph, 700-word) articles.

— 270 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

Class 4 Food 2

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅱ

2017 年度以降入学者

PAUL K KALLENDER
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：火 2/Tue.2
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）

Class 5 Celebrations andSpecial Days 1

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
Moving on from the first semester this course continues to use
the same CLIL approach toward building key basic writing
skills, including the ability to write paragraphs and articles on
topics using correct grammar and logical narrative structure.
There will also be some chance to discuss the topics written
about in the class.

Class 6 Celebrations andSpecial Days 2【到達目標】
Building on the English language skills acquired in priorrequired courses, students will work on developing the typeof language skills they will need to begin to write steadily
more advanced, grammatically correct sentences and small (5paragraph, 700-word) articles.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Each week students will read a topic, answer vocabulary
questions on it, write sentences on the topic, study several
grammar points, practice those grammar points, and write
short paragraphs on the topic. There will also be chances totalk about each week’s topic.
The instructor will check the completion of student work,
especially writing, in class. The instructor will give verbal
feedback and make corrections to student work during eachclass. If the students have any difficulties, they may contact
the instructor via the email address provided.

Class 7 Amazing People 1

Class 8 Amazing People 2Class 9 Nature Attacks! 1【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Class 1 Course Introduction READING 1
and Topic: Your
Right Brain, Left Brain
Personality
SKILLS The Paragraph |Capitalization
Rules | The Title
Class 2 Your Personality 2
READING 1
Right Brain, Left Brain
SKILLS The Paragraph |Capitalization
Rules | The Title
Class 3 Food 1
READING 1
Live a Little: Eat Potatoes!
WRITING 1
SKILLS The Topic Sentence
PRACTICE Writing about foodor drink

Class
10

Nature Attacks! 2

Class
11

Inventions 1— 271 —READING 2
Bugs, Rats, and Other Tasty
DishesWRITING 2
SKILLS Supporting Sentences|
Concluding Sentences
PRACTICE Writing about aspecial food
SKILLS Supporting Sentences|
Concluding Sentences
PRACTICE Writing about aspecial food
READING 2
Celebrating a Fifteenth
BirthdayWRITING 2
SKILLS Main and Dependent
Clauses |Writing a Dependent Clause
withbefore or after
PRACTICE Writing about acelebration
READING 1
Barrington Irving’s Dream to
Fly
WRITING 1
SKILLS Unity | Irrelevant
Sentences
PRACTICE Writing about thequalities ofa person or a pet
Writing Test 1
READING 2
The Fearless Fiennes
WRITING 2
SKILLS Introducing Examples
PRACTICE Writing about apersonLightning
WRITING 1
SKILLS Writing a Narrative
Paragraphwith Time Words | The
Comma (,)
with Time and Place
Expressions
PRACTICE Writing about afrightening
experience
READING 2
Chasing Storms
WRITING 2
SKILLS Introducing Reasons
withbecause
PRACTICE Writing about
dangerous
weatherREADING 1
The GoPro Camera
WRITING 1
SKILLS Introducing Effects
with soand therefore
PRACTICE Writing about aninvention

グローバル・オープン科目

Class
12

Inventions 2

Class
13

Customs andTraditions 1

Class
14

Customs andTraditions 2

発行日：2023/5/1

READING 2
What’s in a Name?
WRITING 2
SKILLS Writing Business
Letters
PRACTICE Writing a business
letterREADING 1
Flowers, Dishes, and Dresses
WRITING 1
SKILLS Comparing andContrasting |Showing Contrast withhowever |Showing Similarity withsimilarly
and likewise
PRACTICE Writing about
wedding
customs
Writing Test 2
READING 2
What’s in a Name?
WRITING 2
SKILLS Writing Business
Letters
PRACTICE Writing a business
letter【学生が準備すべき機器他】
1. Each student should bring a B5 notebook, sharp pencil, anderaser, and have an electronic dictionary ready.
2. The instructor will explain vocabulary upon request if
another student does not know the answer.
3. The use of smartphones for social media, etc. not related tothe academic work in the class is strictly prohibited.
【その他の重要事項】
1. Please address me as Mr. Kallender
2. Please always state your first name, family name, class
name, and period name.
For Example:
Dear Mr. Kallender,
My name is Taro Suzuki.
I am a student in (Writing)(7) Ｂ
I could not attend today / cannot attend tomorrow (etc.)
because of a fever.
I will bring a medical certificate next week.
【Outline (in English)】
Building on the English language skills acquired in priorrequired courses, students will work on developing the typeof language skills they will need to begin to write steadily
more advanced, grammatically correct sentences and small (5paragraph, 700-word) articles.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
本授業の準備学習・復習時間は、合わせて 1 時間を標準とします。
/University guidelines suggest preparation and review should
be around an hour a week for a one-credit course.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review should
be around an hour a week for a one-credit course. This is a
one-credit course. Each class has a pre-reading assignment for
homework and students are expected to discuss their answers
in the following class. Students should make a note of unknown
words or expressions in a B-5 notebook.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Milada Broukal, Weaving It Together 2, 4th Edition,
センゲージ ラーニング株式会社
ISBN: 978-1-305-25165-6【参考書】
Will be supplied by the instructor【成績評価の方法と基準】
Mid-Semester Exam
20%
This is a practical writing class. Students are expected tocomplete, in class, an initial timed writing test comprising ofa composition of one or several paragraphs, in which they are
expected to demonstrate their understanding of the grammar
and syntax taught. This will be a timed writing exercise
submitted to Hoppi
Final Exam
20%
Students are expected to complete, in class, an initial timed
writing test comprising a composition of at least threeparagraphs, in which they are expected to demonstrate theirunderstanding of the grammar and syntax taught.
In-Class Performance
50%
This class consists of the filling in of many sentences of writing,offering sustained writing practice. Students are expected tocomplete all assigned tasks demonstrating an understandingof the grammar and syntax being practiced while writing
complete sentences. There are two textbook inspections, one
during the mid-term, and one during the end-of-term test.
Other criteria10%***Students please note: No more than 3 absences per term
are allowed.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
No changes— 272 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

Unit
3b

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者

MARK D BURNS

Unit
4a

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）

Unit
4b

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The primary objective of this class is to develop basic
paragraph writing skills. The course provides practice inwriting, structuring and ordering paragraphs in clear communicative English. Students will compose short 2-paragraph to
5-paragraph papers on a wide range of subjects and purposes.
【到達目標】
This subject aims to equip learners with the basics of written
communication in English. It will help learners become
familiar with clear paragraph structure. Starting from writing
short 2-paragraph papers, students will finally be able to write
longer well-structured 5-paragraph pieces.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
In this subject, classes will be conducted in English and will
cover each unit of the textbook. Supplementary activities
will be provided to increase familiarity with frequently used,
but non-specific, academic language. Students will read andcritique each others’ essays and learn from the strengths ofthe best papers selected by the class. This will be done
anonymously to prevent any embarrassment.
Individual
feedback will be provided.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Orientation
Overview of theOverview of Academic Writing
course and warm up I subject and explaining rules
for assignment submissions
and how the best assignments
will be selected.
Unit
Writing a paragraph Prewriting preparation,
1aabout mebrainstorming main ideas, how
to write expository paragraphs
and topic sentences
Unit
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
1b
assignment 1
paper. Focusing on paragraphformatUnit
Writing a paragraph Prewriting preparation,
2aabout anotherbrainstorming main ideas, how
students possible
to write logical conclusions
careerUnit
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
2b
assignment 2
paper. Focusing on the use of
conjunctions
Unit
Writing a paragraph Prewriting preparation,
3aabout your partner’s brainstorming main ideas, how
future successto support topic sentences withfacts and examples

Unit
5a

Unit
5b
Unit
6a

Unit
6b
Endterm
assignment

Analysis of written
assignment 3

Reading and selecting best
paper. Focusing on direct andindirect speech
Writing a paragraph preparation, brainstorming
about an invention
main ideas, how to write
definition paragraphs andattention getters
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
assignment 4
paper. Focusing on avoiding
repetition
Writing a paragraph Prewriting preparation,
about an important brainstorming main ideas, how
event in your life
to write cause-and-effect andintroductory paragraphs
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
assignment 5
paper. Focusing on
cause-and-effect words
Writing a paragraph Prewriting preparation,
about an exciting
brainstorming main ideas, how
destination
to write process paragraphs
and make suggestions
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
assignment 6
paper. Focusing on using
modifiers
Final assignment
Final assignment feedback
feedback【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to edit, type up and print out a written
assignment once every 2 weeks.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Writing from Within 2 (2nd Edition) Curtis Kelly and Arlen
Gargagliano Cambridge University Press ISBN 978-0-52118834-0【参考書】
A good Japanese-English dictionary【成績評価の方法と基準】
Assessment will consist of in-class participation (40%), 7
written assignments (60%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Supplementary activities have been added to increase familiarity with frequently used, but non-specific, academic language.
Students can participate via Zoom in emergencies.
【その他の重要事項】
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
【Outline (in English)】
The primary objective of this class is to develop basic
paragraph writing skills. The course provides practice inwriting, structuring and ordering paragraphs in clear communicative English. Students will compose short 2-paragraph to
5-paragraph papers on a wide range of subjects and purposes.

— 273 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅱ

Unit
9b

Analysis of written
assignment 9

Unit
10a

Unit
11b

Writing acomposition about
your own dorm
designAnalysis of written
assignment 10
Writing acomposition about
an important person
in your life
Analysis of written
assignment 11

Unit
12a

Writing a
newspaper article

Unit
12b

Analysis of written
assignment 122017 年度以降入学者

MARK D BURNS
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：木 3/Thu.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）

Unit
10b
Unit
11a

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The primary objective of this class is to further develop basic
paragraph writing skills. The course provides practice inwriting, structuring and ordering paragraphs in clear communicative English. Students will compose short 2-paragraph to
5-paragraph papers on a wide range of subjects and purposes.
【到達目標】
This subject aims to equip learners with the basics of written
communication in English. It will help learners become
familiar with clear paragraph structure. Starting from writing
short 2-paragraph papers, students will finally be able to write
longer well-structured 5-paragraph pieces.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
In this subject, classes will be conducted in English and will
cover each unit of the textbook. Supplementary activities
will be provided to increase familiarity with frequently used,
but non-specific, academic language. Students will read andcritique each others’ essays and learn from the strengths ofthe best papers selected by the class. This will be done
anonymously to prevent any embarrassment.
Individual
feedback will be provided.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Orientation
Overview of theOverview of Academic Writing
course and warm up II subject and explaining rules
for assignment submissions
and how the best assignments
will be selected.
Unit
Writing a researchPrewriting preparation,
7areport about yourbrainstorming main ideas, howclassmatesto write classification andconcluding paragraphs
Unit
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
7b
assignment 7
paper. Focusing on
punctuation
Unit
Writing an article
Prewriting preparation,
8aabout good and bad brainstorming main ideas, howinterviewto write comparison andtechniques
contrast paragraphs
Unit
Analysis of written Reading and selecting best
8b
assignment 8
paper. Focusing on giving
adviceUnit
Writing a letter toPrewriting preparation,
9ayour future self
brainstorming main ideas, howabout your goals
to write persuasive paragraphs

EndFinal assignment
term
assignment

Reading and selecting best
paper. Focusing on parallel
construction
Prewriting preparation,
brainstorming main ideas, how
to write division paragraphs
Reading and selecting best
paper. Focusing on articles
Prewriting preparation,
brainstorming main ideas, how
to link paragraphs
Reading and selecting best
paper. Focusing on
subject-verb agreement
Prewriting preparation,
brainstorming main ideas, how
to write in objective,
persuasive or entertaining
stylesReading and selecting best
paper. Focusing on verb
variety
Analysis of end-term
assignments【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students are expected to edit, type up and print out a written
assignment once every 2 weeks.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Writing from Within 2 (2nd Edition) Curtis Kelly and Arlen
Gargagliano Cambridge University Press ISBN 978-0-52118834-0【参考書】
A good Japanese-English dictionary【成績評価の方法と基準】
Assessment will consist of in-class participation (40%), 7
written assignments (60%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Supplementary activities have been added to increase familiarity with frequently used, but non-specific, academic language.
Students can participate via Zoom in emergencies.
【その他の重要事項】
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
【Outline (in English)】
The primary objective of this class is to further develop basic
paragraph writing skills. The course provides practice inwriting, structuring and ordering paragraphs in clear communicative English. Students will compose short 2-paragraph to
5-paragraph papers on a wide range of subjects and purposes.

— 274 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

5.

Paragraph
Development.
Peer editing

ALAN M NICHOLLS

6.

Descriptive Writing

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：月 4/Mon.4
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）

7.

Descriptive
Paragraphs

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉

8.

TOEIC Test 2
OpinionParagraphs.
Opinion Paragraphs Convincing the reader. Causal
Adverbs. Checking
Punctuation.
Compare andComparative Structures.
Contrast
Paragraphs.
Advantages/Disadvantages.
Block vs. Point by Point
organization.
Trend Verbs.
Problem/Solution
Using Conditional Structures.
Paragraphs.
Present a
Identify the key features of aparagraph.
paragraph.
Presentation
Summarize paragraphs,
Worksheet 2
Review Worksheet units 1 to 7.
Wrap up.

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will enable the student to acquire and develop
academic writing skills. Among the methods used will be
sharing & discussing your own work with class members,in pairs or small groups.
This course will emphasize"Academic Writing as a Process." Students will learn the
structure of Academic paragraphs, different paragraph styles(Opinion, comparison, description) and appropriate formatting
techniques and correct use of punctuation.
【到達目標】The student will be able to prepare a paragraph with the basic
structure of: Topic sentence (with Main Idea), supporting ideas
and detail sentences.
Students will be able to communicate his/her thoughts, inwritten format, to an Academic audience.
The course
will cover: paragraph development, grammar structures fordifferent paragraph styles and paragraph organization.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Students will work in pairs or groups to develop paragraphs.
In-class worksheets and homework assignments will checkthe students understanding of the different paragraph styles.
Videos of Academic presentations will be used to compare thesimilarities between written and oral presentations.
All assignments will be distributed, submitted and returned to
students digitally via Google Classroom. Written assignments
will be returned with detailed comments on how students canimprove their writing skills.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1.
Introduction
Introductions
Course overview
Assessment
Classroom Management
2.
Process Writing.
Six Steps of Academic Writing.
Generative A.I.
Using outlines. Using
Generative A.I.
3.
Getting ready.
Choosing a Topic
TOEIC Test 1.
Brainstorming
Editing
Describing a photograph
4.
Paragraph structure Topic Sentence
Supporting sentences
Concluding sentence

9.

10.

11.

12.
13.
14.

Styles of support
Detail, Explanation, Example.
Give constructive feedback
using on-line sharing.
Using Adjectives: describing
people and places.
Describing a process using
connectors.Keeping ideas
connected and in order
Introduce opinion v.s. fact.
Modal Auxiliary Verbs.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 2 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
Homework assignments writing different styles of paragraph.
Pre-reading of Text.
Worksheets related to Text.
All assignments written in digital format and submitted via
Google Classroom.
To assist in providing feedback, Google Docs format ispreferred.
【テキスト（教科書）】"Writing Essays: From Paragraph to Essay" by Dorothy E
Zemach and Lisa A Ghulldu MACMILLAN Writing Series.
【参考書】
To be advised【成績評価の方法と基準】
Homework Assignments:30%
Worksheet Assignments: 20%
Pair and Group Participation: 10%
Presentation: 10%
Mini-tests: 20%
Word Puzzles:10%
In principle, no more than 3 absences will be permitted per
semester for the student to receive academic credit in thecourse.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A device (Laptop or Tablet) that supports word processor
software.
Smartphones are OK but are more difficult
for students to use. Students will be required to know
their Hosei Gmail account details.
Students may use
voice recognition software and will use Generative Artificial
Intelligence applications. Google Docs is the required format
for submitting written assignments.
【その他の重要事項】
We will use Google “Classroom” to send, submit and record
all assignments. Please download Google Classroom to yourdevice before our first class. The "Course Code is: quedeqp— 275 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Outline (in English)】This course will enable the student to acquire and develop
academic writing skills. Among the methods used will be
sharing & discussing your own work with class members,in pairs or small groups.
This course will emphasize"Academic Writing as a Process."Students will learn the
structure of Academic paragraphs, different paragraph styles(Opinion, comparison, description) and appropriate formatting
techniques and correct use of punctuation.

— 276 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200LA

English Academic Writing Ⅱ

5.

Introduction
Paragraphs

6.

Prepare an Outline

7.

Introduce the
TOEIC test 3.
TOEIC Test 3 In-class2017 年度以降入学者

ALAN M NICHOLLS
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：月 4/Mon.4
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）

8.

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will enable the student to acquire and develop
ACADEMIC ESSAY writing skills. This course will emphasize"writing as a process".
Students will learn the structure of Academic ESSAYS
using different paragraph styles and appropriate formatting
techniques. Students will learn cohesion and unity in an essay
and the use of essay outlines. Finally, students will prepare
and present an academic style Essay.
【到達目標】
This course will enable the student to acquire and develop
academic writing skills for interview situations and written
English tests (TOEIC/IELTS/TOFEL) where candidates havea limited time to prepare an essay. A final assignment will
be a document suitable for submission as an academic essay.
Students will use Generative Artificial Intelligence to generate
an essay and then decompose the essay to its component parts.

9.
10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

The goal of the Introduction
and Thesis statement.
Homework 1.
Use the Thesis to develop bodyparagraphs. Using numberedlists.
What is the TOEIC Test 3?

Practice completing the
TOEIC test 3 in-class. Review
and discuss for weak points.
Unity in Essays
Linking the paragraphs toachieve Unity.
Introduce The
What is in the TOEFL Test?
TOEFL tests.
What do examiners want tosee?
Worksheet.
TOEFL Test Take the TOEFL Test in-class.
In-class practice.
Review and discuss weak
points.
Cohesion in Writing. Devices to increase Cohesionin Essays.
Worksheet Units 10 and 11.
The IELTS Test.
What is the IELTS test? How
to achieve a good score.
Worksheet.
The IELTS Test.
Complete the IELTS test
in-class. Review and discuss
in-class.

【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 2 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course.
Homework assignments will be set. There will also be short
Worksheets based upon material presented during lessons andthe Text.

【授業の進め方と方法】
Among the methods used will be sharing & discussing
one’s work with class members in pair work and small
groups. Students will also practice using peer editing with
online documents.
In a final presentation, the student
will demonstrate their understanding of the features of an
academic essay.
All assignments will be distributed, submitted and returned to
students digitally via Google Classroom. Written assignments
will be returned with detailed comments on how students canimprove their writing skills.

【テキスト（教科書）】"Writing Essays from Paragraph to Essay" by D.E. Zemach andLisa A Ghulldu, MACMILLIAN Writing Series.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：オンライン/online
回
テーマ
内容
1.
Introduction
Introduction
Course Overview
Assessment
Classroom Management
2.
Applications for
Greet New students.
Essay writing
Voice recognition andGenerative AI software.
3.
Writing to
Aim to make reading easy socommunicate
the audience will accept ideas.
opinions or new
ideas.
4.
The structure of a
Introduction, body paragraphs,
short Essay
conclusion.
The Waffle Puzzle【参考書】
To be advised【成績評価の方法と基準】
Homework assignments: 20%
Classroom Worksheets: 20%
Pair and Group Participation:20%
Writing Tests: 30%
Waffle Puzzle: 10%
In principle, no more than 3 absences will be permitted per
semester for the student to receive academic credit in thecourse.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None【学生が準備すべき機器他】
A device (Laptop or Tablet) that supports word processor
software. Smartphones are OK but are more difficult for
students to use when writing essays. Students will be required
to know their Hosei Gmail account details. Students may
use voice recognition software and will use Generative A.I.
software. Google Docs is the preferred format for submitting
assignments.
【その他の重要事項】
We will use Google “Classroom” to send, submit and record
all assignments. Please download "Google Classroom" to yourlaptop or tablet at the start of semester. The Course Code is:
dwd36fk— 277 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Outline (in English)】This course will enable the student to acquire and develop
academic writing skills. This course will emphasize "writing
as a process.
Students will learn the structure of academic ESSAYS
using different paragraph styles and appropriate formatting
techniques. Students will learn cohesion and unity in an essay
and the use of essay outlines. Finally, students will prepare
and present an academic style Essay.

— 278 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
3

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者
4

NADER

Jamelea

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）

5

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉

6【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will help students to improve their ability tomake presentations in English. Students will increase theirconfidence in English communication through researching, talking,reading, writing and presenting about a variety of personal,
academic, businessand cultural topics. Students will choose theirpresentation topics according to their own interests. Students
will focus in particular on developing and explaining their topics
in a clear and engaging manner. Students will make threepresentations of about 5-10 minutes.
【到達目標】
You will become a better presenter. You will improve your ability
to communicate in front of a group, including topic selection,
generating ideas, organising , collecting supporting information,
visual communication, consideration of your voice, and movement.
You will have many opportunities to express your thoughts in a
concise and logical manner. You will try various ways to make youropinions more persuasive.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
In this class, you will work in pairs, small groups and individually.
You will research and collect information for your topics outside ofclass. You will organize and arrange your ideas, and prepare visualmaterials (using PowerPoint or poster paper) to accompany yourpresentation. Preparation is vital to participate fully and get themost from class time. In class, you will explain your research andideas. This will enable you to become familiar with your topic andless reliant on a script. Additionally, you will have chances to findthe points of interest that need more development, and the places
in your work that need further re-thinking and reorganisation.
You will also practise a number of important academic skills
through listening and note-taking of your own and classmates’
topics. These include identifying the key points, re-organisingideas, summarising and reconstructing partner’s talks from yournotes as well as giving critical feedback. You may be asked toprepare discussion questions related to your topic, and of course,
must be ready to answer questions from the audience about yourown work. Please come to class ready to participate actively andpositively.You may sometimes record your presentations using easy
editing software on your phone or PC to share with the class.
Teacher feedback will be given in the class and online as necessary.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Orientation
An explanation of the classrequirements. We will get toknow each other.
2First presentation:
Teach us how to do something"How to..."better. Look at examples.
Generate ideas and select topics.

7

8

9

10
11

12
13
14

Developing your work Show your ideas and make anoutline. Basic presentation
structure.
Developing your work Revise and practise. Body
language and gestures -examples
and practise.
Final practise
Combine all the elements andreview your speech. Makechanges after feedback fromclassmates and teacher.
Presentation
Perform your presentation.
Watch and review classmates.
Self evaluation.
Second presentation: A SWOT analysis. What is it?
SWOT analysis
Look at examples. Generate
ideas and select topics
Developing yourA SWOT analysis. Show yourwork:
first research and organise.
Voicework - how to vary yourvoice to make yourwords havemore impact.
Developing yourShow us your presentation draft
work:
and practise. Turn your draft
into notecards. Asking andanswering questions during apresentation.
Presentation
Perform your presentation.
Watch and review classmates.
Third Presentation:
What is a pechakucha
Pechakuchapresentation? Explanation andexamples. Topic planning.
Developing yourPractise. Speaking to time limits
work:
and on the spot transitions.
Final practise
Review and practise.
Presentation &Perform your presentation.
Semester review
Watch and review classmates.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be expected to find their own research materials,
write presentations and prepare visual materials including
Keynote or PowerPoint slides. Students will be asked to watch
some speeches and share their impressions in class.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review are around
4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around an hour a week
for a one-credit course【テキスト（教科書）】
The above may change. Activities may change according to classsize, students’ interests and abilities.There is no textbook.
【参考書】
Recommended places to watch presentation examples are; thePechakucha, TED and Jack Petchey Foundation websites.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class performance* and participation 25%
Presentations 45%
Self evaluation 10%
Outside class preparation 20%*Please remember university policy permits a maximum of 3
absences per semester.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students wanted more time to prepare presentations.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
The classes will be conducted face-to-face. If, however, there is aneed to conduct one or more classes online, students will require
access to zoom.
We will use Google Classroom for all class information, assignments and so on. You will need to use colour pens, large poster
paper, slide making software such as PowerPoint or Keynote.
You will need to access your smartphone, tablet, or PC to watch
presentation examples and do quick research in class. You will need
an English dictionary.
【その他の重要事項】
Please come to class ready to participate actively and positively.

— 279 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Outline (in English)】
Make your speeches and presentations better.

— 280 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1
2

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅱ
NADER

2017 年度以降入学者
3

Jamelea

開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：水 3/Wed.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）

4

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉

5【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course will help students to improve their ability tomake presentations in English. Students will increase theirconfidence in English communication through researching, talking,reading, writing and presenting about a variety of personal,
academic, business and cultural topics. Students will choose theirpresentation topics according to their own interests. Students
will focus in particular on developing and explaining their topics
in a clear and engaging manner. Students will make threepresentations of about 5-10 minutes.
【到達目標】
You will become a better presenter. You will improve your ability to communicate in front of a group, including topic selec- tion,
generating ideas, organising , collecting supporting infor- mation,
visual communication, consideration of your voice, and movement.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
In this class, you will work in pairs, small groups and individ- ually.
You will research and collect information for your topics outside ofclass. You will organize and arrange your ideas, and prepare visualmaterials (using PowerPoint or poster paper) to accompany yourpresentation. Preparation is vital to par- ticipate fully and get themost from class time. In class, you will explain your research andideas. This will enable you to become familiar with your topic andless reliant on a script. Additionally, you will have chances to findthe points of inter- est that need more development, and the places
in your work that need further re-thinking and reorganisation. You
will also practise a number of important academic skills throughlisten- ing and note-taking of your own and classmates’ topics.
These include identifying the key points, re-organising ideas, summarising and reconstructing partner’s talks from your notes as wellas giving critical feedback. You may be asked to prepare discussion
questions related to your topic, and of course, must be ready toanswer questions from the audience about your own work. Teacher
feedback will be given in the class and online as necessary. Pleasecome to class ready to participate actively and positively.You may
sometimes record your presentation using easy editing software on
your phone or PC to share with the class.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Orientation and a
A cultural or social theme picked
review of the Springfrom a movie For example. "The
Semester. First
Lego Movie" - a comparison ofpresentation:
the education systems of"Inspired by a movie" Denmark and Japan. The role ofpropaganda in Vietnam War
movies "The Devil wears Prada"- Karoshi - is work /life balance
really possible? Discussing ideas
and topic selection.

6

7
8
9
10

11

12

13
14

Developing your work Sharing research. Making
outlines and considering somerhetorical techniquess such as
the rule of 3 and rrepetition.
Developing your work Sharing research. Using
rhetorical techniques. Review ofvoice techniques.
Final practise
Making discussion questions.
Practise and make changes after
feedback from classmates andteacher.
Presentation
Perform your presentation.
Watch and review classmates.
Self evaluation.
Second presentation: What knowledge have you
Something I’ve
gained in your university life
learned that youthat you think other people
should know
would benefit from knowing?
generating ideas
Developing your work Considering different narratives
styles. Sharing ideas.
Developing your work Sharing your ideas and using
props in a speech.
Final practise
Practise your speech using a
prop.
Presentation
Perform your presentation.
Watch and review classmates.
Self evaluation.
Third Presentation: A A speech about something you
persuasive speechfeel strongly about. Make us
believe how correct andimportant your opinion is.
Developing your
Adding passion and emotion towork:your words. Speaking with yourwhole body - examples andpractise.
Final practise
Looking again at body language
and voice.
Presentation &Perform your presentation.
Semester review
Watch and review classmates.
Self evaluation.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be expected to find their own research materials, write presentations and prepare visual materials including
Keynote or PowerPoint slides. STudents will be asked to watch
some speeches and share their impressions in class.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review are around
4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around an hour a week
for a one-credit course【テキスト（教科書）】
The above may change. Activities may change according to classsize, students’ interests and abilities.There is no textbook.
【参考書】
Recommended places to watch presentation examples are; thepeckakucha, TED and Jack Petchey Foundation websites.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
In-class performance* and participation 25%
Presentations 45%
Self evaluation 10%
Outside class preparation 20%*Please remember university policy permits a maximum of 3
absences per semester.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Students requested more computer presentations.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
The classes will be conducted face-to-face. If, however, there is aneed to conduct one or more classes online, students will require
access to zoom.

— 281 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

We will use Google Classroom for all class information, assignments and so on. You will need to use colour pens, large poster
paper, slide mak- ing software such as PowerPoint or Keynote.
You will need to access your smartphone, tablet, or PC to watch
presentation ex- amples and do quick research in class. You willneed an English dictionary.
【その他の重要事項】
Please come to class ready to participate actively and positively.
【Outline (in English)】
Make your speeches and presentations better.

— 282 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

14

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者

JOHN REILLY

Make-upPresentations /Course
Review

Finalize spring semester
course【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be expected to prepare for classes by reviewing
the next pages in the textbook and completing some assignments.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review
should be around an hour a week for a one-credit course.

開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course teaches presentation skills through watchingpresentations, learning presentation techniques and making
presentations on different topics.
【到達目標】
Students will be able to prepare and make presentations.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Class activities will include individual work, group work anddiscussions. Students will be required to prepare presentationmaterial outside of classes. Students will compare classassignment
answers in pairs or small groups after which the instructor
will provide the correct answers.

【テキスト（教科書）】
Present Yourself 1 Experiences, Second Edition (Steven
Gershon,Cambridge University
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on two components:• Presentations - 75% (Unit 1, 2 and 3 presentations are
required.)• Class participation - 25%
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Student input and feedback is encouraged.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【Outline (in English)】This course teaches presentation skills through watchingpresentations, learning presentation techniques and making
presentations on different topics.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course Introduction Review syllabus and textbook
2
Getting readyGive Self introduction(Pages 2-7)
3
A good friend- Exploring the topic(Pages 8-11)- Focusing on language
4
Unit 1 A good friend - Organizing ideas(Pages 12-15)- Adding impact
techniques
5
Unit 1 A good friend - Developing presentation(Pages 16-17)
techniques
6
Unit 1 A good friend Presentation "My friend"(Pages 18-19)
7Unit 2 A favorite- Exploring the topic
place (Pages 20-23) - Focusing on language
8
Unit 2 A favorite- Organizing ideas
place (Pages 24-27) - Adding impact
9
Unit 2 A favorite- Developing presentation
place (Pages 28-29) techniques
10
Unit 2 A favorite
Presentation - “My Favorite
place (Pages 30-31) Place”
11
Unit 3 A prized- Exploring the topic
possession (Pages- Focusing on language
32-35)- Organizing ideas
12
12 Unit 3 A prized- Adding impact
possession (Pages- Developing presentation
36-41)
techniques
13
Unit 3 (Pages 42-43) Presentation - “My Prized
Possession”— 283 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

12

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅱ2017 年度以降入学者
13

JOHN REILLY
14
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：火 3/Tue.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course teaches presentation skills through watchingpresentations, learning presentation techniques and making
presentations on different topics.
【到達目標】
Students will be able to prepare and make presentations.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Class activities will include individual work, group work anddiscussions. Students will be required to prepare presentationmaterial outside of classes. Students will compare classassignment
answers in pairs or small groups after which the instructor
will provide the correct answers.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
あり / Yes【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
Course Introduction Review syllabus and textbook
Give self introduction
2
Getting ready(Pages 2-7)
Give Self
introduction
presentation
3
Unit 4 A memorable - Exploring the topic
experience (Pages- Focusing on language
44-47)
4
Unit 4 A memorable - Organizing ideas
experience- Adding impact(Pages 48-51)
5
Unit 4 A memorable - Developing presentation
experience
techniques(Pages 52-53)
6
Unit 4 A memorable Presentation: “Myexperience
Memorable Experience”(Pages 54-55)
7
Unit 5 I’ll show you - Exploring the topic
how (Pages 56-59)- Focusing on language
8
Unit 5 I’ll show you - Organizing ideas
how (Pages 61-63)- Adding impact
9
Unit 5 I’ll show you - Developing presentation
how (Pages 64-65)
techniques
10
Unit 5 I’ll show you Presentation: “How to..."how (Pages 66-67)
11
Unit 6 Screen magic - Exploring the topic(Pages 68-73)- Focusing on language- Organizing ideas

Unit 6 Screen magic - Adding impact(Pages 73-77)- Developing presentation
techniques
Unit 6 Screen magic Presentation: Movie or TV(Pages 78-79)
Show Review
Make-up
Finalize fall semester course
Presentations /Course Review【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
Students will be expected to prepare for classes by reviewing
the next pages in the textbook and completing some assignments.
University guidelines suggest preparation and review
should be around an hour a week for a one-credit course.
one-credit course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Present Yourself 1 Experiences, Second Edition (Steven
Gershon, Cambridge University Press)
【参考書】
None
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Students will be evaluated on two components:• Presentations - 75% (Unit 4, 5 and 6 presentations are
required.)• Class participation - 25%
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Student input and feedback is encouraged【学生が準備すべき機器他】
None【その他の重要事項】
None【Outline (in English)】This course teaches presentation skills through watchingpresentations, learning presentation techniques and making
presentations on different topics.

— 284 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

4

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者

コートランド・デイビッド・スミス
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）

5

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉

6【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is designed primarily to improve students’presentation skills and thereby to develop their integrative
English language proficiency.
In spring the goal is toacquire basic presentations skills, including how to organizea presentation, supporting arguments with evidence, effective
use of visual aids, and aspects of delivery such as eye
contact or gesture.
In the fall semester, students will
focus on persuasive/argumentative presentations on topics ofcontemporary concern. Students base their presentations on
the basic patterns taught and learn to speak from notes. The
class is conducted in English.
【到達目標】
This course is designed primarily to improve students’presentation skills and thereby to develop their integrative
English language proficiency.
In spring the goal is toacquire basic presentations skills, including how to organizea presentation, supporting arguments with evidence, effective
use of visual aids, and aspects of delivery such as eye
contact or gesture.
In the fall semester, students will
focus on persuasive/argumentative presentations on topics ofcontemporary concern. Students base their presentations on
the basic patterns taught and learn to speak from notes. The
class is conducted in English.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
Online class. All classes will be taught using zoom.
The content of the class will consist of practicing presentation
techniques and delivering presentations. If time permits, there
will be some discussion of the presentation topics. Student
assignments will be reviewed during class time or submitted
to instructor for evaluation by email.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
1. Introductions
Talk about spring break.
HW/text pgs. 4-12
Getting started.
2
2. Text pgs. 13-14,
Watch sample presentation
15-17, 18-22
DVD.
HW/informative
speech (pg. 17) withvisuals, posture, eyecontact, gestures
3
3. Performance of
Speech performance andinformative speech
feedback.
HW/text pgs. 23-24,
28-29

7

8

9

10

11

12

13
14

4. Text pgs. 30-38
HW/demonstration
speech (pg. 38) withvisuals, posture, eyecontact, gestures,
voice inflection
5. Performance of
demonstration
speech HW/text pgs.
39-46
6. Text pgs. 47-48,
pgs. 51-55
HW/country
comparison (pgs. 49& 56)
7. Performance ofcountry comparison
HW/pgs. 57-59
8. Text pgs. 60-67
HW/speech
introduction (pg. 67)
9. Performance ofspeech introduction
HW/text pgs. 68-72
10. Text pgs. 73-85
HW/speech body
(pg. 86)
11. Performance ofspeech body
HW/text pgs. 87-94
conclusion (pg. 95)
12. Presentation of
conclusion HW/final
presentation (pg. 99
steps 1,2,3)
Final presentations
HW/NoneFinal presentations

Demonstration speech.

Student speech performances.

Prepare for country
comparison speech.

Student speeches.

Focus on speech introduction.

Speech introduction
performances.
Focus on speech body.

Student performances ofspeech body.

Focus on speech conclusion.

Prepare and perform final
presentations
End of term evaluation【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course. Students will research andprepare their presentations before scheduled classes.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Speaking of Speech Level 2 Charles LeBeau MacMillan
Education ISBN978-4-7773-6515-9 C3082【参考書】
Students will use online resources to research and prepare
their presentations.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Presentations (50%)
Class participation (40%)
Final presentation (10%)*Students will be expected to attend a minimum of 80% of allclasses in order to get credit for this course. This means thatyou can be absent no more than three times.
Three late arrivals are counted as one absence (up to 29 min.).
More than 45 minutes late without a good reason will becounted as absent. Students who are absent or late for agood reason ̶ serious train delays, injury, illness, etc. should
provide some evidence to instructor.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
If classes are held online, Zoom and headset. Students may use
assigned classroom for online classes.
【その他の重要事項】
Contact Email: smith.courtland.sc@hosei.ac.jp— 285 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【Outline (in English)】Students will prepare and deliver presentations during classtime.

— 286 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

4

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅱ2017 年度以降入学者
5

コートランド・デイビッド・スミス
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：月 3/Mon.3
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）

6

その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】This course is designed primarily to improve students’presentation skills and thereby to develop their integrative
English language proficiency.
In spring the goal is toacquire basic presentations skills, including how to organizea presentation, supporting arguments with evidence, effective
use of visual aids, and aspects of delivery such as eye
contact or gesture.
In the fall semester, students will
focus on persuasive/argumentative presentations on topics ofcontemporary concern. Students base their presentations on
the basic patterns taught and learn to speak from notes. The
class is conducted in English.
【到達目標】The goal of this course is to enable students to makeeffective presentations on a variety of topics. Students willlearn to confidently deliver multimedia informative/descriptive
speeches, as well as comparative, demonstrative and argumentative/persuasive presentations. Students will also learn toevaluate the quality and content of others’ presentations, totake notes on presentation content, and to provide detailed
feedback to help presenters to improve their presentation
technique.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
The content of the class will consist of practicing presentation
techniques and delivering presentations. If time permits, there
will be some discussion of the presentation topics. The fallsemester of this course will concentrate on the preparation anddelivery of persuasive, argumentative and rhetorical speeches.
Student assignments will be reviewed during class time orsubmitted to instructor for evaluation by email.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
1
1. Summer vacation Warm up presentation.
HW/prepare speech
on summer vacation
2
2. Presentations on Students deliver their summer
summer vacation
vacation presentations.
HW/read handout
parts 1&2
3
3. Complete
Read background information
handout reading
and answer questions.
HW/prepare
presentation on
topic 1

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

4. Presentations on
topic 1 anddiscussion HW/readhandout parts 1&2
5. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare
presentation on
topic 2
6. Presentations on
topic 2 HW/readhandout parts 1&2
7. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare
presentation on
topic 3
8. Presentations on
topic 3 HW/readhandout parts 1&2
9. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare
presentation on
topic 4
10. Presentations on
topic 4 HW/readhandout parts 1&2
11. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare
presentation on
topic 5
12. Presentations on
topic 5 HW/readhandout parts 1&2
13. Complete
handout reading
HW/prepare final
presentations
14. Final
presentation

Delivery of speeches.

Read background information
and answer questions.

Delivery of student speeches.

Read background information
and answer questions.

Delivery of student speeches.

Read background information
and answer questions.

Delivery of student speeches.

Read background information
and answer questions.

Delivery of student speeches.

Prepare for final presentations.

Final performance, summaryand evaluation.

【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course. Students will research andprepare their presentations before scheduled classes.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Speaking of Speech Level 2 Charles LeBeau MacMillan
Education ISBN978-4-7773-6515-9 C3082【参考書】
Students will make use of a variety of online resources in the
research and preparation of their speeches.
【成績評価の方法と基準】
Presentations (50%)
Class participation (40%)
Final presentation (10%)*Students will be expected to attend a minimum of 80% of allclasses in order to get credit for this course. This means thatyou can be absent no more than three times.
Three late arrivals are counted as one absence (up to 29 min.).
More than 45 minutes late without a good reason will becounted as absent. Students who are absent or late for agood reason ̶ serious train delays, injury, illness, etc. should
provide some evidence to instructor.
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
None.
【学生が準備すべき機器他】
If classes are held online, Zoom and a headset.

— 287 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1【その他の重要事項】
Contact Email: smith.courtland.sc@hosei.ac.jp【Outline (in English)】Students will prepare and deliver presentations during classtime.

— 288 —

グローバル・オープン科目 発行日：2023/5/1

Unit 5

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅰ

2017 年度以降入学者

MARK D BURNS
開講時期：春学期授業/Spring ｜ 曜日・時限：木 4/Thu.4
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The primary objective of this class is to develop basic presentation skills. The course provides practice in structuring,and organizing presentations, designing effective visuals,
and delivering presentations in clear communicative English.
Students will prepare and deliver 7 presentations on a wide
range of subjects and purposes.
【到達目標】
This subject aims to equip learners with the confidence andbasic ability to deliver effective presentations in English.
It will help learners become familiar with a number ofpresentation types and build confidence speaking in front ofothers. By the end of this course, students will be able todeliver an individual presentation followed by a question andanswer session, while engaging the audiences in their topic.
Furthermore, students will sharpen their listening skills bylearning how to ask good questions and become active listeners.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
In this subject, classes will be conducted in English and will
cover each unit of the textbook. In presentation weeks students
are required to actively listen to other learners’ presentations
in order to ask relevant questions in the Question & Answer
Sessions, and also to complete specific Feedback Forms.
Students will be able get direct feedback on their presentations
from these forms.
【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Orientation
Overview of theOverview of English
course and warm up Presentation I subject andexplaining rules for
assignment submissions andfeedback
Unit 1 Posture
Learners prepare and present
a presentation about a city
they like
Unit 2 Gesture
Learners prepare and present
a presentation describing thelayout of an interesting place
Unit 3 Use of voice
Learners prepare and present
a presentation about a recipe
Section Review of the
Review of the physicalreview physical message
message
Unit 4 Effective visuals
Learners prepare apresentation comparing two
countries

Explaining visuals

Learners prepare clear
explanations for slides andchartsSection Review of the visual Learners deliver a
reveiw message
presentation comparing two
countries
Unit 6 Introduction
Learners prepare and present
the introduction to a productcomparison presentation
Unit 7 Body
Learners prepare and present
the the body a productcomparison presentation
Unit 8 Conclusion
Learners prepare and present
the conclusion to a productcomparison presentation
Section Review ofReview of presentation
review presentation
structure
structure
Final
Final performance
Final performance preparation
perfor- preparation
mance
preparation
Final
Final performance
Final performance
performance【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course. Students are required toprepare visuals and rehearse 7 presentations over the course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Speaking of Speech New Edition, David Harrington andCharles LeBeau, ISBN 978-4-7773-6271-4【参考書】
A good Japanese-English dictionary【成績評価の方法と基準】
Assessment will consist of in-class participation (40%), 7
presentation assignments (60%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Personalised individual feedback will be provided. Students
can participate via Zoom in emergencies.
【その他の重要事項】
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
Lesson schedule may change depending on student number.
【Outline (in English)】
The primary objective of this class is to develop basic presentation skills. The course provides practice in structuring,and organizing presentations, designing effective visuals,
and delivering presentations in clear communicative English.
Students will prepare and deliver 7 presentations on a wide
range of subjects and purposes.

— 289 —

グローバル・オープン科目

発行日：2023/5/1

LANe200LA

English Presentation Ⅱ2017 年度以降入学者

MARK D BURNS
開講時期：秋学期授業/Fall ｜ 曜日・時限：木 4/Thu.4
単位数：1 単位
レベル 4 ／定員制（24 名）
その他属性：〈グ〉〈優〉【授業の概要と目的（何を学ぶか）】
The primary objective of this class is to further develop
basic presentation skills. The course provides practice instructuring, and organizing presentations, designing effective
visuals, and delivering presentations in clear communicative
English. Students will prepare and deliver 7 presentations on
a wide range of subjects and purposes.
【到達目標】
This subject aims to equip learners with the basics of written
communication in English. It will help learners become
familiar with a number of presentation types and build
confidence speaking in front of others. By the end of this course,
students will be able to deliver an individual presentation
followed by a question and answer session, while engaging theaudiences in their topic. Furthermore, students will sharpen
their listening skills by learning how to ask good questions andbecome active listeners.
【この授業を履修することで学部等のディプロマポリシーに示されたどの能力を習得することができるか（該当授業科目と学位授与方針に明示された学習成果との関連）】
各学部のディプロマ・ポリシーのうち、以下に関連している。法学
部・法律学科： DP3・DP4、法学部・政治学科： DP1、法学部・国際政治学科： DP1、文学部： DP1、経営学部： DP1、国際文化学
部： DP1【授業の進め方と方法】
In this subject, classes will be conducted in English and will
cover each unit of the textbook. In presentation weeks students
are required to actively listen to other learners’ presentations
in order to ask relevant questions in the Question & Answer
Sessions, and also to complete specific Feedback Forms.
Students will be able get direct feedback on their presentations
from these forms.

Unit 8Performance 4

Unit 9

Cite your sources

Unit
10
Unit
11
Unit
12
Endterm
review

Performance 5
Creative
innovations
Performance 6
Final presentations

Technical presentations andpeer feedback.
Learners prepare academicpresentations
Academic presentations andpeer feedback.
Learners prepare teampresentations
Team presentations and peer
feedback.
Final presentations【授業時間外の学習（準備学習・復習・宿題等）】
University guidelines suggest preparation and review arearound 4 hours a week for a two-credit course and around anhour a week for a one-credit course. Students are required toprepare visuals and rehearse 7 presentations over the course.
【テキスト（教科書）】
Speaking of Speech Level 2, Charles LeBeau, ISBN 978-47773-6515-9【参考書】
A good Japanese-English dictionary【成績評価の方法と基準】
Assessment will consist of in-class participation (40%), 7
presentation assignments (60%)
【学生の意見等からの気づき】
Personalised individual feedback will be provided. Students
can participate via Zoom in emergencies.
【その他の重要事項】
In principle, no more than 3 absences per term are allowed.
Lesson schedule may change depending on student numbers.
【Outline (in English)】
The primary objective of this class is to further develop
basic presentation skills. The course provides practice instructuring, and organizing presentations, designing effective
visuals, and delivering presentations in clear communicative
English. Students will prepare and deliver 7 presentations on
a wide range of subjects and purposes.

【アクティブラーニング（グループディスカッション、ディベート等）の実施】
なし / No【フィールドワーク（学外での実習等）の実施】
なし / No
【授業計画】授業形態：対面/face to face
回
テーマ
内容
Orientation
Overview of theOverview of English
course and warm up Presentation I subject andexplaining rules for
assignment submissions andfeedback
Unit 1 What are theLearners prepare option
options?
presentations
Unit 2 Performance 1
Option presentations and peer
feedback.
Unit 3 Job hunting
Learners prepare a proposal
presentation
Unit 4 Performance 2
Proposal presentations andpeer feedback.
Unit 5 Have I got your
Learners prepare sales
attention?
presentations
Unit 6 Performance 3
Sales presentations and peer
feedback.
Unit 7 Technical problems Learners prepare technicaland solutions
presentations— 290 —